Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2014

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware

  3576
  20-1751121
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

5453 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, California 95054

(408) 547-5500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of  Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Jayshree Ullal

President and Chief Executive Officer

Arista Networks, Inc.

5453 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, California 95054

(408) 547-5500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Larry W. Sonsini

Raj S. Judge

Mark B. Baudler

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Marc Taxay

Vice President, General Counsel

Arista Networks, Inc.

5453 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, California 95054

(408) 547-5500

 

Patrick A. Pohlen

Tad J. Freese

Latham & Watkins LLP

140 Scott Drive

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 328-4600

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

   Accelerated filer   ¨
 

Non-accelerated filer   x (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $200,000,000   $25,760

 

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued                     , 2014

Shares

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

Arista Networks, Inc. is offering              shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ANET.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12.

 

 

PRICE $              A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to

Public

      

Underwriting

Discounts

and

Commissions (1)

      

Proceeds to

Arista Networks

 

Per Share

       $                    $                    $            

Total

       $                               $                               $                       

 

(1) See section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2014.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   CITIGROUP

BofA MERRILL

LYNCH

          BARCLAYS   CREDIT SUISSE  

DEUTSCHE BANK

SECURITIES

  RBC CAPITAL MARKETS

WELLS FARGO

SECURITIES

  COWEN AND COMPANY   JMP SECURITIES   NEEDHAM & COMPANY   OPPENHEIMER & CO

PACIFIC CREST

SECURITIES

  RAYMOND JAMES   STIFEL   THE JUDA GROUP   WILLIAM BLAIR

                    , 2014


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

The Offering

     7   

Risk Factors

     12   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     45   

Market and Industry Data

     46   

Use of Proceeds

     47   

Dividend Policy

     47   

Capitalization

     48   

Dilution

     50   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     53   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     57   

Business

     88   
     Page  

Management

     104   

Executive Compensation

     111   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     121   

Principal Stockholders

     123   

Description of Capital Stock

     126   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     131   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     133   

Underwriters

     137   

Legal Matters

     145   

Experts

     145   

Additional Information

     145   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Arista,” “Arista Networks,” “the company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Arista Networks, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Through and including                    , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

-i-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus, including “Risk Factors,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. Our year end is December 31, and our quarters end on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31. Our fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 are referred to herein as 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Overview

We are a leading supplier of cloud networking solutions that use software innovations to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers and next-generation data centers for enterprises, based on market share. Our cloud networking solutions consist of our Extensible Operating System, or EOS, a set of network applications and our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches. Our cloud networking solutions deliver industry-leading performance, scalability, availability, programmability, automation and visibility. Since we began shipping our products, we have grown rapidly, and, according to Crehan Research, we have achieved the second largest market share in data center 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switch ports, excluding blade switching, sold in 2013.

At the core of our cloud networking platform is EOS, which was purpose-built to be fully programmable and highly modular. The programmability of EOS has allowed us to create a set of software applications that address the requirements of cloud networking, including workflow automation, network visibility and analytics, and has also allowed us to rapidly integrate with a wide range of third-party applications for virtualization, management, automation, orchestration and network services.

EOS supports leading cloud and virtualization solutions, including VMware NSX, Microsoft System Center, OpenStack and other cloud management frameworks. We have worked with industry leaders to define new open protocols for the virtualized data center. We co-authored the VXLAN protocol specification with VMware and were the first to demonstrate VXLAN integration. We also co-authored the NVGRE protocol specification with Microsoft and support integration with Microsoft’s System Center.

We use standard Linux as our underlying operating system, providing customers with access to all Linux operating system facilities. This allows customers to extend our EOS software with off-the-shelf Linux applications and a growing number of open source management tools.

EOS has a highly modular architecture, which allows us to prevent network outages in deployments of our cloud networking solutions. This architecture also allows us to rapidly develop new features and protocols without compromising the quality of the existing code base. Because all of our switching products are powered by the same binary image of EOS, we are able to deliver these new innovations to our entire installed base with minimal disruption.

We sell our products through both our direct sales force and our channel partners. Since shipping our first products in 2008, our cumulative end-customer base has grown rapidly. Between December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2013, our cumulative end-customer base grew from approximately 570 to approximately 2,340. Our end customers span a range of industries and include large Internet companies, service providers, financial services organizations, government agencies, media and entertainment companies and others. Our customers include six of the largest cloud services providers based on annual revenue, including Facebook, Microsoft and

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents

Yahoo!, financial services organizations such as Barclays, Citigroup and Morgan Stanley, and a number of media and service providers, including Comcast, Equinix, ESPN and Rackspace.

We have experienced rapid revenue growth over the last several years, increasing our revenue at a compound annual growth rate of 71% from 2010 to 2013. For 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our revenue was $71.7 million, $139.8 million, $193.4 million and $361.2 million, respectively. Our 2013 revenue grew 87% when compared to 2012. For 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our net income was $2.4 million, $34.0 million, $21.3 million and $42.5 million, respectively.

Industry Background

Cloud computing is fundamentally changing the way IT infrastructure is built and how applications are delivered. In cloud computing, applications are distributed across thousands of servers. These servers are connected with high-speed network switches that, together, form a pool of resources that allows applications to be rapidly deployed and cost-effectively updated. Cloud computing enables ubiquitous and on-demand network access to these applications from Internet-connected devices including personal computers, tablets and smartphones.

Nearly all consumer applications today are delivered as cloud services. Enterprise applications are rapidly moving to the cloud as well, since cloud services are easier and more cost effective to deploy, scale and operate than traditional applications. Internet leaders like Amazon, eBay, Facebook, Google, Microsoft and Yahoo! pioneered the development of large-scale cloud data centers in order to meet the growing demands of their users, including business customers. These U.S.-based Internet leaders increased their capital spending from $8.9 billion in 2010 to $19.4 billion in 2013, representing a 30% compound annual growth rate.

The aggregate network bandwidth in the cloud can be orders of magnitude higher than typical legacy data center networks. Therefore, the networks in such cloud environments must be architected and built in a new way. We refer to these next-generation data center networks as cloud networks. Cloud networks must deliver high capacity, high availability and predictable performance and must be programmable to allow integration with third-party applications for virtualization, management, automation, orchestration and network services.

Requirements for Cloud Networking

Cloud networks differ in many aspects from legacy networks, including performance, capacity, scale, availability, programmability and automation. The requirements for cloud networking include the following:

 

    Capacity, Performance and Scalability . Cloud networks must have sufficient capacity to interconnect large numbers of servers, up to hundreds of thousands, with predictable network bandwidth.

 

    High Availability . Cloud networks must overcome hardware or software failures for customers to avoid network outages, which can result in lost revenue, dissatisfied customers and increased operational cost.

 

    Open and Programmable . Cloud networks must be based on open protocols and be programmable to enable integration with leading network applications and management and data analysis tools.

 

    Workflow Automation . Cloud networks must offer automated provisioning and configuration to enable fast service delivery and to minimize operational costs, avoiding time-consuming and error-prone manual processes for configuring, provisioning, monitoring and managing the network.

 

    Network Visibility . Cloud networks must provide IT administrators with real-time in-depth visibility of network status to proactively monitor, detect and notify when issues arise.

 

    Cost Performance . Cloud networks must deliver high performance while lowering overall cost of ownership, including capital and operational costs.

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents

These and other requirements drive the adoption of next-generation switches and cloud-optimized network designs.

Our Cloud Networking Solutions

We are a leading supplier of cloud networking solutions that use software innovations to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers and next-generation enterprise data centers. Our cloud networking platform was purpose-built to address the functional and performance requirements of cloud networks. We deliver our solutions via our industry-leading 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches optimized for next-generation data center networks.

Our cloud networking solutions consist of our Extensible Operating System, or EOS, a set of network applications and our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches. At the core of our cloud networking platform is EOS. EOS was architected to be fully programmable and highly modular. As a result, we are able to bring new features and applications to market rapidly, provide industry leading high availability and offer integration with leading third-party networking applications.

Our Market Opportunity

We compete primarily in the data center switching market for 10 Gigabit Ethernet and above, excluding blade switches. According to Crehan Research, this market will grow from approximately $6 billion in 2013 to $12 billion in 2017, representing a 19% compound annual growth rate.

We believe that cloud computing represents a fundamental shift from traditional legacy data centers and that cloud networking is the fastest growing segment within the data center switching market. As organizations of all sizes are adopting cloud architectures, spending on cloud and next-generation data centers has increased rapidly over the last several years, while traditional legacy IT spending has been growing more slowly.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths will allow us to maintain and extend our technology leadership position in cloud networking and next-generation data center Ethernet switching:

 

    Purpose-Built Cloud Networking Platform. We have developed a highly scalable cloud networking platform that uses software to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers, financial services organizations, government agencies and media and entertainment companies.

 

    Broad and Differentiated Switch Portfolio. Using multiple silicon architectures, we deliver switches with industry-leading capacity, low latency, port density and power efficiency and have innovated in areas such as deep packet buffers, embedded optics and reversible cooling.

 

    Single Binary Image Software. The single binary image of our EOS software allows us to maintain feature consistency across our entire product portfolio and enables us to introduce new software innovations into the market that become available to our entire installed base without a “forklift upgrade” (i.e., a broad upgrade of the data center infrastructure).

 

    Rapid Development of New Features and Applications. Our highly modular EOS software has allowed us to rapidly deliver new features and applications while preserving the structural integrity and quality of our network operating system.

 

   

Deep Understanding of Customer Requirements. We have developed close working relationships with many of our largest customers that provide us with insights about their needs and future requirements.

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents
 

This has allowed us to rapidly develop and deliver products to market that meet customer demands and expectations as well as to rapidly grow sales to existing customers.

 

    Strong Management and Engineering Team with Significant Data Center Networking Expertise. Our management and engineering team consists of networking veterans with extensive data center networking expertise.

 

    Significant Technology Lead. We believe that our networking technology represents a fundamental advance in networking software. Our EOS software is the result of more than 1,000 man-years of research and development investment over a nine-year period.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to grow our revenue and market share in cloud and next-generation data center Ethernet switching. Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

    Continue to Innovate and Extend our Technology Leadership. We plan to increase our investment in research and development to expand and enhance the capabilities of our cloud networking solutions.

 

    Expand our Sales Organization and our Channel Partners. We intend to continue to invest in our global sales organization as we pursue relationships with large enterprise, service provider and government customers.

 

    Increase Penetration with our Existing Customer Base. As we successfully demonstrate the benefits of our solutions, we see a significant opportunity to sell additional products and services to our existing customers and to migrate additional workloads and applications onto our cloud networking platform.

 

    Expand Strategic Relationships. We have developed strategic relationships with a number of technology ecosystem participants including Aruba Networks, F5 Networks, Microsoft, Palo Alto Networks, Riverbed, Splunk and VMware, to allow integration of our cloud networking solutions with their offerings and enable an integrated experience for our customers.

Risks Associated With Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

    we have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risks associated with your investment;

 

    our business and operations have experienced rapid growth, and, if we do not appropriately manage any future growth or are unable to improve our systems and processes, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected;

 

    our results of operations are likely to vary significantly from period to period and be unpredictable, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline;

 

    we expect large purchases by a limited number of end customers to continue to represent a substantial majority of our revenue, and any loss or delay of expected purchases could result in material quarter-to-quarter fluctuations of our revenue or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations;

 

    our revenue growth in recent periods may not be indicative of our future performance;

 

    we face intense competition, especially from larger, well-established companies, and we may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or improve our competitive position;

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents
    if we do not successfully anticipate technological shifts, market needs and opportunities, and develop products and product enhancements that meet those technological shifts, needs and opportunities, or if those products are not made available in a timely manner or do not gain market acceptance, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our ability to generate revenue will suffer;

 

    product quality problems, defects, errors or vulnerabilities in our products or services could harm our reputation and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects;

 

    the cloud networking market is still in its early stages and is rapidly evolving, and if this market does not evolve as we anticipate or our target end customers do not adopt our cloud networking solutions, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our ability to generate revenue will suffer;

 

    we identified a material weakness in our internal controls for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies; and

 

    insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the State of California as Arastra, Inc. in October 2004. We reincorporated in the State of Nevada in March 2008, and we changed our name to Arista Networks, Inc. in October 2008. We reincorporated in the State of Delaware in March 2014. Our principal executive offices are located at 5453 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, California 95054. Our main telephone number is (408) 547-5500. Our website address is www.arista.com. Information on or that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus and should not be relied upon in determining whether to make an investment decision.

The Arista Networks design logo and the marks “ARISTA,” “EOS,” “CloudVision,” “CVX,” “Health Tracer,” “MapReduce Tracer,” “Path Tracer,” “MXP,” “RAIL” and “SPLINE” are our property. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These reduced reporting requirements include:

 

    the requirement to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis in this prospectus;

 

    an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

    an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

 

    exemption from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or shareholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements.

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (i) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue is $1 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market price of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We are choosing to irrevocably “opt out” of the extended transition periods available under the JOBS Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards, but we intend to take advantage of the other exemptions discussed above. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

  

             shares

Total common stock offered

  

             shares

Over-allotment option being offered by us

  

             shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                shares (             shares, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full)

Directed Share Program

   At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to     % of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our related persons through a Directed Share Program. If these persons purchase reserved shares, it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. None of our executive officers or directors will participate in the Directed Share Program.

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $        , or approximately $         if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, to create a public market for our stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets by our employees and stockholders, to obtain additional capital and to increase our visibility in the marketplace.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, product development, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures, although we do not currently have any specific or preliminary plans with respect to the use of proceeds for such purposes. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Proposed NYSE trading symbol

  

“ANET”

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 55,927,105 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and excludes:

 

    11,245,179 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.82 per share as of December 31, 2013;

 

    2,547,100 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after December 31, 2013 with a weighted-average exercise price of $29.38 per share; and

 

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of (i) 6,495,289 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; (ii)              shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; (iii)              shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; and (iv)              shares of common stock that become available under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

    the conversion of certain subordinated convertible promissory notes issued to certain noteholders in the aggregate principal amount of $100 million into              shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the notes at the common stock price per share of $         which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus). For a description of the subordinated convertible promissory notes, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Obligations;”

 

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    no exercise of outstanding options subsequent to December 31, 2013; and

 

    no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data. The summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data presented below as of December 31, 2013 have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read together with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, as well as the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (in thousands, except share and per-
share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenue

   $ 139,848      $ 193,408      $ 361,224   

Cost of revenue (1)

     43,366        61,252        122,686   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     96,482        132,156        238,538   

Operating expenses (1) :

      

Research and development

     26,408        55,155        98,587   

Sales and marketing

     19,450        28,603        55,115   

General and administrative

     6,224        8,501        18,688   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     52,082        92,259        172,390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     44,400        39,897        66,148   

Other income (expense), net:

      

Interest expense

     (6,417     (7,057     (7,119

Interest and other income (expense), net

     (357     135        (754
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,774     (6,922     (7,873
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     37,626        32,975        58,275   

Provision for income taxes

     3,591        11,626        15,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 34,035      $ 21,349      $ 42,460   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders (2) :

      

Basic

   $ 13,789      $ 9,622      $ 20,777   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 13,854      $ 9,662      $ 21,780   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

      

Basic

   $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

      

Basic

     21,175,788        24,711,453        27,320,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     21,345,641        24,901,005        30,051,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

      

Basic

       $ 0.77   
      

 

 

 

Diluted

       $ 0.73   
      

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

      

Basic

         51,320,294   
      

 

 

 

Diluted

         54,051,290   
      

 

 

 

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 94       $ 270       $ 408   

Research and development

     992         2,590         5,464   

Sales and marketing

     554         1,078         2,985   

General and administrative

     334         765         1,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 1,974       $ 4,703       $ 10,159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Notes 1 and 11 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders and our basic and diluted pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 is presented on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 24,000,000 shares of common stock and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation had become effective on December 31, 2013; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments, the conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes into             shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the notes at the common stock price per share of $         which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus) and the sale of             shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma As
Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 113,664       $ 113,664       $                

Working capital

     76,179         76,179      

Total assets

     364,520         364,520      

Total indebtedness (2)

     160,213         160,213      

Total deferred revenue

     58,904         58,904      

Total stockholders’ equity

     77,732         77,732      

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2) Total indebtedness includes our subordinated convertible promissory notes payable to related parties, subordinated convertible promissory notes payable to third parties, accrued interest payable on the notes and our lease financing obligations.

 

 

-10-


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use the financial measures set forth below, which are non-GAAP financial measures, to help us analyze our financial results, establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and evaluate our performance. We also believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus provides an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core business and results of operations over multiple periods with other companies in our industry, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 96,576      $ 132,426      $ 238,946   

Non-GAAP gross margin

     69     68     66

Non-GAAP income from operations

   $ 46,374      $ 44,600      $ 76,307   

Non-GAAP operating margin

     33     23     21

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 47,667      $ 46,379      $ 81,351   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     34     24     23

Non-GAAP gross profit and margin. We define non-GAAP gross profit as gross profit as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation, which is a non-cash charge. We define non-GAAP gross margin as non-GAAP gross profit divided by revenue. We have presented non-GAAP gross profit and margin because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP gross profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin . We define non-GAAP income from operations as income from operations as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation. We define non-GAAP operating margin as non-GAAP income from operations divided by revenue. We have presented non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP income from operations to income from operations, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin. We define adjusted EBITDA as our net income excluding: (i) stock-based compensation; (ii) interest expense; (iii) other income (expense), net, which primarily includes foreign exchange gains and losses; (iv) depreciation and amortization; and (v) our provision for income taxes. We define adjusted EBITDA margin as adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue. Depreciation includes depreciation expense associated with our leased building in Santa Clara, California. See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the accounting for our build-to-suit lease. We have presented adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, to establish budgets and to develop operational goals for managing our business. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

-11-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before investing in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially harmed. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risk associated with your investment.

We were founded in 2004 and shipped our first products in 2008. The majority of our revenue growth has occurred since the beginning of 2010. Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and our future prospects, including our ability to plan for and model future growth. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by rapidly growing companies in constantly evolving industries, including the risks described in this prospectus. If we do not address these risks successfully, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected, and the market price of our common stock could decline. Further, we have limited historic financial data, and we operate in a rapidly evolving market. As such, any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable market.

Our business and operations have experienced rapid growth, and if we do not appropriately manage any future growth or are unable to improve our systems and processes, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid growth and increased demand for our products over the last several years, which has placed a strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. Our employee headcount and number of end customers have increased significantly. To handle the increase in end customers, we expect to continue to grow our headcount significantly over the next 12 months. For example, as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2013, our cumulative number of end customers increased from approximately 570 to approximately 2,340, and our headcount increased from over 100 to over 750 over the same period. As we have grown, we have had to manage an increasingly larger and more complex array of internal systems and processes to scale with all aspects of our business, including our hardware and software development, contract manufacturing and purchasing, logistics and fulfillment and maintenance and support. Our success will depend in part upon our ability to manage our growth effectively. To do so, we must continue to increase the productivity of our existing employees and continue to hire, train and manage new employees as needed. To manage domestic and international growth of our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting processes and procedures and implement more extensive and integrated financial and business information systems. We may not be able to successfully implement these or other improvements to our systems and processes in an efficient or timely manner, and we may discover deficiencies in their capabilities or effectiveness. We may experience difficulties in managing improvements to our systems and processes or in connection with third-party technology. In addition, our systems and processes may not prevent or detect all errors, omissions or fraud. Our failure to improve our systems and processes, or their failure to operate effectively and in the intended manner, may result in disruption of our current operations and end-customer relationships, our inability to manage the growth of our business and our inability to accurately forecast our revenue, expenses and earnings and prevent certain losses.

 

-12-


Table of Contents

Our results of operations are likely to vary significantly from period to period and be unpredictable, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our results of operations have historically varied from period to period, and we expect that this trend will continue. As a result, you should not rely upon our past financial results for any period as indicators of future performance. Our results of operations in any given period can be influenced by a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

 

    our ability to attract and retain new end customers, including large end customers;

 

    the budgeting cycles and purchasing practices of end customers, including large end customers;

 

    the buying patterns of our large end customers in which large bulk purchases may or may not occur in certain quarters;

 

    changes in end-customer, distributor or reseller requirements or market needs;

 

    deferral of orders from end customers in anticipation of new products or product enhancements announced by us or our competitors;

 

    changes in the growth rate of the networking market;

 

    the actual or rumored timing and success of new product and service introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or end customers;

 

    our ability to successfully expand our business domestically and internationally;

 

    our ability to increase the size of our distribution channel;

 

    decisions by potential end customers to purchase cloud networking solutions from larger, more established vendors or from their primary network equipment vendors;

 

    price competition;

 

    insolvency or credit difficulties confronting our end customers, which could adversely affect their ability to purchase or pay for our products and services, or confronting our key suppliers, including our sole source suppliers, which could disrupt our supply chain;

 

    any disruption in our sales channel or termination of our relationship with important channel partners;

 

    our inability to fulfill our end customers’ orders due to supply chain delays, access to key commodities or technologies or events that impact our manufacturers or their suppliers;

 

    the cost and potential outcomes of existing and future litigation;

 

    seasonality or cyclical fluctuations in our markets;

 

    future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies;

 

    stock-based compensation expense;

 

    our overall effective tax rate, including impacts caused by any reorganization in our corporate structure, any changes in our valuation allowance for domestic deferred tax assets and any new legislation or regulatory developments;

 

    increases or decreases in our expenses caused by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, as an increasing portion of our expenses are incurred and paid in currencies other than the U.S. dollar;

 

    general economic conditions, both domestically and in foreign markets; and

 

    other risk factors described in this prospectus.

 

-13-


Table of Contents

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of several of the factors described above may result in significant fluctuations in our financial and other results of operations. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failure to meet our revenue, results of operations or other expectations or those of securities analysts or investors for a particular period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our common stock could decline substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

We expect large purchases by a limited number of end customers to continue to represent a substantial majority of our revenue, and any loss or delay of expected purchases could result in material quarter-to-quarter fluctuations of our revenue or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations.

Historically, large purchases by a relatively limited number of end customers have accounted for significant portion of our revenue. Many of these end customers make large purchases to complete or upgrade specific data center installations. These purchases are short-term in nature and are typically made on a purchase-order basis rather than pursuant to long-term contracts. During 2011, 2012 and 2013, sales to our 10 largest end customers accounted for approximately 32%, 39% and 43% of our revenue, respectively. Revenue from sales to Microsoft accounted for 10% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011, 15% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 22% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013.

As a consequence of the concentrated nature of our customer base and their purchasing behavior, our quarterly revenue and results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and are difficult to estimate. For example, any acceleration or delay in anticipated product purchases or the acceptance of shipped products by our larger end customers could materially affect our revenue and results of operations in any quarterly period. We may be unable to sustain or increase our revenue from our large end customers or offset the discontinuation of concentrated purchases by our larger end customers with purchases by new or existing end customers. We expect that such concentrated purchases will continue to contribute materially to our revenue for the foreseeable future and that our results of operations may fluctuate materially as a result of such larger end customers’ buying patterns. In addition, we may see consolidation of our customer base, such as among Internet companies and cloud service providers, which could result in loss of end customers. The loss of such end customers, or a significant delay or reduction in their purchases, could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our revenue growth rate in recent periods may not be indicative of our future performance.

Our revenue growth rate in recent periods may not be indicative of our future performance. We experienced annual revenue growth rates of 95%, 38% and 87% in 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. We may not achieve similar revenue growth rates in future periods, especially as we enter and expand into the cloud services and application services provider markets. You should not rely on our revenue for any prior quarterly or annual period as any indication of our future revenue or revenue growth. If we are unable to maintain consistent revenue or revenue growth, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We face intense competition, especially from larger, well-established companies, and we may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or improve our competitive position.

The market for data center networking, including the market for cloud networking, is intensely competitive, and we expect competition to increase in the future from established competitors and new market entrants. This competition could result in increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses and our failure to increase, or the loss of, market share, any of which would likely seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

-14-


Table of Contents

We compete with large network equipment and system vendors, including Cisco Systems, Juniper Networks, Brocade Communications Systems, Hewlett-Packard and Dell. We also face competition from other companies and new market entrants, some of which may be our current technology partners and end customers. Many of our existing and potential competitors enjoy substantial competitive advantages, such as:

 

    greater name recognition and longer operating histories;

 

    larger sales and marketing budgets and resources;

 

    broader distribution and established relationships with channel partners and end customers;

 

    greater access to larger end-customer bases;

 

    greater end-customer support resources;

 

    greater manufacturing resources;

 

    the ability to leverage their sales efforts across a broader portfolio of products;

 

    the ability to bundle competitive offerings with other products and services;

 

    the ability to set more aggressive pricing policies;

 

    lower labor and development costs;

 

    greater resources to make acquisitions;

 

    larger intellectual property portfolios; and

 

    substantially greater financial, technical, research and development or other resources.

Our competitors also may be able to provide end customers with capabilities or benefits different from or greater than those we can provide in areas such as technical qualifications or geographic presence or may be able to provide end customers a broader range of products, services and prices. In addition, large competitors may have more extensive relationships with and within existing and potential end customers that provide them with an advantage in competing for business with those end customers. For example, certain large competitors encourage end customers of their other products and services to adopt their data networking solutions through discounted bundled product packages. Our ability to compete will depend upon our ability to provide a better solution than our competitors at a more competitive price. We may be required to make substantial additional investments in research, development, marketing and sales in order to respond to competition, and we cannot assure you that these investments will achieve any returns for us or that we will be able to compete successfully in the future.

We also expect increased competition if our market continues to expand. Conditions in our market could change rapidly and significantly as a result of technological advancements or other factors. Current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties that have greater resources available than we do. Our current or potential competitors might take advantage of the greater resources of the larger organization resulting from these acquisitions to compete more vigorously or broadly with us. In addition, continued industry consolidation might adversely affect end customers’ perceptions of the viability of smaller and even medium-sized networking companies and, consequently, end customers’ willingness to purchase from those companies. Further, certain large end customers have explored developing network switches and cloud service solutions for internal use and/or to broaden their portfolio of products, which could allow these end customers to become new competitors in the market.

If we do not successfully anticipate technological shifts, market needs and opportunities, and develop products and product enhancements that meet those technological shifts, needs and opportunities, or if those products are not made available in a timely manner or do not gain market acceptance, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our ability to generate revenue will suffer.

The cloud networking market can be characterized by rapid technological shifts and increasingly complex end-customer requirements to achieve scalable and more programmable networks that facilitate virtualization,

 

-15-


Table of Contents

big data, public/private cloud and web scale computing. We must continue to develop new technologies and products that address emerging technological trends and changing end-customer needs. The process of developing new technology is complex and uncertain, and new offerings requires significant upfront investment that may not result in material design improvements to existing products or result in marketable new products or costs savings or revenue for an extended period of time, if at all. The success of new products depends on several factors, including appropriate new product definition, component costs, timely completion and introduction of these products, differentiation of new products from those of our competitors and market acceptance of these products.

In addition, new technologies could render our existing products obsolete or less attractive to end customers, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected if such technologies are widely adopted. For example, end customers may prefer to address their network switch requirements by licensing software operating systems separately and placing them on industry-standard servers or develop their own networking products rather than purchasing integrated hardware products as has occurred in the server industry.

We may not be able to successfully anticipate or adapt to changing technology or end-customer requirements on a timely basis, or at all. If we fail to keep up with technology changes or to convince our end customers and potential end customers of the value of our solutions even in light of new technologies, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Product quality problems, defects, errors or vulnerabilities in our products or services could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We produce highly complex products that incorporate advanced technologies, including both hardware and software technologies. Despite testing prior to their release, our products may contain undetected defects or errors, especially when first introduced or when new versions are released. Product defects or errors could affect the performance of our products and could delay the development or release of new products or new versions of products. Allegations of unsatisfactory performance could cause us to lose revenue or market share, increase our service costs, cause us to incur substantial costs in redesigning the products, cause us to lose significant end customers, subject us to liability for damages and divert our resources from other tasks, any one of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

From time to time, we have had to replace certain components of products that we had shipped and provide remediation in response to the discovery of defects or bugs, including failures in software protocols or defective component batches resulting in reliability issues, in such products, and we may be required to do so in the future. We may also be required to provide full replacements or refunds for such defective products. We cannot assure you that such remediation would not have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Please see “—Our business is subject to the risks of warranty claims, product returns, product liability and product defects.”

The cloud networking market is still in its early stages and is rapidly evolving. If this market does not evolve as we anticipate or our target end customers do not adopt our cloud networking solutions, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our ability to generate revenue will suffer.

The cloud networking market is still in its early stages. The market demand for cloud networking solutions has increased in recent years as end customers have deployed larger networks and have increased the use of virtualization and cloud computing. Our success depends upon our ability to provide cloud networking solutions that address the needs of end customers more effectively and economically than those of other competitors or existing technologies.

 

-16-


Table of Contents

If the cloud networking solutions market does not develop in the way we anticipate, if our solutions do not offer benefits compared to competing network switching products or if end customers do not recognize the benefits that our solutions provide, then our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We identified a material weakness in our internal controls for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for 2010 to 2012 and 2013, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. As defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the U.S.A., a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness identified in 2013 includes certain controls related to our inventory process that were not designed and implemented during the year. As a result, we identified material errors requiring adjustment in order for the financial statements to be presented accurately in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Specifically, in conjunction with changes in our supply chain, we did not appropriately capitalize the cost of freight incurred related to product shipped from our contract manufacturers to the distribution centers and we also did not appropriately capitalize the purchase price variance for inventory. These errors were subsequently corrected and disclosed in our financial statements.

Our remediation efforts are still in process and have not yet been completed. Because of this material weakness, there is heightened risk that a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly financial statements will not be prevented or detected. In addition, the remediation steps we have taken, are taking and expect to take may not effectively remediate the material weakness, in which case our internal control over financial reporting would continue to be ineffective. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to complete our remedial actions successfully. Even if we are able to complete these actions successfully, these measures may not adequately address our material weakness. In addition, it is possible that we will discover additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event that such firm is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. As a result, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to help produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be evaluated frequently.

If we are unable to adequately remediate the foregoing material weakness or comply or continue to comply with the foregoing obligations, it could subject us to a variety of administrative sanctions, including the suspension or delisting of our common stock from the New York Stock Exchange and the inability of registered broker-dealers to make a market in our common stock, which could reduce the market price of our common stock. In addition, in the event that we do not adequately remediate this material weakness, or if we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls in future periods, our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to run our business effectively could be adversely affected and investors could lose confidence in our financial reporting.

 

-17-


Table of Contents

If we are unable to attract new large end customers or to sell additional products to our existing end customers, our revenue growth will be adversely affected and our revenue could decrease.

To increase our revenue, we must add new end customers and large end customers and sell additional products to existing end customers. For example, one of our sales strategies is to target specific projects at our current end customers because they are familiar with the operational and economic benefits of our solutions, thereby reducing the sales cycle into these customers. We believe this opportunity with current end customers to be significant given their existing infrastructure and expected future spend. If we fail to attract new large end customers or sell additional products to our existing end customers, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be harmed.

Some of our large end customers require more favorable terms and conditions from their vendors and may request price concessions. As we seek to sell more products to these end customers, we may be required to agree to terms and conditions that may have an adverse effect on our business or ability to recognize revenue.

Our large end customers have significant purchasing power and, as a result, may receive more favorable terms and conditions than we typically provide to other end customers, including lower prices, bundled upgrades, extended warranties, acceptance terms and extended return policies and other contractual rights. As we seek to sell more products to these large end customers, an increased mix of our shipments may be subject to such terms and conditions, which may reduce our margins or affect the timing of our revenue recognition and thus may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Reliance on shipments at the end of the quarter could cause our revenue for the applicable period to fall below expected levels.

As a result of end-customer buying patterns and the efforts of our sales force and channel partners to meet or exceed their sales objectives, we have historically received and fulfilled a substantial portion of sales orders and generated a substantial portion of revenue during the last few weeks of each quarter. This places significant pressure on order review and processing, supply chain management, manufacturing, inventory and quality control management, shipping and trade compliance to ensure that we have properly forecasted supply purchasing, manufacturing capacity, inventory and quality compliance and logistics. If there is any significant interruption in these critical functions, it could result in delayed order fulfillment, adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and result in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

We base our inventory requirements on our forecasts of future sales. If these forecasts are materially inaccurate, we may procure inventory that we may be unable to use in a timely manner or at all.

Our contract manufacturers procure components and build our products based on our forecasts. These forecasts are based on estimates of future demand for our products, which are in turn based on historical trends and analyses from our sales and marketing organizations, adjusted for overall market conditions. To the extent our forecasts are materially inaccurate, we may under- or over-procure inventory, and such inaccuracies in our forecasts could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

-18-


Table of Contents

Managing the supply of our products and product components is complex. Insufficient supply and inventory may result in lost sales opportunities or delayed revenue, while excess inventory may harm our gross margins.

Managing the supply of our products and product components is complex, and our inventory management systems and related supply-chain visibility tools may not enable us to forecast accurately and manage effectively the supply of our products and product components. Insufficient supply and inventory may result in lost sales opportunities or delayed revenue, while excess inventory may harm our gross margins. In order to reduce manufacturing lead times and plan for adequate component supply, from time to time we may issue purchase orders for components and products that are non-cancelable and non-returnable. We establish a liability for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments with our third-party contract manufacturers for quantities in excess of our demand forecasts, or obsolete material charges. As of December 31, 2013, our provision for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments was $1.8 million. We did not have provisions for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments as of December 31, 2011 and 2012.

Supply management remains an increased area of focus as we balance the need to maintain sufficient supply levels to ensure competitive lead times against the risk of obsolescence or the end of life of certain products. If we ultimately determine that we have excess supply, we may have to reduce our prices and write down inventory, which in turn could result in lower gross margins. We record a provision when inventory is determined to be in excess of anticipated demand or obsolete to adjust inventory to its estimated realizable value. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we incurred inventory write-downs of $1.6 million, $3.2 million, and $3.8 million, respectively.

Alternatively, insufficient supply levels may lead to shortages that result in delayed revenue or loss of sales opportunities altogether as potential end customers turn to competitors’ products that are readily available. Additionally, any increases in the time required to manufacture our products or ship products could result in supply shortfalls. If we are unable to effectively manage our supply and inventory, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

Because some of the key components in our products come from sole limited sources of supply, we are susceptible to supply shortages or supply changes, which could disrupt or delay our scheduled product deliveries to our end customers and may result in the loss of sales and end customers.

Our products rely on key components, including integrated circuit components and power supplies that our contract manufacturers purchase on our behalf from a limited number of suppliers, including certain sole source providers. We do not have guaranteed supply contracts with any of our component suppliers, and our suppliers could delay shipments or cease manufacturing such products or selling them to us at any time. For example, in the past we have experienced shortages in inventory for dynamic random access memory integrated circuits and delayed releases of the next generation of chipset, which delayed our production and/or the release of our new products. The development of alternate sources for those components is time-consuming, difficult and costly. If we are unable to obtain a sufficient quantity of these components on commercially reasonable terms or in a timely manner, sales of our products could be delayed or halted entirely or we may be required to redesign our products. Any of these events could result in lost sales and damage to our end-customer relationships, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our product development efforts are also dependent upon our continued collaboration with our key merchant silicon vendors such as Broadcom and Intel. As we develop our product roadmap and continue to expand our relationships with these and other merchant silicon vendors, it is critical that we work in tandem with our key merchant silicon vendors to ensure that their silicon includes improved features and that our products take advantage of such improved features. This enables us to focus our research and development resources on our software core competencies and to leverage the investments made by merchant silicon vendors to achieve cost-effective solutions.

 

-19-


Table of Contents

If our key merchant silicon vendors do not continue to collaborate in such a fashion, if they do not continue to innovate or if there are delays in the release of their products, our own product launches could be delayed, which could have a material effect on revenue and business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In the event of a shortage or supply interruption from our component suppliers, we may not be able to develop alternate or second sources in a timely manner. Further, long-term supply and maintenance obligations to end customers increase the duration for which specific components are required, which may increase the risk of component shortages or the cost of carrying inventory. In addition, our component suppliers change their selling prices frequently in response to market trends, including industry-wide increases in demand, and because we do not have contracts with these suppliers, we are susceptible to price fluctuations related to raw materials and components. If we are unable to pass component price increases along to our end customers or maintain stable pricing, our gross margins could be adversely affected and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could suffer.

Because we depend on third-party manufacturers to build our products, we are susceptible to manufacturing delays and pricing fluctuations that could prevent us from shipping end-customer orders on time, if at all, or on a cost-effective basis, which may result in the loss of sales and end customers.

We depend on third-party contract manufacturers, primarily Jabil Circuit and Foxconn, as our sole source manufacturers for our product lines. A significant portion of our cost of revenue consists of payments to these third-party contract manufacturers. Our reliance on these third-party contract manufacturers reduces our control over the manufacturing process, quality assurance, product costs and product supply and timing, which exposes us to risk. Any manufacturing disruption by these third-party manufacturers could severely impair our ability to fulfill orders on time, if at all, or on a cost-effective basis.

Our reliance on contract manufacturers also yields the potential for their infringement of third party intellectual property rights in the manufacturing of our products or misappropriation of our intellectual property rights in the manufacturing of other customers’ products. If we are unable to manage our relationships with our third-party contract manufacturers effectively, or if these third-party manufacturers suffer delays or disruptions for any reason, experience increased manufacturing lead times, capacity constraints or quality control problems in their manufacturing operations or fail to meet our future requirements for timely delivery, our ability to ship products to our end customers would be severely impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be seriously harmed.

Our contract manufacturers typically fulfill our supply requirements on the basis of individual orders. We do not have long-term contracts with our third-party manufacturers that guarantee capacity, the continuation of particular pricing terms or the extension of credit limits. Accordingly, they are not obligated to continue to fulfill our supply requirements, which could result in supply shortages, and the prices we are charged for manufacturing services could be increased on short notice. For example, a competitor could place large orders with the third-party manufacturer, thereby utilizing all or substantially all of such third-party manufacturer’s capacity and leaving the manufacturer little or no capacity to fulfill our individual orders without price increases or delays, or at all. Our contract with one of our contract manufacturers permits it to terminate the agreement for convenience, subject to prior notice requirements. We may not be able to develop alternate or second contract manufacturers in a timely manner. If we are required to change contract manufacturers, our ability to meet our scheduled product deliveries to our end customers could be adversely affected, which could cause the loss of sales to existing or potential end customers, delayed revenue or an increase in our costs which could adversely affect our gross margins. The addition of contract manufacturers or manufacturing locations also would increase the complexity of our supply chain management. Any production interruptions or disruptions for any reason, such as a natural disaster, epidemic, capacity shortages, adverse results from intellectual property litigation or quality problems, at one of our manufacturing partners would adversely affect sales of our product lines manufactured by that manufacturing partner and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

-20-


Table of Contents

We may become involved in a license dispute with Optumsoft.

In November 2013, we received a letter from Optumsoft in which Optumsoft asserted (i) ownership of certain components of our EOS network operating system incorporated into all of our products pursuant to the terms of a 2004 agreement between the companies and (ii) breaches of certain confidentiality and use restrictions in that agreement. Under the terms of the 2004 agreement, Optumsoft provided us with a non-exclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free license to software delivered by Optumsoft comprising a software tool used to develop certain components of EOS and a runtime library that is incorporated into EOS. The 2004 agreement places certain restrictions on our use and disclosure of the Optumsoft software and gives Optumsoft ownership of improvements, modifications and corrections to, and derivative works of, the Optumsoft software that we develop. In the November 2013 letter, Optumsoft requested that we cease all conduct constituting the alleged confidentiality and use restriction breaches including the distribution of any of their software in source code form and the unauthorized access or disclosure of their source code to third parties. Optumsoft also requested that we assign certain components of our software to them that they believed to be improvements of their software tool. To date, Optumsoft has not filed any legal action against us, although we cannot assure you that it will not do so in the future. David Cheriton, one of our founders and a former member of our board of directors who resigned from our board of directors on March 1, 2014, is a founder and, we believe, the largest stockholder and a director of Optumsoft. The 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust dtd July 27, 2010, a trust for the benefit of the minor children of Mr. Cheriton, is our largest stockholder.

We intend to vigorously defend against any action brought against us by Optumsoft. However, we cannot be certain that, if litigated, any claims by Optumsoft would be resolved in our favor. For example, if it were determined that Optumsoft owned components of our EOS network operating system, we would be required to transfer ownership of those components and any related intellectual property to Optumsoft. If Optumsoft were the owner of those components, it could make them available to our competitors, such as through a sale or license. In addition, if Optumsoft were to bring actual litigation, it could assert additional or different claims against us, including claims that our license from Optumsoft is invalid. An adverse litigation ruling could result in a significant damages award against us and injunctive relief. In addition, if our license was ruled to have been terminated, and we were not able to negotiate a new license from Optumsoft on reasonable terms, we could be prohibited from selling products that incorporate Optumsoft intellectual property. Any such adverse ruling could materially adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operation and financial condition. Whether or not we prevail in a lawsuit, we expect that any litigation would be expensive, time-consuming and a distraction to management in operating our business.

If we are unable to increase market awareness of our company and our products, our revenue may not continue to grow or may decline.

We have not yet established broad market awareness of our products and services. Market awareness of our value proposition and products and services will be essential to our continued growth and our success, particularly for the service provider and large enterprise markets. If our marketing efforts are unsuccessful in creating market awareness of our company and our products and services, then our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected, and we will not be able to achieve sustained growth.

The sales prices of our products and services may decrease, which may reduce our gross profits and adversely affect our results of operations.

The sales prices for our products and services may decline for a variety of reasons, including competitive pricing pressures, discounts, a change in our mix of products and services, anticipation of the introduction of new products and services by us or by our competitors, promotional programs, product and related warranty costs or broader macroeconomic factors. In addition, we have provided, and may in the future provide, pricing discounts to large end customers, which may result in lower margins for the period in which such sales occur. Our gross margins may also fluctuate as a result of the timing of such sales to large end customers.

 

-21-


Table of Contents

We have experienced declines in sales prices for our products, including our 10 Gigabit Ethernet modular and fixed switches. Competition continues to increase in the market segments in which we participate, and we expect competition to further increase in the future, thereby leading to increased pricing pressures. Larger competitors with more diverse product and service offerings may reduce the price of products and services that compete with ours or may bundle them with other products and services. Additionally, although we price our products worldwide in U.S. dollars, currency fluctuations in certain countries and regions may adversely affect actual prices that partners and end customers are willing to pay in those countries and regions. Furthermore, we anticipate that the sales prices and gross profits for our products will decrease over product life cycles. Decreased sales prices for any reason may reduce our gross profits and adversely affect our result of operations.

Seasonality may cause fluctuations in our revenue and results of operations.

We operate on a December 31 year end and believe that there are significant seasonal factors which may cause product revenue to be greater for the second and fourth quarters of our year than our first and third quarters. We believe that this seasonality results from a number of factors, including the procurement, budgeting and deployment cycles of many of our end customers. Our rapid historical growth may have reduced the impact of seasonal or cyclical factors that might have influenced our business to date. As our increasing size causes our growth rate to slow, seasonal or cyclical variations in our operations may become more pronounced over time and may materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to hire, retain, train and motivate qualified personnel and senior management, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could suffer.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel, particularly software engineering and sales personnel. Competition for highly skilled personnel is often intense, especially in the San Francisco Bay Area where we have a substantial presence and need for highly skilled personnel. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have to provide more attractive compensation packages and other amenities. Research and development personnel are aggressively recruited by startup and emerging growth companies, which are especially active in many of the technical areas and geographic regions in which we conduct product development. In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in the high-technology industry, job candidates often consider the value of the stock-based compensation they are to receive in connection with their employment. Declines in the market price of our stock after this offering could adversely affect our ability to attract, motivate or retain key employees. If we are unable to attract or retain qualified personnel, or if there are delays in hiring required personnel, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be seriously harmed.

Also, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that such personnel has been improperly solicited, that such personnel has divulged proprietary or other confidential information or that former employers own certain inventions or other work product. Such claims could result in litigation. Please see “—We may become involved in litigation that may materially adversely affect us.”

Our future performance also depends on the continued services and continuing contributions of our senior management to execute our business plan and to identify and pursue new opportunities and product innovations. Our employment arrangements with our employees do not require that they continue to work for us for any specified period, and therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of our key personnel, including Jayshree Ullal, our Chief Executive Officer, Andy Bechtolsheim, our Founder and Chief Development Officer, and Kenneth Duda, our Founder, Chief Technology Officer and SVP Software Engineering or other members of our senior management team, sales and marketing team or engineering team, or any difficulty attracting or retaining other highly qualified personnel in the future, could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

-22-


Table of Contents

We are subject to a number of risks associated with the expansion of our international sales and operations.

Our ability to grow our business and our future success will depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our operations and customer base worldwide. We have a limited history of marketing, selling and supporting our products and services internationally. Operating in a global marketplace, we are subject to risks associated with having an international reach and requirements such as compliance with applicable anticorruption laws.

One such applicable anticorruption law is the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, which generally prohibits U.S. companies and its employees and intermediaries from making corrupt payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business, securing an advantage and directing business to another, and requires companies to maintain accurate books and records and a system of internal accounting controls. Under the FCPA, U.S. companies may be held liable for the corrupt actions taken by directors, officers, employees, agents, or other strategic or local partners or representatives. As such, if we or our intermediaries fail to comply with the requirements of the FCPA or similar legislation, governmental authorities in the U.S. and elsewhere could seek to impose civil and/or criminal fines and penalties which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial conditions. We are currently in the early stages of implementing an anticorruption compliance program. Failure to comply with anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, such as the FCPA and the United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010, or the United Kingdom Bribery Act, and similar laws associated with our activities outside the United States, could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences. We intend to increase our international sales and business and, as such, the risk of violating laws such as the FCPA and United Kingdom Bribery Act increases.

Additionally, as a result of our international reach, we must hire and train experienced personnel to staff and manage our foreign operations. To the extent that we experience difficulties in recruiting, training, managing and retaining an international staff, and specifically staff related to sales management and sales personnel, we may experience difficulties in sales productivity in foreign markets. We also enter into strategic distributor and reseller relationships with companies in certain international markets where we do not have a local presence. If we are not able to maintain successful strategic distributor relationships internationally or to recruit additional companies to enter into strategic distributor relationships, our future success in these international markets could be limited. Business practices in the international markets that we serve may differ from those in the United States and may require us in the future to include terms other than our standard terms in end-customer contracts, although to date we generally have not done so. To the extent that we may enter into end-customer contracts in the future that include non-standard terms related to payment, warranties or performance obligations, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Additionally, our international sales and operations are subject to a number of risks, including the following:

 

    greater difficulty in enforcing contracts and accounts receivable collection and longer collection periods;

 

    increased expenses incurred in establishing and maintaining our international operations;

 

    fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies where we do business;

 

    greater difficulty and costs in recruiting local experienced personnel;

 

    wage inflation in certain growing economies;

 

    general economic and political conditions in these foreign markets;

 

    economic uncertainty around the world as a result of sovereign debt issues;

 

    communication and integration problems resulting from cultural and geographic dispersion;

 

    limitations on our ability to access cash resources in our international operations;

 

    ability to establish necessary business relationships and to comply with local business requirements;

 

-23-


Table of Contents
    risks associated with trade restrictions and foreign legal requirements, including the importation, certification and localization of our products required in foreign countries;

 

    greater risk of unexpected changes in regulatory practices, tariffs and tax laws and treaties;

 

    the uncertainty of protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

    greater risk of a failure of foreign employees to comply with both U.S. and foreign laws, including antitrust regulations, the FCPA and any trade regulations ensuring fair trade practices; and

 

    heightened risk of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact financial results and result in restatements of, or irregularities in, financial statements.

These and other factors could harm our ability to gain future international revenue and, consequently, materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Expanding our existing international operations and entering into additional international markets will require significant management attention and financial commitments. Our failure to successfully manage our international operations and the associated risks effectively could limit our future growth or materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our ability to sell our products is highly dependent on the quality of our support and services offerings, and our failure to offer high-quality support and services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Once our products are deployed within our end customers’ networks, our end customers depend on our support organization and our channel partners to resolve any issues relating to our products. High-quality support is critical for the successful marketing and sale of our products. If we or our channel partners do not assist our end customers in deploying our products effectively, do not succeed in helping our end customers resolve post-deployment issues quickly or do not provide adequate ongoing support, it could adversely affect our ability to sell our products to existing end customers and could harm our reputation with potential end customers. In addition, as we expand our operations internationally, our support organization will face additional challenges, including those associated with delivering support, training and documentation in languages other than English. Our failure or the failure of our channel partners to maintain high-quality support and services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may become involved in litigation that may materially adversely affect us.

From time to time, we may become involved in various legal proceedings relating to matters incidental to the ordinary course of our business, including patent, commercial, product liability, employment, class action, whistleblower and other litigation and claims, and governmental and other regulatory investigations and proceedings. Such matters can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and resources, cause us to incur significant expenses or liability and/or require us to change our business practices. Because of the potential risks, expenses and uncertainties of litigation, we may, from time to time, settle disputes, even where we have meritorious claims or defenses, by agreeing to settlement agreements. Because litigation is inherently unpredictable, we cannot assure you that the results of any of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Adverse economic conditions or reduced information technology and network infrastructure spending may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business depends on the overall demand for information technology, network connectivity and access to data and applications. Weak domestic or global economic conditions, fear or anticipation of such conditions or a reduction in information technology and network infrastructure spending even if economic conditions improve,

 

-24-


Table of Contents

could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects in a number of ways, including longer sales cycles, lower prices for our products and services, higher default rates among our distributors, reduced unit sales and lower or no growth. For example, the ongoing debt concerns in many countries in Europe have caused, and are likely to continue to cause, uncertainty and instability in local economies and in global financial markets, particularly if any future sovereign debt defaults or significant bank failures or defaults occur. Market uncertainty and instability in Europe could intensify or spread further, particularly if ongoing stabilization efforts prove insufficient. Concerns have been raised as to the financial, political and legal ineffectiveness of measures taken to date. Continuing or worsening economic instability in Europe and elsewhere could adversely affect spending for IT, network infrastructure, systems and tools. Continued turmoil in the geopolitical environment in many parts of the world may also affect the overall demand for our products. Although we do not believe that our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects have been significantly adversely affected by economic and political uncertainty in Europe and other countries, deterioration of such conditions may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects in the future. A prolonged period of economic uncertainty or a downturn may also significantly affect financing markets, the availability of capital and the terms and conditions of financing arrangements, including the overall cost of financing as well as the financial health or creditworthiness of our end customers. Circumstances may arise in which we need, or desire, to raise additional capital, and such capital may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

Assertions by third parties of infringement or other violations by us of their intellectual property rights, or other lawsuits asserted against us, could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Patent and other intellectual property disputes are common in the network infrastructure industry and have resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. Many companies in the network infrastructure industry, including our competitors and other third parties, own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, which they may use to assert claims of patent infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights against us. They may also assert such claims against our end customers or channel partners whom we typically indemnify against claims that our products infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of third parties. As the number of products and competitors in our market increases and overlaps occur, claims of infringement, misappropriation and other violations of intellectual property rights may increase. Any claim of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights by a third party, even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim, distract our management from our business and require us to cease use of such intellectual property.

The patent portfolios of most of our competitors are larger than ours. This disparity may increase the risk that our competitors may sue us for patent infringement and may limit our ability to counterclaim for patent infringement or settle through patent cross-licenses. In addition, future assertions of patent rights by third parties, and any resulting litigation, may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenue and against whom our own patents may therefore provide little or no deterrence or protection. We cannot assure you that we are not infringing or otherwise violating any third-party intellectual property rights.

The third-party asserters of intellectual property claims may be unreasonable in their demands, or may simply refuse to settle, which could lead to expensive settlement payments, prolonged periods of litigation and related expenses, additional burdens on employees or other resources, distraction from our business, supply stoppages and lost sales.

An adverse outcome of a dispute may require us to pay substantial damages including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed a third party’s patents; cease making, licensing or using solutions that are alleged to infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property of others; expend additional development resources to attempt to redesign our products or services or otherwise to develop non-infringing technology, which may not be

 

-25-


Table of Contents

successful; enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies or intellectual property rights; and indemnify our partners and other third parties. Any damages or royalty obligations we may become subject to as a result of an adverse outcome, and any third-party indemnity we may need to provide, could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required or desirable, may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and may require significant royalty payments and other expenditures. Further, there is little or no information publicly available concerning market or fair values for license fees, which can lead to overpayment of license or settlement fees. In addition, some licenses may be non-exclusive, and therefore our competitors may have access to the same technology licensed to us. Suppliers subject to third-party intellectual property claims also may choose or be forced to discontinue or alter their arrangements with us, with little or no advance notice to us. Any of these events could seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our standard sales contracts contain indemnification provisions requiring us to defend our end customers against third-party claims, including against infringement of certain intellectual property rights, that could expose us to losses which could seriously harm our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

Under the indemnification provisions of our standard sales contracts, we agree to defend our end customers against third-party claims asserting infringement of certain intellectual property rights, which may include patents, copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets, and to pay judgments entered on such claims. Our exposure under these indemnification provisions is generally limited to the total amount paid by our end customer under the agreement. However, certain agreements include indemnification provisions that could potentially expose us to losses in excess of the amount received under the agreement. Any of these events, including claims for indemnification, could seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights.

We depend on our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. We have not registered our trademarks in all geographic markets. Failure to secure those registrations could adversely affect our ability to enforce and defend our trademark rights and result in indemnification claims. Further, any claim of infringement by a third party, even those claims without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against such claim, could divert management attention from our business and could require us to cease use of such intellectual property in certain geographic markets.

Despite our efforts, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to preclude misappropriation of our proprietary information or infringement of our intellectual property rights, and our ability to police such misappropriation or infringement is uncertain, particularly in countries outside of the United States. Further, with respect to patent rights, we do not know whether any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. To the extent that additional patents are issued from our patent applications, which is not certain, they may be contested, circumvented or invalidated in the future. Moreover, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with proprietary protection or competitive advantages, and, as with any technology, competitors may be able to develop similar or superior technologies to our own now or in the future. In addition, we rely on confidentiality or license agreements with third parties in connection with their use of our products and technology. There is no guarantee that such parties will abide by the terms of such agreements or that we will be able to adequately enforce our rights, in part because we rely on “shrink-wrap” licenses in some instances.

Detecting and protecting against the unauthorized use of our products, technology and proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some cases, impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management

 

-26-


Table of Contents

resources, either of which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and there is no guarantee that we would be successful. Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to protecting their technology or intellectual property rights than we do. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property, which could result in a substantial loss of our market share.

We rely on the availability of licenses to third-party software and other intellectual property.

Many of our products and services include software or other intellectual property licensed from third parties, and we otherwise use software and other intellectual property licensed from third parties in our business. This exposes us to risks over which we may have little or no control. For example, a licensor may have difficulties keeping up with technological changes or may stop supporting the software or other intellectual property that it licenses to us. Also, it will be necessary in the future to renew licenses, expand the scope of existing licenses or seek new licenses, relating to various aspects of these products and services or otherwise relating to our business, which may result in increased license fees. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, a third party may assert that we or our end customers are in breach of the terms of a license, which could, among other things, give such third party the right to terminate a license or seek damages from us, or both. The inability to obtain or maintain certain licenses or other rights or to obtain or maintain such licenses or rights on favorable terms, or the need to engage in litigation regarding these matters, could result in delays in releases of products and services and could otherwise disrupt our business, until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed or developed, if at all, and integrated into our products and services or otherwise in the conduct of our business. Moreover, the inclusion in our products and services of software or other intellectual property licensed from third parties on a nonexclusive basis may limit our ability to differentiate our products from those of our competitors. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our products contain third-party open source software components, and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could restrict our ability to sell our products.

Our products contain software modules licensed to us by third-party authors under “open source” licenses. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open source software that we use. If we combine our software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release portions of the source code of our software to the public. This would allow our competitors to create similar products with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of product sales for us.

Although we monitor our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our products to conditions we do not intend, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. Moreover, we cannot assure you that our processes for controlling our use of open source software in our products will be effective. If we are held to have breached the terms of an open source software license, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties to continue offering our products on terms that are not economically feasible, to re-engineer our products, to discontinue the sale of our products if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis or to make generally available, in source code form, our proprietary code, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Sales of our 7000 Series of switches generate most of our product revenue, and if we are unable to continue to grow sales of these products, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will suffer.

Historically, we have derived substantially all of our product revenue from sales of our 7000 Series of switches, and we expect to continue to do so for the foreseeable future. A decline in the price of these products and related

 

-27-


Table of Contents

services, or our inability to increase sales of these products, would harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects more seriously than if we derived significant revenue from a larger variety of product lines and services. Our future financial performance will also depend upon successfully developing and selling next-generation versions of our 7000 Series of switches. If we fail to deliver new products, new features, or new releases that end customers want and that allow us to maintain leadership in what will continue to be a competitive market environment, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be harmed.

We expect our gross margins to vary over time and to be adversely affected by numerous factors.

We expect our gross margins to vary over time and to be affected by numerous factors, including:

 

    changes in end-customer or product mix, including mix of configurations within each product group;

 

    introduction of new products, including products with price-performance advantages;

 

    our ability to reduce production costs;

 

    entry into new markets or growth in lower margin markets;

 

    entry in markets with different pricing and cost structures;

 

    pricing discounts;

 

    increases in material, labor or other manufacturing-related costs, which could be significant especially during periods of supply constraints;

 

    excess inventory and inventory holding charges;

 

    obsolescence charges;

 

    changes in shipment volume;

 

    the timing of revenue recognition and revenue deferrals;

 

    increased cost, loss of cost savings or dilution of savings due to changes in component pricing or charges incurred due to inventory holding periods if parts ordering does not correctly anticipate product demand or if the financial health of either contract manufacturers or suppliers deteriorates;

 

    lower than expected benefits from value engineering;

 

    increased price competition;

 

    changes in distribution channels;

 

    increased warranty costs; and

 

    how well we execute our strategy and operating plans.

Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable time and expense. As a result, our sales and revenue are difficult to predict and may vary substantially from period to period, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate significantly.

The timing of our sales and revenue recognition is difficult to predict because of the length and unpredictability of our products’ sales cycles. A sales cycle is the period between initial contact with a prospective end customer and any sale of our products. End-customer orders often involve the purchase of multiple products. These orders are complex and difficult to complete because prospective end customers generally consider a number of factors over an extended period of time before committing to purchase the products and solutions we sell. End customers, especially in the case of our large end customers, often view the purchase of our products as a significant and strategic decision and require considerable time to evaluate, test and qualify our products prior to making a purchase decision and placing an order. The length of time that end customers devote to their evaluation, contract negotiation and budgeting processes varies significantly. Our products’ sales cycles can be lengthy in certain cases, especially

 

-28-


Table of Contents

with respect to our prospective large end customers. During the sales cycle, we expend significant time and money on sales and marketing activities and make investments in evaluation equipment, all of which lower our operating margins, particularly if no sale occurs. Even if an end customer decides to purchase our products, there are many factors affecting the timing of our recognition of revenue, which makes our revenue difficult to forecast. For example, there may be unexpected delays in an end customer’s internal procurement processes, particularly for some of our larger end customers for which our products represent a very small percentage of their total procurement activity. There are many other factors specific to end customers that contribute to the timing of their purchases and the variability of our revenue recognition, including the strategic importance of a particular project to an end customer, budgetary constraints and changes in their personnel.

Even after an end customer makes a purchase, there may be circumstances or terms relating to the purchase that delay our ability to recognize revenue from that purchase. For example, the sale of our products may be subject to acceptance testing. In addition, the significance and timing of our product enhancements, and the introduction of new products by our competitors, may also affect end customers’ purchases. For all of these reasons, it is difficult to predict whether a sale will be completed, the particular period in which a sale will be completed or the period in which revenue from a sale will be recognized. If our sales cycles lengthen, our revenue could be lower than expected, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business depends on end customers renewing their maintenance and support contracts. Any decline in maintenance renewals could harm our future business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We typically sell our products with maintenance and support as part of the initial purchase, and a portion of our annual revenue comes from renewals of maintenance and support contracts. Our end customers have no obligation to renew their maintenance and support contracts after the expiration of the initial period, and they may elect not to renew their maintenance and support contracts, to renew their maintenance and support contracts at lower prices through alternative channel partners or to reduce the product quantity under their maintenance and support contracts, thereby reducing our future revenue from maintenance and support contracts. If our end customers, especially our large end customers, do not renew their maintenance and support contracts or if they renew them on terms that are less favorable to us, our revenue may decline and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will suffer.

Industry consolidation may lead to increased competition and may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Most of our competitors have made acquisitions and/or have entered into or extended partnerships or other strategic relationships to offer more comprehensive product lines, including cloud networking solutions. For example, in the last few years alone Dell acquired Force10, IBM acquired Blade Network Technology, Hewlett Packard acquired 3Com, Brocade acquired Foundry Networks, Juniper acquired Contrail and VMware acquired Nicira. Moreover, large system vendors are increasingly seeking to deliver top-to-bottom cloud networking solutions to end customers that combine cloud-focused hardware and software solutions to provide an alternative to our products.

We expect this trend to continue as companies attempt to strengthen their market positions in an evolving industry and as companies are acquired or are unable to continue operations. Companies that are strategic alliance partners in some areas of our business may acquire or form alliances with our competitors, thereby reducing their business with us. Industry consolidation may result in stronger competitors that are better able to compete with us, including any competitors that seek to become sole source vendors for end customers. This could lead to more variability in our results of operations and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

-29-


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to the risks of warranty claims, product returns, product liability and product defects.

Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our products could result in claims by end customers for losses that they sustain. If end customers make these types of claims, we may be required, or may choose, for end-customer relations or other reasons, to expend additional resources in order to address the problem. We may also be required to repair or replace such products or provide a refund for the purchase price for such products. Liability provisions in our standard terms and conditions of sale, and those of our resellers and distributors, may not be enforceable under some circumstances or may not fully or effectively protect us from end-customer claims and related liabilities and costs, including indemnification obligations under our agreements with end customers, resellers and distributors. The sale and support of our products also entail the risk of product liability claims. We maintain insurance to protect against certain types of claims associated with the use of our products, but our insurance coverage may not adequately cover any such claims. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in expenditures of funds in connection with litigation and divert management’s time and other resources.

For example, in 2012, we and one of our major end customers determined that one model of our switches sold to them during 2011 and 2012 did not fully support a certain protocol feature. We reached an agreement with our end customer that we would replace defective linecards with linecards incorporating next-generation switch chips, which corrected the protocol issue. We recorded an accrued warranty liability in our accompanying balance sheet and cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated income statement for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 of $1.8 million, $3.3 million and $0.4 million, for the estimated costs of these replacement programs. In addition, we accrued $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $3.9 million for general accrued warranty liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our provisions for warranty expense were $1.9 million, $3.4 million and $4.3 million, respectively. Further, as a result of reliability issues in particular component batches, certain products have, in the past, failed at higher than expected rates, and no assurances can be given that such failures won’t occur in the future. In such cases, we proactively replace the affected products and record a specific warranty reserve.

In addition to our own direct sales force, we rely on distributors, systems integrators and value-added resellers to sell our products, and our failure to effectively develop, manage or prevent disruptions to our distribution channels and the processes and procedures that support them could cause a reduction in the number of end customers of our products.

Our future success is highly dependent upon maintaining our relationships with distributors, systems integrators and value-added resellers and establishing additional sales channel relationships. We anticipate that sales of our products to a limited number of channel partners will continue to account for a material portion of our total product revenue for the foreseeable future. We provide our channel partners with specific training and programs to assist them in selling our products, but these steps may not be effective. In addition, our channel partners may be unsuccessful in marketing, selling and supporting our products and services. If we are unable to develop and maintain effective sales incentive programs for our channel partners, we may not be able to incentivize these partners to sell our products to end customers. These partners may have incentives to promote our competitors’ products to the detriment of our own or may cease selling our products altogether. One of our channel partners could elect to consolidate or enter into a strategic partnership with one of our competitors, which could reduce or eliminate our future opportunities with that channel partner. Our agreements with our channel partners may generally be terminated for any reason by either party with advance notice. We may be unable to retain these channel partners or secure additional or replacement channel partners. The loss of one or more of our significant channel partners requires extensive training, and any new or expanded relationship with a channel partner may take several months or more to achieve productivity.

Where we rely on the channel partners for sales of our products, we may have little or no contact with the ultimate users of our products that purchase through such channel partners, thereby making it more difficult for us to establish brand awareness, ensure proper delivery and installation of our products, service ongoing end-customer requirements, estimate end-customer demand and respond to evolving end-customer needs. In

 

-30-


Table of Contents

addition, our channel partner sales structure could subject us to lawsuits, potential liability and reputational harm if, for example, any of our channel partners misrepresent the functionality of our products or services to end customers or violate laws or our corporate policies. If we fail to effectively manage our existing sales channels, or if our channel partners are unsuccessful in fulfilling the orders for our products, if we are unable to enter into arrangements with, and retain a sufficient number of, high-quality channel partners in each of the regions in which we sell products and keep them motivated to sell our products, our ability to sell our products and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be harmed.

An increasing portion of our revenue is generated by sales to government entities, which are subject to a number of challenges and risks.

We anticipate increasing our sales efforts to U.S. and foreign, federal, state and local governmental end customers in the future. Sales to government entities are subject to a number of risks. Selling to government entities can be highly competitive, expensive and time consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that these efforts will generate a sale. The substantial majority of our sales to date to government entities have been made indirectly through our channel partners. Government certification requirements for products like ours may change and, in doing so, restrict our ability to sell into the government sector until we have attained revised certifications. Government demand and payment for our products and services may be affected by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays adversely affecting public sector demand for our products and services. Government entities may have statutory, contractual or other legal rights to terminate contracts with our distributors and resellers for convenience or due to a default, and any such termination may adversely impact our future business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Selling to government entities may also require us to comply with various regulations that are not applicable to sales to non-government entities, including regulations that may relate to pricing, classified material and other matters. Complying with such regulations may also require us to put in place controls and procedures to monitor compliance with the applicable regulations that may be costly or not possible. We are not currently certified to perform work under classified contracts with government entities. Failure to comply with any such regulations could adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. Governments routinely investigate and audit government contractors’ administrative processes, and any unfavorable audit could result in the government ceasing to buy our products and services, a reduction of revenue, fines or civil or criminal liability if the audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The U.S. government may require certain products that it purchases to be manufactured in the United States and other relatively high-cost manufacturing locations, and we may not manufacture all products in locations that meet these requirements. Any of these and other circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our products must interoperate with operating systems, software applications and hardware that is developed by others, and if we are unable to devote the necessary resources to ensure that our products interoperate with such software and hardware, we may lose or fail to increase market share and experience a weakening demand for our products.

Generally, our products comprise only a part of the data center and must interoperate with our end customers’ existing infrastructure, specifically their networks, servers, software and operating systems, which may be manufactured by a wide variety of vendors and original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs. Our products must comply with established industry standards in order to interoperate with the servers, storage, software and other networking equipment in the data center such that all systems function efficiently together. We depend on the vendors of servers and systems in a data center to support prevailing industry standards. Often, these vendors are significantly larger and more influential in driving industry standards than we are. Also, some industry standards may not be widely adopted or implemented uniformly, and competing standards may emerge that may be preferred by our end customers.

In addition, when new or updated versions of these software operating systems or applications are introduced, we must sometimes develop updated versions of our software so that our products will interoperate properly. We

 

-31-


Table of Contents

may not accomplish these development efforts quickly, cost-effectively or at all. These development efforts require capital investment and the devotion of engineering resources. If we fail to maintain compatibility with these systems and applications, our end customers may not be able to adequately utilize our products, and we may lose or fail to increase market share and experience a weakening in demand for our products, among other consequences, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to liability if we violate these controls.

Our products may be subject to various export controls and because we incorporate encryption technology into certain of our products, certain of our products may be exported from various countries only with the required export license or through an export license exception. If we were to fail to comply with the applicable export control laws, customs regulations, economic sanctions or other applicable laws, we could be subject to monetary damages or the imposition of restrictions which could be material to our business, operating results and prospects and could also harm our reputation. Further, there could be criminal penalties for knowing or willful violations, including incarceration for culpable employees and managers. Obtaining the necessary export license or other authorization for a particular sale may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Furthermore, certain export control and economic sanctions laws prohibit the shipment of certain products, technology, software and services to embargoed countries and sanctioned governments, entities, and persons. Even though we take precautions to ensure that our channel partners comply with all relevant regulations, any failure by our channel partners to comply with such regulations could have negative consequences, including reputational harm, government investigations and penalties.

As our company grows we also continue developing procedures and controls to comply with export control and other applicable laws. Historically, we have had some instances where we inadvertently have not fully complied with certain export control laws, but we have disclosed them to, and implemented corrective actions with, the appropriate government agencies.

In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permit and license requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit our end customers’ ability to implement our products in those countries. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential end customers with international operations or create delays in the introduction of our products into international markets. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Failure to comply with governmental laws and regulations could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies, including agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcing employment and labor laws, workplace safety, product safety, environmental laws, consumer protection laws, anti-bribery laws, import/export controls, federal securities laws and tax laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, these regulatory requirements may be more stringent than those in the United States. Noncompliance with applicable government regulations or requirements could subject us to investigations, sanctions, mandatory product recalls, enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, fines, damages, civil and criminal penalties or injunctions. If any governmental sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and an increase in professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

-32-


Table of Contents

We may acquire other businesses which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

As part of our business strategy, we may make investments in complementary companies, products or technologies. However, we have not made any significant acquisitions to date, and as a result, our ability as an organization to acquire and integrate other companies, products or technologies in a successful manner is unproven. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete such acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our end customers, investors and securities analysts. In addition, if we are unsuccessful at integrating such acquisitions or retaining key talent from those acquisitions, or the technologies associated with such acquisitions, into our company, the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of the combined company could be adversely affected. Any integration process may require significant time and resources, and we may not be able to manage the process successfully. We may not successfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology or personnel or accurately forecast the financial effects of an acquisition transaction, including accounting charges. We may have to pay cash, incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition, each of which could adversely affect our financial condition or the market price of our common stock. The sale of equity or issuance of debt to finance any such acquisitions could result in dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations.

If we needed to raise additional capital to expand our operations and invest in new products, our failure to do so on favorable terms could reduce our ability to compete and could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We expect that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with our net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for the foreseeable future. If we did need to raise additional funds to expand our operations and invest in new products, we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our stockholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests, and the market price of our common stock could decline. Furthermore, if we engage in debt financing, the holders of such debt would have priority over the holders of common stock, and we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness or impose other restrictions on our business. We may also be required to take other actions that would otherwise be in the interests of the debt holders, including maintaining specified liquidity or other ratios, any of which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, if at all, we may not be able to, among other things:

 

    evolve or enhance our products and services;

 

    continue to expand our sales and marketing and research and development organizations;

 

    acquire complementary technologies, products or businesses;

 

    expand operations, in the United States or internationally;

 

    hire, train and retain employees; or

 

    respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements.

Our failure to do any of these things could seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

-33-


Table of Contents

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could fall below expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as described in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, contract manufacturing liabilities and income taxes. If our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, our results of operations may be adversely affected and may fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

We are exposed to the credit risk of our channel partners and some of our end customers, which could result in material losses.

Most of our sales are on an open credit basis, with standard payment terms of 30 days in the United States and, because of local customs or conditions, longer in some markets outside the United States. We monitor individual end-customer payment capability in granting such open credit arrangements, seek to limit such open credit to amounts we believe the end customers can pay and maintain reserves we believe are adequate to cover exposure for doubtful accounts. We are unable to recognize revenue from shipments until the collection of those amounts becomes reasonably assured. Any significant delay or default in the collection of significant accounts receivable could result in an increased need for us to obtain working capital from other sources, possibly on worse terms than we could have negotiated if we had established such working capital resources prior to such delays or defaults. Any significant default could adversely affect our results of operations and delay our ability to recognize revenue.

A material portion of our sales is derived through our distributors, systems integrators and value-added resellers. Some of our distributors, systems integrators and value-added resellers may experience financial difficulties, which could adversely affect our collection of accounts receivable. Distributors tend to have more limited financial resources than other systems integrators, value-added resellers and end customers. Distributors represent potential sources of increased credit risk because they may be less likely to have the reserve resources required to meet payment obligations. Our exposure to credit risks of our channel partners may increase if our channel partners and their end customers are adversely affected by global or regional economic conditions. One or more of these channel partners could delay payments or default on credit extended to them, either of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we or our partners fail to comply with environmental requirements, our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation could be adversely affected.

We and our partners, including our contract manufacturers, are subject to various local, state, federal and international environmental laws and regulations, including laws governing the hazardous material content of our products and laws relating to the collection, recycling and disposal of electrical and electronic equipment. Examples of these laws and regulations include the European Union, or EU, Restrictions on the use of Hazardous Substances Directive, or RoHS Directive, and the EU Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, or WEEE Directive, as well as the implementing legislation of the EU member states. Similar laws and regulations have been passed or are pending in China, South Korea, Norway and Japan and may be enacted in other regions, including in the United States, and we or our partners, including our contract manufacturers, are, or may in the future be, subject to these laws and regulations.

 

-34-


Table of Contents

The EU RoHS Directive and the similar laws of other jurisdictions limit the content of certain hazardous materials such as lead, mercury and cadmium in the manufacture of electrical equipment, including our products. Our products currently comply with the RoHS Directive; however, if there are future changes to this directive, we may be required to re-engineer our products to use components compatible with these regulations. This re-engineering and component substitution could result in additional costs to us or disrupt our operations or logistics.

We are also subject to environmental laws and regulations governing the management and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our failure, or the failure of our partners, including our contract manufacturers, to comply with past, present and future environmental laws could result in fines, penalties, third-party claims, reduced sales of our products, substantial product inventory write-offs and reputational damage, any of which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We also expect that our business will be affected by new environmental laws and regulations on an ongoing basis applicable to us and our partners, including our contract manufacturers. To date, our expenditures for environmental compliance have not had a material effect on our results of operations or cash flows. Although we cannot predict the future effect of such laws or regulations, they will likely result in additional costs or require us to change the content or manufacturing of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our sales contracts are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore substantially all of our revenue is not subject to foreign currency risk. However, a strengthening U.S. dollar could increase the real cost of our products to our end customers outside of the United States, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies could increase our product and operating costs in foreign locations. Further, an increasing portion of our operating expenses is incurred outside the United States, is denominated in foreign currencies and is subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. If we are not able to successfully hedge against the risks associated with the currency fluctuations, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, power outages, floods and other catastrophic events and to interruption by manmade problems such as terrorism.

Our corporate headquarters and the operations of our key manufacturing vendors, logistics providers and partners, as well as many of our customers, are located in areas exposed to risks of natural disasters such as earthquakes and tsunamis, including the San Francisco Bay area, Japan and Taiwan. A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, tsunami, fire or a flood, or other catastrophic event such as a disease outbreak, could have a material adverse effect on our or their business, which could in turn materially affect our financial condition, results of operations and prospects. For example, in the event our service providers’ information technology systems or manufacturing or logistics abilities are hindered by any of the events discussed above, shipments could be delayed, which could result in missed financial targets, such as revenue and shipment targets, for a particular quarter. Further, if a natural disaster occurs in a region from which we derive a significant portion of our revenue, end customers in that region may delay or forego purchases of our products, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, acts of terrorism could cause disruptions in our business or the business of our manufacturer, logistics providers, partners or end customers or the economy as a whole. Given our typical concentration of sales at each quarter end, any disruption in the business of our manufacturer, logistics providers, partners or end customers that affects sales at the end of our quarter could have a particularly significant adverse effect on our quarterly results. All of the aforementioned risks may be augmented if our disaster recovery plans and those of our manufacturers, logistics providers or partners prove to be inadequate. To the extent that any of the above results in delays or cancellations of end-customer orders, or delays in the manufacture, deployment or shipment of our products, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be adversely affected.

 

-35-


Table of Contents

Breaches of our cybersecurity systems could degrade our ability to conduct our business operations and deliver products and services to our customers, delay our ability to recognize revenue, compromise the integrity of our software products, result in significant data losses and the theft of our intellectual property, damage our reputation, expose us to liability to third parties and require us to incur significant additional costs to maintain the security of our networks and data.

We increasingly depend upon our IT systems to conduct virtually all of our business operations, ranging from our internal operations and product development activities to our marketing and sales efforts and communications with our customers and business partners. Computer programmers may attempt to penetrate our network security, or that of our website, and misappropriate our proprietary information or cause interruptions of our service. Because the techniques used by such computer programmers to access or sabotage networks change frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we produce or procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture, including “bugs” and other problems that could unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the system. We have also outsourced a number of our business functions to third-party contractor, including our manufacturers and logistics providers, and our business operations also depend, in part, on the success of our contractors’ own cybersecurity measures. Similarly, we rely upon distributors, resellers and system integrators to sell our products and our sales operations depend, in part, on the reliability of their cybersecurity measures. Additionally, we depend upon our employees to appropriately handle confidential data and deploy our IT resources in safe and secure fashion that does not expose our network systems to security breaches and the loss of data. Accordingly, if our cybersecurity systems and those of our contractors fail to protect against unauthorized access, sophisticated cyberattacks and the mishandling of data by our employees and contractors, our ability to conduct our business effectively could be damaged in a number of ways, including:

 

    sensitive data regarding our business, including intellectual property and other proprietary data, could be stolen;

 

    our electronic communications systems, including email and other methods, could be disrupted, and our ability to conduct our business operations could be seriously damaged until such systems can be restored;

 

    our ability to process customer orders and electronically deliver products and services could be degraded, and our distribution channels could be disrupted, resulting in delays in revenue recognition;

 

    defects and security vulnerabilities could be introduced into our software, thereby damaging the reputation and perceived reliability and security of our products and potentially making the data systems of our customers vulnerable to further data loss and cyberincidents; and

 

    personally identifiable data of our customers, employees and business partners could be compromised.

Should any of the above events occur, we could be subject to significant claims for liability from our customers and regulatory actions from governmental agencies. In addition, our ability to protect our intellectual property rights could be compromised and our reputation and competitive position could be significantly harmed. Also, the regulatory and contractual actions, litigations, investigations, fines, penalties and liabilities relating to data breaches that result in losses of personally identifiable or credit card information of users of our services can be significant in terms of fines and reputational impact and necessitate changes to our business operations that may be disruptive to us. Additionally, we could incur significant costs in order to upgrade our cybersecurity systems and remediate damages. Consequently, our financial performance and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We believe our long-term value as a company will be greater if we focus primarily on growth instead of profitability.

Our business strategy is to focus primarily on our long-term growth. As a result, our profitability in any given period may be lower than it would be if our strategy was to maximize short-term profitability. Expenditures on research and development, sales and marketing, infrastructure and other such investments may not ultimately grow

 

-36-


Table of Contents

our business, prospects or cause long term profitability. For example, in order to support our strong growth, we have accelerated our investment in infrastructure, such as enterprise resource planning software and other technologies to improve the efficiency of our operations. As a result, we expect our levels of operating profit could decline in the short to medium term. If we are ultimately unable to achieve profitability at the level anticipated by analysts and our stockholders, the market price of our common stock may decline.

We may not generate positive returns on our research and development investments.

Developing our products is expensive, and the investment in product development may involve a long payback cycle. In 2011, 2012 and 2013, our research and development expenses were $26.4 million, or approximately 19% of our revenue, $55.2 million, or approximately 28% of our revenue, and $98.6 million, or approximately 27% of our revenue, respectively. We expect to continue to invest heavily in software development in order to expand the capabilities of our cloud networking platform, introduce new products and features and build upon our technology leadership. We believe one of our greatest strengths lies in the speed of our product development efforts. By investing in research and development, we believe we will be well positioned to continue our rapid growth and take advantage of our large market opportunity. We expect that our results of operations will be impacted by the timing and size of these investments. These investments may take several years to generate positive returns, if ever.

We provide access to our software and other selected source code to certain partners, which creates additional risk that our competitors could develop products that are similar to or better than ours.

Our success and ability to compete depend substantially upon our internally developed technology, which is incorporated in the source code for our products. We seek to protect the source code, design code, documentation and other information relating to our software, under trade secret, patent and copyright laws. However, we have chosen to provide access to selected source code of our software to several of our partners for co-development, as well as for open application programming interfaces, or APIs, formats and protocols. Though we generally control access to our source code and other intellectual property and enter into confidentiality or license agreements with such partners as well as with our employees and consultants, this combination of procedural and contractual safeguards may be insufficient to protect our trade secrets and other rights to our technology. Our protective measures may be inadequate, especially because we may not be able to prevent our partners, employees or consultants from violating any agreements or licenses we may have in place or abusing their access granted to our source code. Improper disclosure or use of our source code could help competitors develop products similar to or better than ours.

Changes in our provision for income taxes or our effective tax rate, the enactment of new tax laws or changes in the application of existing tax laws of various jurisdictions or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income tax returns could adversely affect our results.

Our provision for income taxes is subject to volatility and could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside of our control, including earnings that are lower than anticipated in countries that have lower tax rates and higher than anticipated in countries that have higher tax rates; our ability to generate and use tax attributes; changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities; expiration of or lapses in the R&D tax credit laws; transfer pricing adjustments, including the effect of acquisitions on our inter-company R&D cost sharing arrangement and legal structure; tax effects of nondeductible compensation, including certain stock-based compensation; tax costs related to inter-company realignments; changes in accounting principles; adverse tax consequences, including imposition of withholding or other taxes on payments by subsidiaries or customers; a change in our decision to indefinitely reinvest foreign earnings or changes in tax laws and regulations, including possible U.S. changes to the taxation of earnings of our foreign subsidiaries, the deductibility of expenses attributable to foreign income or the foreign tax credit rules.

Significant judgment is required to evaluate our tax positions and determine our provision for income taxes. The accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes applies to all income tax positions, including the

 

-37-


Table of Contents

potential recovery of previously paid taxes, which if settled unfavorably could adversely affect our provision for income taxes or additional paid-in capital. In addition, tax laws are dynamic and subject to change as new laws are passed and new interpretations of the law are issued or applied. Recent changes to U.S. tax laws, including limitations on the ability of taxpayers to claim and utilize foreign tax credits and the deferral of certain tax deductions until earnings outside of the United States are repatriated to the United States, as well as changes to U.S. tax laws that may be enacted in the future, could impact the tax treatment of our foreign earnings, as well as cash and cash equivalent balances we currently maintain outside of the United States.

Further, we are subject to the continuous examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. Audits by the Internal Revenue Service or other tax authorities are subject to inherent uncertainties and could result in unfavorable outcomes, including potential fines or penalties. As we operate in numerous taxing jurisdictions, the application of tax laws can be subject to diverging and sometimes conflicting interpretations by tax authorities of these jurisdictions. The expense of defending and resolving such an audit may be significant. The amount of time to resolve an audit is also unpredictable and may divert management’s attention from our business operations. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. We cannot assure you that fluctuations in our provision for income taxes or our effective tax rate, the enactment of new tax laws or changes in the application or interpretation of existing tax laws or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our tax returns by tax authorities will not have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we do not effectively expand and train our direct sales force, we may be unable to add new end customers or increase sales to our existing end customers, and our business will be adversely affected.

We depend on our direct sales force to obtain new end customers and increase sales with existing end customers. As such, we have invested and will continue to invest substantially in our sales organization. In recent periods, we have been adding personnel and other resources to our sales function as we focus on growing our business, entering new markets and increasing our market share, and we expect to incur significant additional expenses in expanding our sales personnel in order to achieve revenue growth. There is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, retaining and integrating sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth, particularly in international markets. New hires require significant training and may take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become productive as quickly as we expect, and we may be unable to hire, retain or integrate into our corporate culture sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. In addition, because we continue to grow rapidly, a large percentage of our sales force is new to our company. If we are unable to hire, integrate and train a sufficient number of effective sales personnel, or the sales personnel we hire are not successful in obtaining new end customers or increasing sales to our existing end-customer base, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected.

New regulations related to conflict minerals may cause us to incur additional expenses and could limit the supply and increase the costs of certain metals used in the manufacturing of our products.

As a public company, we will be subject to new requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, that will require us to perform diligence, and disclose and report whether or not our products contain conflict minerals. The implementation of these new requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability and pricing of the materials used in the manufacture of components used in our products. In addition, we will incur additional costs to comply with these disclosure requirements, including costs related to conducting diligence procedures and, if applicable, potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities. We may also face reputational harm if we determine that certain of our products contain minerals not determined to be conflict-free or if we are unable to alter our products, processes or sources of supply to avoid such materials.

 

-38-


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering, the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, and the value of your investment could decline.

Technology stocks have historically experienced high levels of volatility. The market price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially. Following the completion of this offering, the market price of our common stock may be higher or lower than the price you pay in the offering, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the market price of our common stock include the following:

 

    actual or anticipated announcements of new products, services or technologies, commercial relationships, acquisitions or other events by us or our competitors;

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of technology companies in general and of companies in the IT security industry in particular;

 

    fluctuations in the trading volume of our shares or the size of our public float;

 

    actual or anticipated changes or fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

    adverse changes to our relationships with any of our channel partners;

 

    manufacturing, supply or distribution shortages;

 

    whether our results of operations meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors or securities analysts;

 

    litigation involving us, our industry, or both;

 

    regulatory developments in the United States, foreign countries or both;

 

    general economic conditions and trends;

 

    major catastrophic events;

 

    sales of large blocks of our common stock; or

 

    departures of key personnel.

In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the market price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The market price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. If the market price of our common stock is volatile, we may become the target of securities litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business and prospects. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales might occur, could reduce the market price that our common stock might otherwise attain and may dilute your voting power and your ownership interest in us.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Based on

 

-39-


Table of Contents

the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of February 28, 2014, upon completion of this offering, we will have            shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options after February 28, 2014 and no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.

All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Subject to certain exceptions described in the section titled “Underwriters,” we, all of our directors and officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock, or securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed not to offer, sell or agree to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the permission of each of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to potential extension in the event we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs near the end of the lock-up period. When the applicable lock-up period expires, we and our locked-up securityholders will be able to sell our shares in the public market. In addition, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration, or the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of the lock-up, could cause our share price to decline or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Based on shares outstanding as of February 28, 2014, upon completion of this offering, holders of up to approximately                  shares, or                 %, of our common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans.

We may issue our shares of common stock or securities convertible into our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investments or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock together with their affiliates, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of February 28, 2014 and after giving effect to the exercise of options. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, will be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may also discourage a potential investor from acquiring our common stock due to the limited voting power of such stock or otherwise may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

 

-40-


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be.

We intend to apply for listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ANET.” However, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop on such exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses, applications or technologies using our shares as consideration. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined by negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business and prospects.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and may use them in ways that may not enhance our results of operations or the market price of our common stock.

The principal purposes of this offering are to raise additional capital, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We have not yet determined the specific allocation of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering. Rather, we intend to use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including expansion of our sales and marketing organization, further development and expansion of our product offerings and possible acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses, technologies or other assets. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion over the specific use of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and might not be able to obtain a significant return, if any, on investment of these net proceeds. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be harmed, and the market price of our common stock could decline.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared nor paid any dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business and prospects, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting and corporate governance requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Although we have already hired additional employees to help comply with these requirements, we may need to further expand our legal and finance departments in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

In addition, changing laws, regulations, and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business and prospects may be harmed. As a result of disclosure of information in the filings required of a public company and in this prospectus, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our Audit Committee and Compensation Committee.

In addition, as a result of our disclosure obligations as a public company, we will have reduced strategic flexibility and will be under pressure to focus on short-term results, which may adversely affect our ability to achieve long-term profitability.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our registration statements, periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue is $1 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market price of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we have chosen to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

-42-


Table of Contents

Because the initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock following this offering, new investors will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $         per share, the difference between the price per share you pay (based on the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus) for our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock as of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, if outstanding options and warrants are exercised, if we issue awards to our employees under our equity incentive plans, or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock, you could experience further dilution. See “Dilution” below.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research reports about our business or prospects, the market price of our common stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock, to some extent, depends on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business or prospects. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us should downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, the market price of our common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts should cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the market price of our common stock or trading volume to decline.

Our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage takeover attempts and lead to management entrenchment.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors that are not nominated by the current members of our board of directors or take other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. These provisions include:

 

    a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

    the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

 

    the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

    a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

    the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our president, our secretary or a majority vote of our board of directors, which could delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

 

   

the requirement for the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, to amend the provisions of

 

-43-


Table of Contents
 

our amended and restated certificate of incorporation relating to the issuance of preferred stock and management of our business or our amended and restated bylaws, which may inhibit the ability of an acquirer to effect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;

 

    the ability of our board of directors, by majority vote, to amend the bylaws, which may allow our board of directors to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and

 

    advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time.

The issuance of additional stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our stock incentive plans or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue up to 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock and up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such rights and preferences as may be determined by our board of directors. Subject to compliance with applicable rules and regulations, we may issue our shares of common stock or securities convertible into our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investment, our stock incentive plans or otherwise. We may from time to time issue additional shares of common stock at a discount from the then market price of our common stock. Any issuance of stock could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

-44-


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” contains forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “predict,” “expect” and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

    our ability to maintain an adequate rate of revenue growth and our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our cost of revenue, gross profit or gross margin and operating expenses;

 

    our business plan and our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

    costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims;

 

    our ability to attract and retain end customers;

 

    our ability to further penetrate our existing customer base;

 

    our ability to displace existing products in established markets;

 

    our ability to expand our leadership position in the network switch industry, including the areas of mobility, virtualization, cloud computing and cloud networks;

 

    our ability to timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing technology;

 

    our ability to successfully anticipate technological shifts and market needs, innovate new products and bring them to market in a timely manner;

 

    our ability to expand internationally;

 

    the effects of increased competition in our market and our ability to compete effectively;

 

    the effects of seasonal and cyclical trends on our results of operations;

 

    our expectations concerning relationships with third parties;

 

    the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;

 

    our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our brand and intellectual property;

 

    economic and industry trends;

 

    estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our financial statements and determining option exercise prices;

 

    future trading prices of our common stock; and

 

    future acquisitions of or investments in complementary companies, products, services or technologies.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

 

-45-


Table of Contents

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, including the “Datacenter Switch Market Share & Forecast Tables up to Calendar 4Q14—Vendor Market Shares up to Calendar 4Q13—” dated March 5, 2014 published by Crehan Research, Inc. or Crehan Research, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our products and services. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Estimates of third parties, particularly as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of                 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $         million, or $         million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the offering price by these amounts would have a material effect on our intended uses of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may impact the amount of time prior to which we may need to seek additional capital.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, to create a public market for our stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets by our employees and stockholders, to obtain additional capital and to increase our visibility in the marketplace. As of the date of this prospectus, we have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds we receive from this offering. We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, product development, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures, although we do not currently have any specific or preliminary plans with respect to the use of proceeds for such purposes. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government as well as equity investment in marketable securities.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

-47-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2013 on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 24,000,000 shares of common stock and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if such conversions had occurred and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation had become effective on December 31, 2013; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments, the conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes into                 shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the notes at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus), and the sale of                 shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Actual      Pro
Forma
     Pro Forma
as Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per-
share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 113,664       $ 113,664       $                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible notes payable to related parties and related accrued interest, net of discount

   $ 29,227       $ 29,227       $     

Convertible notes payable to third parties and related accrued interest, net of discount

     87,017         87,017      

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                  

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 24,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     5,992              

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 176,000,000 authorized, 31,927,105 issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 authorized, 55,927,105 issued and outstanding, pro forma; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     3         6      

Additional paid-in capital

     28,737         34,726      

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     36         36      

Retained earnings

     42,964         42,964      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     77,732         77,732      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 193,976       $ 193,976       $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-48-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 55,927,105 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and excludes:

 

    11,245,179 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.82 per share as of December 31, 2013;

 

    2,547,100 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after December 31, 2013 with a weighted-average exercise price of $29.38 per share; and

 

                    shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of (i) 6,495,289 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; (ii)                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; (iii)                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; and (iv)                 shares of common stock that become available under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

-49-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

As of December 31, 2013, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $77.7 million, or $1.39 per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock.

After giving effect to our sale in this offering of                 shares of our common stock, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming the conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes into                 shares of common stock based upon $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2013

   $ 1.39      

Increase per share attributable to the conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes

     

Increase per share attributable to this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering and the conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes, by $         per share, would increase (decrease) the increase (decrease) attributable to this offering by $         per share and would increase (decrease) the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $         per share, and the immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share to holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and investors in this offering would be $         per share.

 

-50-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2013 after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and (ii) the conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes into common stock (assuming conversion of the notes at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus) and this offering on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the difference between existing stockholders and holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock, purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

                       $                                     $                

Holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and new public investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, investors will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital in the future due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own      % and holders of our subordinated convertible promissory notes and our new investors would own      % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 55,927,105 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and excludes:

 

    11,245,179 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.82 per share as of December 31, 2013;

 

    2,547,100 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after December 31, 2013 with a weighted-average exercise price of $29.38 per share; and

 

   

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of (i) 6,495,289 hares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; (ii)                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become

 

-51-


Table of Contents
 

effective upon completion of this offering; (iii)                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; and (iv)                 shares of common stock that become available under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserves under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

-52-


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012     2013  
    

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue

   $ 71,719      $ 139,848      $ 193,408      $ 361,224   

Cost of revenue (1)

     27,173        43,366        61,252        122,686   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     44,546        96,482        132,156        238,538   

Operating expenses (1) :

        

Research and development

     16,285        26,408        55,155        98,587   

Sales and marketing

     9,944        19,450        28,603        55,115   

General and administrative

     2,248        6,224        8,501        18,688   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     28,477        52,082        92,259        172,390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     16,069        44,400        39,897        66,148   

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest expense

     (12,606     (6,417     (7,057     (7,119

Interest and other income (expense), net

     (143     (357     135        (754
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (12,749     (6,774     (6,922     (7,873
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     3,320        37,626        32,975        58,275   

Provision for income taxes

     924        3,591        11,626        15,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 2,396      $ 34,035      $ 21,349      $ 42,460   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders (2) :

        

Basic

   $ 715      $ 13,789      $ 9,622      $ 20,777   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 726      $ 13,854      $ 9,662      $ 21,780   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

        

Basic

   $ 0.04      $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.04      $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders (2) :

        

Basic

     15,994,362        21,175,788        24,711,453        27,320,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     16,373,838        21,345,641        24,901,005        30,051,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (2) :

        

Basic

         $ 0.77   
        

 

 

 

Diluted

         $ 0.73   
        

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (2) :

        

Basic

           51,320,294   
        

 

 

 

Diluted

           54,051,290   
        

 

 

 

 

-53-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012      2013  
    

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

   $ 5       $ 94       $ 270       $ 408   

Research and development

     62         992         2,590         5,464   

Sales and marketing

     94         554         1,078         2,985   

General and administrative

     19         334         765         1,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 180       $ 1,974       $ 4,703       $ 10,159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Notes 1 and 11 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders and our basic and diluted pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012      2013  
    

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,578      $ 70,725      $ 88,655       $ 113,664   

Working capital

     30,530        98,282        130,808         76,179   

Total assets

     48,216        127,642        220,168         364,520   

Total indebtedness (1)

     80,938        102,068        134,377         160,213   

Total deferred revenue

     5,189        11,326        24,777         58,904   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (48,609     (8,194     18,910         77,732   

 

(1) Total indebtedness includes our subordinated convertible promissory notes payable to related parties, subordinated convertible promissory notes payable to third parties, accrued interest payable on the notes and our lease financing obligations.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use the financial measures set forth below, which are non-GAAP financial measures, to help us analyze our financial results, establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and evaluate our performance. We also believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus provides an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core business and results of operations over multiple periods with other companies in our industry, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2010             2011             2012             2013      
    

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 44,551      $ 96,576      $ 132,426      $ 238,946   

Non-GAAP gross margin

     62     69     68     66

Non-GAAP income from operations

     16,249      $ 46,374      $ 44,600      $ 76,307   

Non-GAAP operating margin

     23     33     23     21

Adjusted EBITDA

     17,643      $ 47,667      $ 46,379      $ 81,351   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     25     34     24     23

Non-GAAP gross profit and margin. We define non-GAAP gross profit as gross profit as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation, which is a non-cash charge. We define non-GAAP gross margin as non-GAAP gross profit divided by revenue. We have presented non-GAAP gross profit and margin because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry.

Non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin . We define non-GAAP income from operations as income from operations as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of

 

-54-


Table of Contents

stock-based compensation. We define non-GAAP operating margin as non-GAAP income from operations divided by revenue. We have presented non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin. We define adjusted EBITDA as our net income excluding: (i) stock-based compensation; (ii) interest expense; (iii) other income (expense), net, which primarily includes foreign exchange gains and losses; (iv) depreciation and amortization; and (v) our provision for income taxes. We define adjusted EBITDA margin as adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue. Depreciation includes depreciation expense associated with our leased building in Santa Clara, California. See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the accounting for our build-to-suit lease. We have presented adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, to establish budgets and to develop operational goals for managing our business. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Our non-GAAP measures have limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for an analysis of our results under GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of these non-GAAP financial measures versus their nearest GAAP equivalents. First, non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin and income from operations and operating margin are not substitutes for gross profit, gross margin, income from operations and operating margin. Second, other companies may calculate non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measures as tools for comparison. Finally, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin exclude some costs, namely, non-cash stock-based compensation, interest expense and provision for income taxes, which are recurring. Therefore, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect the non-cash impact of stock-based compensation or working capital needs that will continue for the foreseeable future.

The following tables reconcile the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to each of these non-GAAP financial measures.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2013  
    

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Non-GAAP Gross Profit and Margin:

        

Revenue

   $ 71,719      $ 139,848      $ 193,408      $ 361,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 44,546      $ 96,482      $ 132,156      $ 238,538   

Stock-based compensation—cost of revenue

     5        94        270        408   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 44,551      $ 96,576      $ 132,426      $ 238,946   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP gross margin

     62     69     68     66

 

-55-


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2013  
    

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Non-GAAP Income from Operations and Operating Margin:

        

Revenue

   $ 71,719      $ 139,848      $ 193,408      $ 361,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

   $ 16,069      $ 44,400      $ 39,897      $ 66,148   

Stock-based compensation

     180        1,974        4,703        10,159   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP income from operations

   $ 16,249      $ 46,374      $ 44,600      $ 76,307   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating margin

     23     33     23     21

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2013  
    

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA Margin:

        

Revenue

   $ 71,719      $ 139,848      $ 193,408      $ 361,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 2,396      $ 34,035      $ 21,349      $ 42,460   

Stock-based compensation

     180        1,974        4,703        10,159   

Interest expense

     12,606        6,417        7,057        7,119   

Interest and other expense (income), net

     143        357        (135     754   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,394        1,293        1,779        5,044   

Provision for income taxes

     924        3,591        11,626        15,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 17,643      $ 47,667      $ 46,379      $ 81,351   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     25     34     24     23

 

-56-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leading supplier of cloud networking solutions that use software innovations to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers and next-generation data centers for enterprises, based on market share. Our cloud networking solutions consist of our Extensible Operating System, or EOS, a set of network applications and our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches. Our cloud networking solutions deliver industry-leading performance, scalability, availability, programmability, automation and visibility. Since we began shipping our products, we have grown rapidly, and, according to Crehan Research, we have achieved the second largest market share in data center 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switch ports, excluding blade switching, sold in 2013.

At the core of our cloud networking platform is EOS, which was purpose-built to be fully programmable and highly modular. The programmability of EOS has allowed us to create a set of software applications that address the requirements of cloud networking, including workflow automation, network visibility and analytics, and has also allowed us to rapidly integrate with a wide range of third-party applications for virtualization, management, automation, orchestration and network services.

We were founded in 2004 to address the limitations of legacy networking products and to create a cloud networking platform that is open and programmable. From 2004 to 2008, our activities were focused on the development of our software, which resulted in the commercial release of our first product, the 7100 Series switches based on our EOS software, in 2008. Since then, we have continued to introduce new products utilizing EOS, including our 7500 Series switch and our 7050 Series switch in 2010, the second generation of our 7500 Series switch, called the 7500E modular switch, in May 2013 and our 7300 Series switch in November 2013. As of December 31, 2013, we have shipped more than one million switch ports. As we have grown our portfolio of products, our business has also grown from over 100 employees as of December 31, 2010 to more than 750 employees as of December 31, 2013.

We have experienced rapid revenue growth over the last several years, increasing our revenue at a compound annual growth rate of 71% from 2010 to 2013. As we have grown the functionality of our EOS software, expanded the range of our switching portfolio and increased the size of our sales force, our revenue has continued to grow rapidly. To support revenue growth, we have increased our international presence to include offices in nine countries as of December 31, 2013, including Canada, China, India, Ireland, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Singapore and Taiwan. Our 2013 revenue grew 87% when compared to 2012. We have been profitable and cash flow positive for each year since 2010.

We believe that our cloud networking platform addresses the large and growing cloud networking segment of data center switching, which remains in the early stage of adoption. We expect to continue rapidly growing our organization to meet the needs of new and existing customers as they increasingly realize the performance and cost benefits of our cloud networking solutions and as they expand their cloud networks. We intend to continue to invest in our research and development organization to enhance the functionality of our existing cloud networking platform, introduce new products and features and build upon our technology leadership. We believe one of our greatest strengths lies in our rapid development of new features and applications. By investing in research and development, we believe we will be well positioned to continue our rapid growth and take

 

-57-


Table of Contents

advantage of our large market opportunity. We also intend to continue to expand our sales and marketing teams and programs, with a particular focus on expanding our network of international channel partners and carrying out associated marketing activities in key geographies. In order to support our strong growth, we have accelerated our investment in infrastructure, such as enterprise resource planning software and other technologies to improve the efficiency of our operations. As a result, we expect our levels of operating profit could decline in the short to medium term. For a description of factors that may impact our future performance, see the disclosure in the section titled “—Factors Affecting Our Performance” below.

For 2011, 2012 and 2013, our revenue was $139.8 million, $193.4 million and $361.2 million, respectively, and our net income was $34.0 million, $21.3 million and $42.5 million, respectively.

Our Business Model

We derive revenue from sales of products and services. We generate revenue primarily from sales of our switching products which incorporate our EOS software. We also generate services revenue from post contract support, or PCS, which end customers typically purchase in conjunction with our products.

Since shipping our first products in 2008, our cumulative end-customer base has grown rapidly. Between December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2013, our cumulative end-customer base grew from approximately 570 to approximately 2,340. Our end customers span a range of industries and include large Internet companies, service providers, financial services organizations, government agencies, media and entertainment companies and others.

To continue to grow our revenue, it is important that we both obtain new customers and sell additional products to existing customers. For example in the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 85% of our revenue was received from our existing end customers.

Our development model is focused on the development of new products based on our EOS software and enhancements to EOS. We engineer our products to be agnostic to the underlying merchant silicon architecture. Today, we combine our EOS software with merchant silicon into a family of switching products. This enables us to focus our research and development resources on our software core competencies and to leverage the investments made by merchant silicon vendors to achieve cost-effective solutions. We currently procure certain merchant silicon components from multiple vendors, and we continue to expand our relationships with these and other vendors. We work closely with third parties to manufacture and deliver our products. Our third-party silicon vendors deliver these components directly to our contract manufacturers, who manufacture and assemble our products and deliver them to us for labeling, quality assurance testing, final configuration and shipment to our customers.

We market and sell our products through our direct sales force and in partnership with channel partners, including distributors, value-added resellers, systems integrators, original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, partners and in conjunction with various technology partners, depending on the application. To facilitate channel coordination and increase productivity, we have created a partner program, the Arista Partner Program, to engage partners who provide value-added services and extend our reach into the marketplace. Authorized training partners provide technical training to our channel partners. Our partners commonly receive an order from an end customer prior to placing an order with us, and we confirm the identification of the end customer prior to accepting such orders. Our partners generally do not stock inventory received from us. Our sales organization is supported by systems engineers with deep technical expertise and responsibility for pre-sales technical support and engineering for our end customers. Each sales team is responsible for a geographic territory, has responsibility for a number of major direct end-customer accounts or has assigned accounts in a specific vertical market. During 2013, 84% of our revenue was generated from the Americas, substantially all from the United States, 11% from Europe, the Middle East and Africa and 5% from the Asia-Pacific region.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use the financial measures set forth below, which are non-GAAP financial measures, to help us analyze our financial results, establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and evaluate our

 

-58-


Table of Contents

performance. We also believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures provides an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our core business and results of operations over multiple periods with other companies in our industry, many of which present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Non-GAAP gross profit

   $ 96,576      $ 132,426      $ 238,946   

Non-GAAP gross margin

     69     68     66

Non-GAAP income from operations

   $ 46,374      $ 44,600      $ 76,307   

Non-GAAP operating margin

     33     23     21

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 47,667      $ 46,379      $ 81,351   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     34     24     23

Non-GAAP gross profit and margin. We define non-GAAP gross profit as gross profit as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation, which is a non-cash charge. We define non-GAAP gross margin as non-GAAP gross profit divided by revenue. We have presented non-GAAP gross profit and margin because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using non-GAAP gross profit and gross margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP gross profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin . We define non-GAAP income from operations as income from operations as reported on our consolidated statements of operations, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation. We define non-GAAP operating margin as non-GAAP income from operations divided by revenue. We have presented non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin because we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation allows for more accurate comparisons of our results of operations to other companies in our industry. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using non-GAAP income from operations and operating margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP income from operations to income from operations, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin. We define adjusted EBITDA as our net income excluding: (i) stock-based compensation; (ii) interest expense; (iii) other income (expense), net, which primarily includes foreign exchange gains and losses; (iv) depreciation and amortization; and (v) our provision for income taxes. We define adjusted EBITDA margin as adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue. Depreciation includes depreciation expense associated with our leased building in Santa Clara, California. See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the accounting for our build-to-suit lease. We have presented adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, to establish budgets and to develop operational goals for managing our business. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance. Please see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding the limitations of using adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin as financial measures and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our future success will depend on many factors, including our ability to expand sales to our existing customers as well as to add new end customers. While these areas present significant opportunity, they also present risks that we must manage to ensure successful results. See the section titled “Risk Factors.”

 

-59-


Table of Contents

Additionally, we face intense competition especially from larger, well-established companies, and we must continue to expand the capabilities of our cloud networking platform to succeed in our market. If we are unable to address these challenges, our business could be adversely affected.

Increasing Adoption of Cloud Networks. Networks are subject to increasing performance requirements due to growing numbers of connected devices as well as new enterprise and consumer applications. Computing architectures are evolving to meet the need for constant connectivity and access to data and applications. We believe that cloud networks will continue to replace legacy network technologies. Our business and results of operations will be significantly affected by the speed with which organizations implement cloud networks.

Expanding Sales to Existing Customer Base. We expect that a substantial portion of our future sales will be follow-on sales to existing end customers. As noted above, one of our sales strategies is to target specific projects at our current end customers because they are familiar with the operational and economic benefits of our cloud networking solutions, thereby reducing the sales cycle into these customers. We believe this opportunity with current end customers to be significant given their existing and expected infrastructure spend. Our business and results of operations will depend on our ability to sell additional products to our growing base of customers.

Adding New End Customers. We believe that the cloud networking market is still in the early stages of adoption. We intend to target new end customers by continuing to invest in our field sales force and extending our relationships with channel partners. To date, we have primarily targeted end customers with the largest cloud data centers. A typical initial order involves the education of prospective customers about the technical merits and capabilities and potential cost savings of our products as compared to our competitors’ products. Our results of operations will depend on our ability to continue to add new customers. We believe that customer references have been, and will continue to be, an important factor in winning new business.

Selling More Complex and Higher-Performance Configurations . Our results of operations have been, and we believe will continue to be, affected by our ability to sell more complex and higher-performance configurations of our products. Going forward, we aim to grow our revenue by enabling end customers to transition from previously deployed 1 Gigabit Ethernet switches to 10, 40 and eventually 100 Gigabit Ethernet switches. Our ability to sustain our revenue growth will depend, in part, upon our continued sales of more robust configurations of our products, and quarterly results of operations can be significantly impacted by the mix of products and product configurations sold during the period.

Leveraging Channel Partners. We expect to continue to derive a growing portion of our sales through our channel partners as they develop new end customers and expand sales to our existing end customers. We plan to continue to invest in our network of channel partners to empower them to reach new end customers more effectively, increase sales to existing customers and provide services and support effectively. We believe that increasing channel leverage will extend and improve our engagement with a broad set of customers. Our business and results of operations will be materially affected by our success in leveraging our channel partners.

Investing in Research and Development for Growth. We believe that the market for cloud networking is still in the early stages of adoption and we intend to continue investing for long-term growth. We expect to continue to invest heavily in software development in order to expand the capabilities of our cloud networking platform, introduce new products including new releases and upgrades to our EOS software and new applications and build upon our technology leadership. We believe one of our greatest strengths lies in the speed of our product development efforts. By investing in research and development, we believe we will be well positioned to continue our rapid growth and take advantage of our large market opportunity. We expect that our results of operations will be impacted by the timing and size of these investments.

Customer Concentration and Timing of Large Orders . During 2011, 2012 and 2013, sales to our 10 largest end customers accounted for approximately 32%, 39% and 43% of our revenue, respectively. In 2011, 2012 and 2013, our largest end customer accounted for 10%, 15% and 22% of our revenue, respectively. We have also

 

-60-


Table of Contents

experienced and continue to experience customer concentration on a quarterly basis. In addition, we have experienced increases in the size of our orders, including orders from existing customers, which could result in future increased customer concentration, depending on the timing of the fulfillment of those orders. We have also experienced unpredictability in the timing of large orders, especially with respect to our large end customers, due to the complexity of orders, the time it takes end customers to evaluate, test and qualify our products and factors specific to our end customers. Due to these factors, we expect continued variability in our customer concentration and timing of sales on a quarterly and annual basis. In addition, we have provided, and may in the future provide, pricing discounts to large end customers, which may result in lower margins for the period in which such sales occur. Our gross margins may also fluctuate as a result of the timing of such sales to large end customers.

Basis of Presentation

Revenue

We generate revenue primarily from sales of our switching products which incorporate our EOS software. We also derive a small but growing portion of our revenue from sales of PCS. We generate PCS revenue from sales of technical support services contracts that are typically purchased in conjunction with our products and subsequent renewals of those contracts. We offer PCS services under renewable, fee-based contracts, which include 24-hour technical support, hardware repair and replacement parts, bug fixes, patches and unspecified upgrades on a when-and-if available basis. We expect our revenue may vary from period to period based on, among other things, the timing and size of orders and delivery of products, the impact of significant transactions with unique terms and conditions that may require deferral of revenue and cyclicality of orders being placed by our customers. Additionally, we expect our PCS revenue to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our installed base. Our ability to expand our installed base and increase our revenue is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. See the section titled “Risk Factors.” We report revenue net of sales taxes.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of amounts paid to our third-party contract manufacturers and merchant silicon vendors, warranty expenses, excess inventory write-offs and personnel and other costs in our manufacturing operations department. Our cost of product revenue also includes product testing costs, allocated costs and shipping costs. We expect our cost of product revenue to increase as our product revenue increases. Cost of providing PCS services consists of personnel costs for our global customer support organization. We expect our cost of service revenue to increase as our PCS revenue increases.

Gross Margin

Gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including sales to large end customers who generally receive lower pricing, the average sales price of our offerings, manufacturing costs, merchant silicon costs and the mix of products sold. We expect our gross margins to fluctuate over time, depending on the factors described above and others. See the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. The largest component of our operating expenses is personnel costs. Personnel costs consist of wages, benefits, bonuses and, with respect to sales and marketing expenses, sales commissions. Personnel costs also include stock-based compensation and travel expenses. We expect operating expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as well as a percentage of revenue in the near term as we continue to invest in the growth of our business.

 

-61-


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, with the remainder being prototype expenses, third-party engineering and contractor support costs, an allocated portion of facility and IT costs and depreciation. Our research and development efforts are focused on maintaining and developing additional functionality for our existing products and on new product development, including new releases and upgrades to our EOS software and applications. We expense research and development costs as incurred. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as well as a percentage of revenue as we continue to invest heavily in software development in order to expand the capabilities of our cloud networking platform, introduce new products and features and build upon our technology leadership.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and also include costs related to marketing and promotional activities, with the remainder being an allocated portion of facility and IT costs and depreciation. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars and may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period as we expand our sales and marketing efforts worldwide and expand our relationships with current and future channel partners and end customers.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, professional fees, an allocated portion of facility and IT costs and depreciation. General and administrative personnel costs include those for our executive, finance, IT, human resources and legal functions. Our professional fees consist primarily of accounting, external legal and IT and other consulting costs. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as well as a percentage of revenue to support our growing infrastructure needs and as we assume the reporting requirements and compliance obligations of a public company.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest expense on our convertible promissory notes, including our related party convertible promissory notes.

Other Income (Expense), net

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of foreign currency exchange gains and losses. Our foreign currency exchange gains and losses relate to transactions and asset and liability balances denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We expect our foreign currency gains and losses to continue to fluctuate in the future due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Provision for Income Taxes

We operate in a number of tax jurisdictions and are subject to taxes in each country or jurisdiction in which we conduct business. Earnings from our non-U.S. activities are subject to local country income tax and may be subject to U.S. income tax. Generally, the U.S. taxes are reduced by a credit for foreign income taxes paid on these earnings which avoids double taxation. Our tax expense to date consists of federal, state and foreign current and deferred income taxes. As we expand internationally, our marginal tax rate may decrease; however, there can be no certainty that our marginal tax rate will decrease, and we may experience changes in tax rates that are not reflective of actual changes in our business or operations.

We account for income taxes under the liability approach for deferred income taxes, which requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that

 

-62-


Table of Contents

have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements but have not been reflected in our taxable income. Estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax liabilities and in the determination of the recoverability of certain deferred income tax assets, which arise from temporary differences and carryforwards. We measure deferred income tax assets and liabilities using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. We regularly assess the likelihood that our deferred income tax assets will be realized based on the positive and negative evidence available. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that we are more likely than not to realize.

We believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, although we can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any reserves that we believe are appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes historical results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of revenue for those periods. We have derived the data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
            2011                   2012            2013  
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenue

   $ 139,848      $ 193,408      $ 361,224   

Cost of revenue (1)

     43,366        61,252        122,686   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     96,482        132,156        238,538   

Operating expenses (1) :

      

Research and development

     26,408        55,155        98,587   

Sales and marketing

     19,450        28,603        55,115   

General and administrative

     6,224        8,501        18,688   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     52,082        92,259        172,390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     44,400        39,897        66,148   

Other income (expense), net:

      

Interest expense

     (6,417     (7,057     (7,119

Other income (expense), net

     (357     135        (754
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,774     (6,922     (7,873
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     37,626        32,975        58,275   

Provision for income taxes

     3,591        11,626        15,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 34,035      $ 21,349      $ 42,460   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-63-


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (As a percentage of revenue)  

Revenue

     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     31     32     34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     69     68     66

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     19     28     27

Sales and marketing

     14     15     16

General and administrative

     4     4     5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     37     47     48
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     32     21     18

Other income (expense), net:

      

Interest expense

     (4 )%      (4 )%      (2 )% 

Other income (expense), net

     (1 )%         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (5 )%      (4 )%      (2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     27     17     16

Provision for income taxes

     3     6     4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     24     11     12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011              2012          2013  
     (In thousands)  

Stock-Based Compensation Expense:

  

Cost of revenue

   $ 94       $ 270       $ 408   

Research and development

     992         2,590         5,464   

Sales and marketing

     554         1,078         2,985   

General and administrative

     334         765         1,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,974       $ 4,703       $ 10,159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

Revenue, Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2012     2013     Change in  
     $     % of
revenue
    $     % of
revenue
    $      %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

   $ 193,408        100   $ 361,224        100   $ 167,816         87

Cost of revenue

     61,252        32     122,686        34     61,434         100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross profit

   $ 132,156        68   $ 238,538        66   $ 106,382         81
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross margin

     68       66       

 

-64-


Table of Contents

Revenue . Revenue increased $167.8 million, or 87%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in revenue was primarily due to an increase in sales of switch products and related accessories to existing customers as these customers purchased our newer products to further evolve their data centers. Our revenue also increased due to sales to new customers. Our cumulative number of customers grew approximately 43% from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 as we continued to broaden our market penetration.

Cost of revenue . Cost of revenue increased $61.4 million, or 100%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to the corresponding increase in revenue as our shipment volume significantly increased during the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was also due to an increase in write-downs of excess and obsolete inventory from the introduction of new products and product enhancements We also experienced an increase in manufacturing overhead costs to support the growth in production during the year ended 2013.

Gross margin. Gross margin decreased two percentage points from 68% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 66% for 2013. The decrease in gross margin was primarily due to an increase in write-downs of excess and obsolete inventory and an increase in manufacturing overhead costs. The decrease was also due, to a lesser extent, to an increase in the size of contracts with large end customers with lower margins, which was partially offset by cost reductions primarily due to more favorable component pricing from our contract manufacturers as we increased volume.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2012     2013     Change in  
     $      % of
revenue
    $      % of
revenue
    $      %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 55,155         28   $ 98,587         27   $ 43,432         79

Sales and marketing

     28,603         15     55,115         16     26,512         93

General and administrative

     8,501         4     18,688         5     10,187         120
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 92,259         47   $ 172,390         48   $ 80,131         87
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Research and development . Research and development expenses increased $43.4 million, or 79%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $21.8 million, which was a result of an increase of 153 employees (a 50% increase) in research and development headcount. The increase was also due to a $10.1 million increase in prototype expenses as a result of new product introductions and an increase in facilities expenses of $4.5 million.

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased $26.5 million, or 93%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $19.8 million, which was a result of an increase of 57 employees (a 41% increase) in sales and marketing headcount. The increase was also due to an increase of $3.0 million in marketing, consulting and promotional expense related to trade shows, product demonstrations and other marketing activities and an increase in sales and marketing-related IT and system engineering expenses of $2.6 million.

General and administrative . General and administrative expenses increased $10.2 million, or 120%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012. The increase was primarily due to a $5.5 million increase in professional service fees related to outside legal, accounting, consulting and IT services to support increased business activity and preparations for becoming a public company. The increase was also due to a $3.4 million increase in personnel costs, which was a result of an increase of 23 employees (a 68% increase) in general and administrative headcount.

 

-65-


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change in  
         2012             2013         $     %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest expense

   $ (7,057   $ (7,119   $ (62     1

Other income (expense), net

     135        (754     (889     NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (6,922   $ (7,873   $ (951     14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Interest expense . Interest expense was consistent for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012.

Other income (expense), net . Other income (expense), net decreased $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change in  
         2012             2013         $      %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 11,626      $ 15,815      $ 4,189         36

Effective tax rate

     35     27     

Provision for income taxes . Provision for income taxes increased $4.2 million, or 36%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012. Our effective tax rate decreased 8 percentage points from 35% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 27% for 2013. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the beneficial impact of the passage of the American Tax Relief Act of 2012 signed into law on January 2, 2013, which reinstated the federal research and development credit. The prior year impact of the 2012 federal research and development tax credit benefit was recorded in the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011

Revenue, Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2011     2012     Change in  
     $     % of
revenue
    $     % of
revenue
    $      %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

   $ 139,848        100   $ 193,408        100   $ 53,560         38

Cost of revenue

     43,366        31     61,252        32     17,886         41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross profit

   $ 96,482        69   $ 132,156        68   $ 35,674         37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross margin

     69       68       

Revenue . Revenue increased $53.6 million, or 38%, in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in revenue was primarily due to an increase in sales of switch products and related accessories to existing customers, as these customers purchased our newer products to further evolve their data centers. Our revenue also increased due to sales to new customers. Our cumulative number of customers grew approximately 50% from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012 as we continued to broaden our market penetration.

 

-66-


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue. Cost of revenue increased $17.9 million, or 41%, in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to the corresponding increase in revenue as our shipment volume significantly increased during 2012. The increase was also due to increased warranty expenses and an increase in write-downs of excess and obsolete inventory from the introduction of new products and product enhancements. We also experienced an increase in manufacturing overhead costs to support the growth in production during 2012.

Gross margin. Gross margin decreased one percentage point from 69% in 2011 to 68% in 2012. This decrease in gross margin was primarily due to an increase in our warranty-related expenses and write-downs of excess and obsolete inventory. This decrease was also due, to a lesser extent, to an increase in the size of contracts with large end customers with lower margins, which was partially offset by cost reductions primarily due to more favorable component pricing from our contract manufacturers as we increased volume.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2011     2012     Change in  
     $      % of
revenue
    $      % of
revenue
    $      %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 26,408         19   $ 55,155         28   $ 28,747         109

Sales and marketing

     19,450         14     28,603         15     9,153         47

General and administrative

     6,224         4     8,501         4     2,277         37
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 52,082         37   $ 92,259         47   $ 40,177         77
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Research and development . Research and development expenses increased $28.7 million, or 109%, in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to a $20.6 million increase in personnel costs, which was a result of an increase of 148 employees (a 94% increase) in research and development headcount. The increase was also due to a $4.5 million increase in prototype expenses as a result of new product introductions, a $1.5 million increase in third-party engineering and contractor support costs and a $1.7 million increase in research and development-related facilities and IT infrastructure expenses.

Sales and marketing . Sales and marketing expenses increased $9.2 million, or 47%, in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to a $9.3 million increase in personnel costs, which was a result of an increase of 57 employees (a 70% increase) in sales and marketing headcount. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in consulting expenses of $0.9 million.

General and administrative . General and administrative expenses increased $2.3 million, or 37%, in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $1.5 million increase in professional service fees related to outside legal, accounting and consulting services to support increased business activity. The increase was also due to a $0.8 million increase in personnel costs, which was a result of an increase of 17 employees (a 100% increase), and a $0.6 million increase in facilities expenses. These increases were partially offset by a $1.1 million decrease in our provision for doubtful accounts.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change in  
         2011             2012         $     %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest expense

   $ (6,417   $ (7,057   $ (640     10

Other income (expense), net

     (357     135        492        NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (6,774   $ (6,922   $ (148     2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

-67-


Table of Contents

Interest expense. Interest expense increased $0.6 million, or 10%, in 2012 compared to 2011. The increase in interest expense was due to the sale of $100.0 million in convertible promissory notes during 2011, partially offset by the repayment of the outstanding principal on our related party convertible promissory notes of $55.6 million in 2011.

Other income (expense), net . Other income (expense), net increased $0.5 million in 2012 compared to 2011.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change in  
         2011             2012         $      %  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 3,591      $ 11,626      $ 8,035         224

Effective tax rate

     10     35     

Provision for income taxes . Provision for income taxes increased $8.0 million, or 224%, in 2012 compared to 2011. Our effective tax rate increased 25 percentage points from 10% in 2011 to 35% in 2012. The increase in our provision for income taxes as well as our effective tax rate was due to the release of our valuation allowance on our federal deferred tax assets during 2011 coupled with the lapse of the federal research and development credit during 2012.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2013, cash and cash equivalents were $113.7 million, including $33.4 million held outside the United States in our foreign subsidiaries. If we were to repatriate cash held outside of the United States, it could be subject to U.S. income taxes less any previously paid foreign income taxes.

Since inception, we have primarily financed our operations and capital expenditures through debt, cash flows from our operations and private sales of preferred stock. As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes and $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of related party convertible promissory notes.

We plan to continue to invest for long-term growth. One of the principal purposes of this offering is to obtain additional capital to fund the growth of our business. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents balance together with cash proceeds from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements and our growth strategies for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of our spending to support research and development activities, the timing and cost of establishing additional sales and marketing capabilities, the introduction of new and enhanced products and services offerings, our costs of outsourcing, our manufacturing and possible acquisitions or investments. We expect to incur a total of $13.4 million in capital expenditures in 2014 due to investment in our research and development and manufacturing processes. If we are unable to raise additional capital when we need it, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected. The sale of additional equity could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. If we raise additional funds by borrowing from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operating flexibility and would require us to incur interest expense. We can provide no assurance that additional financing will be available at all or, if available, that we would be able to obtain financing on terms favorable to us.

We consider the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 to be indefinitely reinvested, and, accordingly, no U.S. income taxes have been provided thereon. As of December 31, 2013, the amount of cash associated with indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings was approximately $33.4 million. If these funds are needed for our operations in the United States, we would be required to accrue and pay U.S. income taxes to repatriate these funds. However, we have not repatriated nor do we anticipate the

 

-68-


Table of Contents

need to repatriate funds to the United States to satisfy domestic liquidity needs arising in the ordinary course of business, including liquidity needs associated with our domestic debt service requirements.

Cash Flows

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  
     (In thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 70,725       $ 88,655       $ 113,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2011                 2012           2013  
     (In thousands)  

Cash provided by operating activities

   $ 12,430      $ 26,306      $ 34,648   

Cash used in investing activities

     (2,770     (12,352     (19,491

Cash provided by financing activities

     46,505        3,977        9,886   

Effect of exchange rate changes

     (18     (1     (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 56,147      $ 17,930      $ 25,009   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Our primary source of cash from operating activities has been from cash collections from our customers. We expect cash inflows from operating activities to be affected by increases in sales and timing of collections. Our primary uses of cash from operating activities have been for personnel costs and investment in sales and marketing and research and development. We expect cash outflows from operating activities to increase as a result of further investment in sales and marketing and increases in personnel costs as we grow our business.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, cash provided by operating activities was $34.6 million, primarily from net income of $42.5 million, non-cash charges of $6.8 million and a net decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities of $14.6 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $49.2 million increase in inventory for anticipated growth in our business, a $28.3 million increase in accounts receivable due to an increase in sales and offset by a $3.0 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets. This decrease was partially offset by a $3.9 million increase in accounts payable primarily attributable to the timing of payments, a $12.0 million increase in accrued liabilities attributable to higher warranty liabilities and higher accrued personnel costs due to growth in headcount, a $34.1 million increase in deferred revenue due to increased sales and a $6.0 million increase in interest payable attributable to our outstanding convertible promissory notes, including our related party convertible promissory notes.

In 2012, cash provided by operating activities was $26.3 million, consisting of net income of $21.3 million adjusted by non-cash charges of $4.0 million and a $0.9 million net increase in our net operating assets and liabilities. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $22.0 million increase in accounts receivable due to an increase in sales, an $7.2 million increase in inventory and a $5.0 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets. This decrease was partially offset by a $13.5 million increase in deferred revenue due to increased sales, a $6.5 million increase in accrued liabilities attributable to higher warranty liabilities and higher accrued personnel costs due to growth in headcount and a $6.0 million increase in interest payable attributable to our outstanding convertible promissory notes, including our related party convertible promissory notes.

In 2011, cash provided by operating activities was $12.4 million, consisting of net income of $34.0 million adjusted by non-cash charges of $1.0 million and a $22.6 million net decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $23.9 million decrease in

 

-69-


Table of Contents

our related party interest payable due to the repayment of the outstanding convertible promissory notes in January 2011, a $11.6 million increase in accounts receivable due to an increase in sales and a $7.7 million increase in inventory. This decrease was partially offset by a $6.9 million increase in income taxes payable, a $6.1 million increase in deferred revenue due to increased sales and a $4.0 million increase in interest payable due to the sale of convertible promissory notes in January 2011 and June 2011.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of purchases of property and equipment, purchases and sales of short-term marketable securities, loans to and investments in other companies and activity in connection with prior acquisitions. We expect to continue to make purchases of property and equipment to support continued growth of our business.

In 2013, cash used in investing activities was $19.5 million, of which $20.3 million relates to the purchase of property and equipment offset by notes receivable repayments of $1.0 million.

In 2012, cash used in investing activities was $12.4 million, of which $3.3 million relates to purchases of property and equipment, $5.0 million relates to an investment in a private company and $4.0 million relates to an increase in restricted cash representing a security deposit required for a facility lease.

In 2011, cash used in investing activities was $2.8 million, all of which was for purchases of property and equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Our cash flows from financing activities primarily consisted of proceeds from the sale of our convertible promissory notes and proceeds from the exercises of stock options partially offset by repurchases of common stock.

In 2013, cash provided by financing activities was $9.9 million, consisting primarily of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, net of repurchases, amounting to $9.0 million and excess tax benefits realized from our equity incentive plans amounting to $0.9 million.

In 2012, cash provided by financing activities was $4.0 million, consisting primarily of $3.9 million in proceeds from the exercise of common stock options, net of repurchases.

In 2011, cash provided by financing activities was $46.5 million, consisting of $100.0 million in proceeds from our subordinated convertible promissory notes, including related party convertible promissory notes and $2.1 million in proceeds from the exercise of common stock options, net of repurchases, offset by a $55.6 million repayment on outstanding related party convertible promissory notes.

Debt Obligations

In January 2011, we sold $55.0 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated convertible promissory notes, or Convertible Notes, to outside investors and $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes to two trusts that are related to two of our co-founders. In June 2011, we sold an additional $20.0 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes to outside investors. The interest rate on the Convertible Notes is 6.0% per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal and accrued interest on the Convertible Notes is due and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2014 or upon the occurrence of an event of default, defined as: (i) failure to pay principal or interest when due; (ii) breaches of covenants; (iii) breaches of representations and warranties; (iv) failure to make other payment obligations resulting in the acceleration of maturity of indebtedness in excess of $10.0 million; (v) voluntary bankruptcy; (vi) involuntary bankruptcy; or (vii) certain adverse judgments. We can voluntarily prepay the Convertible Notes, in whole or in part, before the maturity date by giving each investor 10 days’ prior written notice.

 

-70-


Table of Contents

The noteholders have informed us that they intend to convert the principal and interest amount outstanding under their Convertible Notes into shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price in conjunction with our initial public offering.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our contractual commitments will have an impact on our future liquidity. Our contractual obligations represent material expected or contractually committed future obligations with terms in excess of one year. We believe that we will be able to fund these obligations through cash generated from operations and from our existing cash balances.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Payments Due by Period  

Contractual Obligations:

   Total      Less than
1 Year
     1 to 3 Years      3 to 5 Years      More than
5 Years
 
     (In thousands)  

Debt obligations and related interest expense (1)

   $ 123,500       $ 123,500       $       $       $   

Financing lease obligation

     60,394         5,426         17,275         12,406         25,287   

Operating lease obligations

     2,444         825         1,458         161           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 186,338       $ 129,751       $ 18,733       $ 12,567       $ 25,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Consists of subordinated convertible promissory notes and related interest expense described above under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Obligations.”

The contractual obligation table above excludes tax liabilities of $15.6 million related to uncertain tax positions because we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of settlement, if any, of these future payments.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2013, we did not have any relationships with any unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for 2010 to 2012 and 2013, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. As defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the United States, a material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness identified in 2013 includes certain controls related to our inventory process that were not designed and implemented during the year. As a result, we identified material errors requiring adjustment in order for the financial statements to be presented accurately in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Specifically, in conjunction with changes in our supply chain, we did not appropriately capitalize the cost of freight incurred related to product shipped from our contract manufacturers to the distribution centers and we also did not appropriately capitalize the purchase price variance for inventory. These errors were subsequently corrected and disclosed in our financial statements.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm undertook a comprehensive assessment for purposes of expressing an opinion on our internal control over financial reporting. It is possible that, had we performed a formal assessment of our internal control over financial reporting or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, additional deficiencies or weaknesses may have been identified.

We are in the process of implementing a number of measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate this material weakness. During the six months ended December 31, 2013, we hired a new Chief Financial Officer, a new corporate controller and a director of technical accounting and SEC reporting, as well as additional finance and accounting personnel, which significantly increases our finance and accounting team’s experience in U.S. GAAP and financial reporting for publicly traded companies. In September 2013, we engaged NetSuite consultants to thoroughly overhaul our existing enterprise resource planning system. In January 2013, we engaged a third-party accounting firm with expertise in supporting our evaluation of complex technical accounting matters, and we hired a senior NetSuite architect. In addition, we expect to retain consultants to advise us on making further improvements to our internal controls related to these accounting areas. We believe that these additional resources will enable us to broaden the scope and quality of our controls relating to the oversight and review of financial statements and reconciliations and our application of relevant accounting policies. However, these remediation efforts are still in process and have not yet been completed. Because of this material weakness, there is heightened risk that a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly financial statements will not be prevented or detected. In addition, the remediation steps we have taken, are taking and expect to take may not effectively remediate the material weakness, in which case our internal control over financial reporting would continue to be ineffective. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to complete our remedial actions successfully. Even if we are able to complete these actions successfully, these measures may not adequately address our material weakness. In addition, it is possible that we will discover additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. In addition, our management will have to evaluate, and our independent registered public accounting firm will have to opine on the effectiveness of, our internal control over financial reporting beginning at the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event that such firm is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed. As a result, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We have prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP and include our accounts and the accounts of our wholly owned subsidiaries. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires our management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the applicable periods. We base our estimates, assumptions and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Different assumptions and judgments would change the estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, which, in turn, could change the results from those reported. We evaluate our estimates, assumptions and judgments on an ongoing basis.

 

-72-


Table of Contents

The critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from the sale of network switches which incorporate our EOS software and accessories such as cables and optics to direct customers and channel partners together with PCS. We typically sell products and PCS in a single transaction. We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery or performance has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

We define each of the four criteria above as follows:

 

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.  Evidence of an arrangement consists of stand-alone purchase orders or purchase orders issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of a master sales agreement. It is our practice to identify an end customer prior to shipment to a reseller or distributor.

 

    Delivery or performance has occurred.  We use shipping documents or written evidence of customer acceptance, when applicable, to verify delivery or performance. We recognize product revenue upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which primarily is upon shipment to customers. We do not have significant obligations for future performance, such as customer acceptance provisions, rights of return or pricing credits, associated with our product sales.

 

    The sales price is fixed or determinable. We assess whether the sales price is fixed or determinable based on payment terms and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment.

 

    Collectability is reasonably assured.  We assess probability of collectability on a customer-by-customer basis. Our customers are subjected to a credit review process that evaluates their financial condition and ability to pay for products and services. We also monitor the credit history of our channel partners and assess their creditworthiness primarily based on their financial condition.

PCS is offered under renewable, fee-based contracts, which include technical support, hardware repair and replacement parts beyond standard warranty, bug fixes, patches and unspecified upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis. We initially defer PCS revenue and recognize it ratably over the life of the PCS contract, with the related expenses recognized as incurred. PCS contracts usually have a term of one to three years. We include billed but unearned PCS revenue in deferred revenue.

We report revenue net of sales taxes. We include shipping charges billed to customers in revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of goods sold.

Multiple-Element Arrangements

Most of our arrangements, other than renewals of PCS, are multiple-element arrangements with a combination of products and PCS. Products and PCS generally qualify as separate units of accounting. Our hardware deliverables and included EOS software together deliver the essential functionality of our products. For multiple-element arrangements, we allocate revenue to each unit of accounting based on the relative selling price. The relative selling price for each element is based upon the following hierarchy: vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, if available; third-party evidence, or TPE, if VSOE is not available; and best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. As we have not been able to establish VSOE or TPE for our products and most of our services, we generally utilize BESP for the purposes of allocating revenue to each unit of accounting.

 

    VSOE —We determine VSOE based on our historical pricing and discounting practices for the specific products and services when sold separately. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the stand-alone selling prices fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range.

 

-73-


Table of Contents
    TPE —When VSOE cannot be established for deliverables in multiple-element arrangements, we apply judgment with respect to whether we can establish a selling price based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for interchangeable products or services when sold separately to similarly situated customers. However, as our products contain a significant element of proprietary technology and offer substantially different features and functionality, the comparable pricing of products with similar functionality typically cannot be obtained. Additionally, as we are unable to reliably determine what our competitors products’ selling prices are on a stand-alone basis, we are not able to obtain reliable evidence of TPE of selling price.

 

    BESP —When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP in our allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service was sold regularly on a stand-alone basis. BESP is based on consideration of multiple factors including, but not limited to the sales channel (reseller, distributor or end customer), the geographies in which our products and services were sold (domestic or international) and size of the end customer.

We limit the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services or future performance obligations and not subject to customer-specific return or refund privileges.

We account for multiple agreements with a single partner as one arrangement if the contractual terms and/or substance of those agreements indicate that they may be so closely related that they are, in effect, parts of a single arrangement.

We may occasionally accept returns to address customer satisfaction issues even though there is no contractual provision for such returns. We estimate returns for sales to customers based on historical returns rates applied against current-period gross revenues. Specific customer returns and allowances are considered when determining our sales return reserve estimate.

Inventories

Inventories consist of raw materials and finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost (computed using the first-in, first-out method) or market value. We record a provision when inventory is determined to be in excess of anticipated demand or obsolete to adjust inventory to its estimated realizable value. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we incurred inventory write-downs of $1.6 million, $3.2 million and $3.8 million, respectively.

We establish a liability for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments with our third-party contract manufacturers for quantities in excess of our demand forecasts, or obsolete material charges. As of December 31, 2013, our provision for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments was $1.8 million. We did not have provisions for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments as of December 31, 2011 and 2012.

We use significant judgment in establishing our forecasts of future demand and obsolete material exposures. These estimates depend on our assessment of current and expected orders from our customers, product development plans and current sales levels. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, which may be caused by factors within and outside of our control, we may be required to increase our inventory write-downs and provisions for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments, which could have an adverse impact on our gross margins and profitability.

 

-74-


Table of Contents

Warranty

We offer a one-year warranty on all of our hardware products and a 90-day warranty against defects in any software embedded in the products. We use judgment and estimates when determining warranty costs based on historical costs to replace or repair product returns within the warranty period at the time we recognize revenue. We accrue specifically identified reserves if and when we determine we have a systemic product failure. Historically, we have identified specific products that failed in the field prematurely at higher than expected rates due to various component issues. Although we engage in extensive product quality programs, if actual product failure rates or use of materials differ from estimates, additional warranty costs may be incurred, which could reduce our gross margin. For the periods ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our provisions for warranty expense were $1.9 million, $3.4 million and $4.3 million, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Compensation expense related to stock-based transactions, including stock options, restricted stock awards, or RSAs, and stock purchase rights, is measured and recognized in the financial statements based on the fair value of the awards granted. The fair value of each stock-based award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four years.

Our use of the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

    Fair Value of Common Stock.  Because our common stock is not yet publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “—Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

    Expected Term.  The expected term represents the period that our option awards are expected to be outstanding. We consider several factors in estimating the expected term of options granted, including the expected lives used by a peer group of companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business, and the historical option exercise behavior of our employees, which we believe is representative of future behavior.

 

    Expected Volatility.  The volatility is derived from the average historical stock volatilities of a peer group of public companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock-based grants. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

    Risk-Free Interest Rate.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the option’s expected term.

 

    Dividend Yield.  We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

-75-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock options as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011             2012             2013      

Expected term (in years)

     5.1        5.6        6.5   

Expected volatility

     48.8     51.0     51.0

Risk-free interest rate

     1.5     0.9     1.7

Dividend yield

            

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

Common Stock Valuations

The fair values of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards were determined by our board of directors, with input from management and third-party valuations. We believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock. As described below, the exercise price of our stock-based awards was determined by our board of directors based on the most recent third-party valuation as of the grant date.

Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock including:

 

    valuations of our common stock performed by unrelated third-party specialists;

 

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

    lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

    our stage of development;

 

    our actual operating and financial performance;

 

    current business conditions and projections;

 

    hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

    significant product development milestones and the introduction of new product offerings;

 

    likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

    illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;

 

    the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

-76-


Table of Contents
    recent private stock sale transactions; and

 

    the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

Estimates will not be necessary to determine the fair value of new awards once the underlying shares of common stock begin trading.

The dates of our valuation reports, which were prepared on a quarterly basis, were not contemporaneous with the grant dates of our stock-based awards. Therefore, we considered the amount of time between the valuation report date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation report for the purposes of determining the fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes. If stock-based awards were granted a short period of time preceding the date of a valuation report, we assessed the fair value of such stock-based awards used for financial reporting purposes after considering the fair value reflected in the subsequent valuation report and other facts and circumstances on the date of grant as discussed below. In certain instances, the fair value that we used for financial reporting purposes exceeded the exercise price for those awards. In reaching this conclusion, we also evaluated whether the subsequent valuation report indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation report and the grant date. The additional factors considered when determining any changes in fair value between the most recent valuation report and the grant dates included, when available, the prices paid in recent transactions involving our equity securities, as well as our stage of development, our operating and financial performance, current industry conditions and the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies. There were significant judgments and estimates inherent in these valuations, which included assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an initial public offering or other liquidity event and the determinations of the appropriate valuation methods to be applied. If we had made different estimates or assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share attributable to common stockholders could have been significantly different.

In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business generally using the income approach and the market comparable approach valuation methods. Additionally, due to recent sales of our common stock, the prior sale of company stock approach was also considered.

Income Approach

The income approach estimates the fair value of a company based on the present value of our future estimated cash flows and our residual value beyond the forecast period. These future cash flows, including the cash flows beyond the forecast period for the residual value, are discounted to their present values using an appropriate discount rate to reflect the risks inherent in our company achieving these estimated cash flows. The discount rates used in our valuation were based primarily on benchmark venture capital studies of discount rates for other companies in our stage of development, considered along with industry-based weighted-average cost of capital rates.

Market Approaches

There are multiple variations of the market approach, of which our board of directors and the third-party valuation specialist utilized two different market approaches when performing the valuations since November 15, 2012, including the guideline public company multiples approach and the prior sales of stock approach.

The various market approaches often rely on the financial performance of other publicly traded companies in the networking industry, or the guideline companies. We identified the guideline companies by initially screening public companies in the networking industry, focusing on public companies located in the United States and traded on primary exchanges, and then selected the guideline companies based on size, growth prospects, comparability of operations, markets and business descriptions. We used the same nine selected guideline companies in all of our valuations from the November 15, 2012 valuation through the August 15, 2013 valuation. For our November 15, 2013 valuation, we considered our progress toward a potential initial public offering and added seven additional

 

-77-


Table of Contents

recently public companies to the guideline companies. We included these additional companies based on their high-growth characteristics and development of disruptive technologies in their respective segments of the IT market, which in most cases are adjacent to ours. For our November 15, 2013 valuation, we removed two of the nine selected guideline companies that had been used in all of our prior valuations as we believed that the companies were no longer comparable to us given their past and projected operating performance.

Guideline Public Company Multiples Approach.  The guideline public company multiples approach estimates the enterprise value of a company by applying market multiples of our guideline companies to the appropriate metrics of the business to derive an implied value. In our valuations, the multiple of the comparable companies was determined using a ratio of the market value of invested capital less cash to each of the last twelve-month revenue and the next twelve-month revenue.

Prior Sales of Stock Approach.  The prior sales of stock approach estimates the enterprise value of a company based on transactions involving equity securities of the enterprise with unrelated investors. When considering prior sales of the company’s equity, the valuation considers the size and timing of the equity sale, the number of sellers and investors, whether they are sophisticated investors, the relationship of the parties involved in the transaction and the financial condition of the company at the time of the sale.

To date, sales related to our equity securities have consisted solely of private sales of our common stock from current and former employees to a very limited number of unrelated third-party investors. We have not promoted these sale transactions or engaged in the negotiations between the parties, nor have we facilitated these transactions except for customary administrative requirements for transactions in one’s own stock. These transactions were not arranged by us to provide any benefits or as a form of additional compensation to our current or former selling employees. In addition, the investors have not had access to our financial data, nor have we provided any due diligence information that an investor would normally obtain prior to investing. We have not exercised our right of first refusal to buy the common stock as we believe that the prices per share in to these sales transactions have been significantly above fair value of our common stock.

Once we determined an equity value, we utilized the option pricing method, or OPM, to allocate the equity value to each of our classes of stock. This method is generally preferred when future outcomes are difficult to predict and dissolution or liquidation is not imminent. OPM values each equity class by creating a series of call options on our equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences, participation rights and strike prices of derivatives. Starting in November 2013, due to greater clarity on potential exit scenarios, we began using the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, to allocate our equity value among the various outcomes.

Using the PWERM, the value of our common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of varying values for our common stock assuming the following possible future events for our company:

 

    the completion of an initial public offering 0.75 years from the valuation date; and

 

    no completion of an initial public offering or sale of the company within 2.0 years from the valuation date.

For these possible events, a range of equity values is estimated based on a number of factors, which include market and income valuation approaches that factor in revenue multiples based on the performance of our public company comparables, along with estimates by, and expectations of, our board of directors and management. For each equity value scenario, we determined the appropriate aggregate value to be allocated to holders of our shares of common stock based on the rights and preferences of each class and series of our stock at that time. Next, we estimated the timing of possible future event dates and applied a discount rate, based on our estimated weighted-average cost of capital. We then multiplied the discounted value of common stock under each scenario by an estimated probability for each of the possible events, resulting in a probability-weighted value per share of common stock. As noted, application of this approach involves the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions, such as future cash flows and selection of comparable companies. Changes in our assumptions or the interrelationship of those assumptions impacted the valuations as of each valuation date.

 

-78-


Table of Contents

In addition, we considered an appropriate discount adjustment to recognize the lack of marketability since we are a closely held entity.

In order to estimate the concluded fair value of our common stock as of each valuation date, we considered the indications of value from either the OPM or the PWERM and the prior sales of company stock, which were weighted according to our board of director’s estimate of the indication of value resulting from each method.

We considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation determined pursuant to the methods described above or a straight-line calculation between the two valuation dates. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date.

Information regarding stock awards granted since November 15, 2012 is summarized as follows:

 

Grant Date

   Number of Stock
Options Granted
     Exercise
Price
     Fair Value 
Per Share of
Common Stock
     Aggregate Grant
Date Fair Value 
(in thousands)
 

December 27, 2012

     1,362,000       $ 4.18       $ 6.60       $ 5,347   

January 7, 2013

     410,000         4.18         7.23         1,869   

March 11, 2013

     780,700         7.76         9.98         4,433   

April 19, 2013

     504,000         7.76         10.80         3,221   

June 7, 2013

     367,000         8.77         11.66         2,483   

July 8, 2013

     782,000         8.77         12.09         5,612   

September 9, 2013

     1,387,500         10.18         15.29         13,301   

October 7, 2013

     707,900         10.18         18.30         8,505   

December 9, 2013

     570,500         22.49         26.11         8,165   

January 13, 2014

     529,050         22.49         31.41      

February 11, 2014

     1,712,500         30.67         34.12      

March 28, 2014

     305,550         34.12         

The intrinsic value of all options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 was $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

No single event caused the valuation of our common stock to increase through January 2014. Instead, a combination of the following factors, described in greater detail in the individual valuation discussions below, led to the changes in the fair value of the underlying common stock as determined by our board of directors. The increase was primarily due to business developments during this intervening period, particularly the increase in our number of customers and revenue and our progress towards an initial public offering, including discussions with prospective underwriters and an organizational meeting in December 2013.

To assist our board of directors with the determination of the exercise price for our stock options and the fair value of the common stock underlying the options, we obtained third-party valuations of our common stock as of November 15, 2012, February 15, May 15, August 15, November 15, 2013 and January 31, 2014. Our valuations and determinations of the exercise price and the fair value of the underlying common stock for our stock-based awards granted on or between the respective valuation dates are discussed further below.

November 15, 2012 Valuation

As of November 15, 2012, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $4.18 per share based on a contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. Our aggregate equity value was determined using the income and market approaches. We determined that we had

 

-79-


Table of Contents

equal confidence in both approaches and, therefore, weighted them equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. We applied a discount rate of 25% to the values derived from the income approach, which we believed to be reasonable and appropriate to apply to the cash flow forecast given our stage of development and inherent risks. For the market approach, the last twelve months, or LTM, and the next twelve months, or NTM, revenue multiples selected were the median of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples of 1.6x and 1.3x.

We then allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock utilizing the OPM with the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 50%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.19% and a time to liquidity event of 1.25 years. We then reduced the results from the OPM by a non-marketability discount of 10.0%, which determined the fair value of our common stock to be $4.18 per share as of November 15, 2012. A non-marketability discount was applied to reflect the fact that private company common stock is not directly comparable to the value of publicly traded stock because stockholders of private companies do not have access to the trading markets of publicly traded companies. In October 2012, current and former employees sold approximately 1.0 million shares of our common stock, representing 1.9% of total shares outstanding, to a single buyer at $25.00 per share. We considered, but did not rely upon, the prior sales of stock approach in determining the fair value of our common stock due to the limited number of participants, limited number of shares transacted and limited instances of prior sales of our common stock, consisting of two occurrences prior to the November 15, 2012 valuation. Our board of directors used the value of $4.18 per share to set the exercise price of the options granted in December 2012 and January 2013 as this was the fair value determined by the most recent valuation prepared at that time.

Due to continued sales of our common stock in private transactions, we determined that a retrospective valuation of the fair value of our common stock as of February 15, 2013 was appropriate for financial reporting purposes. In connection with the preparation of our retrospective common stock valuation as of February 15, 2013, we noted that the fair value of our common stock increased from $4.18 per share on November 15, 2012 to $9.48 per share on February 15, 2013, which indicated that there was an increase in the fair value of the underlying common stock for our January 7, 2013 option grants. Accordingly, we determined on a straight-line basis that the fair value of the underlying common stock for the options granted on December 27, 2012 was $6.60 per share rather than $4.18 per share as previously determined, and the fair value of the underlying common stock for the options granted on January 7, 2013 was $7.23 per share rather than $4.18 per share as previously determined.

February 15, 2013 Valuation

We experienced 6% sequential revenue growth in the first quarter of 2013, and our income from operations slightly decreased by $1.5 million from the previous quarter. Our LTM and NTM improvements as well as increases in the observed multiples of our comparable publicly traded peer companies resulted in the majority of the increase in the valuation. The increase in the fair value of our common stock from the November 15, 2012 valuation was partially due to higher projected cash flows that were used in the income and market approaches.

As of February 15, 2013, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $7.76 per share based on a contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. Our aggregate equity value was determined using the income and market approaches. We determined that we had equal confidence in both approaches and, therefore, weighted them equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. We applied a discount rate of 17% to the values derived from the income approach, which we believed to be reasonable and appropriate to apply to the cash flow forecast given our stage of development and inherent risks. For the market approach, the LTM and NTM revenue multiples selected were the median of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples of 2.5x and 2.2x.

We then allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock utilizing the OPM with the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 40%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.17%, and a time to liquidity event of 1.00 year. We then reduced the results from the OPM by a non-marketability discount of 10.0%, which determined the fair value of our common stock to be $7.76 per share as of February 15, 2013. In December 2012,

 

-80-


Table of Contents

current and former employees sold approximately 291,000 shares of our common stock, representing 0.5% of total shares outstanding, to a single buyer at $25.00 per share. We considered, but did not rely upon, the prior sales of stock approach in determining the fair value of our common stock due to the limited number of participants and limited number of shares transacted. Our board of directors used the value of $7.76 per share to set the exercise price of the options granted in March and April 2013 as this was the fair value determined by the most recent valuation prepared at that time.

We believe the valuation of our common stock as of February 15, 2013 was based upon assumptions that were appropriate for valuing common stock of a private company at that time. However, due to continued sales of our common stock in private transactions until November 2013, we determined that a retrospective valuation of the fair value of our common stock as of February 15, 2013 was appropriate for financial reporting purposes. We reassessed the time to liquidity event used in the OPM with a corresponding change in the risk-free rate. We then applied a 90% weighting to the value determined using OPM and a 10% weighting to the value indicated from prior sale of our common stock in private transactions. On this basis, we determined that for financial reporting purposes, the retrospective fair value of our common stock as of February 15, 2013 was $9.48 per share.

May 15, 2013 Valuation

We experienced 39% sequential revenue growth in the second quarter of 2013 and increased our income from operations by $8.1 million from the previous quarter. Our LTM and NTM improvements resulted in the majority of the increase in the valuation. The increase in the fair value of our common stock from the February 15, 2013 valuation was partially due to higher projected cash flows that were used in the income and market approaches.

As of May 15, 2013, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $8.77 per share based on a contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. Our aggregate equity value was determined using the income and market approaches. We determined that we had equal confidence in both approaches and, therefore, weighted them equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. We applied a discount rate of 16% to the values derived from the income approach, which we believed to be reasonable and appropriate to apply to the cash flow forecast given our stage of development and inherent risks. For the market approach, the LTM, and the NTM revenue multiples selected were the median of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples of 2.4x and 2.0x.

We then allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock utilizing the OPM with the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 40%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.14% and a time to liquidity event of 0.76 year. We then reduced the results from the OPM by a non-marketability discount of 8.0%, which determined the fair value of our common stock to be $8.77 per share as of May 15, 2013. The decrease in the non-marketability discount from the February 15, 2013 valuation was attributable to the shortened timeframe before an anticipated exit event. In April 2013, current and former employees sold approximately 346,000 shares of our common stock, representing 0.6% of total shares outstanding, to a single buyer at $27.00 per share. We considered, but did not rely upon, the prior sales of stock approach in determining the fair value of our common stock due to the limited number of participants and limited number of shares transacted. Our board of directors used the value of $8.77 per share to set the exercise price of the options granted in June and July 2013 as this was the fair value determined by the most recent valuation prepared at that time.

We believe the valuation of our common stock as of May 15, 2013 was based upon assumptions that were appropriate for valuing common stock of a private company at that time. However, due to continued sales of our common stock in private transactions until November 2013, we determined that a retrospective valuation of the fair value of our common stock as of May 15, 2013 was appropriate for financial reporting purposes. We reassessed the time to liquidity event used in the OPM with a corresponding change in the risk-free rate and non-marketability discount. We then applied an 85% weighting to the value determined using OPM and a 15% weighting to the value indicated from prior sale of our common stock in private transactions. On this basis, we determined that for financial reporting purposes, the retrospective fair value of our common stock as of May 15, 2013 was $11.34 per share. In

 

-81-


Table of Contents

addition, we applied for financial reporting purposes a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $9.48 per share as of February 15, 2013 and $11.34 per share as of May 15, 2013 to retrospectively determine, with the benefit of hindsight, the fair value of our common stock for stock-based awards granted in March and April 2013.

August 15, 2013 Valuation

We experienced 20% sequential revenue growth in the third quarter of 2013 and increased our income from operations by $1.6 million from the previous quarter. Our LTM and NTM improvements resulted in the majority of the increase in the valuation. The increase in the fair value of our common stock from the May 15, 2013 valuation was partially due to higher projected cash flows that were used in the income and market approaches.

As of August 15, 2013, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $10.18 per share based on a contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. Our aggregate equity value was determined using the income and market approaches. We determined that we had equal confidence in both approaches and, therefore, weighted them equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. We applied a discount rate of 15% to the values derived from the income approach, which we believed to be reasonable and appropriate to apply to the cash flow forecast given our stage of development and inherent risks. For the market approach, the LTM and the NTM revenue multiples selected were near the average of the median and upper quartile of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples, which ranged from a median of 2.0x to a top quartile of 2.8x with a range from a median of 1.9x to a top quartile of 2.5x.

We then allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock utilizing the OPM with the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 40%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.10% and a time to liquidity event of 0.75 year. We then reduced the results from the OPM by a non-marketability discount of 8.0%, which determined the fair value of our common stock to be $10.18 per share as of August 15, 2013. In April 2013, current and former employees sold approximately 346,000 shares of our common stock, representing 0.6% of total shares outstanding, to a single buyer at $27.00 per share. We considered, but did not rely upon, the prior sales of stock approach in determining the fair value of our common stock due to the limited number of participants and limited number of shares transacted. Our board of directors used the value of $10.18 per share to set the exercise price of the options granted in September and October 2013 as this was the fair value determined by the most recent valuation prepared at that time.

We believe the valuation of our common stock as of August 15, 2013 was based upon assumptions that were appropriate for valuing common stock of a private company at that time. However, due to continued sales of our common stock in private transactions until November 2013, we determined that a retrospective valuation of the fair value of our common stock as of August 15, 2013 was appropriate for financial reporting purposes. We reassessed the time to liquidity event used in the OPM with a corresponding change in the risk-free rate and non-marketability discount. We then applied an 85% weighting to the value determined using OPM and a 15% weighting to the value indicated from prior sale of our common stock in private transactions. On this basis, we determined that for financial reporting purposes, the retrospective fair value of our common stock as of August 15, 2013 was $12.61 per share. In addition, we applied for financial reporting purposes a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $11.34 per share as of May 15, 2013 and $12.61 per share as of August 15, 2013 to retrospectively determine, with the benefit of hindsight, the fair value of our common stock for stock-based awards granted in June and July 2013.

November 15, 2013 Valuation

The increase in the fair value of our common stock from the August 15, 2013 valuation was primarily due to an increase in the aggregate enterprise value as a result of an increase in our actual and forecasted revenue combined with higher revenue multiples used due to the addition of seven new comparable industry peer companies, the sale of company stock in private transactions and to a lesser extent, our continued progress towards an initial public offering.

 

-82-


Table of Contents

As of November 15, 2013, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $22.49 per share based on a contemporaneous valuation prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. Our aggregate equity value was determined using the income and market approaches.

We allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock under two probability scenarios: (i) the assumption that we completed an initial public offering with an assumed time to liquidity event of 0.75 years and a discount for lack of marketability of 8% and (ii) the assumption that we did not complete an initial public offering with an assumed time to liquidity event of 2.0 years and a discount for lack of marketability of 12.5%.

Our aggregate equity value under the first scenario was determined using the market approach. The LTM and the NTM revenue multiples selected were the average of the median and upper quartile of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples, which ranged from a median of 2.9x to a top quartile of 6.4x with a range from a median of 2.5x to a top quartile of 4.6x.

Our aggregate equity value under the second scenario was determined using the income and market approaches. We determined that we had equal confidence in both approaches and, therefore, weighted them equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. For the income approach, we applied a discount rate of 12%. For the market approach, the LTM and the NTM, revenue multiples selected were the average of the median and upper quartile of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples, which ranged from a median of 2.2x to a top quartile of 2.9x with a range from a median of 2.2x to a top quartile of 2.6x. We then allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock utilizing the OPM with the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 40%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.31% and a time to liquidity event of 2.00 years. We then reduced the results from the OPM by a non-marketability discount of 12.5%.

We assigned a weighting of 50% to each scenario and used the PWERM to arrive at the estimated fair value per share of our common stock of $20.61 per share.

In November 2013, current and former employees sold approximately 159,000 shares of our common stock, representing 0.3% of total shares outstanding, to a single buyer at $30.00 per share. We then applied an 80% weighting to the value determined using PWERM and a 20% weighting to the value indicated from prior sale of our common stock in private transactions. On this basis, the board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock as of November 15, 2013 was $22.49 per share. In addition, we applied for financial reporting purposes a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $12.61 per share as of August 15, 2013 and $22.49 per share as of November 15, 2013 to retrospectively determine, with the benefit of hindsight, the fair value of our common stock for stock-based awards granted in September and October 2013. For stock-based awards granted in December 2013, our board of directors set an exercise price of $22.49 per share given the close proximity of the November 15, 2013 valuation and the grant date of these awards. For stock-based awards granted in January 2014, our board of directors set an exercise price of $22.49 per share as this was the fair value determined by the most recent valuation prepared at that time.

January 31, 2014

The increase in the fair value of our common stock from the November 15, 2013 valuation was primarily due to an increase in the aggregate enterprise value as a result of an increase in our actual and forecasted revenue combined with higher revenue multiples used, the sale of company stock in private transactions and our continued progress towards an initial public offering.

We performed two separate valuations of our common stock to develop a range of potential values. For our first valuation, we estimated the aggregate equity value to our common stock under two probability scenarios: (i) the assumption that we complete an initial public offering with an assumed time to liquidity event of 0.3 to 0.5 years and a discount for lack of marketability of 6.5% to 7.5% and (ii) the assumption that we did not complete an initial public offering with an assumed time to liquidity event of 2.0 years and a discount for lack of marketability of 12.5 to 15%. Our aggregate equity value under the first scenario was determined using the

 

-83-


Table of Contents

market approach. In our first valuation, the LTM revenue multiple and LTM earnings multiple selected were 4.50x and 24.0x, which incorporated adjustments to reflect differences between us and our peer group with respect to expected growth, profitability and business risk. In our second valuation, the LTM and the NTM revenue multiples selected were the average of the median and upper quartile of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples, which ranged from a median of 3.2x to a top quartile of 6.1x and with a range from a median of 2.7x to a top quartile of 4.7x. In our first valuation, our aggregate equity value under the second scenario was determined using the income approach. We used a discounted cash flow analysis and applied a discount rate of 12%. We then allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock utilizing the OPM with the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 43%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.32% and a time to liquidity event of 2.0 years. We then reduced the results from the OPM by a non-marketability discount of 15.0%.

In our second valuation, our aggregate equity value under the second scenario was determined using the income and market approaches. We determined that we had equal confidence in both approaches and, therefore, weighted them equally to determine the aggregate equity value before factoring in any discounts or allocations. For the income approach, we applied a discount rate of 12%. For the market approach, the LTM and the NTM, revenue multiples selected were the average of the median and upper quartile of our peer group LTM and NTM revenue multiples, which ranged from a median of 2.6x to a top quartile of 3.2x and a range from a median of 2.3x to a top quartile of 2.8x. We then allocated our aggregate equity value to our common stock utilizing the OPM with the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 40%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.36% and a time to liquidity event of 2.0 years. We then reduced the results from the OPM by a non-marketability discount of 12.5%.

For both valuations we assigned a weighting of 70% to the first scenario and 30% to the second scenario and used the PWERM to arrive at the estimated fair value per share of our common stock of $24.11 and $27.39.

For both valuations we also considered sales made by current and former employees of approximately 36,000 shares in December 2013 and January 2014 to four buyers at a price ranging from $21.00 to $42.00 per share. In addition, as of the valuation report dates, sales of our common stock of approximately 150,000 to 200,000 shares by current and former employees to two buyers at $37.00 per share were pending. Based on the available information, we concluded that the value indicated from the prior sales of our common stock was $36.56 to $37.00 per share. We then applied a 30 to 50% weighting to the value determined using PWERM and a 50% to 70% weighting to the value indicated from prior sales of our common stock in private transactions. On this basis, the fair value of our common stock based on our two valuations was determined to be $30.34 to $34.12 per share.

We granted options to purchase 1,712,500 shares of our common stock on February 11, 2014. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $30.67 per share for these options based on the range of fair values indicated using the contemporaneous valuation reports prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis.

Subsequent to February 11, 2014, in addition to the January pending sales of our common stock referred to above, which subsequently closed for approximately 201,000 shares to two buyers at $40.00 per share, there were additional sales made by current and former employees of approximately 45,000 shares to two buyers at prices ranging from $46.00 to $52.00 per share. After consideration of these subsequent additional sales, we reassessed the fair value of common stock to be $34.12 for financial reporting purposes, the higher end of the range of the valuations.

For financial reporting purposes, we applied a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $22.49 per share as of November 15, 2013 and $34.12 per share as of January 31, 2014 to retrospectively determine the fair value of our common stock for stock-based awards granted in December 2013 and January 2014. In February 2014 for financial reporting purposes, we used $34.12 per share to determine the fair value of our common stock for stock-based awards granted during the period.

 

-84-


Table of Contents

We granted options to purchase 305,550 shares of our common stock on March 28, 2014. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $34.12 per share for these options based on considerations outlined above. We have not yet determined for financial reporting purposes the fair value of our common stock for stock-based awards granted in March 2014. We will consider the progression of our proposed initial public offering, changes in our business and results of operations achieved since December 31, 2013 and any subsequent sales of our common stock, among other things, when determining the fair value of our common stock and recording the related stock-based compensation expense for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

We have not granted any options subsequent to March 28, 2014. Our stock-based compensation expense related to stock-based awards is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2011                      2012                  2013      
     (In thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 94       $ 270       $ 408   

Research and development

     992         2,590         5,464   

Sales and marketing

     554         1,078         2,985   

General and administrative

     334         765         1,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 1,974       $ 4,703       $ 10,159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, we had stock-based compensation of $20.1 million and $48.6 million, respectively, related to unvested stock options net of estimated forfeitures that we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 3.5 years and 3.3 years, respectively. In future periods, we expect our stock-based compensation to increase as a result of the recognition of our existing unrecognized stock-based compensation as these awards vest and as we issue additional stock-based awards to attract and retain employees.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense is an estimate of current income taxes payable in the current fiscal year based on reported income before income taxes. Deferred income taxes reflect the effect of temporary differences and carryforwards that we recognize for financial reporting and income tax purposes.

We account for income taxes under the liability approach for deferred income taxes, which requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements but have not been reflected in our taxable income. Estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax liabilities and in the determination of the recoverability of certain deferred income tax assets, which arise from temporary differences and carryforwards. We measure deferred income tax assets and liabilities using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. We regularly assess the likelihood that our deferred income tax assets will be realized based on the positive and negative evidence available. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that we are more likely than not to realize.

We believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, although we can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any reserves that we believe are appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties.

 

-85-


Table of Contents

Loss Contingencies

We use significant judgment and assumptions to estimate the likelihood of loss or the incurrence of a liability in determining loss contingencies. We accrue an estimated loss contingency when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and we can reasonably estimate the amount of loss. We record a charge equal to the minimum estimated liability for litigation costs or a loss contingency only when both of the following conditions are met: (i) information available prior to issuance of our consolidated financial statements indicates that it is probable that a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and (ii) the range of loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether such accruals should be adjusted and whether new accruals are required.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. As of December 31, 2013, we did not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Substantially all of our revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which is primarily in the United States and to a lesser extent in Europe and Asia. Our results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchanges rates applicable to our business would not have a material impact on our historical consolidated financial statements.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our cash and cash equivalents, notes receivable and our indebtedness. Our cash and cash equivalents are held in cash deposits, money market funds with maturities of less than 90 days from the date of purchase. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of the interest rates in the United States. However, because of the short-term nature of the instruments in our portfolio, a sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2013, our notes receivable had a carrying value of $4.0 million. A hypothetical 10% change in market interest rates would not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2013, principal balance due on our Convertible Notes was $100 million. Our exposure to interest rates relates to the change in the amounts of interest we must pay on our borrowings. A hypothetical 10% increase in our borrowing rates could result in an approximately $0.6 million annual increase in interest expense on the existing principal balances.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

-86-


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists . ASU 2013-11 provides guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward exists. This new standard requires the netting of unrecognized tax benefits, or UTBs, against a deferred tax asset for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of the uncertain tax positions. We have early adopted to net UTBs against all available same-jurisdiction loss or other tax carryforwards that would be utilized rather than only against carryforwards that are created by the UTBs. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

-87-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

We are a leading supplier of cloud networking solutions that use software innovations to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers and next-generation data centers for enterprises, based on market share. Our cloud networking solutions consist of our Extensible Operating System, or EOS, a set of network applications and our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches. Our cloud networking solutions deliver industry-leading performance, scalability, availability, programmability, automation and visibility. Since we began shipping our products, we have grown rapidly, and, according to Crehan Research, we have achieved the second largest market share in data center 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switch ports, excluding blade switching, sold in 2013.

At the core of our cloud networking platform is EOS, which was purpose-built to be fully programmable and highly modular. The programmability of EOS has allowed us to create a set of software applications that address the requirements of cloud networking, including workflow automation, network visibility and analytics, and has also allowed us to rapidly integrate with a wide range of third-party applications for virtualization, management, automation, orchestration and network services.

EOS supports leading cloud and virtualization solutions, including VMware NSX, Microsoft System Center, OpenStack and other cloud management frameworks. We have worked with industry leaders to define new open protocols for the virtualized data center. We co-authored the VXLAN protocol specification with VMware and were the first to demonstrate VXLAN integration. We also co-authored the NVGRE protocol specification with Microsoft and support integration with Microsoft’s System Center.

We use standard Linux as our underlying operating system, providing customers with access to all Linux operating system facilities. This allows customers to extend our EOS software with off-the-shelf Linux applications and a growing number of open source management tools.

EOS has a highly modular architecture, which allows us to prevent network outages in deployments of our cloud networking solutions. This architecture also allows us to rapidly develop new features and protocols without compromising the quality of the existing code base. Because all of our switching products are powered by the same binary image of EOS, we are able to deliver these new innovations to our entire installed base with minimal disruption.

We sell our products through both our direct sales force and our channel partners. Since shipping our first products in 2008, our cumulative end-customer base has grown rapidly. Between December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2013, our cumulative end-customer base grew from approximately 570 to approximately 2,340. Our end customers span a range of industries and include large Internet companies, service providers, financial services organizations, government agencies, media and entertainment companies and others. Our customers include six of the largest cloud services providers based on annual revenue.

We have experienced rapid revenue growth over the last several years, increasing our revenue at a compound annual growth rate of 71% from 2010 to 2013. For 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our revenue was $71.7 million, $139.8 million, $193.4 million and $361.2 million, respectively. Our 2013 revenue grew 87% when compared to 2012. For 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our net income was $2.4 million, $34.0 million, $21.3 million and $42.5 million, respectively.

Industry Background

Cloud computing is fundamentally changing the way IT infrastructure is built and how applications are delivered. In cloud computing, applications are distributed across thousands of servers. These servers are connected with high-speed network switches that, together, form a pool of resources that allows applications to be rapidly deployed and cost-effectively updated. Cloud computing enables ubiquitous and on-demand network access to these applications from Internet-connected devices including personal computers, tablets and smartphones.

 

-88-


Table of Contents

Nearly all consumer applications today are delivered as cloud services. Enterprise applications are rapidly moving to the cloud as well, since cloud services are easier and more cost effective to deploy, scale and operate than traditional applications. Internet leaders like Amazon, eBay, Facebook, Google, Microsoft and Yahoo! pioneered the development of large-scale cloud data centers in order to meet the growing demands of their users, including business customers. Enterprises and service providers around the world are adopting cloud computing technologies in order to achieve similar performance improvements and cost reductions.

The aggregate network bandwidth in the cloud can be orders of magnitude higher than typical legacy data center networks. Therefore, the networks in such cloud environments must be architected and built in a new way. We refer to these next-generation data center networks as cloud networks. Cloud networks must deliver high capacity, high availability and predictable performance and must be programmable to allow integration with third-party applications for network, management, automation, orchestration and network services.

The development of large-scale cloud infrastructures has resulted in significant capital expenditures. For example, capital spending from the U.S.-based Internet leaders listed above alone increased from $8.9 billion in 2010 to $19.4 billion in 2013, representing a 30% compound annual growth rate. We believe that capital spending on cloud networking has grown at similar rates as the overall capital spending.

Limitations of Traditional Data Center Networks

In our view, cloud networks and legacy networks are fundamentally different. In a traditional data center, specific applications are installed on a small number of servers, and most network traffic is server-to-client, or “north-south” traffic, which results in perhaps a few terabits/second of aggregate network bandwidth. In the cloud, most network traffic is server-to-server, or “east-west” traffic. The aggregate network bandwidth in the cloud can exceed 1 petabit/second, orders of magnitude higher than that of typical legacy data center networks.

The much larger scale of cloud networks requires much higher network availability since network outages in the cloud are very expensive in terms of customer impact. Traditional network switches have evolved, and the features and capabilities of their operating system have expanded over many years without addressing the structural deficiencies of their underlying software architectures, making it difficult to achieve high network switch reliability.

Some networking vendors have built products that use proprietary protocols to address the scaling needs of next-generation data centers. However, proprietary protocols are generally not acceptable to Internet companies or cloud service providers because they create vendor lock-in.

Legacy networks are not programmable and, as a result, are extremely difficult to integrate with third-party applications for network management, automation, orchestration and network services. This lack of integration forces customers to continue to rely on time consuming, error-prone manual processes that may be cost-prohibitive.

Requirements for Cloud Networking

Cloud networks differ in many aspects from legacy networks, including capacity, performance, scale, availability, programmability, automation, visibility and cost performance. The requirements for cloud networking include the following:

 

    Capacity, Performance and Scalability. Cloud networks must have sufficient capacity to interconnect large numbers of servers, up to hundreds of thousands, with predictable network bandwidth.

 

    High Availability. Cloud networks must overcome hardware and software failures for customers in order to avoid network outages that can result in lost revenue, dissatisfied customers and increased operational cost.

 

    Open and Programmable. Cloud networks must be based on open protocols and be programmable to enable integration with leading network applications and management and data analysis tools.

 

-89-


Table of Contents
    Workflow Automation. Cloud networks must offer automated provisioning and configuration to enable fast service delivery and to minimize operational costs, avoiding time-consuming and error-prone manual processes for configuring, provisioning, monitoring and managing the network.

 

    Network Visibility. Cloud networks must provide IT administrators with real-time in-depth visibility of network status to proactively monitor, detect and notify when issues arise.

 

    Cost Performance. Cloud networks must deliver high performance while lowering overall cost of ownership, including capital and operational costs.

Our Cloud Networking Solutions

We are a leading supplier of cloud networking solutions that use software innovations to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers and next-generation enterprise data centers. Our cloud networking platform was purpose-built to address the functional and performance requirements for cloud networks. We deliver our solutions via our industry-leading 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches optimized for next-generation data center networks.

Our cloud networking solutions consist of EOS, our Extensible Operating System, a set of networking applications and our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches. At the core of our cloud networking platform is EOS. EOS was architected to be fully programmable and highly modular.

As illustrated below, the programmability of EOS has allowed us to create a set of software applications and application programming interfaces, or APIs, that address the requirements of cloud networking, including workflow automation, network visibility and analytics, and has further allowed us to integrate rapidly with a wide range of third-party applications for virtualization, management, automation, orchestration and network services.

 

LOGO

The key benefits of our cloud networking solutions are as follows:

Capacity, Performance and Scalability

Our cloud networking platform enables data center networks to scale to hundreds of thousands of physical servers and millions of virtual machines with the least number of switching tiers. We achieve this by leveraging standard protocols to meet the scale requirements of cloud computing. We have used active-active Layer 2 and Layer 3 network topologies to enable customers to build extremely large and resilient networks.

 

-90-


Table of Contents

High Availability

Our highly modular EOS software architecture was designed to be fault-isolating and self-healing in order to deliver higher stability compared to legacy network operating systems. In addition, our customers can non-disruptively upgrade our switches running in the network using our Smart System Upgrade, or SSU, application.

Open and Programmable

Our EOS software was purpose-built to offer programmable interfaces throughout all levels of our software. This has allowed us to integrate our cloud networking platform with a wide range of leading third-party applications. For example, we support VMware NSX, OpenStack and Microsoft System Center for orchestration and fast provisioning, enabling true workload mobility and automatic provisioning of physical switches. We enable customers, through application programming interfaces, to write their own scripts to customize and optimize their networks. In addition, we support a wide range of software-defined network controllers via our Openflow and Directflow interfaces.

Workflow Automation

Our EOS software enables enterprises to provision networking resources in minutes with no manual intervention through our Zero Touch Provisioning. We also natively support Ansible, CFEngine, Chef, Puppet, virtual network orchestration applications and third-party management tools. Finally, EOS embraces the DevOps model, which is a software development method that combines development and operations, to provision and monitor servers, storage and network resources in a unified fashion.

Network Visibility

Our EOS software provides a set of tools and applications that proactively monitor, detect and notify network managers when network issues arise, delivering real-time data to third-party management applications including Corvil, ExtraHop, Riverbed and Splunk to provide detailed application visibility. Our telemetry applications include VM Tracer, which provides visibility down to the virtual machine level, Path Tracer, which detects errors in provisioned network paths, MapReduce Tracer, which monitors and optimizes the performance of Hadoop workloads, and Health Tracer, which monitors infrastructure resiliency. Our network visibility applications provide real-time insight into the status of the network. They include LANZ, which monitors latency, and DANZ, which provides advanced traffic monitoring with flow analysis and timestamps, plus the ability to perform tap aggregation for reporting and analysis.

Lower Total Cost of Ownership

Our cloud networking platform offers architectural and system advantages that provide our customers with cost-effective and highly available cloud networking solutions. Our programmable, scalable leaf-spine architectures, combined with industry-leading applications, significantly reduce networking costs when compared to legacy network designs, enabling faster time to service and improved availability. Our automation tools reduce the operational costs of provisioning, managing and monitoring a data center network and speed up service delivery. Our visibility tools provide high levels of visibility into complex network environments without the need for additional data collection equipment. As a result, fewer network engineers are needed to operate large networks.

Our Market Opportunity

We compete primarily in the data center switching market for 10 Gigabit Ethernet and above, excluding blade switches. According to Crehan Research, this market will grow from approximately $6 billion in 2013 to $12 billion in 2017, representing a 19% compound annual growth rate.

We believe that cloud computing represents a fundamental shift from traditional legacy data centers and that cloud networking is the fastest growing segment within the data center switching market. As organizations of all

 

-91-


Table of Contents

sizes are adopting cloud architectures, spending on cloud and next-generation data centers has increased rapidly over the last several years, while traditional legacy IT spending has been growing more slowly.

Our Customers

As of December 31, 2013, we had delivered our cloud networking solutions to approximately 2,340 end customers worldwide in over 50 countries. Our end customers span a range of industries and include large Internet companies, service providers, financial services organizations, government agencies, media and entertainment companies and others. Our customers include six of the largest cloud service providers based on annual revenue, including Facebook, Microsoft and Yahoo!, financial services organizations such as Barclays, Citigroup and Morgan Stanley, and a number of media and service providers, including Comcast, Equinix, ESPN and Rackspace. For each of the years ended December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, Microsoft accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths will allow us to maintain and extend our technology leadership position in cloud networking and next-generation data center Ethernet switching:

 

    Purpose-Built Cloud Networking Platform. We have developed a highly scalable cloud networking platform that uses software to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers, financial services organizations, government agencies and media and entertainment companies, including virtualization, big data and low-latency applications. As a result, our cloud networking platform does not have the inherent limitations of legacy network architectures.

 

    Broad and Differentiated Switch Portfolio. Using multiple silicon architectures, we deliver switches with industry-leading capacity, low latency, port density and power efficiency and have innovated in areas such as deep packet buffers, embedded optics and reversible cooling. Our broad switching portfolio has allowed us to offer customers products that best match their specific requirements.

 

    Single Binary Image Software. The single binary image of EOS software allows us to maintain feature consistency across our entire product portfolio and enables us to introduce new software innovations into the market that become available to our entire installed base without a “forklift upgrade” (i.e., a broad upgrade of the data center infrastructure).

 

    Rapid Development of New Features and Applications. Our highly modular EOS software has allowed us to rapidly deliver new features and applications while preserving the structural integrity and quality of our network operating system. We believe our ability to deliver new features and capabilities more quickly than possible with legacy switch operating systems provides us with a strategic advantage given that the requirements in cloud and next-generation data center networking continue to evolve rapidly.

 

    Deep Understanding of Customer Requirements. We have developed close working relationships with many of our largest customers that provide us with insights about their needs and future requirements. This has allowed us develop and deliver products to market that meet customer demands and expectations as well as to rapidly grow sales to existing customers.

 

    Strong Management and Engineering Team with Significant Data Center Networking Expertise. Our management and engineering team consists of networking veterans with extensive data center networking expertise. Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Jayshree Ullal, previously served as SVP and general manager of Cisco’s Data Center Business. Andy Bechtolsheim, our founder and Chief Development Officer, was previously a founder and chief system architect at Sun Microsystems and from 1996 to 2003 served as VP/GM of the Gigabit Systems Business Unit at Cisco. Kenneth Duda, our founder, Chief Technology Officer and SVP Software Engineering, led the software development effort of the Gigabit Systems Business Unit at Cisco from 1996 to 2000.

 

-92-


Table of Contents
    Significant Technology Lead. We believe that our networking technology represents a fundamental advance in networking software. Our EOS software is the result of more than 1,000 man-years of research and development investment over a nine-year period.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to grow our revenue and market share in cloud and next-generation data center Ethernet switching. Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

    Continue to Innovate and Extend our Technology Leadership. We plan to increase our investment in research and development to expand and enhance the features and capabilities of our cloud networking solutions, including our EOS software and our switching products. We believe that continued software and hardware innovation is critical to addressing the complex and changing requirements of cloud networks and that our approach will enable us to continue to innovate rapidly and bring new offerings to market.

 

    Expand our Sales Organization and our Channel Partners. We intend to continue to invest in our sales organization around the globe as we pursue relationships with new large enterprise, service provider and government customers that are deploying data centers. We believe our channel partner network serves a critical role in growing our sales, and we intend to continue to expand our channel partner network and enhance our sales efficiency through sales and support training. We designed our Arista Partner Program, targeted at resellers and systems integrators, to engage partners who provide value-added services and extend our reach into the marketplace. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 560 channel partners worldwide.

 

    Increase Penetration with our Existing Customer Base. Our customers often deploy our products initially for a specific application, which may account for only a portion of their networking needs. As we successfully demonstrate the benefits of our solutions, we see a significant opportunity to sell additional products and services to our existing customers to migrate additional workloads and applications onto our cloud networking platform. For example, the information technology department of a global financial services institution, which is associated with one of our underwriters, initially purchased our products for a trading application, then for an IP storage application and is now using our products in the core of its data center.

 

    Expand Strategic Relationships. We have developed strategic relationships with a number of technology ecosystem participants including Aruba Networks, F5 Networks, Microsoft, Palo Alto Networks, Riverbed, Splunk and VMware, to allow integration of our cloud networking solutions with their offerings and enable an integrated experience for our customers. This is a key differentiating point of our solutions as it allows customers to improve performance by integrating with leading solutions. We intend to continue building upon these relationships to provide our customers with the ability to more easily integrate our networking products with their existing and planned IT infrastructures.

 

-93-


Table of Contents

Our Products and Technology

We offer one of the broadest product lines of data center 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches in the industry, comprising our 7050 Series and 7150 Series top-of-rack switches, our 7250X Series and 7300 Series SPLINE switches and our 7500 Series spine switch.

We deliver switches with industry-leading capacity, low latency, port density, power efficiency. We have also innovated in areas such as deep packet buffers, embedded optics and reversible cooling. Our products have been recognized with a number of awards, including the Best of Interop Grand Prize that was given to our industry-leading spine switch, the Arista 7500 Series, in 2010 and again, to the Arista 7500E Series, in 2013. An overview of our switching portfolio is shown in the figure below.

 

LOGO

We use multiple silicon architectures across our products, which allows us to build a broader range of switching products optimized for different functions in the network than competitors that utilize fewer silicon architectures. While we use multiple silicon architectures, all of our switches are powered with the same binary EOS image, which significantly simplifies deployment and ensures the same rich feature set and consistent operation across all our products.

Our broad switching portfolio has allowed us to offer customers products that best match their specific requirements. Examples of data center switch products we launched in 2013 are shown in the table below.

LOGO

 

-94-


Table of Contents

Our Extensible Operating System

The core of our cloud networking platform is our Extensible Operating System, or EOS, which runs on top of standard Linux and offers programmability at all layers of the stack. All of our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches run our EOS software.

EOS is based on a new and innovative architecture that cleanly separates protocol processing from system state. Our EOS software is highly modular and consists of more than 100 separate processes that we call agents, each one handling specific protocol processing, device driver or system management functions. Each agent runs in user space as a separate Linux process and is completely protected and isolated from all other agents. Communication between agents only occurs through a central in-memory database called SysDB, which provides a central repository for all system state. Any update posted by an agent to SysDB is automatically forwarded to all other processes that need to be notified of such an update to perform the appropriate processing. The exchange of state through a central state repository is far more reliable than the conventional approach of direct inter-process communication between a large number of processes.

As illustrated below, all agents are isolated from each other and interact directly through SysDB, thereby ensuring fault containment and availability.

 

LOGO

EOS Attributes

The modular and programmable architecture of EOS enables us to offer a set of attributes, capabilities and features that are essential for cloud networking and next-generation data centers.

High Availability

EOS is self-healing in the sense that individual processes can be restarted without impacting application traffic. The same attribute allows in-service software upgrades of individual EOS processes. The capability to recover from software faults and upgrade processes in a running system is not available in legacy network operating systems.

 

-95-


Table of Contents

Programmable at All Layers

EOS is programmable at all layers from the Linux kernel to switch configuration, provisioning, automation and detailed monitoring of the network. We support the following application programming interfaces, or APIs:

 

    JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) application programming interfaces to our EOS software enable us, customers and third parties to integrate our cloud networking solutions with existing orchestration and automation systems;

 

    OpenFlow and DirectFlow interfaces enable programming of the forwarding state of the system for traffic engineering in conjunction with external controllers; and

 

    vCenter APIs enable integration with VMware ESX and VMware NSX.

In addition, we support full access to Linux and support standard Linux tools such as Ping, TCPdump, Ganglia and Nagios, as well as customized Shell, Python and Perl scripts and native C++ programs.

Complete Network Visibility

Through EOS, we have developed a wide range of applications available to our customers for purchase as additional licenses that enable enhanced network monitoring and visibility without requiring additional external monitoring devices, including the following:

 

    Latency Analyzer, or LANZ, an application that allows network operators to manage congestion actively in real-time and trigger packet data capture based on queue depth analysis, enabling proactive congestion management;

 

    Data Analyzer, or DANZ, an application that integrates an advanced suite of Tap and SPAN Switch Port aggregation management with our switches;

 

    VMTracer, an application that enables auto-provisioning of the network segmentation model on a per-VM basis and provides complete visibility of the locations of virtual machines on a given physical network port;

 

    PathTracer, an application that detects issues with all paths in active-active Layer 2 or Layer 3 networks;

 

    MapReduce Tracer, an application that provides faster rebalancing and recovery in case of node failures in Hadoop networks; and

 

    Health Tracer, an application that monitors the health of the network switch.

Network Automation

EOS supports Puppet, Chef and Ansible, which enables automatic network configuration in the same manner as servers and storage. In addition, EOS provides two tools that greatly reduce network operational costs:

 

    Zero Touch Provisioning , a tool that automates the provisioning of network infrastructure and speeds time to production for new services while eliminating the risk of human error; and

 

    Zero Touch Replacement , a tool that provides automated provisioning of replacement switches, significantly reducing mean-time-to-replacement of a failed switch.

Leaf-Spine Network Designs

Our customers typically deploy leaf-spine network topologies consisting of leaf switches or top-of-rack switches, located in the server rack connected with uplinks to multiple load-sharing spine switches that provide

 

-96-


Table of Contents

the backbone. Our leaf-spine network designs scale up to more than 300,000 physical servers and millions of virtual machines using Equal Cost Multiple Pathing, or ECMP, to load balance Layer 3 network traffic across multiple spine switches. With Multi-Chassis Link Aggregation, or MLAG, we can build an active-active Layer 2 network that can connect more than 25,000 physical servers. Examples of our leaf-spine MLAG and ECMP architectures are illustrated below.

 

LOGO

Our leaf-spine network designs have been widely deployed and provide predictable network bandwidth and latency. A key advantage of predictable network performance is that it eliminates the need to optimize the network for specific applications, which means a single network design works equally well for all applications.

Customer Support and Services

We have designed our customer support offerings to provide our customers with high levels of support. Our global team of support engineers engages directly with client IT teams and is available at all times over e-mail, by phone or through our website.

We offer multiple service options that allow our customers to select the product replacement service level that best meets their needs. We stock spare parts in over 85 locations around the world through our third-party logistics suppliers. All of our service options include unlimited access to bug-fixes, new feature-releases, online case management and our community forums.

Customer Case Studies

The following are examples of successful deployments of our products to build scalable, high-performance networks.

U.S.-Based Internet Leader

Problem: In 2010, this top 10 U.S. web company was deploying a large big data cluster to improve its business analytics and optimize its cross-selling and application workflows. To accomplish this it had to deploy thousands of servers and hundreds of network devices quickly and without error. This had been a labor-intensive process that can take several hours per network switch.

Solution and Benefits: We devised an automated provisioning system that closely resembles the behavior of our customer’s Linux-based servers. Our Zero Touch Provisioning capability enabled the switch to boot itself, synchronize its software version, download a customized configuration and place itself into service automatically with no human intervention. This feature enabled our customer to accelerate its time to market and deploy this network with a much smaller IT staff, while ensuring there were no human configuration errors.

 

-97-


Table of Contents

Cloud Database Application

Problem: In 2012, a leading business software company needed a high-performance network solution for their cloud that would also enable automated and simplified provisioning and management, lowering the total cost of ownership of their service offering.

Solution and Benefits: We worked closely with the cloud engineering team during 2013 to deliver a provisioning/management framework with EOS that allowed for the automated creation and management of cloud-based compute, network and storage systems. These features were enabled by EOS and resulted in a more reliable, high performance and agile cloud environment that is easier to provision, manage and monitor.

Global Financial Services Institution

Problem: The information technology department of a global financial services institution, which is associated with one of our underwriters, needed to build a scalable, next-generation data center based on the same principles cloud operators have followed: simple systems that embrace automation and scale with low and predictable costs. Additionally, this architecture would need to be deployed into existing data centers for build-outs of grid compute and Apache Hadoop big data analytics. The customer needed a scalable and reliable physical network that would be the foundation for their new software-defined data center, embracing network virtualization workloads that could be rapidly deployed with provisioning being automated by software.

Solution and Benefits: After evaluation and proof of concept testing in June 2012, the customer chose our portfolio and EOS as its next-generation data center network standard because we were able to provide high scalability and performance at a low cost with low power consumption. In addition, EOS support for virtual networking and scalable and highly resilient software architecture was considered the best available solution for addressing the customer’s new evolving network operations architecture. The customer is currently using the EOS open programming model for integration with major cloud and network virtualization platforms, enabling automated provisioning of physical and virtual networking.

Medical Research Organization

Problem: This medical research organization needed increased bandwidth in order to reliably run computational programs that rapidly render DNA sequences and enable collaboration among various scientists. To speed its critical biomedical research, this customer needed a network that would enable the lossless transfer of significant amounts of data across its high-performance cluster consisting of thousands of computational devices.

Solution and Benefits: After meeting with us and understanding how our 7500 Series switch provides for the lossless transfer of petabytes of data in January 2010, this customer chose our 10 Gigabit Ethernet solution for its high-performance cluster. EOS offered a number of extensibility features and Linux tools that this customer leveraged to significantly increase performance and reduce power consumption. Our technology enabled these results by reducing the overhead associated with large-scale computationally intensive clusters.

Global Financial Services Institution

Problem : The information technology department of a global financial institution, which is associated with one of our underwriters in 2012, needed to improve the performance of its trading platforms, and then scale the performance and capacity of its core network, reduce costs and build a multi-vendor infrastructure.

Solution and Benefits: Initially leveraging the ultra-low latency of our 7100 Series switches, this customer was able to decrease the latency of their trading platforms while providing a clear upgrade path to 40 Gigabit Ethernet so its servers could ingest significantly more data. The self-healing architecture of EOS ensured high availability in a critical trading environment, and with our Linux tooling, this customer was able to expose

 

-98-


Table of Contents

statistics on network utilization that helped it optimize its trading algorithms. Success in its early deployment led to additional deployments of our solutions by this customer, including in global trading locations at multiple venues, IP/storage interconnection, Tap/SPAN aggregation and ultimately the data center core, as we believe the customer continued to gain trust and confidence in our portfolio and EOS in critical production environments.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products through our direct sales force and in partnership with our channel partners, including distributors, value-added resellers, systems integrators and OEM partners. We also sell in conjunction with various technology partners. To facilitate channel coordination and increase productivity, we have created a partner program, the Arista Partner Program, to engage partners who provide value-added services and extend our reach into the marketplace. Authorized training partners perform technical training of our channel partners and end customers. Our partners commonly receive an order from an end customer prior to placing an order with us, and we confirm the identification of the end customer prior to accepting such orders. Our partners generally do not stock inventory received from us.

Our sales organization is supported by systems engineers with deep technical expertise and responsibility for pre-sales technical support and solutions engineering for our end customers, systems integrators, original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and channel partners. A pool of shared inside sales and marketing representatives also supports these teams. Each sales team is responsible for a geographical territory, has responsibility for a number of major direct end-customer accounts or has assigned accounts in a specific vertical market. We have field sales teams operating in 23 countries. During 2013, 84% of our revenue was generated from the Americas, substantially all from the United States, 11% from Europe, the Middle East and Africa and 5% from the Asia-Pacific region.

Our marketing activities consist primarily of technology conferences, web marketing, trade shows, seminars and events, public relations, analyst relations, demand generation and direct marketing to build our brand, increase end-customer awareness, communicate our product advantages and generate qualified leads for our field sales force and channel partners.

Research and Development

We believe our future success depends on our ability to develop new products and features that address the needs of our end customers. Our in-house engineering personnel are responsible for the development, quality, documentation, support and release of our products. We plan to continue to invest significantly in resources to conduct our research and development efforts.

Our research and development expenses totaled $26.4 million, $55.2 million and $98.6 million for 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. We plan to continue to invest significant resources in our research and development efforts.

Manufacturing

We subcontract the manufacturing of all of our products to various contract manufacturers. Our primary manufacturing partners are Jabil Circuit and Foxconn. We also work with Flextronics International Ltd. to provide logistics and final configuration services in North America. This approach allows us to reduce our costs, manufacturing overhead and inventory position and allows us to adjust more quickly to changing end-customer demand. We require all of our manufacturing locations to be ISO-9001 certified. Our EOS software is installed on our products at the original manufacturing location for the majority of our products or at one of three direct fulfillment facilities.

Our contract manufacturing partners procure the majority of the components needed to build our products and assemble our products according to our design specifications. This allows us to leverage the purchasing power of our contract manufacturing partners. We retain complete control over the bill of material, test procedures and

 

-99-


Table of Contents

quality assurance programs. Our on-site personnel work closely with our partners and review on an ongoing basis forecasts, inventory levels, processes, capacity, yields and overall quality. Our contract manufacturing partners procure components and assemble our products based on our demand forecasts. These forecasts represent our estimates of future demand for our products based upon historical trends and analyses from our sales and product management functions as adjusted for overall market conditions. We update these forecasts monthly.

Our products rely on key components, including merchant silicon, integrated circuit components and power supplies purchased from a limited number of suppliers, including certain sole source providers. Generally, neither our contract manufacturers nor we have a written agreement with any of these component providers to guarantee the supply of the key components used in our products nor do we have exclusive rights to such key components. Our product development efforts also depend upon continued collaboration with our key suppliers, including our merchant silicon vendors such as Broadcom and Intel. As we develop our product roadmap and continue to expand our relationships with these and other merchant silicon vendors, it is critical that we work in tandem with our key merchant silicon vendors to ensure that their silicon includes improved features and that our products take advantage of such improved features. This enables us to focus our research and development resources on software core competencies and to leverage the investments made by merchant silicon vendors to achieve cost-effective solutions.

Once the completed products are manufactured and tested, our contract manufacturing partners ship them to various theatre direct fulfillment facilities in California, the Netherlands and Singapore for final configuration, quality control inspection and shipment to our distribution partners and end customers. After the products are shipped to our end customers, our products are installed by the end customers or by third-party service providers such as system integrators or value added resellers on their behalf.

Backlog

We do not have any long-term purchase commitments from customers. Customers generally order products on an as-needed basis with short lead and delivery times on a per-purchase-order basis. We maintain substantial finished goods inventory to ensure that products can generally be shipped shortly after receipt of an order. A significant portion of our customer shipments in any fiscal period relate to orders received and shipped in that fiscal period, resulting in very little, if any, order backlog. Because our customers utilize purchase orders containing non-binding purchase commitments and we allow customers to cancel, change or reschedule orders without penalty at any time prior to shipment, we also do not believe backlog is firm. As a result of the foregoing factors, backlog is not material and not a meaningful indicator in any given period of our ability to achieve any particular level of overall revenue or financial performance.

Competition

The markets in which we compete are highly competitive and characterized by rapidly changing technology, changing end-customer needs, evolving industry standards and frequent introductions of new products and services. We expect competition to intensify in the future as the market for cloud networking expands and existing competitors and new market entrants introduce new products or enhance existing products.

We compete with large network equipment and system vendors, including Cisco Systems, Juniper Networks, Brocade Communications Systems, Hewlett-Packard and Dell. We also face competition from other companies and new market entrants, some of which may be our current technology partners and end customers.

The principle competitive factors applicable to our products include:

 

    breadth of product offerings and features;

 

    reliability and product quality;

 

    ease of use;

 

-100-


Table of Contents
    total cost of ownership, including automation, monitoring and integration costs;

 

    performance and scale;

 

    programmability and extensibility;

 

    interoperability with other products;

 

    ability to be bundled with other vendor offerings; and

 

    quality of service, support and fulfillment.

We believe our products compete favorably with respect to these factors. Our EOS software offers high reliability, integrates with existing network protocols and is open and programmable. We believe the combination of EOS, a set of network applications and our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet Switch makes our offering highly competitive for both cloud and enterprise data centers. However, many of our competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, larger sales and marketing budgets and resources, broader distribution and established relationships with channel partners and end customers, greater access to larger end-customer bases, greater end-customer support resources, greater manufacturing resources, the ability to leverage their sales efforts across a broader portfolio of products, the ability to bundle competitive offerings with other products and services, the ability to set more aggressive pricing policies, lower labor and development costs, greater resources to make acquisitions, larger intellectual property portfolios and substantially greater financial, technical, research and development or other resources.

Intellectual Property

Our success and ability to compete depend substantially upon our core technology and intellectual property. We rely on patent, trademark and copyright laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements with our employees, end customers, resellers, systems integrators and others to protect our intellectual property rights. As of December 31, 2013, we had 28 patent applications pending in the United States and two patents granted in the United States, which expire in 2025 and 2028.

We cannot assure you that any of our patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent or whether the examination process will result in patents of valuable breadth or applicability. In addition, any patents that may issue may be contested, circumvented, found unenforceable or invalidated, and we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing them. We also license software from third parties for integration into our products, including open source software and other software available on commercially reasonable terms. We also own a number of trademarks in the United States and other jurisdictions, including Arista (which mark is not registered in the United States), EOS, CloudVision, Health Tracer, MapReduce Tracer, Path Tracer, MXP, RAIL and SPLINE.

We control access to and use of our software, technology and other proprietary information through internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, end customers and partners. Our software is protected by U.S. and international copyright, patent and trade secret laws. Despite our efforts to protect our software, technology and other proprietary information, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use our software, technology and other proprietary information. In addition, we intend to expand our international operations, and effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may not be available or may be limited in foreign countries.

Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. If we become more successful, we believe that competitors will be more likely to try to develop products that are similar to ours and that may infringe our proprietary rights. It may also be more likely that competitors or other third parties will claim that our products infringe their proprietary rights. In particular, large and established companies in our industry have extensive patent portfolios and are regularly involved in both offensive and defensive litigation. From time to time, third parties, including certain of these large companies and non-practicing entities, may assert patent, copyright,

 

-101-


Table of Contents

trademark and other intellectual property rights against us, our channel partners or our end customers, whom our standard license and other agreements obligate us to indemnify against such claims. Successful claims of infringement by a third party, if any, could prevent us from distributing certain products or performing certain services, require us to expend time and money to develop non-infringing solutions or force us to pay substantial damages, royalties or other fees. We cannot assure you that we do not currently infringe, or that we will not in the future infringe, upon any third-party patents or other proprietary rights.

Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we employed over 750 full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by unions. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and have not experienced significant interruptions of operations due to labor disagreements.

Facilities

We currently lease approximately 150,000 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters in Santa Clara, California, pursuant to a lease that expires in September 2023. We lease additional space in San Francisco, California and in various other national and international locations, including: Bangalore, India; Vancouver, Canada; Shannon, Ireland; and Penang, Malaysia. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our current needs. We also anticipate expanding our facilities as we add employees and enter new geographic markets. We believe that suitable additional or alternative space will be available at commercially reasonable terms as needed to accommodate any such future growth.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are a party to various litigation matters and subject to claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. In addition, third parties may from time to time assert claims against us in the form of letters and other communications. Except as otherwise set forth below, there is no pending or threatened legal proceeding to which we are a party that, in our opinion, is likely to have a material adverse effect on our future financial results of operations; however, the results of litigation and claims are inherently unpredictable. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

In November 2013, we received a letter from Optumsoft, Inc., in which Optumsoft asserted (i) ownership of certain components of our EOS network operating system incorporated in all of our products pursuant to the terms of a 2004 agreement between the companies and (ii) breaches of certain confidentiality and use restrictions in that agreement. Under the terms of the 2004 agreement, Optumsoft provided us with a non-exclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free license to software delivered by Optumsoft comprising a software tool used to develop certain components of EOS and a runtime library that is incorporated into EOS. The 2004 agreement places certain restrictions on our use and disclosure of the Optumsoft software and gives Optumsoft ownership of improvements, modifications and corrections to, and derivative works of, the Optumsoft software that we develop. In the November 2013 letter, Optumsoft requested that we cease all conduct constituting the alleged confidentiality and use restriction breaches including the distribution of any of its software in source code form and the unauthorized access of its source code to any third parties. Optumsoft also requested that we assign certain components of our software to it that it believed to be improvements of its software tool. To date, Optumsoft has not filed any legal action against us, although we cannot assure you that it will not do so in the future. David Cheriton, one of our founders and a former member of our board of directors who resigned from our board of directors on March 1, 2014, is a founder and, we believe, the largest stockholder and a director of Optumsoft. The 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust dtd July 27, 2010, a trust for the benefit of the minor children of Mr. Cheriton, is our largest stockholder.

We intend to vigorously defend against any action brought against us by Optumsoft. However, we cannot be certain that, if litigated, any claims by Optumsoft would be resolved in our favor. For example, if it were

 

-102-


Table of Contents

determined that Optumsoft owned components of our EOS network operating system, we would be required to transfer ownership of those components and any related intellectual property to Optumsoft. If Optumsoft were the owner of those components, it could make them available to our competitors, such as through a sale or license. In addition, if Optumsoft were to bring actual litigation, it could assert additional or different claims against us, including claims that our license from Optumsoft is invalid. An adverse litigation ruling could result in a significant damages award against us and injunctive relief. In addition, if our license was ruled to have been terminated, and we were not able to negotiate a new license from Optumsoft on reasonable terms, we could be prohibited from selling products that incorporate Optumsoft intellectual property. Any such adverse ruling could materially adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operation and financial condition. Whether or not we prevail in a lawsuit, we expect that any litigation would be expensive, time-consuming and a distraction to management in operating our business.

 

-103-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of March 28, 2014:

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position(s)

Jayshree Ullal

     53      

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Andy Bechtolsheim

     58      

Founder, Chief Development Officer, Director and Chairman of the Board

Kenneth Duda

     42      

Founder, Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President, Software Engineering

Kelyn Brannon

     55      

Chief Financial Officer

Anshul Sadana

     37      

Senior Vice President, Customer Engineering

Mark Smith

     57      

Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales Operations

Charles Giancarlo (2)

     56      

Director

Ann Mather (1)

     53      

Director

Daniel Scheinman (2) (3)

     51      

Director

Marc Stoll (1)(3)

     43      

Director

Nikos Theodosopoulos (1)(3)

     51      

Director

 

(1) Member of our audit committee.
(2) Member of our compensation committee.
(3) Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Jayshree Ullal has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since October 2008. From September 1993 to 2008, Ms. Ullal served in various positions at Cisco Systems, Inc., a manufacturer and seller of networking and communications projects, with her last position as senior vice president of data center and switching. Ms. Ullal holds a B.S. in Engineering (Electrical) from San Francisco State University and an M.S. in Engineering Management from Santa Clara University.

We believe that Ms. Ullal possesses specific attributes that qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors, including her extensive experience in the networking industry and the operational insight and expertise she has accumulated as our President and Chief Executive Officer.

Andy Bechtolsheim is one of our founders and has served as our Chairman since 2004 and as our Chief Development Officer since 2009. Mr. Bechtolsheim is also a full-time employee of the Company. In 1982, Mr. Bechtolsheim co-founded Sun Microsystems, Inc., a manufacturer and seller of computers and computer software, which was acquired by Oracle Corporation in January 2010. In 1995, Mr. Bechtolsheim co-founded and was president and chief executive officer of Granite Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of high-speed network switches, which was acquired by Cisco Systems, Inc. in 1996, and Mr. Bechtolsheim served in various positions including vice president and general manager of the Gigabit Systems Business Unit. In 2003, Mr. Bechtolsheim became the president of Kealia, Inc., a developer of networking solutions for servers, which was acquired by Sun Microsystems, Inc. in April 2004. From April 2004 to October 2008, Mr. Bechtolsheim served as senior vice president and chief systems architect at Sun Microsystems, Inc. Mr. Bechtolsheim attended University of Technology Munich and holds an M.S. in Computer Engineering from Carnegie Mellon University and was a Doctoral Student at Stanford University from 1977 to 1982.

We believe that Mr. Bechtolsheim possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience in the networking industry and the operational insight and expertise he has accumulated as one of our founders and as our Chief Development Officer.

 

-104-


Table of Contents

Kenneth Duda is one of our founders and has served in various roles with us from 2004 to present, including Vice President of Software Engineering and Acting President. Since September 2011, Mr. Duda has served as our Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President of Software Engineering. From April 1999 to October 2004, Mr. Duda served as chief technology officer of There, Inc., a virtual worlds company. From September 1996 to April 1999, Mr. Duda was leading the software development of the switch kernel for the Gigabit System Business Unit with Cisco Systems, Inc. Mr. Duda holds B.S. and M.S. degrees in Computer Science and Electrical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Ph.D. in Computer Science from Stanford University.

Kelyn Brannon has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2013. From March 2012 until July 2013, Ms. Brannon served as chief financial officer of Delivery Agent, a provider of shopping-enabled entertainment for television shows and other entertainment content based in San Francisco. From August 2011 to March 2012, Ms. Brannon served as chief financial officer and executive vice president of NetShelter, a digital advertising network. Prior to that, Ms. Brannon was chief financial officer of Calix, a provider of broadband communications access systems and software from April 2008 until March 2011. From July 2004 to April 2008, Ms. Brannon served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Calypso Technology, Inc., an application software provider for the capital markets industry. From August 2003 to July 2004, Ms. Brannon served as chief financial officer of Arzoon, Inc., a provider of logistics and transportation management software. From November 2000 to July 2003, Ms. Brannon served in various capacities at Creative Planet, Inc. (also known as Movie Magic Technologies, Inc. and Studio Systems, Inc.), including chief financial officer, president and chief executive officer. Previously, Ms. Brannon served in senior finance positions at Fort Point Partners, Inc., Amazon.com, Inc., Sun Microsystems, Inc., Lexmark International, Inc. and Ernst & Young LLP. Ms. Brannon is a Certified Public Accountant and a member of The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Ms. Brannon holds a B.A. degree in Political Science from Murray State University.

Anshul Sadana has served as our Senior Vice President of Customer Engineering since January 2012. From July 2007 to December 2011, Mr. Sadana has served in various other positions with us including Vice President of Customer Engineering. From November 1999 to July 2007, Mr. Sadana was the senior engineering manager of Gigabit Switching Business Unit at Cisco Systems, Inc. Mr. Sadana holds a B.E. degree in electronics from the University of Mumbai, a M.S. degree in Computer Science from the University of Illinois at Chicago and an executive M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

Mark Smith has served as our Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales Operations since December 2012. From January 2005 to October 2012, Mr. Smith served as executive vice president global field operations of Infoblox, Inc., an automated network control firm. From April 2004 to November 2004, Mr. Smith served as vice president of enterprise sales of Juniper Networks, Inc., a network security solutions firm. From 1999 until its acquisition by Juniper Networks, Inc. in April 2004, Mr. Smith served as vice president of sales of NetScreen Technologies, Inc., an integrated network security solutions company. Mr. Smith holds a B.A. degree in Political Science from Wheaton College.

Non-Employee Directors

Charles Giancarlo has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2013. From 2008 through 2013, Mr. Giancarlo has served as a managing director of Silver Lake Partners, a private investment firm and is now a senior advisor to the firm. From 1993 to 2004, Mr. Giancarlo served in various positions with Cisco Systems, Inc., most recently as executive vice president and chief development officer. Mr. Giancarlo also serves on the board of directors of Accenture plc, a management consulting business, since 2008; Avaya, Inc., a provider of business collaboration and communications solutions, since 2008; ServiceNow, a provider of IT services, since 2013; and Imperva, Inc., a provider of business security solutions for critical applications and high-value data in the data center, since 2013. Mr. Giancarlo holds a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from Brown University, an M.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of California at Berkeley and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.

 

-105-


Table of Contents

We believe Mr. Giancarlo possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a venture capital investor and as an executive and board member of companies in the technology industry.

Ann Mather has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2013. From September 1999 to April 2004, Ms. Mather served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Pixar, Inc., a computer animation studio, which was acquired by the Disney Corporation in May 2006. Prior to her service at Pixar, Ms. Mather served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Village Roadshow Pictures, the film production division of Village Roadshow Limited. Ms. Mather also serves on the board of directors of Google, Inc., a global technology company, where she is chair of their audit committee; Glu Mobile Inc., a publisher of mobile games; MoneyGram International, Inc., a global payment services company; Netflix, Inc., an internet subscription service for movies and television shows; Solazyme, Inc., a renewable oil and bioproducts company; and Shutterfly, an Internet-based image publishing service. Ms. Mather holds an M.A. degree from Cambridge University.

We believe Ms. Mather possesses specific attributes that qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors, including her extensive experience as a chief financial officer and as a board member of companies in the technology industry.

Daniel Scheinman has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2011. From January 1997 to April 2011, Mr. Scheinman served in various capacities with Cisco Systems, Inc., most recently as senior vice president, Cisco Media Solutions Group. Mr. Scheinman is currently an angel investor and has served as a member of the board of directors of Think Big Analytics since September 2012; Zoom Video Communications, Inc. since October 2011; GreenWave Reality since June 2011; and Auryn, Inc. since April 2006. Mr. Scheinman holds a B.A. degree in Politics from Brandeis University and a J.D. from the Duke University School of Law.

We believe Mr. Scheinman possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience in the legal industry and as an executive of companies in the technology industry.

Marc Stoll has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2013. From August 2008 to July 2013, Mr. Stoll served as vice president of worldwide sales finance for Apple, Inc. From June 2004 to July 2008, Mr. Stoll served in various capacities at CA Technologies, Inc., including senior vice president and corporate controller. Mr. Stoll holds a B.S. degree in Electrical and Electronics Engineering from Michigan Technology University and an M.B.A., Finance, Strategy, from The University of Chicago, Booth School of Business.

We believe Mr. Stoll possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience in the finance industry and as an executive of companies in the technology industry.

Nikos Theodosopoulos has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2014. Since August 2012, Mr. Theodosopoulos has served as founder of NT Advisors LLC, a consulting company. From August 1995 through July 2012, Mr. Theodosopoulos served in various capacities with UBS, a provider of financial services, most recently as managing director of technology equity research. From April 1994 to August 1995, he served as senior equity research analyst for Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., an investment banking firm that was acquired in 2008 by JPMorgan Chase. From January 1990 to April 1994, Mr. Theodosopoulos served as an account executive for AT&T Network Systems, a provider of business and corporate communications equipment. Mr. Theodosopoulos holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Columbia University, a M.S. in electrical engineering from Stanford University and an MBA from NYU Stern School of Business.

 

-106-


Table of Contents

We believe Mr. Theodosopoulos possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience as a consultant and advisor in the technology industry.

Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and other executive and senior financial officers. Upon the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.arista.com. We intend to post any amendment to our code of business conduct and ethics, and any waivers of such code for directors and executive officers, on the same website. Information on or that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members.

Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors, with each director serving a staggered, three-year term. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during 2014 for the Class I directors, 2015 for the Class II directors and 2016 for the Class III directors.

 

    Our Class I directors will be Andy Bechtolsheim and Jayshree Ullal, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014;

 

    Our Class II directors will be Charles Giancarlo, Ann Mather and Daniel Scheinman, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015; and

 

    Our Class III directors will be Marc Stoll and Nikos Theodosopoulos, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016.

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we intend to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that

 

-107-


Table of Contents

company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Charles Giancarlo, Ann Mather, Marc Stoll, Daniel Scheinman, and Nikos Theodosopoulos representing five of our seven directors, were “independent directors” as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below upon completion of this offering. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Ann Mather, Marc Stoll and Nikos Theodosopoulos, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our audit committee. Ms. Mather is the chair of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee satisfies the requirements for independence and financial literacy under the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange and the SEC. Our board of directors has also determined that Ann Mather qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in the SEC rules and satisfies the financial sophistication requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the audit committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    selecting and hiring our registered public accounting firm;

 

    evaluating the performance and independence of our registered public accounting firm;

 

    approving the audit and pre-approving any non-audit services to be performed by our registered public accounting firm;

 

    reviewing our financial statements and related disclosures and reviewing our critical accounting policies and practices;

 

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures and our disclosure controls and procedures;

 

    overseeing procedures for the treatment of complaints on accounting, internal accounting controls or audit matters;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit, our quarterly financial statements and our publicly filed reports;

 

-108-


Table of Contents
    reviewing and approving in advance any proposed related person transactions; and

 

    preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

Compensation Committee

Charlie Giancarlo and Dan Scheinman, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our compensation committee. Mr. Scheinman is the chairman of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and the SEC, is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Internal Revenue Code. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the compensation committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    reviewing and approving our Chief Executive Officer’s and other executive officers’ annual base salaries, incentive compensation plans, including the specific goals and amounts, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control agreements and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

    administering our equity compensation plans;

 

    overseeing our overall compensation philosophy, compensation plans and benefits programs; and

 

    preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC will require in our annual proxy statement.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Daniel Scheinman, Marc Stoll and Nikos Theodosopoulos, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Scheinman is the chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the nominating and corporate governance committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

    evaluating and making recommendations regarding the composition, organization and governance of our board of directors and its committees;

 

    evaluating and making recommendations regarding the creation of additional committees or the change in mandate or dissolution of committees;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines and compliance with laws and regulations; and

 

    reviewing and approving conflicts of interest of our directors and corporate officers, other than related person transactions reviewed by the audit committee.

We intend to post the charters of our audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees, and any amendments thereto that may be adopted from time to time, on our website at www.arista.com. Information on or that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

 

-109-


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the compensation committee or director (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our compensation committee or our board of directors.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We do not currently have a formal policy with respect to compensation payable to our non-employee directors for service as directors. Our non-employee directors did not receive during 2013 any cash compensation for their services as directors or as board committee members. Our board of directors has, however, granted equity awards from time to time to non-employee directors as compensation for their service as directors.

The table below shows the equity and other compensation granted to our non-employee directors during 2013.

 

Name

   Year      Option
Awards($) (1)
     All Other
Compensation ($)
     Total ($)  

Charles Giancarlo

     2013         191,949                 191,949   

Ann Mather

     2013         200,598                 200,598   

Daniel Scheinman

     2013         57,021                 57,021   

Marc Stoll

     2013         361,575                 361,575   

Nikos Theodosopoulos (2)

     2013                           

 

(1) The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the award as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the awards reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) Mr. Theodosopoulos joined our board in March 2014.

In January 2014, our board of directors approved a grant of a stock option to Mr. Bechtolsheim to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $22.49 per share.

In February 2014, our board of directors approved compensation to each of our non-employee directors (except Mr. Theodosopoulos) as follows:

 

    a $30,000 cash retainer for general board service;

 

    a cash retainer for committee service ranging from $10,000 to $15,000; and

 

    a stock option to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $30.76 per share.

In March 2014, our board of directors approved compensation to Mr. Theodosopoulos as follows:

 

    a $30,000 cash retainer for general board service;

 

    a cash retainer of $10,000 for committee service; and

 

    a stock option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $34.12 per share.

 

-110-


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2013 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information concerning the total compensation of our named executive officers, for services rendered to us in all capacities during the years ended December 31, 2013:

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary     Option
Awards (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation($) (2)
    Total  

Jayshree Ullal

    2013      $ 301,154      $      $ 20,000      $ 321,154   

President and Chief Executive Officer

         

Kelyn Brannon (3)

    2013      $ 122,115 (4)     $ 2,138,610      $ 20,000      $ 2,280,725   

Chief Financial Officer

         

Kenneth Duda

    2013      $ 220,846      $ 588,740      $ 20,000      $ 829,586   

Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President of Software Engineering

         

 

(1) The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the award as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the awards reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) The amounts included in this column represent incentives earned under our employee cash incentive plan described below.
(3) Ms. Brannon was hired in July 2013.
(4) Ms. Brannon’s salary reflects the prorated portion of her annual base salary of $250,000 paid in 2013.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

We adopted a cash incentive plan, or the Employee Incentive Plan, to provide eligible participants with the opportunity to receive a cash payment for contributions to our success for the third and fourth quarters of 2013. Each of our named executive officers was eligible for cash payments under the Employee Incentive Plan. Payments under the Employee Incentive Plan were based on satisfaction of performance criteria and continued employment with us on the payment date. Our compensation committee reserved the right to determine performance for purposes of the plan based upon company-level achievement of goals and/or individual performance. We budgeted that each of our named executive officers could receive a target payment of $10,000 for each applicable quarter. Each of our named executive officers earned the target incentive payment for each quarter.

 

-111-


Table of Contents

2013 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End

The following table presents information concerning all outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Grant
Date
    Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options(#)
Exercisable
     Option
Awards –
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options(#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Awards –
Option
Exercise
Price($)
     Option
Awards –
Option
Expiration
Date
     Stock
Awards –
Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested(#) (1)
     Stock Awards
– Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
 

Jayshree Ullal

     4/30/11 (2)                                       750,000       $ 16,867,500   

Kelyn Brannon

     7/8/13 (3)       300,000               $ 8.77         7/7/23                   

Kenneth Duda

     6/7/10 (4)                                       25,000       $ 526,250   
     10/4/11 (5)       100,000               $ 3.33         10/3/21                   
     12/27/12 (6)       20,000               $ 4.18         12/26/22                   
     3/11/13 (7)       100,000               $ 7.76         3/10/23                   

 

(1) Represents (i) restricted stock awards and (ii) shares of restricted stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options, in each case that remained unvested as of December 31, 2013. We have a right to repurchase any unvested shares subject to each such award if the holder of the award ceases to provide services to us prior to the date on which all shares subject to the award have vested in accordance with the applicable vesting schedule described in the footnotes below.
(2) 1/5 of the shares subject to the restricted stock award vest on September 30, 2013, and 1/60 of the shares vest monthly thereafter subject to Ms. Ullal’s continued status as a service provider on each such vesting date.
(3) 1/5 of the shares subject to the stock option vest on July 8, 2014, and 1/60 of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to Ms. Brannon’s continued status as a service provider on each such vesting date. All shares subject to the option are early exercisable.
(4) 1/4 of the shares subject to the stock option vest on June 7, 2011, and 1/48 of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to Mr. Duda’s continued status as a service provider on each such vesting date. All 200,000 shares subject to the option were early-exercised.
(5) 1/4 of the shares subject to the stock option vest on September 30, 2013, and 1/48 of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to Mr. Duda’s continued status as a service provider on each such vesting date. All shares subject to the option are early exercisable.
(6) 1/4 of the shares subject to the stock option vest on December 1, 2014, and 1/48 of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to Mr. Duda’s continued status as a service provider on each such vesting date. All shares subject to the option are early exercisable.
(7) 1/4 of the shares subject to the stock option vest on December 1, 2016, and 1/48 of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to Mr. Duda’s continued status as a service provider on each such vesting date. All shares subject to the option are early exercisable.

In January 2014, our board of directors approved grants of stock options to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $22.49 to each of Mr. Duda and Mses. Brannon and Ullal. In February 2014, our board of directors approved a grant of a stock option to Ms. Brannon to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock and a grant of a stock option to Mr. Duda to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock. These options were granted at an exercise price of $30.76 per share.

Executive Employment Arrangements

Jayshree Ullal Offer Letter

We have entered into an offer letter with Jayshree Ullal, our President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to which Ms. Ullal is an at-will employee. Ms. Ullal’s current annual base salary is $300,000 per year. Upon the

 

-112-


Table of Contents

commencement of her employment, Ms. Ullal was granted the right to purchase 2,500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.005 per share in exchange for her commitment to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer for four years. Ms. Ullal was also granted an option to purchase 4,000,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.005 per share. Ms. Ullal is also eligible to participate in all of our standard health, vacation and other benefits offered to our employees.

With respect to Ms. Ullal’s restricted stock award covering 1,000,000 shares of common stock, 50% of any then-unvested shares accelerate and vest upon a “change in control” as defined in our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

Kelyn Brannon Offer Letter

Kelyn Brannon joined us as our new Chief Financial Officer in July 2013. We have entered into an offer letter with Ms. Brannon that provides that she is an at-will employee and will receive a base salary of $250,000 per year. Ms. Brannon was also granted an option to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $8.77 per share pursuant to our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and the individual stock option agreement thereunder. Ms. Brannon is also eligible to participate in all of our standard health, vacation and other benefits offered to our employees.

In addition, we entered into a severance agreement with Ms. Brannon, effective as of July 8, 2013. The severance agreement provides that if Ms. Brannon’s employment is involuntarily terminated other than “cause” (as generally defined below) or if Ms. Brannon resigns for “good reason” (as generally defined below) then, subject to her execution of a release of claims, Ms. Brannon will receive continuing payments of her base salary for 12 months and accelerated vesting of time-based equity awards that would have vested had Ms. Brannon remained employment with us for 12 months following her termination of employment date. If the qualified termination of employment occurred during the period beginning on, and for 12 months following a change in control, then the equity acceleration benefit would be 50% of the then-unvested equity awards, if greater than the acceleration benefit described in the previous sentence.

For purposes of the severance agreement with Ms. Brannon, “cause” means generally:

 

    an act of dishonesty made by executive in connection with executive’s responsibilities as an employee;

 

    executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of moral turpitude;

 

    executive’s gross misconduct;

 

    executive’s unauthorized use of disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of ours or any other party to whom executive owes a duty of non-disclosure as a result of executive’s relationship with us;

 

    executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with us; or

 

    executive’s continued failure to perform his or her duties after a demand from us setting the basis of our belief and failure to cure within 10 business days after receiving such notice.

For purposes of the severance agreement with Ms. Brannon, “good reason” means generally a resignation within 30 days following the expiration of any cure period following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without executive’s consent:

 

    a material diminution of executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

 

    a material reduction of executive’s base salary (other than reduction applied to management generally); or

 

    a material change in the geographic location of executive’s primary work facility or location.

An executive must provide written notice within 90 days of the initial existence of good reason and provide a cure period of 30 days following the date of such notice.

 

-113-


Table of Contents

Kenneth Duda Offer Letter

We have entered into an offer letter with Kenneth Duda, our Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President of Software Engineering, pursuant to which Mr. Duda is an at-will employee. Mr. Duda’s current annual base salary is $220,000 per year and has been so since 2012. Upon the commencement of his employment in 2004, Mr. Duda purchased 1,600,000 shares of common stock at a price per share of $0.005. Mr. Duda is also eligible to participate in all of our standard health, vacation and other benefits offered to our employees.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors intends to adopt a 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, in                     , 2014, and we expect our stockholders will approve it prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2014 Plan will be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants, and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares . A total of             shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan, of which no awards are issued and outstanding. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan will also include (a) those shares reserved but unissued under our 2011 Plan (as defined below) and 2004 Plan (as defined below) as of the effective date described above and (b) shares returned to our 2011 Plan and 2004 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of options (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to (a) and (b) is             shares). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2014, equal to the least of:

 

                shares;

 

        % of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding year; or

 

    such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Our compensation committee will administer our 2014 Plan after the completion of this offering. In the case of options intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m).

Plan Administration . Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards with a higher or lower exercise price.

Stock Options . The exercise price of options granted under our 2014 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the term of all other options.

After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option or stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is

 

-114-


Table of Contents

due to death or disability, the option or stock appreciation right will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option or stock appreciation right will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted and may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us). The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units . Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the number of units granted, the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us), and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Units and Performance Shares . Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2014 Plan Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares, or in some combination thereof.

Non-Employee Directors . Our 2014 Plan provides that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2014 Plan. Please see the description of our non-employee director compensation above under “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

Non-Transferability of Awards . Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2014 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Merger or Change in Control . Our 2014 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined in the 2014 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including that the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award. The administrator is not required to treat all awards similarly. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the awards will fully vest, all restrictions will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and the awards will become fully exercisable.

 

-115-


Table of Contents

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders will approve, our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, in                     , 2014. The ESPP will become effective upon completion of this offering. We believe that allowing our employees to participate in the ESPP provides them with a further incentive towards ensuring our success and accomplishing our corporate goals.

Authorized Shares . A total of              shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under the ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the plan on the first day of each year beginning in 2014, equal to the least of:

 

        % of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such year;

 

                shares; or

 

    such amount as determined by our board of directors.

Plan Administration . Our compensation committee administers the ESPP and has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the plan and determine eligibility to participate, subject to the conditions of the plan as described below.

Eligibility . Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

    immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

    holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year.

Offering Periods . Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Each offering period includes purchase periods, which will be approximately six months commencing with one exercise date and ending with the next exercise date. The offering periods are scheduled to start on the first trading day on or after             and             of each year, except for the first offering period, which will commence on the first trading day on or after completion of this offering and will end on the first trading day on or after             .

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of common stock through payroll deductions of up to     % of their eligible compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of             shares during a six-month period.

Exercise of Purchase Right . Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be     % of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. If the fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date is less than the fair market value on the first trading day of the offering period, participants will be withdrawn from the current offering period following their purchase of shares on the purchase date and will be automatically re-enrolled in a new offering period. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability . A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP. If the compensation committee permits the transfer of rights, it may only be done by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

 

-116-


Table of Contents

Merger or Change in Control . In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase right, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment; Termination . Our ESPP will automatically terminate in                 , unless we terminate it sooner. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

2004 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2004 Plan, in October 2004. Our 2004 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock and stock bonuses. In March 2011, our board of directors terminated the 2004 Plan as to future grants. However, the 2004 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding options previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares . As of February 28, 2014, options to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock were outstanding, and no shares were available for future grant under the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan has been terminated and no further shares will be granted thereunder.

Plan Administration . Our board of directors or a committee which it appoints administers the 2004 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2004 Plan, the administrator has the authority in its discretion to determine the terms of options awarded, the fair market value of our common stock and the exercise price of each option, the number of shares subject to each option and the vesting schedule applicable to the options (together with any vesting acceleration).

Transferability of Awards . Our 2004 Plan generally does not allow for options to be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the participant, only by the participant.

Certain Adjustments . In the event of any change in the number of our issued shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of our common stock or any other increase or decrease as determined by the administrator is made in our capitalization, certain proportional adjustments will be made, including adjustments to the exercise price of the option, and in the number of shares covered by each outstanding option, as well as the number of shares available for issuance under the 2004 Plan but as to which no options have yet been granted or that have been returned to the 2004 Plan upon their cancellation. In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the administrator will notify the participants at least 15 days prior to such proposed action, and all outstanding options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger . In the event of our merger with or into another corporation, each outstanding award may be assumed or an equivalent option or right may be substituted by the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary. If, in such event, an option is not assumed or substituted, the administrator may provide for a pre-transaction exercise period and, after such exercise period, the award will terminate.

Plan Termination and Amendment . In March 2011, our board of directors discontinued future grants under the 2004 Plan, provided such action did not impair the existing rights of any participant.

 

-117-


Table of Contents

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2011 Plan, in March 2011. Our 2011 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2011 Plan following this offering and will instead grant awards under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan; however, the 2011 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares . The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2011 Plan is 25,899,270 shares of our common stock. As of February 28, 2014, options to purchase 13,268,600 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2011 Plan and 6,805,838 shares of our common stock remained available for future grant under the 2011 Plan. Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2011 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2011 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

Plan Administration . The 2011 Plan is administered by our board of directors which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees (referred to as the “administrator”).

Subject to the provisions of our 2011 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price of the options, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2011 Plan, among other powers. The administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options . The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2011 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other form of consideration determined by the administrator. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months (in the event of a termination due to death) or six months (in the event of a termination due to disability). In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for thirty days following a termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock may be granted under our 2011 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon exercise without regard to

 

-118-


Table of Contents

vesting. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason may be repurchased by us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards . Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2011 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2011 Plan, the administrator will make proportional adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be issued under the 2011 Plan and/or the number and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, each award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

Merger or Change in Control . Our 2011 Plan provides that in the event of a sale, merger or change of control, as defined under the 2011 Plan, each outstanding award will be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Plan Amendment, Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2011 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

401(k) plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to all eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. We do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives, but have the discretion to do so. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s

 

-119-


Table of Contents

responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees before the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide indemnification for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent, or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. In the case of an action or proceeding by, or in the right of, our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as we may provide indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

-120-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three years, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Repayment of 2008 Notes

In April 2008, we entered into note purchase agreements with limited liability companies controlled by Andy Bechtolsheim and David Cheriton, pursuant to which we issued irrevocable, non-revolving lines of credit. Pursuant to these agreements, we were able to draw an aggregate of $96.0 million of notes. The principal amount of these notes was subject to an annual interest rate of 24% per annum. The principal and accrued interest on these notes were repaid in full in January 2011, and the lines of credit terminated.

2011 Note and Common Stock Financing

In January 2011, we entered into a note and common stock purchase agreement with two trusts that are related to two of our co-founders pursuant to which we issued and sold $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated convertible promissory notes. The interest rate on the subordinated convertible promissory notes is 6.0% per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal and accrued interest on the subordinated convertible promissory notes is due and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2014 or upon the occurrence of an event of default.

The noteholders have informed us that they intend to convert the principal and interest amount outstanding under their subordinated convertible promissory notes into shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price in conjunction with this offering. For a description of the subordinated convertible promissory notes, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Obligations.”

The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the subordinated convertible promissory notes set forth below assumes conversion of the notes at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus. In addition to the subordinated convertible promissory notes described above, we also issued an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of common stock to the participants in the transaction at a price per share of $0.005. The following table summarizes the investment amounts of the two trusts related to two of our co-founders:

 

Name

   Principal
Amount
of Notes
     Shares of
Common Stock
issued
     Shares of
Common Stock
issuable upon
conversion of
Notes

The David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust dtd July 27, 2010

   $ 12,500,000         312,500      

The Bechtolsheim Family Trust

   $ 12,500,000         312,500      

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers

We have granted stock options to our executive officers. For a description of these options, see “Executive Compensation—2013 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End Table.”

 

-121-


Table of Contents

Offer Letters

We have entered into offer letters and other arrangements containing compensation, termination and change of control provisions, among others, with certain of our executive officers as described under the caption “Executive Compensation—Executive Employment Arrangements” above.

Other than as described above, there has not been, nor is there any currently proposed, transactions or series of similar transactions to which we have been or will be a party other than compensation arrangements, which are described where required under “Executive Compensation.”

Investors’ Rights Agreements

Our investors’ rights agreements between us and certain purchasers of our preferred stock and our subordinated convertible promissory notes, including our principal stockholders, The Bechtolsheim Family Trust, with whom Mr. Bechtolsheim, one of our directors, is affiliated, and The 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust dtd July 27, 2010, grant these stockholders certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of our common stock held by them, that will be issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them and that will be issuable upon conversion of the subordinated convertible promissory notes. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—2004 Rights Agreement” and “Description of Capital Stock-Registration Rights—2011 Rights Agreement.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Executive Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

We have a formal written policy providing that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as directors, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, is not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the consent of our audit committee, subject to the exceptions described below.

In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances, and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. Our audit committee has determined that certain transactions will not require audit committee approval, including certain employment arrangements of executive officers, director compensation, transactions with another company at which a related party’s only relationship is as a non-executive employee, director or beneficial owner of less than 10% of that company’s shares and the aggregate amount involved does not exceed $120,000 in any fiscal year, transactions where a related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of our common stock and all holders of our common stock received the same benefit on a pro rata basis and transactions available to all employees generally.

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth above on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

 

-122-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at February 28, 2014 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock in this offering, for:

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owned more than 5% of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on             shares of common stock outstanding at February 28, 2014 assuming the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and the conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes issued to certain noteholders in the aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million into             shares of common stock based upon $         per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2014. However, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Arista Networks, Inc., 5453 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, California 95054.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering+
   Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering+

Name of Beneficial Owner+

   Number of
Shares
     %    Number of
Shares
     %

5% Stockholders:

           

The 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust dtd July 27, 2010 (1)

           

The Bechtolsheim Family Trust (2)

           

The 2000 Ullal Trust dated February 15, 2000 (3)

     4,062,500            4,062,500      

Executive Officers and Directors:

           

Jayshree Ullal (3)(4)

     7,482,500            7,482,500      

Kelyn Brannon (5)

     340,000            340,000      

Kenneth Duda (6)

     2,400,000            2,400,000      

Andy Bechtolsheim (2) (7)

           

Daniel Scheinman (8)

     80,000            80,000      

Charles Giancarlo (9)

     100,000            100,000      

Ann Mather (10)

     50,000            50,000      

Marc Stoll (11)

     50,000            50,000      

Nikos Theodosopoulos

           

All current directors and executive officers as a group (11 Persons) (12)

           

 

+ Options to purchase shares of our capital stock included in this table are early exercisable, and to the extent such shares are unvested as of a given date, such shares will remain subject to a right of repurchase held by us.
* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%).
(1)

Includes 13,872,500 shares and              shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding subordinated convertible promissory notes. All shares are held in an irrevocable, directed trust for the benefit of the minor

 

-123-


Table of Contents
  children of Mr. Cheriton. The trustee of the trust is the South Dakota Trust Company, LLC. The investment management functions of the trust are handled by the investment committee of the trust. The sole member of the investment committee is Jon Goldstein, a principal of Constellation Wealth Advisor, LLC, who may be deemed to exercise sole voting and investment control over the shares. Mr. Cheriton disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares and disclaims voting and investment power over such shares. The address for the trustee of the trust is c/o South Dakota Trust Company, 201 South Phillips Ave., Suite 200, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57104.
(2) Includes 12,312,500 shares and              shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding subordinated convertible promissory notes held by the Bechtolsheim Family Trust for which trust Mr. Bechtolsheim serves as trustee. Mr. Bechtolsheim may be deemed to exercise sole voting and investment power over such shares held by the trust, however, Mr. Bechtolsheim disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
(3) Includes 4,062,500 shares held by the Jayshree Ullal and Vijay Ullal as Trustees of the 2000 Ullal Trust dated February 15, 2000, of which 716,667 remain subject to a repurchase right held by us at the original exercise price, as of a date within 60 days of February 28, 2014, in the event of the termination of Ms. Ullal’s employment with us. The repurchase right lapses as to approximately 16,667 shares per month. Mr. and Ms. Ullal may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares and to have shared voting and investment control over such shares.
(4) Includes 200,000 shares held by The SITA Foundation over, a California non-profit, public benefit corporation. Vijay Ullal, the husband of Ms. Ullal, serves as President of the SITA Foundation. Mr. and Ms. Ullal may be deemed to exercise shared voting and investment control over these shares. Includes 3,200,000 shares held in trusts for Ms. Ullal’s family members for which trusts Ms. Ullal serves as trustee. Ms. Ullal may be deemed to exercise sole voting and investment control over shares held in each of the trusts, however, Ms. Ullal disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Includes 20,000 shares subject to outstanding options which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of February 28, 2014, none of which shares are vested and all of which may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(5) Includes 340,000 shares subject to an outstanding option which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of February 28, 2014, none of which shares are vested and all of which may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(6) Includes 340,000 shares subject to outstanding options which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of February 28, 2014, 35,416 of which shares are vested and 304,584 of which shares may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(7) Includes 20,000 shares subject to outstanding options which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of February 28, 2014, none of which shares are vested and all of which may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(8) Includes 30,000 shares subject to an outstanding option which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date 60 days of February 28, 2014, none of which shares are vested and all of which may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(9) Includes 10,000 shares held of record by Mr. Giancarlo as trustee of the Giancarlo Family Trust UAD 11/02/98. Mr. Giancarlo may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the 10,000 shares and to have voting and investment power over such shares. Includes 30,000 shares which may be repurchased by us at the original exercise price, as of a date within 60 days of February 28, 2014, in the event of the termination of Mr. Giancarlo’s services to us. Beginning in April 2014, the repurchase right lapses as to approximately 500 shares per month. Includes 20,000 shares subject to outstanding options which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of February 28, 2014, none of which shares are vested and all of which may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price. Includes 40,000 shares held by Ag Investors LLC, a limited liability company of which Mr. Giancarlo is a member. The managing member of Ag Investors LLC is Silver Lake Technology Management, L.L.C. Michael Bingle, James Davidson, Egon Durban, Kenneth Hao and Greg Mondre are the managing members of Silver Lake Technology Management L.L.C., and each may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to the shares. Mr. Giancarlo disclaims beneficial ownership of all of the shares held by Ag Investors LLC.

 

-124-


Table of Contents
(10) Includes 50,000 shares subject to an outstanding option which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of February 28, 2014, none of which shares are vested and all of which may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(11) Includes 50,000 shares subject to outstanding options which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of February 28, 2014, 2,000 of which shares are vested and 48,000 of which shares may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price.
(12) Includes 1,200,000 shares subject to outstanding options which may be exercised prior to vesting, as of a date within 60 days of February 28, 2014, 40,500 of which shares are vested and 1,159,500 of which shares may be repurchased by us, if exercised, at the original exercise price in the event of the termination of employment of such officers with us.

 

-125-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,100,000,000 shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

    1,000,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

    100,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of February 28, 2014, we had outstanding             shares of common stock, held by approximately stockholders of record, assuming the conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes into              shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the notes at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and no shares of preferred stock, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock, each such conversion to be effective immediately upon the completion of this offering. In addition, as of February 28, 2014, we had outstanding options to acquire 13,268,600 shares of our common stock.

Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of assets legally available. See the section titled “Dividend Policy.” Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Preferred Stock

After the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock or delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights—2004 Rights Agreement

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of shares of our convertible preferred stock or their permitted transferees are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act.

 

-126-


Table of Contents

These rights are provided under the terms of a rights agreement dated October 16, 2004, or our 2004 Rights Agreement, between us and the holders of these shares, which was entered into in connection with our convertible preferred stock financing, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. In any registration made pursuant to such rights agreement, all fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the selling holders selected by them (not to exceed $25,000), will be borne by us and underwriting discounts and selling commissions will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

The registration rights provided for in the 2004 Rights Agreement terminate seven (7) years following the completion of this offering or, with respect to any particular stockholder, at such time that such stockholder can sell all of its registrable securities during any three-month period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or the registrable securities of such stockholders represent less than one percent of our outstanding capital stock.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to demand registration rights pursuant to the 2004 Rights Agreement. Under the terms of the 2004 Rights Agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of holders of at least 50% of the shares that are entitled to registration rights under the 2004 Rights Agreement with respect to a registration with an anticipated aggregate offering price, before any underwriting discounts and commissions, in excess of $25.0 million, to register, as soon as practicable, all or a portion of these shares for public resale. We are required to effect only one registration pursuant to this provision of the rights agreement. Depending on certain conditions, however, we may defer such registration for up to 90 days twice in any 12-month period. We are not required to effect a demand registration earlier than 180 days after the effective date of this offering. If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the underwriters of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Short-Form Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of our common stock or their permitted transferees are also entitled to short-form registration rights pursuant to the 2004 Rights Agreement. If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, these holders have the right, upon written request from holders of these shares, to have such shares registered by us if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $2.5 million, net of any underwriter’s discounts or commissions, subject to exceptions set forth in the 2004 Rights Agreement.

Piggyback Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of our common stock or their permitted transferees are entitled to piggyback registration rights pursuant to the 2004 Rights Agreement. If we register any of our securities under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of these shares will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their registrable securities in the registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to limitations set forth in the 2004 Rights Agreement.

Registration Rights—2011 Rights Agreement

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of              shares of our common stock (assuming conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus) or their permitted transferees are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of a rights agreement dated January 4, 2011, or our 2011 Rights Agreement, between us

 

-127-


Table of Contents

and the holders of these shares, which was entered into in connection with our note and common stock financing, and include piggyback registration rights. In any registration made pursuant to such rights agreement, all fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the selling holders selected by them (not to exceed $75,000), will be borne by us, and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

The registration rights provided for in the 2011 Rights Agreement terminate three (3) years following the completion of this offering or, with respect to any particular stockholder, at such time that that stockholder can sell all of its registrable securities during any 90-day period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Piggyback Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock (assuming conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus) or their permitted transferees are entitled to piggyback registration rights pursuant to the 2011 Rights Agreement. If we register any of our securities under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of these shares will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares of registrable securities in the registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to limitations set forth in the 2001 Rights Agreement.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, could discourage takeovers, coercive or otherwise. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Undesignated Preferred Stock. As discussed above under “—Preferred Stock,” our board of directors will have the ability to designate and issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could deter hostile takeovers or delay changes in our control or management.

Limits on Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not act by written consent. This limit on the ability of stockholders to act by written consent may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, the holders of a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend the amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the amended and restated bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) or our board of directors. A stockholder may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. These advance notice procedures may have the effect

 

-128-


Table of Contents

of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed and may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempt to obtain control of our company.

Board Classification . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board of directors, see “Management—Board Composition.” Our classified board of directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Election and Removal of Directors . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of our board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No Cumulative Voting . The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not expressly provide for cumulative voting. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of directors’ decision regarding a takeover.

Amendment of Charter Provision. Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute. We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates

 

-129-


Table of Contents

and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is also possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its telephone number is (877) 373-6374.

Exchange Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ANET.”

 

-130-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock and we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Upon the completion of this offering, a total of             shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming the conversion of our subordinated convertible promissory notes into             shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the notes at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus) and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock. Of these shares, all the             shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, holders of substantially all of our equity securities are subject to market stand-off agreements or have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our 2004 Rights Agreement described above under “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—2004 Rights Agreement” and 2011 Rights Agreement described above under “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—2011 Rights Agreement,” subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, following the expiration of the lock-up period, all shares subject to such provisions and agreements will be available for sale in the public market only if registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares (subject to the requirements of the lock-up agreements, as described below) without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares (subject to the requirements of the lock-up agreements, as described below) without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information

 

-131-


Table of Contents

about us. Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of common stock have entered into lock-up agreements as described below, and their restricted securities will become eligible for sale (subject to the above limitations under Rule 144) upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

Rule 701, as currently in effect, generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares (subject to the requirements of the lock-up agreements, as described below) in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. However, all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus (or until such later date that is required by the lock-up agreements, as described below) before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock, or securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of each of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, subject to certain exceptions set forth in section titled “Underwriters.”

Registration Rights

The holders of                  shares of common stock or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—2004 Rights Agreement” and “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights—2011 Rights Agreement” for additional information.

Registration Statements on Form S-8

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our stock option plans. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements and subject to vesting of such shares.

 

-132-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or net investment income tax;

 

    tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

    controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

    brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

    traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

    persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

    U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    partnerships or entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

    persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction or integrated investment;

 

    persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

    persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code; or

 

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S., or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

 

-133-


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder (other than a partnership) if you are any holder other than:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States (for tax purposes);

 

    a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or other entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more “U.S. persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are generally exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

-134-


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding legislation related to foreign accounts, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States);

 

    you are a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year (provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses). You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Federal Estate Tax

Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of their death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8.

 

-135-


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, imposes withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The legislation also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entities” (as specially defined for purposes of these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. Under certain transition rules, withholding under FATCA on withholdable payments to foreign financial institutions and non-financial foreign entities is expected to apply after December 31, 2016 with respect to gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock in a U.S. corporation, including our common stock, and after June 30, 2014 with respect to dividends on our common stock. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

-136-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

The Juda Group, a division of Concept Capital Markets, LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters listed above are collectively referred to as the “underwriters.” Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. are referred to as the “representatives.” The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of             additional shares of common stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will

 

-137-


Table of Contents

become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per-share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our common stock.

 

     Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with the offering, up to $                 as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ANET.”

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to     % of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our related persons through a Directed Share Program. If these persons purchase reserved shares, it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. None of our executive officers or directors will participate in the Directed Share Program.

We, all of our directors and officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock, or securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering have agreed that, without the prior written consent of each of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, referred to as the “restricted period”:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of common stock, whether any such transaction described in these first two bullets is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; or

 

    in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of each of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration

 

-138-


Table of Contents

of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph shall not apply to:

 

    transactions by a securityholder relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

    the transfer by a securityholder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock: (i) to an immediate family member of a securityholder or to a trust, or other entity formed for estate planning purposes formed for the direct or indirect benefit of the securityholder or such immediate family member; (ii) by bona fide gift, will or intestacy; (iii) if the securityholder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that is an affiliate of such securityholder or (B) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution by such securityholder to its members, limited partners or equity holders; or (iv) if the securityholder is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust; provided that in each case, each transferee, donee or distributee signs and delivers a lock-up agreement prior to or upon such transfer or distribution, and (1) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant clauses (i), (ii) or (iv) above, no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period and if a securityholder is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock during the restricted period, the securityholder shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer is not a transfer for value and (2) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (iii) above, no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction of beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

    the receipt by a securityholder from us of shares of common stock upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or exercise of options to purchase our securities issued pursuant to our equity incentive plans or the transfer by a securityholder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into common stock to us upon a vesting event of our securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax withholding obligations of the securityholders in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that if a securityholder is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock during the restricted period, the securityholder shall include a statement in such report to the effect that the purpose of such transfer was to cover tax withholding obligations of the securityholder in connection with such vesting or exercise and provided further that any shares received by the securityholder upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or exercise of options to purchase our securities issued pursuant to our equity incentive plans shall be subject to the restrictions described in this section;

 

    the transfer by a securityholder of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to us, pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such shares or securities or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares or securities;

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and to the extent a public announcement or filing is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the securityholder or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period;

 

-139-


Table of Contents
    the conversion our outstanding preferred stock into shares of our common stock, provided that such shares of common stock remain subject to the restrictions described above;

 

    the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock that occurs by operation of law, including pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that the securityholder uses its reasonable best efforts to cause the transferee to sign and deliver a lock-up agreement including the restrictions described in this section prior to such transfer, and provided further, that any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act that is required to be made during the restricted period as a result of such transfer, states that such transfer has occurred by operation of law;

 

    the sale and transfer by a securityholder of shares of common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

    the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion or vesting of a security outstanding on the date hereof;

 

    the issuance and grant by us of options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other stock-based compensation pursuant to equity compensation plans or employee stock purchase plans described in this prospectus;

 

    the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock in connection with any (i) mergers, (ii) acquisition of securities, businesses, property, technologies or other assets, (iii) joint ventures, (iv) strategic alliances, commercial relationships or other collaborations, (v) equipment leasing arrangements (vi) debt financing or (vii) the assumption of employee benefit plans in connection with mergers or acquisitions; provided, that the aggregate number of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that we may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue shall not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions (determined on a fully-diluted basis and as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and other similar events after the date of this prospectus); and provided further, that each recipient of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock shall execute a lock-up agreement with respect to the remaining restricted period; and

 

    the filing of one or more registration statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-8 with respect to shares of common stock issued or issuable under any equity compensation plan in effect on the date of this prospectus.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice, provided that notice shall be provided as required by applicable law, rule or regulation.

In order to facilitate our initial public offering of common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in our initial public offering. In

 

-140-


Table of Contents

addition, to stabilize the price of common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market. The underwriting syndicate also may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of our common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

We and the several underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in our initial public offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise). The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

In the ordinary course of business, we have sold, and may in the future sell, products or services to one or more of the underwriters or their respective affiliates in arms-length transactions on market competitive terms.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to our initial public offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market for the shares will develop or that after the offering the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

 

-141-


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, or, a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

    it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

    it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571 Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

-142-


Table of Contents

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA; (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (iii) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchanges or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of the shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type

 

-143-


Table of Contents

specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement documents, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or the ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

-144-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Latham and Watkins, LLP, Menlo Park, California, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Arista Networks, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.arista.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or that can be accessed through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

-145-


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Arista Networks, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Arista Networks, Inc., as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Arista Networks, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

March 28, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    December 31,     Pro Forma
Equity
December 31,
2013
 
  2012     2013    
               

(unaudited)

 

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 88,655      $ 113,664     

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $1,284, and $2,339 as of December 31, 2012 and 2013

    49,902        77,999     

Inventories

    24,181        73,360     

Deferred tax assets

    6,309        12,356     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    7,125        4,144     

Notes receivable, current portion

    1,000        4,000     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    177,172        285,523     

Notes receivable, long-term

    4,000            

Property and equipment, net

    30,546        67,204     

Restricted cash

    4,040        4,040     

Deposits and other assets

    2,731        3,212     

Deferred tax assets

    1,679        4,541     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 220,168      $ 364,520     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 11,016      $ 14,741     

Accrued liabilities

    12,141        26,909     

Deferred revenue

    17,602        41,306     

Convertible notes payable, related party

           24,743     

Accrued interest payable, related party

           4,484     

Convertible notes payable

           74,050     

Accrued interest payable

           12,967     

Other current liabilities

    5,605        10,144     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    46,364        209,344     

Convertible notes payable, related party

    24,503            

Accrued interest payable, related party

    2,984            

Convertible notes payable

    73,170            

Accrued interest payable

    8,467            

Income taxes payable

    12,477        14,716     

Lease financing obligations, non-current

    25,253        43,152     

Other long-term liabilities

    8,040        19,576     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    201,258        286,788     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

     

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

     

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value—24,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013; aggregate liquidation preference of $6,000 as of December 31, 2012 and 2013; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    5,992        5,992      $   

Common stock, $0.0001 par value—176,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2012 and 2013; 30,305,610, 31,927,105 and 55,927,105 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and pro forma (unaudited)

    3        3        6   

Additional paid-in capital

    12,373        28,737        34,726   

Retained earnings

    504        42,964        42,964   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    38        36        36   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    18,910        77,732      $ 77,732   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $ 220,168      $ 364,520     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Income

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

Revenue

   $ 139,848      $ 193,408      $ 361,224   

Cost of revenue

     43,366        61,252        122,686   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     96,482        132,156        238,538   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     26,408        55,155        98,587   

Sales and marketing

     19,450        28,603        55,115   

General and administrative

     6,224        8,501        18,688   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     52,082        92,259        172,390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     44,400        39,897        66,148   

Other income (expense), net:

      

Interest expense—related party

     (1,857     (1,735     (1,739

Interest expense

     (4,560     (5,322     (5,380

Interest and other income (expense), net

     (357     135        (754
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6,774     (6,922     (7,873
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     37,626        32,975        58,275   

Provision for income taxes

     3,591        11,626        15,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 34,035      $ 21,349      $ 42,460   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

   $ 13,789      $ 9,622      $ 20,777   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 13,854      $ 9,662      $ 21,780   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

   $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

     21,175,788        24,711,453        27,320,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     21,345,641        24,901,005        30,051,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

      

Basic

       $ 0.77   
      

 

 

 

Diluted

       $ 0.73   
      

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

      

Basic

         51,320,294   
      

 

 

 

Diluted

         54,051,290   
      

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011              2012              2013      
               

Net income

   $ 34,035       $ 21,349       $ 42,460   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

        

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     3         4         (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     3         4         (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 34,038       $ 21,353       $ 42,458   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     Convertible Preferred Stock      Common Stock      Additional
Paid-In Capital
     Retained
Earnings

(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)
 
         Shares              Amount          Shares     Amount            

Balance—December 31, 2010

     24,000,000       $ 5,992         22,577,904      $ 2       $ 246       $ (54,880   $ 31      $ (48,609

Net income

                                            34,035               34,035   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                                                   3        3   

Stock-based compensation

                                    1,974                       1,974   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                    15                       15   

Exercise of stock options

                     4,163,900                1                       1   

Repurchase of shares subject to repurchase

                     (252,084                                     

Issuance of restricted stock awards

                     700,000                                        

Vesting of restricted stock awards

                                    35                       35   

Exercise of stock purchase rights

                     98,400        1         148                       149   

Stock issued in conjunction with debt financing

                     2,500,000                4,203                       4,203   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2011

     24,000,000         5,992         29,788,120        3         6,622         (20,845     34        (8,194

Net income

                                            21,349               21,349   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                                                   4        4   

Tax benefit for equity incentive plans

                                    39                       39   

Stock-based compensation

                                    4,703                       4,703   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                    799                       799   

Exercise of stock options

                     1,235,541                104                       104   

Repurchase of shares subject to repurchase

                     (358,051                                     

Repurchase of restricted stock awards

                     (380,000                                     

Vesting of restricted stock awards

                                    62                       62   

Exercise of stock purchase rights

                     20,000                44                       44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2012

     24,000,000         5,992         30,305,610        3         12,373         504        38        18,910   

Net income

                                            42,460               42,460   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                                                   (2     (2

Tax benefit for equity incentive plans

                                    552                       552   

Stock-based compensation

                                    10,159                       10,159   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                                    3,981                       3,981   

Exercise of stock options

                     1,822,244                1,453                       1,453   

Repurchase of shares subject to repurchase

                     (191,999                                     

Repurchase of restricted stock awards

                     (30,000                                     

Vesting of restricted stock awards

                                    60                       60   

Exercise of stock purchase rights

                     21,250                159                       159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2013

     24,000,000         5,992         31,927,105      $ 3       $ 28,737       $ 42,964      $ 36      $ 77,732   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
          2011               2012              2013      

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income

   $ 34,035      $ 21,349      $ 42,460   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     1,293        1,779        5,044   

Stock-based compensation

     1,974        4,703        10,159   

Deferred income taxes

     (4,234     (3,722     (8,831

Provision for bad debts

     1,170        326        191   

Amortization of debt discount

     836        1,040        1,118   

Excess tax benefit on stock based-compensation

            (95     (882

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (11,596     (22,043     (28,289

Inventories

     (7,733     (7,153     (49,179

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     586        (5,010     2,981   

Deposits and other assets

     5        (173     (305

Accounts payable

     1,434        3,842        3,865   

Accrued liabilities

     1,000        6,544        11,967   

Deferred revenue

     6,137        13,451        34,127   

Interest payable

     3,955        4,512        4,501   

Interest payable—related party

     (23,904     1,504        1,500   

Income taxes payable

     6,931        4,914        2,141   

Other liabilities

     541        537        2,080   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     12,430        26,306        34,648   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Purchases of property and equipment

     (2,770     (3,312     (20,316

Purchases of notes receivable

            (5,000       

Proceeds from repayment of notes receivable

                   1,000   

Change in restricted cash

            (4,040       

Other investing activities

                   (175
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,770     (12,352     (19,491
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable

     71,722                 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable—related party

     24,075                 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock in conjunction with convertible notes

     4,203                 

Repayments of notes payable—related party

     (55,555              

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercising options, net of repurchases

     2,060        3,882        9,004   

Excess tax benefit on stock-based compensation

            95        882   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     46,505        3,977        9,886   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

     (18     (1     (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     56,147        17,930        25,009   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period

     14,578        70,725        88,655   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period

   $ 70,725      $ 88,655      $ 113,664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

      

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 520      $ 15,114      $ 16,806   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest—related party

   $ 25,530      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING INFORMATION:

      

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to property and equipment

   $ (6   $ 886      $ 2,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition of building with financing obligation

   $      $ 25,253      $ 18,718   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

Arista Networks, Inc. (together with our subsidiaries, “we,” “our” or “us”) is a supplier of cloud networking solutions that use software innovations to address the needs of large-scale Internet companies, cloud service providers and next-generation enterprise. Our cloud networking solutions consist of our Extensible Operating System, a set of network applications and our 10/40/100 Gigabit Ethernet switches. We were incorporated in October 2004 in the State of California under the name Arastra, Inc. In March 2008, we reincorporated in the State of Nevada and in October 2008 changed our name to Arista Networks, Inc. We reincorporated in the state of Delaware in March 2014. Our corporate headquarters are located in Santa Clara, California, and we have wholly-owned subsidiaries throughout the world, including North America, Europe, Asia and Australia.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Arista Networks, Inc. and our wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Those estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition and deferred revenue; allowance for doubtful accounts and sales return reserve; determination of fair value for stock-based awards; accounting for income taxes, including the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets and reserves for uncertain tax positions; valuation of inventory; valuation of warranty accruals; and the recognition and measurement of contingent liabilities. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors and adjust those estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ from these estimates, and those differences could be material to the consolidated financial statements.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet was prepared as of December 31, 2013 assuming the automatic conversion of all shares of our convertible preferred stock into 24,000,000 shares of common stock upon the completion of a qualifying initial public offering.

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

We use a qualitative approach in assessing the consolidation requirement for variable interest entities (VIEs). This approach focuses on determining whether we have the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and whether we have the obligation to absorb losses, or the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant to the VIE. For all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, we have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of any VIEs. However, in the event that we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE entity, the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the VIE will be included in our consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Business Concentrations

We work closely with third parties to manufacture and deliver our products. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, two suppliers provided all of our electronic manufacturing services. Our products rely on key components, including certain integrated circuit components and power supplies some of which our contract manufacturers purchase on our behalf from a limited number of suppliers, including certain sole source providers. We do not have guaranteed supply contracts with any of our component suppliers, and our suppliers could delay shipments or cease manufacturing such products or selling them to us at any time. If we are unable to obtain a sufficient quantity of these components on commercially reasonable terms or in a timely manner, sales of our products could be delayed or halted entirely or we may be required to redesign our products. Quality or performance failures of our products or changes in our contractors’ or vendors’ financial or business condition could disrupt our ability to supply quality products to our customers. Any of these events could result in lost sales and damage to our end-customer relationships, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and notes receivable. Our cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash are invested in high quality financial instruments with banks and financial institutions. Such deposits may be in excess of insured limits provided on such deposits.

Our accounts receivable are unsecured and represent amounts due to us based on contractual obligations of our customers. We mitigate credit risk in respect to accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of our customers to assess the probability of accounts receivable collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction experience with the customer, evaluation of their credit history, the credit limits extended and review of the invoicing terms of the contract. We generally do not require our customers to provide collateral to support accounts receivable. We have recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts for those receivables that we have determined not to be collectible.

Our notes receivable are secured and represent amounts due to us from a private company. We mitigate credit risk in respect to the notes receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of the borrower to assess the probability of collecting all amounts due to us under the existing contractual terms.

We market and sell our products through both our direct sales force and our channel partners, including distributors, value-added resellers, system integrators and original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) partners. Significant customers are those which represent more than 10% of our total net revenue during the period or net accounts receivable balance at each respective balance sheet date. For each significant customer, revenue as a percentage of total revenue and accounts receivable as a percentage of total accounts receivable are as follows:

 

     Revenue     Accounts
Receivable
 
     Year Ended
December 31,
    As of December 31,  

Customers

   2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  

Customer A

     10     15     22     25     17

Customer B

     *        *        *        *        11

 

* less than 10%

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Fair Value Measurements

Our assets and liabilities which require fair value measurement consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and convertible notes payable. Cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities are stated at carrying amounts as reported in the consolidated financial statements, which approximates fair value due to their short term nature. Notes receivable are stated at fair value, as we have elected to fair value our notes receivable using the fair value option permitted to us. The carrying amounts of our convertible notes payable approximate fair value as the stated interest rates approximate market rates currently available to us.

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price that would be paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The authoritative guidance on fair value measurements establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs used to measure fair value instruments as follows:

Level I —Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date;

Level II —Inputs are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities; and

Level III —Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market data for the related assets or liabilities and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Our financial instruments consist of Level I and Level III assets. Level I assets include highly liquid money market funds that are included in cash and cash equivalents. Level III assets that are measured on a recurring basis consist solely of our notes receivable. We classified the notes receivable as Level III, as we used unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that were significant to the fair value measurement, and the valuation required management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices. We measure the fair value of the notes receivable based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible future outcomes available to us. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the convertible notes are the scenario probabilities and the discount rate estimated at the valuation date. Generally, increases (decreases) in the discount rate would result in a directionally opposite impact to the fair value measurement of the notes. Also, changes in the probability scenarios would have had varying impacts depending on the weighting of each specific scenario. More weighting towards a change in control or an equity financing by the investee would result in an increase in fair value of the notes receivable.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with various financial institutions and highly liquid investments in money market funds. Interest is accrued as earned.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Restricted Cash

We have restricted cash pledged as collateral representing a security deposit required for a facility lease. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, we have classified the restricted cash of $4.0 million as a non-current asset in our accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Accounts Receivable, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, and Sales Return Reserves

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of allowances for doubtful accounts, and sales return reserves. We estimate our allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the collectability of the receivables in light of historical trends, adverse situations that may affect our customers’ ability to pay and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is done in order to identify issues which may impact the collectability of receivables and related estimated required allowance. Revisions to the allowance are recorded as an adjustment to bad debt expense. After appropriate collection efforts are exhausted, specific accounts receivable deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance in the period they are deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of accounts receivable previously written-off are recorded as credits to bad debt expense. We estimate our sales return reserves based on historical return rates applied against current period gross revenues. Specific customer returns and allowances are considered when determining our sales return reserve estimate. Revisions to the reserve are recorded as adjustments to revenue and the sales return reserves.

We mitigate credit risk in respect to accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of our customers to assess the probability of accounts receivable collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction experience with the customer, evaluation of its credit history, the credit limits extended and review of the invoicing terms of the arrangement. We also monitor the credit history of our channel partners and assess their creditworthiness primarily based on the channel partner’s financial condition. In situations where a partner or customer may be thinly capitalized and we have limited payment history with it, we will either establish a small credit limit or require it to prepay their purchases.

Inventories

Inventories consist of raw materials and finished goods, and are stated at the lower of cost, computed using the first-in, first-out method, or market value. We evaluate inventory for excess and obsolete products. These estimates are dependent on our assessment of current and expected orders from our customers, product development plans and current sales levels. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we incurred inventory write-downs of $1.6 million, $3.2 million, and $3.8 million.

We outsource most of our manufacturing and supply chain management operations to two third-party contract manufacturers and as a result, a significant portion of our cost of revenue consists of payments to them. Our third-party contract manufacturers purchase and own a portion of the material used to build our switch products until they are shipped to us, at which time our third-party contract manufacturers invoice us. In addition, we also purchase certain strategic component inventory, including integrated circuits, which are consigned to our third-party contract manufacturers. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, our strategic component inventory consigned to others was $6.5 million and $18.3 million, and is included in raw materials.

Our third-party contract manufacturers procure components and assembles products based on our demand forecasts. These forecasts represent our estimates of future demand for our products based upon historical trends and analysis from our sales and product management functions. If the actual component usage and product

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

demand are significantly lower than forecast, we may establish a liability for non-cancelable, non-returnable purchase commitments with our contract manufacturers for quantities in excess of our demand forecasts, or obsolete material charges. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, we did not have any significant costs associated with this exposure. As of December 31, 2013, our contract manufacturer liabilities were $1.8 million.

Our finished goods inventory consists of our finished switch products and accessories. This inventory is located principally at third-party direct fulfillment facilities in California, the Netherlands and Singapore and 85 third-party spare parts locations around the world.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally from one to three years, 30 years for buildings or the lease term for leasehold improvements. Building construction-in-process, related to our build to suit lease, consists of capitalized construction costs. The leased building under our build to suit lease is capitalized and included in property and equipment as we were involved in the construction funding and did not meet the “sale-leaseback” criteria.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The carrying amounts of our long-lived assets, including property and equipment, are periodically reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of each asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate over their remaining lives. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset. No impairment of any long-lived assets was identified for any of the periods presented.

Notes Receivable

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we entered into secured note purchase agreements with a private company to provide them with cash advances. We elected the fair value option to account for these notes receivable and will record unrealized gains and losses in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Accordingly, these notes receivable are remeasured to fair value at the end of each reporting period. Upfront costs and fees incurred in conjunction with entering into notes receivable were expensed and recognized in earnings as incurred. Gains and losses from the change in fair value, as well as interest income, are recorded in interest and other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income at each reporting period.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from sales of switching products which incorporate our EOS software and accessories such as cables and optics to direct customers and channel partners together with post contract customer support (“PCS”). We typically sell products and PCS in a single transaction. We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery or performance has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.

We define each of the four criteria above as follows:

 

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.  Evidence of an arrangement consists of stand-alone purchase orders or purchase orders issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of a master sales agreement. It is our practice to identify an end customer prior to shipment to a reseller or distributor.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    Delivery or performance has occurred.  We use shipping documents or written evidence of customer acceptance, when applicable, to verify delivery or performance. We recognize product revenue upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which primarily is upon shipment to customers. We do not have significant obligations for future performance, such as customer acceptance provisions, rights of return or pricing credits, associated with our product sales.

 

    The sales price is fixed or determinable . We assess whether the sales price is fixed or determinable based on payment terms and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment.

 

    Collectability is reasonably assured . We assess probability of collectability on a customer-by-customer basis. Our customers are subjected to a credit review process that evaluates their financial condition and ability to pay for products and services.

PCS is offered under renewable, fee-based contracts, which includes technical support, hardware repair and replacement parts beyond standard warranty, bug fixes, patches and unspecified upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis. We initially defer PCS revenue and recognize it ratably over the life of the PCS contract, with the related expenses recognized as incurred. PCS contracts usually have a term of one to three years. We include billed but unearned PCS revenue in deferred revenue.

We report revenue net of sales taxes. We include shipping charges billed to customers in revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of goods sold.

Multiple-Element Arrangements

Most of our arrangements, other than renewals of PCS, are multiple element arrangements with a combination of products and PCS. Products and PCS generally qualify as separate units of accounting. Our hardware deliverables include EOS software, which together deliver the essential functionality of our products. For multiple element arrangements, we allocate revenue to each unit of accounting based on the relative selling price. The relative selling price for each element is based upon the following hierarchy: vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available; third-party evidence (“TPE”), if VSOE is not available; and best estimate of selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. As we have not been able to establish VSOE or TPE for our products and most of our services, we generally utilize BESP for the purposes of allocating revenue to each unit of accounting.

 

    VSOE —We determine VSOE based on our historical pricing and discounting practices for the specific products and services when sold separately. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the stand-alone selling prices fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range.

 

    TPE —When VSOE cannot be established for deliverables in multiple-element arrangements, we apply judgment with respect to whether we can establish a selling price based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for interchangeable products or services when sold separately to similarly situated customers. However, as our products contain a significant element of proprietary technology and offer substantially different features and functionality, the comparable pricing of products with similar functionality typically cannot be obtained. Additionally, as we are unable to reliably determine what competitors products’ selling prices are on a stand-alone basis, we are not able to obtain reliable evidence of TPE of selling price.

 

   

BESP —When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP in our allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service was sold regularly on a stand-alone basis. BESP is based on considering multiple factors including, but not limited to the sales channel (reseller, distributor or

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

end customer), the geographies in which our products and services were sold (domestic or international) and size of the end customer.

We limit the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services, future performance obligations, or subject to customer-specific return or refund privileges.

We account for multiple agreements with a single partner as one arrangement if the contractual terms and/or substance of those agreements indicate that they may be so closely related that they are, in effect, parts of a single arrangement.

We may occasionally accept returns to address customer satisfaction issues even though there is no contractual provision for such returns. We estimate returns for sales to customers based on historical returns rates applied against current-period gross revenues. Specific customer returns and allowances are considered when determining our sales return reserve estimate.

Research and Development Expenses

Costs related to the research, design and development of our products are charged to research and development expenses as incurred. Software development costs are capitalized beginning when a product’s technological feasibility has been established and ending when the product is available for general release to customers. Generally, our products are released soon after technological feasibility has been established. As a result, costs incurred subsequent to achieving technological feasibility have not been significant and accordingly, all software development costs have been expensed as incurred.

Warranty

We offer a one-year warranty on all of our hardware products and a 90-day warranty against defects in the software embedded in the products. We accrue for potential warranty claims at the time of shipment as a component of cost of revenues based on historical experience and other relevant information. We accrue specifically identified reserves if and when we determine we have a systemic product failure. The accrued warranty liability is recorded in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Post-Employment Benefits

We have a 401(k) Plan that covers substantially all of our employees in the United States. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we did not provide a discretionary company match to employee contributions.

Segment Reporting

Our chief operating decision maker is our Chief Executive Officer. Our Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. We have one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations or operating results. Accordingly, we have determined that we operate as one reportable segment.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation for stock-based awards, including stock options, restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) and stock purchase rights based on the estimated fair value of the awards, net of estimated

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

forfeitures. The fair value of each stock-based award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires that at the date of grant we determine the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the award, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividend yield of our common stock. The stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four years. We estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual historical forfeitures.

Excess tax benefits associated with stock option exercises and other equity awards are recognized in additional paid in capital. The income tax benefits resulting from stock awards that were credited to stockholders’ equity were $39,000 and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. There were no income tax benefits from stock awards for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of certain of our foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are remeasured at the average exchange rate in effect during the period. At the end of each reporting period, our subsidiaries’ monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured to the functional currency using exchange rates in effect at the end of the reporting period. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Gains and losses related to remeasurement are recorded in interest and other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of income. We recognized $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million in transaction losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

We also have certain foreign subsidiaries that use the local currency as their functional currency. The assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries are, therefore, translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at each balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated using rates that approximate those in effect during the period. Translation adjustments are accumulated as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity (deficit). For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments constituted our sole component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the liability approach for deferred income taxes, which requires recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements, but have not been reflected in our taxable income. Estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax liabilities and in the determination of the recoverability of certain deferred income tax assets, which arise from temporary differences and carryforwards. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. We regularly assess the likelihood that our deferred income tax assets will be realized based on the positive and negative evidence available. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that we are more likely than not to realize.

We regularly review our tax positions and benefits to be realized. We recognize tax liabilities based upon our estimate of whether, and to the extent to which, additional taxes will be due when such estimates are more likely than not to be sustained. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. We recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters as income tax expense.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Net Income per Share of Common Stock

Basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. We consider our Series A convertible preferred stock to be participating securities. Under the two-class method, net income attributable to common stockholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income less current period convertible preferred stock non-cumulative dividends, among our common stock and convertible preferred stock. In computing diluted net income attributable to common stockholders, undistributed earnings are re-allocated to reflect the potential impact of dilutive securities. Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Shares of common stock subject to repurchase resulting from the early exercise of employee stock options are considered participating securities. Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, including potential dilutive common shares assuming the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options using the treasury stock method. For purposes of this calculation, convertible preferred stock and options to purchase shares of common stock are considered to be common stock equivalents and are excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per share of common stock if their effect is antidilutive. Convertible notes payable are excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per share since such notes are convertible to common stock at the option of the holder only upon the occurrence of a contingent event, including change in control, initial public offering or prepayment of the convertible notes. The effect of the conversion of the convertible notes payable into common stock may be dilutive.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income per Share of Common Stock

In contemplation of our initial public offering, we have presented the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share of common stock, which has been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as if the conversion occurred at the beginning of the period or the date of issue, if later.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists . ASU 2013-11 provides guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward exists. This new standard requires the netting of unrecognized tax benefits, or UTBs, against a deferred tax asset for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of the uncertain tax positions. We have early adopted to net UTBs against all available same-jurisdiction loss or other tax carryforwards that would be utilized rather than only against carryforwards that are created by the UTBs. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

2. Correction of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements

In connection with the preparation of our 2013 annual consolidated financial statements we determined that the correction of certain amounts previously reported for inventory and cost of revenue was required. In conjunction with a change in our supply chain, we did not appropriately capitalize the cost of freight incurred related to product shipped from our contract manufacturers to our distribution centers and we also did not appropriately capitalize the purchase price variance for inventory procured, which accumulated to $1.3 million and none as of September 30, 2012 (unaudited), $1.6 million and none as of December 31, 2012 and $2.3 million and $1.0 million as of September 30, 2013 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We evaluated the materiality of these errors from a quantitative and qualitative perspective and concluded that these errors were not material to any of our previously reported interim or annual period financial statements. However, the correction of these accumulated errors would be material if corrected solely in the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2013. Therefore, we have revised our previously reported financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 30, 2012 and the interim periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 for these errors.

The impact of the correction of these errors to our previously reported results for the 2012 annual period and the unaudited interim periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 are summarized below (in thousands, except per share amounts).

 

     Consolidated Balance Sheets  
     December 31, 2012      September 30, 2013  
     (as reported)     (as revised)      (as reported)      (as revised)  
                  (unaudited)  

Inventories

   $ 22,626      $ 24,181       $ 51,348       $ 54,685   

Deferred tax asset—current

     6,308        6,309         8,049         8,050   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     7,640        7,125         12,459         11,428   

Total current assets

     176,131        177,172         262,244         264,551   

Total assets

     219,127        220,168         337,831         340,138   

Retained earnings

     (537     504         26,915         29,222   

Total stockholders’ equity

     17,869        18,910         55,780         58,087   

 

     Consolidated Statements of Income  
     Year Ended
December 31, 2012
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2013
 
     (as reported)      (as revised)      (as reported)      (as revised)      (as reported)      (as revised)  
                   (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 62,806       $ 61,252       $ 45,262       $ 43,919       $ 87,176         85,393   

Gross profit

     130,602         132,156         90,805         92,148         159,282         161,065   

Income from operations

     38,343         39,897         28,858         30,201         41,860         43,643   

Income before provision for income taxes

     31,420         32,975         23,655         24,998         36,417         38,200   

Provision for income taxes

     11,112         11,626         8,586         8,857         8,965         9,482   

Net income

     20,308         21,349         15,069         16,141         27,452         28,718   

Net income per share, basic

     0.37         0.39         0.28         0.30         0.49         0.52   

Net income per share, diluted

     0.37         0.39         0.27         0.29         0.47         0.49   

 

     Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income  
     Year Ended
December 31, 2012
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2013
 
     (as reported)      (as revised)      (as reported)      (as revised)      (as reported)      (as revised)  
                   (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Net income

   $ 20,308         21,349       $ 15,069         16,141       $ 27,452         28,718   

Total comprehensive income

     20,312         21,353         15,090         16,162         27,454         28,724   

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  
     Year Ended
December 31, 2012
    Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012
    Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2013
 
     (as reported)     (as revised)     (as reported)     (as revised)     (as reported)     (as revised)  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net income

   $ 20,308      $ 21,349      $ 15,069      $ 16,141      $ 27,452      $ 28,718   

Change in operating assets and liabilities

            

Inventories

     (5,598     (7,153     (5,504     (6,848     (28,722     (30,505

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (5,524     (5,010     (8,770     (8,498     (4,888     (4,370

Net cash provided by operating activities

     26,306        26,306        18,332       
18,332
  
    40,615        40,615   

Certain amounts disclosed in Notes 4, 11 and 12 have been revised to reflect the correction.

 

3. Fair Value Measurements

We measure and report our cash equivalents, restricted cash and notes receivable at fair value. The following table sets forth the fair value of our financial assets by level within the fair value hierarchy:

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Financial Assets

  

Money market funds

   $ 41,011       $       $       $ 41,011   

Money market funds – restricted cash (1)

     4,040                         4,040   

Notes receivable (2)

                     5,000         5,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   $ 45,051       $     —       $ 5,000       $ 50,510   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Financial Assets

  

Money market funds

   $ 47,036       $       $       $ 47,036   

Money market funds – restricted cash (1)

     4,040                         4,040   

Notes receivable (2)

                     4,000         4,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   $ 51,076       $     —       $ 4,000       $ 55,076   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in “restricted cash” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013.
(2) Included in “notes receivable – current portion” and “notes receivable–long-term” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013.

We did not have any Level III assets prior to 2012. We invested $5.0 million during 2012 in a private company (See “Note 5-Notes Receivable” ), and there were no changes in the fair value of the Level III assets during the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, we had no transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy of its assets measured at fair value. On December 31, 2013, we received a principal payment of $1.0 million and related accrued interest.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

4. Balance Sheet Components

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of the following:

 

         As of December 31,      
             2012                  2013      
     (In thousands)  

Cash

   $ 47,644       $ 66,628   

Money market funds

     41,011         47,036   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

   $ 88,655       $ 113,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable, net consists of the following:

 

         As of December 31,      
             2012                     2013          
     (In thousands)  

Accounts receivable,

   $ 51,186      $ 80,338   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (1,284     (810

Product return reserve

            (1,529
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 49,902      $ 77,999   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no product return reserves established during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. Activity in the product return reserve account consists of charges of $1.6 million and deductions of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Allowance for doubtful accounts, beginning of period

   $ 101      $ 1,169      $ 1,284   

Charged to expenses

     1,170        326        191   

Deductions (write-offs)

     (102     (211     (665
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts, end of period

   $ 1,169      $ 1,284      $ 810   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

 

         As of December 31,      
             2012                  2013      
     (In thousands)  

Raw materials

   $ 6,501       $ 18,286   

Finished goods

     17,680         55,074   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 24,181       $ 73,360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, finished goods inventory included spare parts inventory of $2.6 million and $5.5 million, respectively.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Equipment and machinery

   $ 6,066      $ 13,733   

Computer hardware and software

     1,948        3,688   

Furniture and fixtures

     25        1,352   

Leasehold improvements

     2,137        19,407   

Building

            35,154   

Building construction-in-process

     25,252          

Construction-in-process

            1,056   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

     35,428        74,390   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (4,882     (7,186
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 30,546      $ 67,204   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Building construction-in-process consists of capitalized construction costs of our leased building in Santa Clara, California. Based on the terms of the lease agreement and due to our involvement in certain aspects of the construction, such as our financial involvement in structural elements of asset construction, making decisions related to tenant improvement costs and purchasing insurance not reimbursable by the buyer-lessor (the Landlord), we are deemed the owner of the building (for accounting purposes only) during the construction period. We maintain continued involvement in the property after construction was completed and lack transferability of the risks and rewards of ownership, primarily due to our required maintenance of a $4.0 million letter of credit. Due to our continuing involvement in the property post construction and lack of transferability of related risks and rewards of ownership to the Landlord after construction is complete, we account for the building as a financing obligation. See “Note 7-Commitments and Contingencies” . Accordingly, as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, we have recorded assets of $25.3 million and $53.3 million, representing the total costs of the building and improvements incurred, including the costs paid by the Landlord. As of December 31, 2012, the building was in the construction phase. The building was completed during the third quarter of 2013.

Depreciation expense was $1.1 million, $1.8 million and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2013  
     (In thousands)  

Accrued payroll related costs

   $ 4,860       $ 9,090   

Accrued warranty costs

     5,314         5,075   

Accrued accounts payable

     322         5,370   

Accrued manufacturing costs

     215         3,633   

Other

     1,430         3,741   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 12,141       $ 26,909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2013  
     (In thousands)  

Liability for early exercised shares subject to repurchase

   $ 4,722       $ 7,520   

Other

     883         2,624   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

   $ 5,605       $ 10,144   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warranty Accrual

The following table summarizes the activity related to our accrued liability for estimated future warranty costs:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011             2012             2013      
     (In thousands)  

Warranty accrual, beginning of period

   $ 2,370      $ 2,375      $ 5,314   

Liabilities accrued for warranties issued during the period

     1,864        3,418        4,290   

Warranty costs incurred during the period

     (1,859     (479     (4,529
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warranty accrual, end of period

   $ 2,375      $ 5,314      $ 5,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We identified specific products that were failing in the field prematurely at higher than expected rates due to various component issues. We determined that replacement of certain affected products was required and recorded specific warranty reserves of $1.8 million, $3.3 million and $0.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013. The majority of the replacement effort occurred during 2013. In addition, we accrued $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $3.9 million for general accrued warranty liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2013  
     (In thousands)  

Current portion of deferred revenue

   $ 17,602       $ 41,306   

Long-term portion of deferred revenue

     7,175         17,598   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred revenue

   $ 24,777       $ 58,904   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The long-term portion of deferred revenue is included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

5. Notes Receivable

In May and July 2012, we made loans in the aggregate of $1.0 million, under two convertible notes receivable to a private company. The interest rate on the notes receivable was 6.0% per annum. The notes are convertible into the private company’s preferred stock or any securities exchangeable for the private company’s preferred stock. All unpaid principal and accrued interest on the notes receivable was due and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2013, or upon default. The notes receivable may not be prepaid before the maturity date. The notes receivable were collateralized by the assets of the borrower. On December 31, 2013, we received a principal payment of $1.0 million and related accrued interest.

In December 2012, we made an additional loan of $4.0 million to the same borrower. The terms of the notes receivable are the same as the amended May and July notes receivable, except that the maturity date is August 31, 2014.

In the event the borrower closes a Corporate Transaction after December 31, 2012, we will receive two times our outstanding principal balance as well as any unpaid accrued interest. A Corporate Transaction is defined as being a sale or lease of all assets, a consolidation or merger or other transaction in which 50% of the voting power is transferred. In the event the borrower completes a Qualified Financing, the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the notes receivable will automatically convert into shares of the borrower’s preferred stock. A Qualified Financing is defined as being a preferred stock financing in which the borrower receives $6.0 million or more in aggregate proceeds. The minimum number of preferred shares we would receive would be equal to the loan value divided by 80% of the lowest price per share the borrower received in the Qualified Financing. In addition, we are able to exchange the notes receivable at any time on or prior to June 30, 2014, if the borrower issues new debt securities on terms more favorable to other investors for debt securities similar to such new debt securities.

In conjunction with the notes receivable, we also entered into an Exclusivity and Supply Agreement (“Supply Agreement”) with the borrower. Under the terms of the Supply Agreement, the borrower has agreed to develop and produce certain products for us at mutually agreed on supply terms and with best in class pricing rights to us. In addition, any exclusive features developed between us and the borrower cannot be sold by the borrower to other customers for 24 months following the commercial availability of such production versions. The Supply Agreement does not have a maturity date. We determined that the fair value of the Supply Agreement on its inception was insignificant as the borrower is still in the development stage and there is no certainty that a commercial product will be developed.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We determined that we had a variable interest in the borrower through our notes receivable. However, we determined that we are not the primary beneficiary as we do not have the power to direct the borrower’s activities that most significantly affect the borrower’s economic performance. We also determined that our investment in the borrower is not an equity-method investment as the notes receivable have different risk and reward characteristics than those of the borrower’s common stock. We have elected the fair value option method of accounting for our notes receivable. We believe the fair value of the convertible notes receivable is $5.0 million and $4.0 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 which corresponds to the maximum exposure to loss as a result of our variable interest involvement with the borrower.

 

6. Debt Obligations

Our debt obligations consist of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2013  
     (In thousands)  

Convertible notes payable—related party

   $ 25,000       $ 25,000   

Convertible notes payable

     75,000         75,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     100,000         100,000   

Less: Unamortized discount on notes payable

     2,327         1,207   

Less: Current portion

             98,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term portion of debt

   $ 97,673       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible Notes Payable

In January 2011, we sold $55.0 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated convertible promissory notes (“Convertible Notes”) to outside investors and $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes to two trusts that are related to two of our co-founders. The Convertible Notes are convertible into shares of our common stock upon a change of control, a qualified initial public offering, or immediately prior to when the notes are to be voluntarily prepaid. The proceeds received in the financing were used to repay the outstanding principal on the related party notes payable of $55.6 million and accrued interest of $25.9 million. The repayment of the related party notes payable and the issuance of the aggregate $25.0 million in Convertible Notes to the two trusts were determined to be a debt modification for accounting purposes; therefore, no gain or loss was recognized in our consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2011.

In conjunction with the Convertible Notes, we also issued 2.0 million shares of our common stock, which had an aggregate fair value of $3.0 million upon issuance. The aggregate net carrying value of the Convertible Notes on their issuance was $77.0 million ($80.0 million in Convertible Notes and $3.0 million in unamortized debt discount). The debt discount is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes under the effective interest method.

In June 2011, we sold an additional $20.0 million in Convertible Notes and also issued 500,000 shares of our common stock, which had an aggregate fair value of $1.2 million, to outside investors. The aggregate net carrying value of the Convertible Notes on issuance was $18.8 million ($20.0 million in Convertible Notes and $1.2 million in unamortized debt discount). The debt discount is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes under the effective interest method.

The interest rate on the Convertible Notes is 6.0% per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal and accrued interest on the Convertible Notes is due

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2014 or upon the occurrence of an event of default, defined as: (i) failure to pay principal or interest when due; (ii) breaches of covenants; (iii) breaches of representations and warranties; (iv) failure to make other payment obligations resulting in the acceleration of maturity of indebtedness in excess of $10.0 million; (v) voluntary bankruptcy; (vi) involuntary bankruptcy; or (vii) certain adverse judgments. We can voluntarily prepay the Convertible Notes, in whole or in part, before the maturity date by giving each investor 10 days’ prior written notice. We are also required to prepay the Convertible Notes upon a change of control unless the investor elects to convert its Convertible Note immediately prior to the closing of such change of control.

If we elect to voluntarily prepay the Convertible Notes or in the event of a change of control or a qualified initial public offering (defined as the closing of an initial public offering of our common stock that results in total gross proceeds to us in excess of $25.0 million), the Convertible Note holders have the option to convert the outstanding principal and accrued interest on their Convertible Notes into shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the conversion price. If we elect to prepay the Convertible Notes, the conversion price is equal to (i) the conversion price of the series of preferred stock first issued by us subsequent to the closing date of our Convertible Notes, or (ii) if no such shares of preferred stock shall have been issued, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors in good faith. In the event of a change of control or a qualified initial public offering, the conversion price is equal to the lesser of (i) the conversion price of the series of preferred stock first issued by us subsequent to the closing date of our Convertible Notes, or (ii) the price of the common stock as determined in the initial public offering or the change of control. We have not issued any series of preferred stock subsequent to the sale of the Convertible Notes.

We have determined that in the event we complete a preferred stock financing before December 31, 2014, the Convertible Notes could contain a contingent beneficial conversion feature if a change of control or qualified initial public offering were to occur or a Prepayment Notice is delivered. This contingent beneficial conversion feature will be recorded if and when the related contingent events occur and the conversion feature is deemed to be beneficial.

 

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We lease various operating spaces in North America, Europe, Asia and Australia under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements that expire on various dates through May 15, 2023. These arrangements require us to pay certain operating expenses, such as taxes, repairs, and insurance and contain renewal and escalation clauses. We recognize rent expense under these arrangements on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate future minimum payments under lease financing obligations and non-cancelable operating leases consist of the following (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Operating Leases  

2014

   $ 6,251   

2015

     6,128   

2016

     6,260   

2017

     6,196   

2018

     6,131   

Thereafter

     31,579   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum future lease payments

   $ 62,545   
  

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Rent expense for all operating leases amounted to $1.2 million, $2.0 million and $3.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

Financing Obligation—Build-to-Suit Lease

In August 2012, we executed a lease for a building under construction in Santa Clara, California which will serve as our new headquarters. The lease term is 120 months and commences in August 2013.

Based on the terms of the lease agreement and due to our involvement in certain aspects of the construction such as our financial involvement in structural elements of asset construction, making decisions related to tenant improvement costs and purchasing insurance not reimbursable by the buyer-lessor (the Landlord), we are deemed the owner of the building (for accounting purposes only) during the construction period. We maintained continued involvement in the property after construction was completed and lack transferability of the risks and rewards of ownership, primarily due to our required maintenance of a $4.0 million letter of credit. Due to our continuing involvement in the property post construction and lack of transferability of related risks and rewards of ownership to the Landlord after construction is complete, we account for the building and related improvements as a lease financing obligation. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, we have recorded assets of $25.3 million and $54.0 million, representing the total costs of the building and improvements incurred, including the costs paid by the lessor (the legal owner of the building) and additional improvement costs paid by us, and a corresponding financing obligation of $25.3 million and $44.0 million. As of December 31, 2013, $0.8 million and $43.2 million were recorded as short-term and long-term financing obligations, respectively. During the construction period, we continued to increase the asset and financing obligation as additional building and improvement costs were incurred until construction was completed.

Upon completion of construction in the third quarter of 2013, we evaluated the de-recognition of the asset and liability under the sale-leaseback accounting guidance. We concluded that we have forms of continued economic involvement in the facility, and therefore did not meet with the provisions for sale-leaseback accounting. Therefore, the lease is accounted for as a financing obligation and lease payments will be attributed to (1) a reduction of the principal financing obligation; (2) imputed interest expense; and (3) land lease expense (which is considered an operating lease and a component of cost of goods sold and operating expenses) representing an imputed cost to lease the underlying land of the building. In addition, the underlying building asset is depreciated over the building’s estimated useful life of 30 years. At the conclusion of the initial lease term, we will de-recognize both the net book values of the asset and the remaining financing obligation.

Purchase Commitments

Our products are manufactured, assembled and tested by third-party contract manufacturers in Asia who procure components and assemble products on our behalf based on our forecasts. These forecasts are based on estimates of future demand for our products, historical trend analysis provided by our sales and product marketing organizations and adjusted for overall market conditions. In order to reduce manufacturing lead times and plan for adequate component supply, we may issue purchase orders to these third-party contract manufacturers and vendors that may not be cancelable. As of December 31, 2013, our contract manufacturer liability was $1.8 million for non-cancelable purchase commitments issued to our vendors. We did not have a liability as of December 31, 2012 for non-cancellable purchase commitments.

We have provided restricted deposits to our third-party contract manufacturers and vendors to secure our obligations to purchase inventory. We had $2.3 million in restricted deposits as of December 31, 2012 and 2013. Restricted deposits are classified in deposits and other non-current assets in our accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Guarantees

We have entered into agreements with some of our direct customers and channel partners that contain indemnification provisions relating to potential situations where claims could be alleged that our products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party. We have at our option and expense the ability to repair any infringement, replace product with a non-infringing equivalent-in-function product or refund our customers the unamortized value of the product based on its estimated useful life. Other guarantees or indemnification agreements include guarantees of product and service performance and standby letters of credit for lease facilities and corporate credit cards. We have not recorded a liability related to these indemnification and guarantee provisions and our guarantee and indemnification arrangements have not had any significant impact on our consolidated financial statements to date.

Legal Proceedings

In November 2013, we received a letter from Optumsoft, Inc., in which Optumsoft asserted (i) ownership of certain components of our EOS network operating system integrated into all of our products pursuant to the terms of a 2004 agreement between the companies and (ii) breaches of certain confidentiality and use restrictions in that agreement. Under the terms of the 2004 agreement, Optumsoft provided us with a non-exclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free license to software delivered by Optumsoft comprising a software tool used to develop certain components of EOS and a runtime library that is incorporated into EOS. The 2004 agreement places certain restrictions on our use and disclosure of the Optumsoft software and gives Optumsoft ownership of improvements, modifications and corrections to, and derivative works of, the Optumsoft software that we develop. In the November 2013 letter, Optumsoft requested that we cease all conduct constituting the alleged confidentiality and use restriction breaches including the distribution of any of their software in source code form and the unauthorized access or disclosure of their source code to third parties. Optumsoft also requested that we assign certain components of our software that they believe to be improvements of their software tool. To date, Optumsoft has not filed any legal action against us, although we cannot assure you that it will not do so in the future. David Cheriton, one of our founders and a former member of our board of directors, who resigned from our board of directors on March 1, 2014, and our largest stockholder (taking into consideration the shares of our capital stock held by the 2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust dtd July 27, 2010), is a founder and, we believe, the largest stockholder and a director of Optumsoft.

We do not believe a loss is probable; however, it is a reasonable possibility. Due to the early stage of this matter, no estimate of the amount or range of possible amounts can be determined at this time.

We intend to vigorously defend against any action brought against us by Optumsoft. However, we cannot be certain that, if litigated, any claims by Optumsoft would be resolved in our favor. For example, if it were determined that Optumsoft owned components of our EOS network operating system, we would be required to transfer ownership of those components and any related intellectual property to Optumsoft. If Optumsoft were the owner of those components, it could make them available to our competitors, such as through a sale or license. In addition, if Optumsoft were to bring actual litigation, it could assert additional or different claims against us, including claims that our license from Optumsoft is invalid. An adverse litigation ruling could result in a significant damages award against us and injunctive relief. In addition, if our license was ruled to have been terminated, and we were not able to negotiate a new license from Optumsoft on reasonable terms, we could be prohibited from selling products that incorporate Optumsoft intellectual property. Any such adverse ruling could materially adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. Whether or not we prevail in a lawsuit, we expect that any litigation would be expensive, time-consuming and a distraction to management in operating our business.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In the ordinary course of business, we are a party to other claims and legal proceedings including matters relating to commercial, employee relations, business practices and intellectual property. We record a provision for contingent losses when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Based on currently available information, management does not believe that the ultimate outcome of these other unresolved matters is probable or estimable and not likely, individually and in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties and our view of these matters may change in the future. Were an unfavorable outcome to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the period in which the unfavorable outcome occurs, and potentially in future periods.

 

8. Common Stock Reserved for Issuance

We have reserved shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis, for future issuance as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock outstanding

     24,000,000         24,000,000   

Outstanding stock options and RSAs

     8,447,403         11,245,179   

Outstanding stock purchase rights

     8,000         2,000   

Conversion of convertible debt and related accrued but unpaid interest

     15,977,213         3,948,787   

Shares reserved for future option and RSA grants

     3,339,055         8,941,034   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     51,771,671         48,137,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The number of shares of common stock to be issued on conversion of the convertible debt is determined by formula based on the fair value of our common stock (see Note 6). The amounts included above for the conversion of the convertible debt were determined based on the period end fair value of common stock.

 

9. Convertible Preferred Stock

The holders of convertible preferred stock have various rights, preferences and privileges as follows:

Conversion Rights

Each share of Series A convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price of $0.25 per share by the conversion price applicable to such share at the time in effect for such series, which is currently $0.25 per share. The conversion price per share for convertible preferred stock will be adjusted for certain recapitalizations, splits, combinations, common stock dividends or similar events. At the current conversion price, each share of Series A convertible preferred stock will convert on a one-for-one basis into common stock.

Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into common stock at the conversion price in effect at the time for the Series A preferred stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) the sale of our common stock in a firm commitment, underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the public offering price of which is not less than $1.50 per share, with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $25.0 million; or (ii) the date authorized by the vote of or

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us, the holders of each share of Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the proceeds of such liquidation to the holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to $0.25 plus any declared but unpaid dividends. If the proceeds are insufficient to permit the payment in full of the amounts due to the holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock, then the entire proceeds available for distribution shall be distributed among them in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled.

Upon completion of the distributions required by the above-mentioned liquidation preferences, any remaining proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each, assuming full conversion of all such preferred stock to common stock.

Any acquisition of the corporation by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which our outstanding shares are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued by the acquiring corporation or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets shall be treated as a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the corporation and shall entitle the holders of the convertible preferred stock and common stock to receive at the closing in cash, securities or other property amounts as specified in above.

Voting Rights

Each share of convertible preferred stock has a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible. The holders of our Series A convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, have the right to elect two directors. The holders of the common stock and convertible preferred stock, voting together on an as-if-converted basis, elect the remaining five directors.

Dividend Rights

The Series A convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on our common stock, payable at the rate of $0.015 per share of Series A convertible preferred stock per annum, when and if declared by the board of directors. Such dividends shall be noncumulative. To date, the board of directors has not declared any dividends.

Redemption Rights

Our Series A convertible preferred stock is not redeemable.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

10. Stock-Based Compensation

Total stock-based compensation expense related to options, RSAs and stock purchase rights granted were allocated as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011              2012              2013      
     (In thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 94       $ 270       $ 408   

Research and development

     992         2,590         5,464   

Sales and marketing

     554         1,078         2,985   

General and administrative

     334         765         1,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 1,974       $ 4,703       $ 10,159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allocations to cost of revenue, research and development, general and administrative and selling and marketing expense are based upon the department to which the associated employee reported.

Determination of Fair Value

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, the fair value of each stock option grants granted under the Equity Incentive Plan was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions and fair value per share:

 

       Year Ended December 31,    
     2011     2012     2013  

Expected term (in years)

     5.1        5.6        6.5   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.5     0.9     1.7

Expected volatility

     48.8     51.0     51.0

Dividend rate

            

Our use of the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

•        Fair Value of Common Stock . Because our common stock is not yet publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock. The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards is determined by our board of directors, which considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of common stock at each grant date. These factors included, but were not limited to, (i) contemporaneous valuations of common stock performed by third-party specialists; (ii) the lack of marketability of our common stock; (iii) developments in the business; (iv) the prices paid in recent transactions involving our equity securities and (v) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as our initial public offering or a merger or acquisition, given prevailing market conditions.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

•         Expected Term . The expected term represents the period that our option awards are expected to be outstanding. We consider several factors in estimating the expected term of its options granted, including the expected lives used by a peer group of companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business and the historical option exercise behavior of our employees, which we believe are representative of future behavior.

•         Expected Volatility.  The volatility is derived from the average historical stock volatilities of a peer group of public companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock-based grants. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was low.

•         Risk-Free Interest Rate.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the option’s expected term.

•        Dividend Yield.  We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

2004 Plan

During the year ended December 31, 2004, we adopted the 2004 Plan for the purpose of granting stock-based awards to employees, directors and consultants. Stock options granted under the 2004 Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options (“ISOs”), Nonstatutory Stock Options (“NSOs”) or Restricted Stock Awards (“RSAs”). ISOs may be granted to employees with exercise prices not less than the fair value of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors, and NSOs may be granted to employees, directors or consultants at exercise prices not less than 85% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors. If, at the time we grant an option, the optionee directly or by attribution owns stock possessing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock, the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors. Options may be granted with vesting terms as determined by the board of directors. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant or five years from the date of grant for 10% shareholders and generally vest over an estimated period of 4 years. With the establishment of the 2011 Plan, we no longer grant stock options under the 2004 Plan.

2011 Plan

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we adopted the 2011 Plan for the purpose of granting stock-based awards to employees, directors, and consultants. Stock options granted under the 2011 Plan may be either ISOs, NSOs, RSAs Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) and Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”). ISOs may be granted to employees with exercise prices not less than the fair value of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors, and NSOs may be granted to employees, directors or consultants at exercise prices not less than 85% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors. If, at the time we grant an option, the optionee directly or by attribution owns stock possessing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock, the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date as determined by the board of directors. Options may be granted with vesting terms as determined by the board of directors. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant or five years from the date of grant for 10% shareholders and generally vest over an estimated period of 4 years. RSAs and restricted units may be issued to employees and service providers in

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

accordance to the terms and provisions of the 2011 Plan with exercise price not less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. RSAs and restricted units vesting criteria are determined by the board of directors.

The following table summarizes the option and RSA activity under the 2004 Plan and 2011 Plan and related information:

 

           Options and RSA’s Outstanding                
     Shares
Available for
Grant
    Number of
Shares
Underlying
Outstanding
Options and
        RSA’s        
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years) of
Stock Options
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
of Stock
Options
Outstanding
 
                               (In thousands)  

Outstanding—December 31, 2010

     134,564        1,561,200      $ 0.005         6.8       $ 2,268   

Authorized

     7,200,000                       

Options granted

     (6,634,500     6,634,500        2.07         

RSA’s granted

     (700,000     700,000        1.00         

Options exercised

            (4,163,900     0.29         

RSA’s exercised

            (700,000     1.00         

Options canceled

     241,733        (241,733     0.34         

Early exercised shares repurchased

     252,084                       
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Outstanding—December 31, 2011

     493,881        3,790,067      $ 3.28         8.5       $ 1,402   

Authorized

     8,000,000                       

Options granted

     (6,597,600     6,597,600        4.41         

Options exercised

            (1,235,541     4.05         

Options canceled

     704,723        (704,723     3.86         

Early exercised shares repurchased

     738,051                       
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Outstanding—December 31, 2012

     3,339,055        8,447,403      $ 4.00         9.0       $ 23,880   

Authorized

     10,000,000                       

Options granted

     (5,509,600     5,509,600        10.15         

Options exercised

            (1,822,244     4.87         

Options canceled

     889,580        (889,580     4.67         

Early exercised shares repurchased

     221,999                       
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Outstanding—December 31, 2013

     8,941,034        11,245,179      $ 6.82         8.8       $ 254,319   
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Vested and exercisable—December 31, 2013

       2,137,177      $ 3.78         8.0       $ 54,838   
    

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2013

       10,017,160      $ 6.63         8.6       $ 228,518   
    

 

 

         

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $1.67, $2.20 and $8.64 per share. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and 2013, was $8.2 million, $0.6 million and $14.0 million. Intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the fair value of the

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

common stock for the options that had exercise prices that were lower than the fair value per share of the common stock on the date of exercise.

As of December 31, 2013, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for unvested stock options, net of expected forfeitures, was $48.6 million, which are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.34 years.

The total fair value of options vested for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $0.6 million, $1.5 million and $5.7 million.

Under our stock options plans, the options outstanding and vested and exercisable by exercise price at December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding and Exercisable      Options Vested and Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Price

   Number of
Shares Underlying
Outstanding
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Weighted-
Average

Exercise Price
per Share
     Number of
Shares
Underlying
Outstanding
Options
     Weighted-
Average

Exercise Price
per Share
 

$0.01 – $3.33

     2,606,656         7.8       $ 3.30         1,210,812       $ 3.27   

$4.16 – $4.92

     3,905,588         8.6         4.39         921,548         4.41   

$7.76 – $8.87

     2,151,985         9.3         8.26         —           —     

$10.18

     2,018,450         9.7         10.18         4,817         10.18   

$22.49

     562,500         9.9         22.49         —           —     
  

 

 

          

 

 

    
     11,245,179         8.8       $ 6.82         2,137,177       $ 3.78   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

In October 2013, our board of directors approved an increase of 10,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

Restricted Stock Awards

A summary of our restricted stock awards activity and related information is as follows:

 

     Number of
RSA’s
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Unvested balance—December 31, 2011

     665,335      $ 2.39   

Vested

     (62,000     2.41   

Awards repurchased and cancelled

     (380,000     2.40   
  

 

 

   

Unvested balance—December 31, 2012

     223,335      $ 2.41   

Vested

     (51,668     2.49   

Awards repurchased and cancelled

     (30,000     2.37   
  

 

 

   

Unvested balance—December 31, 2013

     141,667      $ 2.42   
  

 

 

   

The total fair value of restricted stock awards granted to employees for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $1.7 million. There were no restricted stock awards granted for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. As of December 31, 2013, the total unrecognized expense for unvested restricted stock awards, net of expected forfeitures, was $0.3 million, which are expected to be amortized over a weighted-average period of

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

2.8 years. As of December 31, 2012, the intrinsic value of the unvested restricted stock awards based on the estimated fair value of $6.83 per share was $1.3 million. As of December 31, 2013, the intrinsic value of the unvested restricted stock awards based on the estimated fair value of $29.44 per share was $3.8 million.

Early Exercise of Stock Options and RSAs

We typically allow our employees and directors to exercise options and RSAs granted under the 2004 Plan and the 2011 Plan prior to vesting. The shares and RSAs are subject to our lapsing repurchase right upon termination of employment at the original purchase price. The proceeds initially are recorded in other liabilities from the early exercise of stock options and RSAs and are reclassified to common stock and paid-in capital as our repurchase right lapses. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we repurchased 252,084, 738,051 and 221,999 shares of common stock at the original exercise price due to the termination of employees prior to the repurchase right lapsing. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, shares held by employees and directors that were subject to repurchase were 4,288,706 and 3,097,766 with an aggregate price of $4.7 million and $7.5 million.

Stock Purchase Rights

We may issue common stock awards to employees or non-employees. The common stock awards are issued directly from authorized common stock and accounted for outside of our equity incentive plans. These awards are 100% fully vested on issuance, but are required to be exercised at exercise prices set forth in respective Common Stock Purchase Agreements. Shares issued during the years December 31, 2011 and 2012 and 2013 were 98,400, 20,000 and 21,250. The costs related to the issuance of common stock awards are recorded at fair market value when granted.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, approximately $0.1 million, $21,000 and $51,000 of stock based compensation expense was recorded for stock purchase rights issued. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, there were stock purchase rights for 8,000 and 2,000 shares outstanding but not yet exercised, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.93 and $3.33.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

11. Net Income Per Share Available to Common Stock

The following table sets forth the computation of our basic and diluted net income per share available to common stock:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
    

(In thousands, except share and

per share amounts)

 

Numerator:

      

Basic:

      

Net income

   $ 34,035      $ 21,349      $ 42,460   

Less: undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (20,246     (11,727     (21,683
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders, basic

   $ 13,789      $ 9,622      $ 20,777   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

      

Net income attributable to common stockholders, basic

   $ 13,789      $ 9,622      $ 20,777   

Add: undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     65        40        1,003   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ 13,854      $ 9,662      $ 21,780   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

      

Basic:

      

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share available to common stockholders, basic

     21,175,788        24,711,453        27,320,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

      

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share available to common stockholders, basic

     21,175,788        24,711,453        27,320,294   

Add weighted-average effect of dilutive securities:

      

Stock options and RSA’s

     156,088        186,902        2,725,518   

Stock purchase rights

     13,765        2,650        5,478   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share available to common stockholders, diluted

     21,345,641        24,901,005        30,051,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

   $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.65      $ 0.39      $ 0.72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share available to common stockholders for the periods presented because including them would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  

Stock options and RSA’s to purchase common stock

     3,010,226         3,598,996         168,575   

Stock purchase rights

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,010,226         3,598,996         168,575   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table sets forth the computation of our unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

Numerator:

  

Net income

   $ 42,460   

Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (3,097
  

 

 

 

Net income used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     39,363   

Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     145   
  

 

 

 

Net income used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

   $ 39,508   
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stock, basic

     27,320,294   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     24,000,000   
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

     51,320,294   

Weighted-average effect of dilutive stock options and stock purchase rights

     2,730,996   
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

     54,051,290   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

  

Basic

   $ 0.77   
  

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.73   
  

 

 

 

 

12. Income Taxes

The geographical breakdown of income before provision for income taxes is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011              2012              2013      
     (In thousands)  

Domestic

   $ 26,238       $ 26,837       $ 50,455   

Foreign

     11,388         6,138         7,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

   $ 37,626       $ 32,975       $ 58,275   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011             2012             2013      
     (In thousands)  

Current provision for income taxes:

      

Federal

   $ 5,710      $ 13,037      $ 19,708   

State

     1,852        2,003        4,525   

Foreign

     263        308        413   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     7,825        15,348        24,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax benefit:

      

Federal

     (3,140     (3,525     (8,059

State

     (325     (342     (938

Foreign

     (769     145        166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (4,234     (3,722     (8,831
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 3,591      $ 11,626      $ 15,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax and our effective income tax is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011             2012             2013      

U.S. federal statutory income tax

     35.00     35.00     35.00

State tax, net of federal benefit

     1.09        0.26        0.89   

Foreign tax differential

     (5.64     (3.21     (2.61

Tax credits

     (4.61     (0.96     (10.64

Change in valuation allowance

     (20.98     3.04        3.87   

Non-deductible expenses

     1.87        0.66        (0.07

Uncertain tax positions and associated interest

     2.77        0.44        0.58   

Other, net

     0.04        0.03        0.12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

     9.54     35.26     27.14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have operations and a taxable presence in over 15 countries outside the U.S. All of these countries except one have a lower tax rate than the United States. The significant countries in which we have a presence include Cayman Islands, Ireland and the United Kingdom.

For December 31, 2011, the tax credits generated were attributable to the federal research and development credit and foreign tax credit generated from deemed dividend. The federal research and development credit expired as of December 31, 2011. On January 2, 2013, a retroactive extension of the 2012 federal research and development credit was signed into law in accordance with The American Taxpayer Act of 2012. The net benefit of $1.8 million related to the 2012 federal research and development credit is included in the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Property and equipment

   $ 23      $ 1,020   

Stock based compensation

     672        1,738   

Reserves and accruals not currently deductible

     6,954        13,351   

Net operating losses

     1,716        1,143   

Tax credits

     2,244        5,156   

State taxes

     481        514   

Other

     105        375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     12,195        23,297   

Valuation allowance

     (3,874     (6,288
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     8,321        17,009   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property and equipment

     (170     (47

Accrued liabilities

            (173

State taxes

     (182       

Other

     (13       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (365     (220
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 7,956      $ 16,789   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the breakdown between current and non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities:

 

     As of December 31,  
         2012             2013      
     (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets

   $ 6,319      $ 12,356   

Deferred tax assets, non-current

     1,679        4,541   

Deferred tax liabilities, non-current

     (32     (108
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

   $ 7,956      $ 16,789   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recognition of deferred tax assets is appropriate when realization of these assets is more likely than not. We believe that all of the deferred tax assets were realizable with the exception of California and Canada deferred tax assets. Therefore, a valuation allowance of $3.9 million and $6.3 million was recorded as of December 31, 2012 and as of December 31, 2013, respectively against the California and Canadian deferred tax assets as it was not more likely than not that these assets will be recognized.

The net valuation allowance increased (decreased) by $(8.0) million, $1.0 million and $2.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

At December 31, 2011, we had $2.2 million of net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $33.9 million. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, we had no net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $27.2 million and $13.1 million, respectively, which begin expiring in 2028.

As of December 31, 2011, we had $3.1 million U.S. federal R&D credit carryforwards for federal income tax purposes and state R&D credit carryforwards of approximately $2.4 million, which can be carried over indefinitely. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, we had no U.S. federal R&D credit carryforwards for federal income tax purposes and state R&D credit carryforwards of approximately $4.8 million and $9.0 million, which can be carried over indefinitely. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, we had $0.4 million and $1.3 million of Canadian scientific research and experimental development tax credit carryforwards, which begin to expire in 2032.

Utilization of the net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to limitations due to ownership changes limitations provided in the Internal Revenue code and similar state provision. In all years up to December 31, 2013, such limitations had no impact to our deferred tax assets.

Our policy with respect to our undistributed foreign subsidiaries earnings is to consider those earnings to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no related provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes has been provided. Upon distribution of those earnings’ in the form of dividends or otherwise, we may be subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits) and withholding taxes in the various countries. As of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, the undistributed earnings approximated $0.4 million, $1.0 million and $4.9 million. The determination of the future tax consequences of the remittance of these earnings is not practicable.

On September 13, 2013, the U.S. Treasury Department and the IRS issued final regulations that address costs incurred in acquiring, producing or improving tangible property (the “tangible property regulations”). The tangible property regulations are generally effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2014 and may be adopted in earlier years. The tangible property regulations will require us to make additional tax accounting method changes as of January 1, 2014; however, we do not anticipate the impact of these changes to be material to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or both.

Uncertain Tax Positions

We recognize uncertain tax positions only to the extent that management believes that it is more likely than not the position will be sustained. The reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits in 2011, 2012 and 2013 was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2011              2012              2013      
     (In thousands)  

Gross unrecognized tax benefits—beginning balance

   $ 11,603       $ 13,326       $ 13.960   

Increases related to tax positions taken in a prior year

     1,197                 70   

Increases related to tax positions taken during current year

     526         634         2,975   

Decreases related to tax positions taken in a prior year

                     (32

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities

                       

Decreases related to lapse of statute of limitations

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits—ending balance

   $ 13,326       $ 13,960       $ 16,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As of December 31, 2011, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $13.3 million, of which $12.2 million would affect our effective tax rate if recognized. As of December 31, 2012, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $14.0 million, of which $12.2 million would affect our effective tax rate if recognized. As of December 31, 2013, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $17.0 million, of which $13.9 million would affect our effective tax rate if recognized.

Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we did not incur interest or penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits. We accrued interest and penalties of $0.3 million and $0.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, we had recognized a liability for interest and penalties of $0.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

We do not anticipate that the amount of existing unrecognized tax benefits would significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. Because of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, substantially all of our tax years remain open to federal and state tax examination. Our foreign tax returns are open to audit under the statute of limitations of the respective foreign countries in which the subsidiaries are located.

 

13. Segment Information

We have determined that we operate as one reportable segment. The following table represents net revenue based on the customer’s location, as determined by the customer’s billing address:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2011                  2012                  2013        
     (In thousands)  

United States

   $ 100,122       $ 150,760       $ 296,426   

Other Americas

     2,588         4,442         6,096   

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     21,766         23,500         39,164   

Asia Pacific

     15,372         14,706         19,538   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 139,848       $ 193,408       $ 361,224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included within the Europe, Middle East and Africa total in the above table is revenue from sales to the United Kingdom of $15.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. Aside from the United States and United Kingdom, no other country comprised 10% or greater of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

Long lived assets, excluding intercompany receivables, investments in subsidiaries and deferred tax assets, net by location are summarized as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2013  
     (In thousands)  

United States

   $ 30,348       $ 63,557   

International

     198         3,647   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,546       $ 67,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

14. Other Related Party Transactions and Balances

Certain members of our board of directors serve on the boards of our customers. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we recognized revenue of $0.1 million, $1.1 million, and $11.1 million from sales transactions with these related party customers. Amounts due from these related party customers were $0.5 million and $3.8 million related to the above sales as of December 31, 2012 and 2013.

 

15. Subsequent Events

In preparing the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and for the year then ended, we have evaluated subsequent events through March 28, 2014, the date on which these financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 25,760   

FINRA filing fee

     30,500   

Exchange listing fee

     *   

Printing and engraving

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Blue sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

On completion of this offering, as permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, excluding liability for any breach of the duty of loyalty.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of the Registrant will provide that:

 

    The Registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the Registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the Registrant’s request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

    The Registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

    The Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

    The Registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the Registrant’s board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
    The rights conferred in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and the Registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

    The Registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

The Registrant’s policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also to provide for certain additional procedural protections. The Registrant also maintains directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the Registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since January 1, 2011, the Registrant issued the following unregistered securities:

2011 Note and Common Stock Financing

In January 2011, the Registrant sold $55.0 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated convertible promissory notes, or Convertible Notes, to outside investors and $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes to two trusts that are related to two of the Registrant’s co-founders. In conjunction with the issuance of the subordinated convertible promissory notes, the Registrant also issued 2,000,000 shares of common stock at a price per share of $0.005, which had an aggregate fair value of $3.0 million upon issuance. In June 2011, the Registrant sold an additional $20.0 million in subordinated convertible promissory notes and also issued 500,000 shares of common stock at a price per share of $0.005, which had an aggregate fair value of $1.2 million, to an outside investor. The interest rate on the subordinated convertible promissory notes is 6.0% per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal and accrued interest on the subordinated convertible promissory notes is due and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2014 or upon the occurrence of an event of default. The Registrant is also required to prepay the subordinated convertible promissory notes upon a change of control unless the investor elects to convert its subordinated convertible promissory notes immediately prior to the closing of such change of control. If the Registrant elects to voluntarily prepay the subordinated convertible promissory notes or in the event of a change of control or a qualified initial public offering, the note holders have the option to convert the outstanding principal and accrued interest on their subordinated convertible promissory notes into shares of common stock at a price per share equal to the conversion price.

Option and Common Stock Issuances

 

  (a)   Option Plan Grants and Exercises

From January 1, 2011 through February 28, 2014, the Registrant granted to its officers, directors, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 21,683,250 shares of common stock under its 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and its 2011 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.005 to $30.67 per share. Of the options granted, options to purchase 290,000 shares of common stock were granted to five non-employee directors with exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $30.67 per share; options to purchase 4,361,000 shares of common stock were granted to 16 executives with exercise prices ranging from

 

II-2


Table of Contents

$0.005 to $30.67 per share and options to purchase 17,032,250 shares of common stock were granted to 910 other employees and consultants with exercise prices ranging from $0.005 to $30.67 per share.

From January 1, 2011 through February 28, 2014, the Registrant issued and sold to its officers, directors, employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 8,056,342 shares of common stock upon exercise of options under its 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and its 2011 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.005 to $22.49 per share, for an average weighted exercise price of $2.04 per share. Of the options exercised, 140,000 shares of common stock were issued to three non-employee directors with exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $7.76 per share; 2,501,000 shares of common stock were issued to 13 executive with exercise prices ranging from $0.005 to $7.76 per share and 5,415,342 shares of common stock were issued to 362 other employees and consultants with exercise prices ranging from $0.005 to $22.49 per share.

 

  (b)   Common Stock Issuances

From January 1, 2011 through February 28, 2014, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 137,650 shares of its common stock to certain consultants and other service providers at exercise prices ranging from $0.005 to $8.77 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $330,682.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Item 15(a) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act under either (i) Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as offers and sales of securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701 or (ii) Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Item 15(b) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

  (a)   Exhibits.

We have filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this Registration Statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

  (b)   Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Santa Clara, California, on the 28 th day of March 2014.

 

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Jayshree Ullal

  Jayshree Ullal
  Chief Executive Officer and President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS , that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Jayshree Ullal and Kelyn Brannon, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jayshree Ullal

Jayshree Ullal

 

Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 28, 2014

/s/ Kelyn Brannon

Kelyn Brannon

 

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

  March 28, 2014

/s/ Andy Bechtolsheim

Andy Bechtolsheim

  Founder, Chief Development Officer and Director   March 28, 2014

/s/ Charles Giancarlo

Charles Giancarlo

  Director   March 28, 2014

/s/ Ann Mather

Ann Mather

  Director   March 28, 2014

/s/ Daniel Scheinman

Daniel Scheinman

  Director   March 28, 2014

/s/ Marc Stoll

Marc Stoll

  Director   March 28, 2014

/s/ Nikos Theodosopoulos

Nikos Theodosopoulos

  Director   March 28, 2014

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
  3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
  4.1*    Form of the Registrant’s common stock certificate.
  4.2    Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated October 16, 2004, between Registrant and certain holders of Registrant’s capital stock named therein.
  4.3    Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated January 4, 2011, between Registrant and certain holders of Registrant’s capital stock named therein.
  5.1*    Form of Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1*    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+    2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.3+    2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.4+*    2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5+*    2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.6+    Offer Letter, dated October 17, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Kenneth Duda.
10.7+    Offer Letter, dated June 8, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Anshul Sadana.
10.8+    Offer Letter, dated August 1, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Jayshree Ullal.
10.9+    Offer Letter, dated March 27, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Charles Giancarlo.
10.10+    Offer Letter, dated June 3, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Ann Mather.
10.11+    Offer Letter, dated June 21, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Kelyn Brannon.
10.12+    Severance Agreement, dated July 8, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Kelyn Brannon.
10.13+    Offer Letter, dated October 3, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Marc Stoll.
10.14+    Summary of Q3/Q4 2013 Employee Incentive Plan.
10.15    Lease between Arista Networks, Inc. and The Irvine Company LLC, dated August 10, 2012, as amended on February 28, 2013.
10.16    License Agreement, dated November 30, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Optumsoft, Inc.
10.17†    Manufacturing Services Letter Agreement, dated February 5, 2007, between the Registrant and Jabil Circuit, Inc.
10.18†    Microsoft Master Product Purchase Agreement, dated February 8, 2012, between the Registrant and Microsoft Corporation.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
24.1    Power of Attorney (See page II-5).

 

* To be filed by amendment. All other exhibits are filed herewith.
+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

ARTICLE I.

The name of this corporation is Arista Networks, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II.

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 615 South DuPont Highway in the City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

ARTICLE III.

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE IV.

A. Classes of Stock. This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated respectively as common stock (“Common Stock”) and preferred stock (“Preferred Stock”). The total number of shares which this Corporation is authorized to issue is Two Hundred Million (200,000,000) shares, $0.0001 par value, of which One Hundred Seventy-Six Million (176,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, and Twenty-Four Million (24,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, all of which shall be designated Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”).

B. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The relative rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the respective classes of the shares of capital stock or the holders thereof are as set forth below.

1. Dividend Provisions.

a. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, payable at the rate of $0.015 per share of Series A Preferred Stock per annum (as adjusted for any stock splits, dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like), payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall be noncumulative.


b. No dividends or other distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock unless the full preferential dividends of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth in Section 1(a) above shall have first been declared and paid. In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

c. Whenever a dividend provided for in this Section 1 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such dividend shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined by the Board of Directors (whose good faith determination shall be conclusive).

2. Liquidation Preference.

a. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of this Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of (i)  $0.25 for each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Original Series A Issue Price”) (as adjusted for any stock splits, dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like) and (ii) any declared but unpaid dividends, on each such share (collectively, the “Liquidation Amount”). If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then, the entire assets and funds of this Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled.

b. Upon the completion of the distribution required by Section 2(a) above, the entire remaining assets and funds of this Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders, if any, shall be ratably distributed among the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock based on the number of shares of Common Stock owned by each, determined on an as-converted basis (assuming full conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock at the then applicable conversion ratio).

c. (i) For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (A) any consolidation or merger of this Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of this Corporation (or their affiliates) immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, own less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity (or in the event stock or ownership interests of an affiliated entity are issued in such transaction, less than 50% of the voting power of such affiliated entity) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization, or any transaction or series of related transactions to which this Corporation is a party in which in excess of 50% of this Corporation’s outstanding voting power is transferred; provided that a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this Corporation shall not include (x) any consolidation, merger or reorganization

 

-2-


effected exclusively to change the domicile of this Corporation, or (y) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by this Corporation or any successor or indebtedness of this Corporation is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; or (B) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of this Corporation ((A) and (B) collectively, a “ Change of Control Acquisition ”); provided, however, that holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock may by vote or written consent exclude a particular transaction or series of transactions above from being declared a liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

(ii) In any of such events, if the consideration received by this Corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors (whose good faith determination shall be conclusive). Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (B) below:

(1) If traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq National Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such quotation system over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing;

(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors (whose good faith determination shall be conclusive).

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (A) (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof; as determined by the Board of Directors (whose good faith determination shall be conclusive).

(iii) This Corporation shall give each holder of record of Series A Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction not later than 20 days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or 20 days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and this Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than 20 days after this Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than 10 days after this Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein. The time periods set forth in this Section 2(c)(iii) may be shortened or waived upon the written consent of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock that represent at least two-thirds of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Series A Preferred Stock.

 

-3-


3. Conversion. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

a. Right to Convert. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of this Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price applicable to such share by the Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, at the time in effect for such series. The initial Conversion Price per share for shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series A Issue Price; provided, however, that the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 3(d).

b. Automatic Conversion. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price at the time in effect for the Series A Preferred Stock: (i) immediately upon this Corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), as amended, the public offering price of which was not less than $1.50 per share (adjusted to reflect subsequent stock splits, dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like), with aggregate gross proceeds to this Corporation of at least $25,000,000 (a “Qualifying IPO”); or (ii) the date authorized by the vote of or specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Any authorization or action taken under this Section 3(b)(ii) by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be binding on all holders of Series A Preferred Stock, regardless of whether or not they authorized or participated in the vote on or written consent of the automatic conversion.

c. Mechanics of Conversion. Except upon an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 3(b) above, before any holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of this Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to this Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. This Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series A Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Series A Preferred Stock

 

-4-


for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Series A Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

d. Conversion Price Adjustments of Series A Preferred Stock for Splits and Combinations.

(i) In the event this Corporation should at any time or from time to time after this Certificate of Incorporation are accepted for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Filing Date ”), fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “ Common Stock Equivalents ”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents.

(ii) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Filing Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

e. Other Distributions . In the event this Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by this Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 3(d)(i), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 3(e), the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of this Corporation into which their shares of Series A Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of this Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

f. Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 3 or Section 2) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of this Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon

 

-5-


conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 3 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 3 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as may be practicable.

g. Sale of Shares Below Series A Preferred Stock Conversion Price.

(i) If at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date, this Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this subsection (g) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined in subsection (g)(iv) below), other than as a dividend or other distribution on any class of stock as provided in Section 3(d) above, and other than a subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock as provided in Section 3(d) above, for an Effective Price (as defined in subsection (g)(iv) below) less than the then effective Conversion Price, then and in each such case the then existing Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received (as defined in subsection (g)(ii)) by this Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock actually outstanding, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock which could be obtained through the exercise or conversion of all other rights, warrants, options and convertible securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(ii) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 3(g), the consideration received by this Corporation for any issue or sale of securities shall (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the net amount of cash received by this Corporation after deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by this Corporation in connection with such issue or sale but without deduction of any expenses payable by this Corporation, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined by the Board of Directors (whose good faith determination shall be conclusive), and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined in subsection (g)(iii)) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of this Corporation for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined by the Board of Directors (whose good faith determination shall be conclusive) to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

 

-6-


(iii) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 3(g), if this Corporation issues or sells (A) stock or other securities convertible into, Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “Convertible Securities”) or (B) rights, warrants or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than the Conversion Price, in each case this Corporation shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights, warrants or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by this Corporation for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities, plus, in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to this Corporation upon the exercise of such rights or options, plus, in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to this Corporation (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) upon the conversion thereof; provided that if in the case of Convertible Securities the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, this Corporation shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses; provided further that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to this Corporation upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to this Corporation upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to this Corporation upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities. No further adjustment of the Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, warrants, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock on the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights, warrants or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, warrants, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price to reflect the issuance of only the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights, warrants or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities.

(iv) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by this Corporation or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 3(g), other than:

(A) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock;

(B) shares of capital stock issued pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the Filing Date;

 

-7-


(C) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in Section 3(d) or 3(e);

(D) shares of capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issuable or issued to financial institutions, customers, partners, vendors, lenders, developers, equipment lessors or lessors in connection with commercial arrangements, equipment financings, lease transactions or similar transactions pursuant to arrangements or agreements, not to exceed, in the aggregate, 20% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (including, shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock) on the date of the last sale by the Corporation of Series A Preferred Stock, and in each case which has been approved by the Board of Directors;

(E) shares of Common Stock issuable or issued to employees, consultants and directors directly or pursuant to plans, arrangements or agreements approved by the Board of Directors;

(F) shares of capital stock or options or warrants to purchase capital stock issued for consideration other than cash in connection with an acquisition by this Corporation, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or sale or exchange of stock, in each case which has been approved by the Board of Directors;

(G) shares of capital stock or options or warrants to purchase capital stock issued pursuant to transactions that have been expressly exempted from application of this Section 3(g) by the vote or written consent of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, which exemption may be prospective or retroactive;

(H) shares of capital stock or options or warrants to purchase capital stock issued pursuant to any consolidation, merger or reorganization effected exclusively to change the domicile of this Corporation approved by the Board of Directors; and

(I) shares of Common Stock offered in connection with a Qualifying IPO.

References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (iv) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by this Corporation or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 3(g). The “Effective Price” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by this Corporation under this Section 3(g), into the aggregate consideration received, or deemed to have been received by this Corporation for such issue under this Section 3(g), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

h. No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments.

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Whether or not fractional shares are issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock

 

-8-


issuable upon such aggregate conversion. In lieu of any fractional share to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, this Corporation shall pay the holder cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Common Stock’s fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors (whose good faith determination shall be conclusive) as of the date of conversion.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 3, this Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. This Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Series A Preferred Stock.

i. No Adjustments in Conversion Price Less Than One Cent. No adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than $0.01 per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment or conversion made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.

j. Notices of Record Date. In the event of any taking by this Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, this Corporation shall mail to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, at least 20 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

k. Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. This Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of the Series A Preferred Stock, this Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

-9-


l. Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 3 to be given to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed given on the date deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of this Corporation.

4. Voting Rights.

a. General. The holder of each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such share of Series A Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of this Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded upward to the nearest whole number.

b. Board of Directors. Effective upon the Filing Date, the Board of Directors shall be comprised of five directors. For so long as the authorized size of the Board of Directors is at least five: (i) so long as shares (as adjusted for any stock splits, dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like) of the Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding as of the record date for a stockholder meeting or the date of a written consent for the election of directors, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each written consent of this Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors, and (ii) the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a class, shall be entitled to elect the remaining members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each written consent of this Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

5. Protective Provisions. So long as shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, this Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock:

a. amend or change the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series A Preferred Stock;

b. authorize, create or issue, whether by reclassification or otherwise, any securities having any preference superior to, or on parity with, the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to voting, redemption, dividends or liquidation;

 

-10-


c. amend this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise) to adversely affect the rights of the Series A Preferred Stock;

d. effect any Change of Control Acquisition (as defined in Section 2(c)(i) above);

e. declare or pay any dividends with respect to Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock (other than a dividend payable solely in shares of Common Stock);

f. increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Common Stock; or

g. redeem any shares of its capital stock, except upon redemption of shares of Common Stock from directors, officers, employees and consultants upon termination of their employment or service pursuant to agreements providing for such repurchase and repurchase of shares of Common Stock in exercise of the Corporation’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares.

6. Status of Converted Stock. In the event any shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 3 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this Corporation.

7. Common Stock.

a. Dividend Rights. Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends and as provided in Section B(1) of this Article IV, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of this Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

b. Liquidation Rights. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this Corporation, the assets of this Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section B(2) of this Article IV.

c. Voting Rights. The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of this Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

ARTICLE V.

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this right.

 

-11-


ARTICLE VI.

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VII.

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or a bylaw of the Corporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

ARTICLE VIII.

Except as provided in Article VII above, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE IX.

Following the closing of a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, covering any of the Corporation’s securities (as that term is defined under the Securities Act, as then in effect), no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

 

-12-


ARTICLE X.

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XI.

At the election of directors of the Corporation, each holder of stock or of any class or series of stock shall be entitled to as many votes as shall equal the number of votes which such stockholder would be entitled to cast for the election of directors with respect to his or her shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected and may cast all such votes for any director or for any two or more of them as such stockholder may see fit.

ARTICLE XII.

The name and mailing address of the incorporator are:

Marianne Stark Bradley

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304-1050

*  *  *

The undersigned incorporator hereby acknowledges that the above Certificate of Incorporation of Arista Networks, Inc. is her act and deed and that the facts stated therein are true.

 

/s/ Marianne Stark Bradley

Marianne Stark Bradley

Dated: December 2, 2011

 

-13-


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF THE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

Arista Networks, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation” ), does hereby certify that:

1. The name of the Corporation is Arista Networks, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 2, 2011.

2. This Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the corporation.

3. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company is hereby amended by deleting Article IV, Section (C)(4)(b) in its present form and substituting therefor a new Article IV, Section (C)(4)(b) in the following form:

Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall be comprised of seven directors. For so long as the authorized size of the Board of Directors is at least seven: (i) So long as shares (as adjusted for any stock splits, dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like) of the Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding as of the record date for a stockholder meeting or the date of a written consent for the election of directors, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each written consent of this Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors. The holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a class, shall be entitled to elect the remaining members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each written consent of this Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has duly caused this Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Jayshree Ullal, who hereby affirms, under penalty of perjury, that this is the act and deed of the Corporation, and that the facts stated herein are true as of March 17, 2014.

 

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.
a Delaware corporation

/s/ Jayshree Ullal

Jayshree Ullal, President

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS OF

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

Adopted December 2, 2011


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  
ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1   
  1.1    Place of Meetings      1   
  1.2    Annual Meeting      1   
  1.3    Special Meeting      1   
  1.4    Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings      1   
  1.5    Quorum      2   
  1.6    Adjourned Meeting; Notice      2   
  1.7    Conduct of Business      2   
  1.8    Voting      2   
  1.9    Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting      3   
  1.10    Record Dates      4   
  1.11    Proxies      5   
  1.12    List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote      5   
ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS      5   
  2.1    Powers      5   
  2.2    Number of Directors      5   
  2.3    Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors      5   
  2.4    Resignation and Vacancies      6   
  2.5    Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone      6   
  2.6    Conduct of Business      7   
  2.7    Regular Meetings      7   
  2.8    Special Meetings; Notice      7   
  2.9    Quorum; Voting      7   
  2.10    Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting      8   
  2.11    Fees and Compensation of Directors      8   
  2.12    Removal of Directors      8   
ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES      8   
  3.1    Committees of Directors      8   
  3.2    Committee Minutes      8   
  3.3    Meetings and Actions of Committees      8   
  3.4    Subcommittees      9   
ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS      9   
  4.1    Officers      9   
  4.2    Appointment of Officers      9   
  4.3    Subordinate Officers      9   
  4.4    Removal and Resignation of Officers      9   
  4.5    Vacancies in Offices      10   
  4.6    Representation of Shares of Other Corporations      10   
  4.7    Authority and Duties of Officers      10   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

              Page  
ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION      10   
  5.1    Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings      10   
  5.2    Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company      10   
  5.3    Successful Defense      11   
  5.4    Indemnification of Others      11   
  5.5    Advanced Payment of Expenses      11   
  5.6    Limitation on Indemnification      11   
  5.7    Determination; Claim      12   
  5.8    Non-Exclusivity of Rights      12   
  5.9    Insurance      12   
  5.10    Survival      13   
  5.11    Effect of Repeal or Modification      13   
  5.12    Certain Definitions      13   
ARTICLE VI — STOCK      13   
  6.1    Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares      13   
  6.2    Special Designation on Certificates      14   
  6.3    Lost Certificates      14   
  6.4    Dividends      14   
  6.5    Stock Transfer Agreements      15   
  6.6    Registered Stockholders      15   
  6.7    Transfers      15   
ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER      15   
  7.1    Notice of Stockholder Meetings      15   
  7.2    Notice by Electronic Transmission      15   
  7.3    Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address      16   
  7.4    Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful      16   
  7.5    Waiver of Notice      16   
ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS      17   
  8.1    Fiscal Year      17   
  8.2    Seal      17   
  8.3    Annual Report      17   
  8.4    Construction; Definitions      17   
ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS      17   

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . Meetings of stockholders of Arista Networks, Inc. (the “ Company ”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

1.2 Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

1.3 Special Meeting . A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i) be in writing;

(ii) specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

(iii) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

1.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy


holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

1.5 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in section 1.6 , until a quorum is present or represented.

1.6 Adjourned Meeting; Notice . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and section 1.10 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

1.7 Conduct of Business . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

1.8 Voting . The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

- 2 -


Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

1.9 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

An electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 ) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

 

- 3 -


Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

1.10 Record Dates . In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 1.10 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

- 4 -


1.11 Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

1.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

2.1 Powers . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

2.2 Number of Directors . The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors . Except as provided in section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

- 5 -


2.4 Resignation and Vacancies . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

- 6 -


2.6 Conduct of Business . Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.7 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8 Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

  (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

  (ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

  (iii) sent by facsimile; or

 

  (iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

2.9 Quorum; Voting . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

- 7 -


If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

2.12 Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

3.1 Committees of Directors . The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

3.2 Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees . Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

  (i) section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

 

  (ii) section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

 

  (iii) section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

 

- 8 -


  (iv) section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

 

  (v) section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

 

  (vi) section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

3.4 Subcommittees .  Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

4.1 Officers . The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 Appointment of Officers . The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 4.3 of these bylaws.

4.3 Subordinate Officers . The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers . Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

 

- 9 -


Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5 Vacancies in Offices . Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in section 4.3 .

4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers . Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

5.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer,

 

- 10 -


employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

5.3 Successful Defense . To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in section 5.1 or section 5.2 , or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

5.4 Indemnification of Others . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

5.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Company or by persons serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in section 5.6(ii) or 5.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to section 5.8 , no advance shall be made by the Company to an officer of the Company (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Company, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

5.6 Limitation on Indemnification . Subject to the requirements in section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article V in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

 

- 11 -


(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under section 5.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law.

5.7 Determination; Claim.  If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid by the Company or on its behalf within 90 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify such person against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article V , to the extent such person is successful in such action, and, if requested by such person, shall advance such expenses to such person, subject to the provisions of section 5.5 . In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

5.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

5.9 Insurance.  The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the

 

- 12 -


Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

5.10 Survival.  The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

5.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification . A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

5.12 Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Article V , references to the “ Company ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V , references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Article V .

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares.  The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

 

- 13 -


The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 Special Designation on Certificates . If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Company shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 Lost Certificates . Except as provided in this section 6.3 , no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 Dividends . The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

 

- 14 -


6.5 Stock Transfer Agreements . The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.6 Registered Stockholders . The Company:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.7 Transfers . Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 Notice of Stockholder Meetings . Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

- 15 -


Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address . Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful . Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the

 

- 16 -


express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

8.2 Seal . The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.3 Annual Report . The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

8.4 Construction; Definitions . Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

 

- 17 -

Exhibit 4.2

ARASTRA, INC.

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of October 16, 2004, by and among Arastra, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Investors listed on Schedule A attached hereto (individually, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company and the Investors are parties to the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) pursuant to which the Company will issue and sell shares of its Series A Preferred Stock (“ Series A Preferred Stock ”); and

WHEREAS , the Investors’ obligations under the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Registration Rights . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

1.1 Definitions .

For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) The term “Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(b) The term “Form S-3” means such form under the Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Act subsequently adopted by the SEC (as defined below) which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(c) The term “Holder” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities (as defined below) or any authorized assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 hereof.

(d) The term “IPO” shall mean the sale of the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”) in the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering.

(e) The term “1934 Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of

(f) The terms “register,” “registered and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.


(g) The term “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, and (ii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) above, and, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities that have been sold by a person in a transaction in which his or her rights under this Section 1 are not assigned or that have been sold by a person pursuant to a registration statement under the Act covering such Registrable Securities that has been declared effective by the SEC or in an open market transaction under Rule 144 of the Act.

(h) The number of shares of “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities.

(i) The term “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.2 Demand Registration .

(a) If the Company shall receive at any time or times not earlier than the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement, a written request from the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate public offering price (before any underwriting discounts and commissions) in excess of $25,000,000, the Company will:

(i) Within 10 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders; and

(ii) As soon as practicable, use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Act of all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company, within 20 days of the mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, subject to the limitations of subsection 1.2(b).

(b) If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder (the “Initiating Holders” ) intend to distribute or sell the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to subsection 1.2(a) and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities

 

-2-


through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 1.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting and complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting agreements. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company will include in such registration, first , the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting to be included in such registration on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities which are requested to be included in such registration by each of such Holders, and second , the other securities to be included in such registration.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), it would be detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, that the Company may not utilize this right more than twice in any 12-month period.

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Act;

(ii) After the Company has effected one such registration pursuant to this Section 1.2(a) and such registration has been declared or ordered effective;

(iii) If at the time of the request by the Initiating Holders to register Registrable Securities the Company gives notice within 30 days of such request that it intends within the next 90 days to file a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof, and, thereafter, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv) During the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof; or

(v) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under Section 1.11 hereof.

1.3 Company Registration. If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for

 

-3-


stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Act in connection with a public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan, a registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written reqtiest of each Holder given within 20 days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.7, if applicable, cause to be registered under the Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

1.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to 90 days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed; provided , that (i) such 90-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains from selling any Registrable Securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 90-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) Furnish to each Holder such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and such other documents as it may reasonably request from time to time in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by it;

(d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already required to qualify to do business or is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Act;

 

-4-


(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement;

(f) Notify each Holder covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(g) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(i) Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purpose of such registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities;

(j) Use its best efforts to promptly obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction; and

(k) Comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its securityholders earning statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the Act) no later than 45 days after the end of any 12-month period (or 90 days after the end of any 12-month period if such period is a fiscal year) commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Company, after the effective date of a registration statement, which statements shall cover at least said 12-month periods.

1.5 Furnish Information .

(a) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling

 

-5-


Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.11 if, due to the operation of subsection 1.5(a), the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 1.2(a) or Section 1.11, whichever is applicable.

1.6 Expenses of Registration . The Company shall bear and pay all expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) incurred in connection with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable Securities with respect to registrations pursuant to Section 1.2 and Section 1.3 for each Holder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 1.12), including, without limitation, all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the selling Holders selected by them (not to exceed $25,000); provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered, unless the Holders agree to forfeit the right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2. Any underwriting discounts and selling commissions in connection with a registration that the Company is not obligated to pay pursuant to this Agreement shall be borne pro rata among the selling Holders.

1.7 Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock described in Section 1.3, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated: first , to the Company; second , to the Holders on a pro rata basis according to the total amount of Registrable Securities held by the Holders or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to among such selling Holders; and third , to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder); but in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below 25% of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO in which case the selling Holders may be excluded entirely if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholders’ securities are included. For purposes of the preceding sentence concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, former members and stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members, former members and any trusts for the

 

-6-


benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

1.8 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.9 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members or officers, directors and stockholders of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the 1934 Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay, as incurred, to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.9(a) shall not apply to (A) amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), or (B) any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or such other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration;

 

-7-


provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned; provided , that, in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.9(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.9, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties, which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.9, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.9.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

 

-8-


1.10 Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934 . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent audited annual or unaudited quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.11 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with an anticipated aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of at least $2,500,000, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.11: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) in any particular jurisdiction in

 

-9-


which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance. The Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Holders; provided , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any 12-month period.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. All expenses incurred pursuant to Section 1.11, including, without limitation, all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees of counsel for the Company, and fees of one special counsel for the selling Holder or Holders (not to exceed $25,000) shall be borne by the Company. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.11 shall not be counted as registrations effected pursuant to Section 1.2. The Company shall have no obligation to effect more than two S-3 registrations in any 12-month period pursuant to Section 1.11.

1.12 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of the associated Registrable Securities (a) who is a family member or trust for the benefit of a Holder who is an individual, or (b) who, after such assignment or transfer, holds at least 100,000 shares (as adjusted for any stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations, combinations and the like) of Registrable Securities or, if less, all of the Registrable Securities of the Holder; provided : (i) the Company is given prior written notice of such transfer or assignment, furnished the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 1.14 below. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of a partnership or limited liability company or partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership or members or retired members of such limited liability company (including spouses and lineal descendants and siblings of such partners, members or spouses who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership or limited liability company or partnership; provided , that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under this Section 1. For sake of clarity, the foregoing assignment rights do not eliminate or modify any other restrictions on transfer or assignment with respect to the Registrable Securities set forth in other agreements between a Holder and the Company.

1.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Investors holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, grant any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company any registration rights superior to or pari passu with those of the Investors. The addition of new Investors under the Purchase Agreement who become parties to this Agreement shall not be considered a violation of this provision.

 

-10-


1.14 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed 180 days) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired), or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 1.14 shall apply only to the Company’s IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all officers, directors and greater than 1% stockholders of the Company enter into similar agreements. Furthermore, the Company and any underwriter will not release any officer, director or greater than 1% stockholder, in whole or in part, from their market stand-off obligations unless a proportionate amount of Registrable Securities held by each Holder is also released. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s IPO are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 1.14 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

1.15 Termination of Registration Rights .

(a) No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after seven years after the IPO.

(b) No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 if the total number of shares held by all Holders is less than 1% of the number of outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company on a fully-diluted basis.

(c) In addition, the right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate after the IPO if all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder can be sold in any three-month period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 of the Act.

(d) Any amendment or waiver of this Section 1.15 must be approved by all Holders who will be effected by such amendment or waiver.

2. Rights of First Offer .

2.1 Subsequent Offerings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 2.1, each Investor that holds at least 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations, combinations and the like) (a “ Major Investor ”)

 

-11-


shall have a right of first offer with respect to his Pro Rata Share (as defined below) of all sales by the Company, after the date hereof, of Equity Securities (as defined below). For the purposes of this Section 2.1, a Major Investor’s “ Pro Rata Share ” is equal to the ratio of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock then held by such Major Investor including shares issuable upon conversion of any Series A Preferred Stock then held by such Investor to (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, including the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of all outstanding options, warrants and securities convertible into Common Stock including the Series A Preferred Stock, on such date (immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities).

2.2 Exercise of Rights . If the Company proposes to issue any shares of, or securities, options or warrants convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“ Equity Securities ”), other than those excluded under Section 2.7, the Company shall first give each Major Investor written notice describing the Company’s intention to issue such Equity Securities, the type of Equity Securities, the number of such Equity Securities to be offered and the price and terms, if known, upon which the Company proposes to offer such Equity Securities. Each Major Investor shall have 20 days from the date of such notice to agree to purchase an amount up to his Pro Rata Share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any such Major Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal or state securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

2.3 Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons . If the Major Investors fail to exercise in full the rights of first offer, the Company shall have 45 days following expiration of the period provided in Section 2.2 to offer and issue to any person or persons the Equity Securities in respect of which such Major Investors’ rights were not exercised, at a price not less than and upon terms and conditions no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to such Major Investors pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof. If the Company has not entered into an agreement for the sale of such Equity Securities within such 45-day period or if such agreement is not consummated within 30 days of the execution thereof or as otherwise stated in the notice given by the Company pursuant to Section 2.2 above, the Company shall not thereafter offer any Equity Securities without first offering such securities to such Major Investors in the manner provided above.

2.4 Termination of Rights of First Offer . The rights of first offer set forth in this Section 2 shall not apply to and shall terminate upon the closing of an IPO.

2.5 Waiver of Rights of First Offer . The rights of first offer set forth in this Section 2 may be waived or the time periods for notice shortened with respect to a particular transaction upon the vote or written consent of holders of at least majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock (including Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) held by the Investors.

2.6 Transfer of Rights of First Offer . The rights of first offer set forth in this Section 2 may be transferred to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 1.12.

 

-12-


2.7 Excluded Securities . The rights of first offer set forth in this Section 2 shall not apply to:

(a) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock (and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights) issued or to be issued to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors;

(c) any Equity Securities issuable or issued to financial institutions, customers, partners, vendors, lenders, developers, equipment lessors or lessors in connection with commercial arrangements, equipment financings, lease transactions or similar transactions pursuant to arrangements or agreements, not to exceed, in the aggregate, 15% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (including shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock) on the date of the final sale by the Company of Series A Preferred Stock, and in each case which has been approved by the Board;

(d) any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash in connection with an acquisition by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or sale or exchange of stock, in each case which has been approved by the Board;

(e) shares of Common Stock offered in connection with the IPO; and

(f) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization by the Company.

3. Miscellaneous .

3.1 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.2 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

3.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

-13-


3.4 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

3.5 Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, sent by facsimile, mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed (a) if to an Investor, at such Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature pages, or at such other address or facsimile number as such Investor shall have furnished to the Company in writing, or (b) if to the Company, at its address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page of this Agreement addressed to the attention of the Corporate Secretary, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors, with a copy to John B. Montgomery, Montgomery Law Group, LLP at 525 Middlefield Road, Suite 250, Menlo Park, California 94025. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been received (a) in the case of personal delivery or delivery by facsimile machine, on the date of such delivery, provided that in the case of facsimile a written receipt of successful transmission is obtained, (b) in the case of a nationally-recognized overnight courier, on the next business day after the date when sent, and (c) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following that on which the piece of mail containing such communication is posted.

3.6 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and Investors holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (or with respect to Section 3, Investors holding at least a majority of the Shares). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder of any Registrable Securities (or Shares, as the case may be) then outstanding, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities (or Shares, as the case may be), and the Company; provided , however , that, if an amendment or waiver would adversely affect a Holder in a manner that is different from other Holders, then the written consent of such adversely affected Holder shall be required.

3.7 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision, and the parties agree to negotiate, in good faith, a legal and enforceable substitute provision which most nearly effects the parties’ intent in entering into this Agreement.

3.8 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities (or, with respect to Section 3, all Shares) held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons (including partners of a partnership, limited partners of a limited partnership or members of a limited liability company) shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

3.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto, constitute the entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof, and supersede any prior agreements or understandings with respect thereto.

 

-14-


3.10 Facsimile Execution and Delivery . A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto, and an executed copy of this Agreement may be delivered by one or more parties hereto by facsimile, pdf file or similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-15-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year indicated above.

 

COMPANY:

ARASTRA, INC.,

 

a California corporation

By:  

 /s/ John Montgomery

Name:   John Montgomery, Secretary
INVESTORS:
ANDREAS BECHTOLSHEIM
By:  

 /s/ Andreas Bechtolsheim

Address:  
Tel:   (          )          -         
Fax:   (          )          -         
DAVID CHERITON
By:  

 /s/ David Cheriton

Address:  
Tel:   (          )          -         
Fax:   (          )          -         


SCHEDULE A

LIST OF INVESTORS

Andreas Bechtolsheim

David Cheriton

Exhibit 4.3

Execution Copy

 

 

 

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

January 4, 2011

June 1, 2011

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

         Page  

Section 1 Definitions

     1   

1.1

  Certain Definitions      1   

Section 2 Registration Rights

     3   

2.1

  Company Registration      3   

2.2

  Expenses of Registration      4   

2.3

  Indemnification      4   

2.4

  Information by Holder      6   

2.5

  Restrictions on Transfer      6   

2.6

  Rule 144 Reporting:      7   

2.7

  Market Stand-Off Agreement      8   

2.8

  Delay of Registration      8   

2.9

  Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights      8   

2.10

  Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      8   

2.11

  Termination of Registration Rights      9   

Section 3 Information Covenants of the Company

     9   

3.1

  Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights      9   

3.2

  Confidentiality      9   

3.3

  Confidentiality of Investor Information      10   

3.4

  Termination of Covenants      10   

Section 4 Board Observers

     10   

4.1

  Observer Right      10   

4.2

  Confidentiality      11   

4.3

  Termination      11   

Section 5 Rights Of Participation and Notification

     11   

5.1

  Subsequent Offerings      11   

5.2

  “New Securities”      12   

5.3

  Notice      13   

5.4

  Failure To Exercise      13   

5.5

  Waiver      13   

5.6

  Termination      13   

Section 6 Miscellaneous

     13   

6.1

  Amendment      13   

6.2

  Notices      14   

6.3

  Governing Law      14   

6.4

  Successors and Assigns      14   

6.5

  Entire Agreement      14   

6.6

  Delays or Omissions      14   

6.7

  Severability      15   

6.8

  Titles and Subtitles      15   

6.9

  Counterparts      15   

6.10

  Telecopy Execution and Delivery      15   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

6.11

  Further Assurances      15   

6.12

  Termination Upon Change of Control      15   

6.13

  Conflict      15   

6.14

  Jury Trial      15   


ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of January 4, 2011, and is between Arista Networks, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), and the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”).

RECITALS

The Investors are parties to the Note and Common Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith, among the Company and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors thereto (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), and it is a condition to the closing of the sale of the Notes and the Shares to the Investors listed on such Schedule of Investors that the Investors and the Company execute and deliver this Agreement.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(b) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(c) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(d) “ Existing Rights Agreement ” shall mean the Investors’ Rights Agreement dated October 16, 2004 by and among the Company and the Investors listed on Schedule A thereto.

(e) “ Holder ” shall mean any Investor who holds Registrable Securities and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 2.9 of this Agreement.

(f) “ Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c).

(g) “ Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c).

(h) “ Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(i) “ Investors ” shall mean the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A .

(j) “ Major Investor ” shall mean a Holder who owns at least $10,000,000 in principal of Notes or an equivalent number of Shares issued upon conversion of the Notes based on the conversion price of such Notes.

(k) “ Notes ” shall mean the Notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.


(l) “ Other Selling Shareholders ” shall mean persons other than Holders who, by virtue of agreements with the Company other than the Existing Rights Agreement, are entitled to include their Other Shares in certain registrations hereunder.

(m) “ Other Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock, other than Registrable Securities (as defined below) or Registrable Securities (as defined in the Existing Rights Agreement for purposes of this clause only), with respect to which registration rights have been granted.

(n) “ Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(o) “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, (ii) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 hereof or issuable upon conversion of securities issued pursuant to Section 5 hereof, (iii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Notes and (iv) any Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i), (ii) or (iii) above; provided , however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock described in clause (i) – (iv) above which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.

(p) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

(q) “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of other counsel for the Holders and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.

(r) “ Restricted Securities ” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 2.5(c).

(s) “ Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(t) “ Rule 145 ” shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(u) “ Rule 415 ” shall mean Rule 415 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

-2-


(v) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(w) “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses).

(x) “ Shares ” shall mean the Company’s Common Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or any shares issued upon conversion of the Notes.

SECTION 2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

2.1 Company Registration.

(a) Company Registration. If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders; and

(ii) use its reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 2.1(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in a written request or requests made by any Holder or Holders received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered. Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the Other Selling Shareholders other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may (subject to the limitations set forth below) exclude all Registrable Securities from, or limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting. The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated, as follows: (i) first, to the Company for securities being sold for its own account, (ii) second, to the Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable

 

-3-


Securities held by such Holders (which for purposes of this clause only shall also include Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement under the Existing Rights Agreement (with the terms “Holders” and “Registrable Securities” having the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Existing Rights Agreement for purposes of this parenthetical)); (iii) third, to the Other Selling Shareholders requesting to include Other Shares in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Other Shares held by such Other Selling Shareholders, assuming conversion. Notwithstanding the forgoing, in no event shall the amount of securities of such Holders included in the offering (which for purposes of this clause only shall also include Holders under the Existing Rights Agreement (with the term “Holders” having the meaning ascribed to such term in the Existing Rights Agreement for purposes of this parenthetical)) be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of the securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the Initial Public Offering, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded altogether.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. The Registrable Securities or other securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

(c) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.1 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

2.2 Expenses of Registration .  The Company shall bear and pay all expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) incurred in connection with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable Securities for each Holder, including, without limitation, all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for the selling Holder (not to exceed $75,000). All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by the holders of securities included in such registration pro rata among each other on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities so registered.

2.3 Indemnification . (a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any registration statement, any prospectus included in the registration statement, any issuer free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act), any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any other document incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such

 

-4-


claim, loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, legal counsel or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter, and stated to be specifically for use therein; and provided , further that, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.3(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors and partners, and each person controlling each other such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided , however , that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.3 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.3 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; provided, however , that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses thereof to be paid by the Indemnifying Party, if representation by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between the Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.3, to the extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

 

-5-


(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.3 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. No person or entity will be required under this Section 2.3(d) to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds from the offering received by such person or entity, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such person or entity. No person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) The obligations of the Company and the Holders under this Section 2.3 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 2, and otherwise.

2.4 Information by Holder Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section 2.

2.5 Restrictions on Transfer . (a) Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities and the Notes, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until:

(i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and the disposition is made in accordance with the registration statement; or

(ii) The transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section2.5 and Section 2.7, the Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and, if reasonably requested by the Company, the Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities or the Notes, as the case may be, shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities, or the Notes, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in unusual circumstances.

 

-6-


(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.5(a), no such registration statement or opinion of counsel or “no action” letter shall be necessary for (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Restricted Securities by any Holder to a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Holder, if the Holder is a corporation, provided , that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.

(c) Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 2.5.

(d) The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 2.5(c) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to the Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of Restricted Securities if (i) those securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of those securities may be made without registration or qualification.

2.6 Rule 144 Reporting With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Make and keep adequate current public information with respect to the Company available in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

 

-7-


(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

2.7 Market Stand-Off Agreement Each Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that: all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2.5(c) with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.7.

2.8 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.9 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder only with the prior consent of the Company (except in cases of transfers by any Holder to a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Holder, if the Holder is a corporation); and provided that such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.5, and applicable securities laws, and the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.7.

2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to this Section 2 have terminated in accordance with Section 2.11), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are pari passu with or more favorable than the terms of the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

 

-8-


2.11 Termination of Registration Rights . The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) such date, on or after the closing of the Company’s first registered public offering of Common Stock, on which all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period, and (ii) three (3) years after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

SECTION 3

INFORMATION COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

The Company hereby covenants and agrees, as follows:

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights .

(a) Basic Financial Information . The Company will furnish the following reports to each Holder:

(i) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (except for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, which shall be within one hundred eighty (180) days), a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, certified by independent public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Company.

(ii) As soon as practicable after the end of each quarterly accounting period (including, for the avoidance of doubt, after the end of the fourth quarterly accounting period) in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each quarterly accounting period in each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments.

3.2 Confidentiality . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Holder by reason of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets of the Company. The Company shall not be required to comply with any information rights of Section 3 in respect of any Holder whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a competitor. Each Holder acknowledges that the information received by them pursuant to this Agreement may be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys), except in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement. Such confidential information shall not include any information that Holder can demonstrate (i) was publicly known or made generally available without a duty of confidentiality prior to the time of disclosure by the Company to the Holder; (ii) becomes publicly known or made generally available without a duty of confidentiality after disclosure by the Company to the Holder through no wrongful action or inaction of the Holder; (iii) is in the rightful possession of the Holder without confidentiality obligations at the time of disclosure by the Company to the Holder; (iv) is obtained by the Holder from a third party without an accompanying duty of confidentiality without a breach of such third party’s obligations of confidentiality to the Company; or (v) is independently developed by the Holder without use of or reference to the Company’s confidential information.

 

-9-


3.3 Confidentiality of Investor Information . The Company shall not disclose directly or indirectly any information concerning any Investor or such Investor’s stockholders, members, directors, partners, affiliates or employees, including, without limitation, any such person’s identity or identifying information, such as address or telephone number, to any other person or entity (other than its employees having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys) (“Investor Information”), without the prior written consent of such Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company is requested pursuant to, or required by, applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, any rule, regulation or policy statement of any national securities exchange, market or automated quotation system on which any of the Company’s securities are listed or quoted) or by judicial order of a court of competent jurisdiction to disclose publicly or to any person any such Investor Information, the Company shall promptly (and in any event within 24 hours) notify the Investor of such request or requirement in order to enable the Investor (i) to seek an appropriate protective order or other remedy with respect thereto, (ii) to consult with the Company with respect to taking steps to resist or narrow the scope of such request or requirement, or (iii) to waive compliance, in whole or in part. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, or the Investor waives compliance, in whole or in part, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts (A) to disclose only that portion of such Investor Information which is legally required to be disclosed, and (B) to provide that all Investor Information that is so disclosed will be accorded confidential treatment to fullest extent available under applicable laws, regulations and judicial orders. The Company shall fully cooperate with the Investor so as to enable investor to secure an appropriate protective order or other remedy such that disclosure does not continue to be so requested or required or, if continued to be requested or required, is restricted or narrowed to the extent possible. In the event that the Company shall have complied fully with the provisions of this paragraph, the Company shall have no liability hereunder for the disclosure of that Investor Information which it is legally required to be so disclosed.

3.4 Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

SECTION 4

BOARD OBSERVERS

4.1 Observer Right . As long as Newfound Investment Partners LLC (“Newfound”) and its affiliates own not less than 500,000 shares of Common Stock, in the aggregate (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, stock splits, recapitalizations and the like), purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company shall invite a representative of Newfound to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors and all committees thereof (whether in person, telephonic or other) in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors concurrently with providing such notice, minutes, consents or other materials to its directors; provided however, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if (a) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel; (b) access to such information or attendance at such meeting would reasonably be expected to result in disclosure of trade secrets to Newfound or its representative; (c) access to such information or attendance at such meeting would reasonably be expected to result in a conflict of interest between Newfound or its representative and the Company or its counsel. The Company acknowledges that Newfound will likely have, from time to time, information that may be of interest to the Company (“ Information ”) regarding a wide variety of matters including, by way of example only, (1) Newfound’s and its affiliate’s technologies, products and services, and plans and strategies relating thereto, (2) current and future investments Newfound

 

-10-


or its affiliates have made, may make, may consider or may become aware of with respect to other companies and other technologies, products and services, including, without limitation, technologies, products and services that may be competitive with the Company’s, and (3) developments with respect to the technologies, products and services, and plans and strategies relating thereto, of other companies, including, without limitation, companies that may be competitive with the Company. The Company recognizes that a portion of such Information may be of interest to the Company. Such Information may or may not be known by Newfound’s representative. The Company, as a material part of the consideration for this Agreement, agrees that Newfound and its representative shall have no duty to disclose any Information to the Company or permit the Company to participate in any projects or investments based on any Information, or to otherwise take advantage of any opportunity that may be of interest to the Company if it were aware of such Information, and hereby waives, to the extent permitted by law, any claim based on the corporate opportunity doctrine or otherwise that could limit Newfound’s or its affiliates’ ability to pursue opportunities based on such Information or that would require Newfound, or its representative, to disclose any such Information to the Company or offer any opportunity relating thereto to the Company.

4.2 Confidentiality . Newfound acknowledges, and any representative of Newfound will acknowledge, that any confidential information received by them pursuant to this provision is for the use of it and its affiliates only, and none of Newfound, its affiliates, nor any representative of Newfound will use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys). Such confidential information shall not include any information that Newfound can demonstrate (i) was publicly known or made generally available without a duty of confidentiality prior to the time of disclosure by the Company to Newfound; (ii) becomes publicly known or made generally available without a duty of confidentiality after disclosure by the Company to Newfound through no wrongful action or inaction of Newfound; (iii) is in the rightful possession of Newfound or its affiliates without confidentiality obligations at the time of disclosure by the Company to Newfound; (iv) is obtained by Newfound or its affiliates from a third party without an accompanying duty of confidentiality without a breach of such third party’s obligations of confidentiality to the Company; or (v) is independently developed by Newfound or its affiliates without use of or reference to the Company’s confidential information.

4.3 Termination . The rights described in this Section 4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of the date of: (a) the closing of the sale of the Company securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public; (b) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirement of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a result of the registration of any class of equity securities; or (c) the closing of a Change of Control (as defined below); provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, the confidentiality provision hereof will survive any such termination.

SECTION 5

RIGHTS OF PARTICIPATION AND NOTIFICATION

5.1 Subsequent Offerings. Subject to the terms set forth in this Section 5 of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor the right to purchase its Pro Rata Amount (as defined below) of any New Securities (as defined in Section 5.2) that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue. The Company may, at its election, sell such Major Investor its Pro Rata Amount of New Securities at the initial closing of the sale of New Securities or at a subsequent closing of which shall take place within ninety (90) days of the initial closing. A Major Investor’s Pro Rata Amount shall be the ratio of (i) the number of issued and outstanding shares (on an as-converted basis) of Common Stock held by such Major

 

-11-


Investor, including all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes assuming a conversion price therefore as provided below, to (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding (on an as-converted basis), including all outstanding securities convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for Common Stock on an as-converted or exercised basis (including, but not limited to, the Preferred Stock and outstanding options exercisable for Common Stock), including all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes assuming a conversion price therefore as provided below. The conversion price for the Notes utilized to determine a Major Investor’s Pro Rata Amount for purposes of this Section 5 shall be (i) where the New Securities are convertible into Common Stock, the price at which the New Securities are convertible into shares of Common Stock, and (ii) where the New Securities are not convertible into Common Stock, (a) the conversion price of the series of preferred stock of the Company (other than Series A Preferred Stock) first issued by the Company subsequent to the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or (b) if no such shares shall have been issued, the fair market value of the Common Stock at the date of issuance of the New Securities, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) (such determination of the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be not be based on any valuation report prepared for purposes of valuing Common Stock as provided under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance thereunder; furthermore, any such valuation shall be based on a methodology for determination of the fair market value of the Common Stock which assumes that the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding includes the conversion of all outstanding securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock on an as-converted (including, but not limited to, the Preferred Stock and any convertible debt instruments of the Company)); provided, however, that if the Major Investor disputes the Board’s determination of the then fair market value of the Common Stock, the Major Investor shall be entitled to have the fair market value determined by an independent appraiser selected by the Major Investor and reasonably acceptable to the Company. All costs of any appraisal under this Section 5.1 shall be shared equally by the Company and the Major Investor.

5.2 “New Securities” shall mean any capital stock of the Company, whether or not now authorized and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “New Securities” does not include (i) the Notes and the Shares; (ii) securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; (iii) the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes; (iv) securities issued pursuant to an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective Registration Statement; (v) securities issued or issuable pursuant to the Company’s acquisition of another corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all assets or other reorganization approved by the Board of Directors; (vi) shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, stock splits, recapitalizations and the like) issued or issuable to employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company pursuant to employee benefit plans and arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, including options granted or shares outstanding as a result of option exercises as of the date of this Agreement; (vii) securities issued or issuable pursuant to a corporate strategic partner transaction involving the license of technology, establishment of a joint venture, research and development agreement, OEM, product development or marketing agreement, or other similar arrangement approved by the Board of Directors; (viii) securities issued or issuable in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Company; (ix) (a) securities issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors, real property lessors, financial institutions or other persons engaged in the business of making loans pursuant to a debt financing, commercial leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the board of directors of the Company or (b) securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the board of directors of the Company, to the extent the securities described in this subsection (ix) do not exceed, in the aggregate, one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of the Company (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, stock splits, recapitalizations and the like) as of the date of this Agreement (with all Preferred Stock being treated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis); and (x) any right, option or warrant to acquire any security convertible into the securities excluded from the definition of New Securities pursuant to subsections (i) through (ix) above.

 

-12-


5.3 Notice. In the event the Company issues New Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice before such issuance or within ten (10) days thereafter, describing the type of New Securities, the price and number of shares and the general terms upon which the Company issued the same. Each such Investor shall have twenty (20) business days from the date of receipt of any such notice to agree to purchase up to the amount of New Securities equal to the Investor’s Pro Rata Amount of such New Securities for the price and upon the general terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company of such Investor’s intention to purchase such New Securities at the initial closing of the sale of New Securities or, at the Company’s election, at a subsequent closing within ninety (90) days of the initial closing.

5.4 Failure To Exercise. In the event an Investor fails to exercise in full its right of participation within said twenty (20) business day period as set forth in Section 5.3 above, the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell additional amounts of New Securities in respect of which the Investor’s option was not exercised, at the price and upon the terms specified in the Company’s notice. The Company shall not issue or sell any additional amounts of New Securities after the expiration of such ninety (90) day period without first offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided above.

5.5 Waiver. The right of participation set forth in this Section 5, including the notice provisions relating thereto, may be waived by the holders of more than two-thirds (2/3) of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities (calculated on an as-converted basis).

5.6 Termination. All covenants of the Company contained in this Section 5 of this Agreement shall expire and terminate as to each Investor on the effective date of the registration statement relating to the Initial Public Offering.

SECTION 6

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Amendment . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144, and excluding, with respect to Section 2 (other than Sections 2.5, 2.6 and 2.7), any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2 have terminated in accordance with Section 2.11); provided, however, that Investors purchasing Notes and the Shares in a Closing after the Initial Closing (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement) may become parties to this Agreement, by executing a counterpart of this Agreement without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any other Holder. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all such securities of Holder. Each Holder acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144, and excluding, with respect to Section 2 (other than Sections 2.5, 2.6 and 2.7), any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2 have terminated in accordance with Section 2.11) will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holder under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consent of Newfound shall be required for amendments or waivers of its rights under Section 4 above.

 

-13-


6.2 Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to an Investor or any other holder of Company securities) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to an Investor, to the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof;

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 275 Middlefield Road, Suite 250, Menlo Park, California 94025, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Larry W. Sonsini, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

6.3 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

6.4 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempt by an Investor without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

6.5 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. No party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

6.6 Delays or Omissions . Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

-14-


6.7 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

6.8 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

6.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

6.10 Telecopy Execution and Delivery . A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

6.11 Further Assurances . Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

6.12 Termination Upon Change of Control . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement (excluding any then-existing obligations) shall terminate upon the closing of a Change of Control.

6.13 Conflict . In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s articles of incorporation or its bylaws, the terms of the Company’s articles of incorporation or its bylaws, as the case may be, will control.

6.14 Jury Trial .  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.

( signature page follows )

 

-15-


The parties are signing this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.
a Nevada corporation
By:  

/s/ Jayshree Ullal

Name: Jayshree V. Ullal
Title: President & CEO

(Signature page to the Investors’ Rights Agreement )


The parties are signing this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
NEWFOUND INVESTMENT PARTNERS
By:  

/s/ C. Matthew Olton

Name: C. Matthew Olton
Title: Vice President

( Signature page to the Investors’ Rights Agreement )


The parties are signing this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
2010 DAVID R. CHERITON IRREVOCABLE TRUST
By:  

/s/ Jeanice Caselli

Name: Jeanice Caselli
Title: Vice President & Trust Officer

( Signature page to the Investors’ Rights Agreement )


The parties are signing this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
THE BECHTOLSHEIM FAMILY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Andreas Bechtolsheim

Name: ANDREAS BECHTOLSHEIM
Title: TRUSTEE

( Signature page to the Investors’ Rights Agreement )


The parties are signing this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

SINGEL INNOV8 PTE. LTD.
By:  

/s/ Yvonne Kwek

Name:  

Yvonne Kwek

Title:  

CEO

( Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement )


EXHIBIT A

INVESTORS

Newfound Investment Partners LLC

2010 David R. Cheriton Irrevocable Trust

The Bechtolsheim Family Trust

SingTel Innov8 Pte. Ltd.

Exhibit 10.2

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2004 Equity Incentive Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants of the Company, its Parent and its Subsidiaries (if any) and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be incentive stock options (as defined under Section 422 of the Code) or nonstatutory stock options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated there under. Stock purchase rights and stock bonus awards may also be granted under the Plan. As appropriate, this Plan is intended to comply with Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ Rule 701 ”) and Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code and its applicable regulations; and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. However, rights may be granted and stock may be issued under this Plan in reliance upon other federal and state securities law exemptions subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws (including the California Securities Act of 1968 and its applicable regulations), the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted, received and/or exercised under the Plan.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) “ Committee ” means the Committee, if any, appointed by the Board in accordance with paragraph (a) of Section 4 of the Plan.

(f) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(g) “ Company ” means Arista Networks, Inc., a Nevada corporation.

(h) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render advisory or consulting services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not; provided that if and in the event the Company registers any class of any equity security pursuant to the Exchange Act, the term Consultant shall thereafter not include directors who are not compensated for their services or are paid only a director’s fee by the Company.


(i) “ Continuous Status as an Employee ” means the absence of any interruption or termination of the employment relationship by the Company or any Subsidiary. Continuous Status as an Employee shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave, military leave or any other leave of absence approved by the Board, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (ii) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Subsidiaries or its successor.

(j) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary. The payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(k) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(l) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the shares were traded over-the-counter on the date in question but were not traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or the Nasdaq National Market System, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the mean between the last reported representative bid and asked prices quoted for such date by the principal automated inter-dealer quotation system on which the shares are quoted or, if the shares are not quoted on any such system, by the “Pink Sheets” published by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc.;

(ii) If the shares were traded over-the-counter on the date in question and were traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or the Nasdaq National Market System, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last-transaction price quoted for such date by the Nasdaq Stock Market or the Nasdaq National Market;

(iii) If the shares were traded on a stock exchange on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price reported by the applicable composite transactions report for such date; and

(iv) If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.

In all cases, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(m) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.


(n) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(o) “ Option ” or “ Option Agreement ” means a written stock option granted pursuant to the Plan, including a notice of grant, terms and conditions and any other such documents as the Board shall approve for purposes of documenting the grant.

(p) “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(q) “ Optionee ” means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

(r) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(s) “ Plan ” means this 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(t) “ Purchaser ” means an Employee or Consultant who purchases Restricted Stock pursuant to exercise of a Right under the Plan.

(u) “Restricted Stock ” means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Right hereunder.

(v) “ Right ” means an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Bonus Award issued under the Plan. A “Rights Holder ” means an Optionee, Purchaser or holder of a Stock Bonus Award, as applicable.

(w) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 of the Plan.

(x) “ Stock Purchase Right ” means the right to purchase Restricted Stock granted pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.

(y) “ Stock Bonus Award ” means a fully vested award of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.

(z) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(aa) “ Termination Date ” means, for purposes of Rights granted under the Plan, the date on which an Employee or Consultant is deemed by the Administrator to have ceased to render employment or consulting services (as the case may be) to the Company, in accordance with Company policy in effect as of such date provided, however, that such determination shall in all cases be consistent with the terms of any written agreement between the Company and the Employee or Consultant that specifically sets forth a termination date.


3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be optioned and sold under the Plan is 4,000,000 Shares of Common Stock. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If a Right should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, or upon transfer of a Stock Bonus Award, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Company’s right to repurchase unvested stock at its original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure . The Administrator shall be the Board or a Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan. Once appointed, any such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all in accordance with the legal requirements relating to the administration of Incentive Stock Option plans, if any, under the Applicable Laws. Every Right granted under this Plan shall be documented by a written agreement in a form(s) approved by the Administrator.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2 of the Plan;

(ii) to select the Consultants and Employees to whom Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Rights or any combination thereof, are granted hereunder;

(iv) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Right granted hereunder;

(v) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan, including Option exercise agreements and Restricted Stock agreements;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Right granted hereunder (including, but not limited to the share price and any restriction or limitation, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion);

(vii) to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to all Rights and to the underlying Restricted Stock purchased by exercising or accepting such Rights;


(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

(ix) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right or transfer of a Stock Bonus Award that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

(x) to provide, in accordance with any policies of the Company, for suspension or modification of vesting upon changes to an Optionee’s status as an Employee or Consultant, including changes (without limitation) in status from Employee to Consultant or visa versa and changes in status from full-time to part-time Employee; and

(xi) to make any other such determinations with respect to Rights under the Plan as it shall deem appropriate, including (without limitation) determinations with respect to vesting, exercisability, Termination Date and price adjustments.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Rights Holders.

5. Eligibility for Options .

(a) Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. An Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Option may, if he is otherwise eligible, be granted an additional Option or Options.

(b) For tax purposes only, each Option shall be designated in the written Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designations, if an Optionee holds Options designated as Incentive Stock Options that:

(i) become exercisable for the first time (“ first exercisable ”) during any one calendar year, and

(ii) have an aggregate Fair Market Value (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) in excess of $100,000 with respect to those Options that have become first exercisable in such calendar year, then, the portion of the Options that are first exercisable for up to an aggregate of $100,000 shall be treated as Incentive Stock Options and the remaining Options first exercisable in that year shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. The treatment of an Incentive Stock Option as a Nonstatutory Stock Option pursuant to this Section 5(b) shall have no substantive effect on the Option Agreement other than for purposes of tax recharacterization, and shall have no effect on Options that become first exercisable in subsequent calendar years.


(c) For purposes of Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(d) The Plan shall not confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuation of employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his right or the Company’s right to terminate his employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

6. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by the shareholders of the Company as described in Section 18 of the Plan. It shall continue in effect for a term of 10 years unless sooner terminated under Section 14 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that no Option shall have a term which ends more than 10 years from the date of its grant. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or Parent or any Subsidiary, the term of such Incentive Stock Option shall end no more than five years from the date of its grant. An Option shall become exercisable at the rate of at least 20% of the Shares per year over five years from the date the option is granted; provided, however, that an Option granted to an Employee who is an officer of the Company or to a Consultant or to an affiliate of the Company may become fully exercisable at any time or during any period established by the Administrator in accordance with Section 260.140.41(f) of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner.

8. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Board, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to any Employee:

(A) who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) who is not subject to Section 8(a)(i)(A), the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.


(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted to any individual:

(A) who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant.

(B) who is not subject to Section 8(a)(ii)(A) the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(b) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (i) cash, (ii) check, (iii)other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised, (iv) authorization for the Company to retain from the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price for the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised, (v) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price, (vi) delivery of an irrevocable subscription agreement for the Shares which irrevocably obligates the option holder to take and pay forthe Shares not more than 12 months after the date of delivery of the subscription agreement, (vii) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. Other forms of consideration and methods of payment for the issuance of Shares may be used to the extent permitted under Applicable Laws; provided that, in making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept in addition to or in lieu of those listed in this Section 8(b), the Board shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

9. Exercise of Option .

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, including performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee, and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan.

(i) An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Administrator has determined that payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 8(b) of the Plan. Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.


(ii) Until the issuance or constructive issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

(b) Termination of Employment . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s consulting relationship with or Continuous Status as an Employee of the Company (as the case may be), such Optionee may, but within no less than 30 days after the Termination Date (or such other longer period as is set out by the Administrator in the Option Agreement, but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent that Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the Termination Date. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event that the Optionee’s employment has terminated for cause (as determined by the Administrator in accordance with the policies of the Company) , the Option shall terminate immediately on the Termination Date.

(c) Disability of Optionee . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9(b) above, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s consulting relationship or Continuous Status as an Employee as a result of his disability (as determined by the Administrator in accordance with the policies of the Company), Optionee may, but within no less than six months from the Termination Date (or such other longer period as is set out by the Administrator in the Option Agreement, but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the Termination Date. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(d) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee, the Option may be exercised, at any time within 12 months following the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.


10. Non-Transferability of Options. An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will, by the laws of descent or distribution or as permitted by Rule 701.

11. Stock Purchase Rights; Stock Bonus Awards .

(a) Rights to Purchase Restricted Stock . Stock Purchase Rights may be issued to Employees and Consultants either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer, which shall in no event exceed 120 days from the date of grant of the Stock Purchase Right. The price to be paid by any individual for a Stock Purchase Right shall be (i) no less than 85% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant of the Stock Purchase Right, and (ii) no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant if the grantee is a greater than 10% shareholder on the date of grant. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b) Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the Purchaser’s employment with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock agreement shall be the original price paid by the Purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option with respect to the Restricted Stock shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine, but in no event as to less than 20% of the total shares granted annually; provided, however, that the Company’s repurchase option with respect to Restricted Stock purchased by an Employee who is an officer of the Company or to a Consultant may lapse at such rate as the Administrator shall determine.

(c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.

(d) Stock Bonus Awards . Stock Bonus Awards for Restricted Stock may be granted from time to time at the discretion of the Administrator; provided, however, that any such grants shall be made only in compliance with Section 25102(f) of the California Corporations Code and its applicable regulations.

(e) Rights as a Shareholder . Until the issuance or constructive issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Restricted Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Stock Purchase Right or acceptance of a Stock Bonus Award. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly upon exercise of the Stock Purchase Right or acceptance of a Stock Bonus Award. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.


12. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization or Merger .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Right, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Rights have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of a Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to a Right.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Rights holder as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for a Rights holder to have the right to exercise his or her Right until 15 days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock or Restricted Stock, as applicable, covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Right would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon exercise of a Right shall lapse as to all such Shares, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, a Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Asset Sale . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation after which the shareholders of the Company own less than 51% of the outstanding shares of the survivor corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, each outstanding Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the survivor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the survivor corporation, and the Rights Holder shall be required to accept any such assumed or substituted Right in exchange for any outstanding (equivalent) Right. In the event that the survivor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Right, the Administrator in its discretion may provide for a Rights Holder to have the right to exercise his or her Right until 15 days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock or Restricted Stock, as applicable, covered thereby (including, at the Administrator’s discretion, Shares as to which the Right would not otherwise be exercisable or vested) and to the extent not otherwise exercised or vested, the Right shall terminate at the expiration of such


pre-transaction exercise period. For the purposes of this paragraph, a Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or sale of assets, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock or Restricted Stock subject to the Right immediately prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or sale of assets is not solely common stock of the survivor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the survivor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Right, for each Share of Optioned Stock or Restricted Stock subject to the Option or Right, to be solely common stock of the survivor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or sale of assets.

13. Time of Granting Options . The date of grant of an Option shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, or such other date as is determined by the Board. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

14. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of any Rights Holder under any grant theretofore made, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination . Any such amendment or termination of the Plan shall not affect Rights already granted and such Rights shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Rights Holder and the Board, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Rights Holder and the Company.

15. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Right unless the exercise or acceptance of such Right and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. As a condition to the exercise or acceptance of any Right, the Company may require the person exercising or accepting such Right to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.


16. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

17. Agreements . Rights shall be evidenced by written agreements in such form as the Administrator shall approve from time to time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no Right shall be exercisable under this Plan unless it is evidenced in writing on a form approved pursuant to the Plan.

18. Shareholder Approval . Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under applicable state and federal law.

19. Information to Rights Holders . The Company shall provide to each Rights Holder, during the period for which such Rights Holder has one or more Rights outstanding, annual financial statements of the Company. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of Rights under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

Exhibit 10.3

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control. For purposes of this clause (i), if any Person is considered to own the Company, the acquisition of additional stock of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

 

-2-


(j) “ Company ” means Arista Networks, Inc., a Nevada corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or if no closing sales price was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price was reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

-3-


(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(v) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(w) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(x) “ Plan ” means this 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

(y) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(z) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(aa) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(bb) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(cc) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(dd) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 3,600,000 Shares, plus (i) any Shares that, as of the date of shareholder approval of this Plan, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Arista Networks, Inc. 2004

 

-4-


Equity Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2004 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2004 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 7,200,000 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

(c) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

-5-


(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

-6-


(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Grant of Options . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Option Agreement . Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(c) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(e) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

 

-7-


(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

(f) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

-8-


(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

7. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

-9-


(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

 

-10-


(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

 

-11-


10. Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12. Limited Transferability of Awards .

(a) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

 

-12-


13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%)

 

-13-


of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

14. Tax Withholding .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash,

 

-14-


(ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

15. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

16. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or shareholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Shareholder Approval . The Company will obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

-15-


19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

21. Shareholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such shareholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

22. Information to Participants . Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than one hundred eighty (180) days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

-16-

     Exhibit 10.6

Arastra, Inc., 159 Cowper St. Palo Alto, CA 94301

Kenneth Duda

[home address]

October 17, 2004

Dear Ken,

On behalf of Arastra, Inc. (“the Company”), I am pleased to offer you a full-time position as Vice President of Engineering, effective November 1, 2004. The terms of this offer are as follows:

1. Salary: The Company will pay you a salary of $130,000 per year in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies.

2. Benefits: During the term of your employment, you will be eligible to participate in all of the Company’s standard vacation and other benefits covering employees.

3. Stock: Subject to a separate Stock Option Agreement and approval by the Company’s board of directors, you will be granted a stock option to purchase 800,000 Shares of the Company’s Common Stock under the Company’s stock option plans. This stock option shall vest over four years with 25% of the shares vesting upon the first anniversary of your employment and the remainder at the rate of 1/48 th  per month thereafter.

Your employment with the Company is “at-will”. This means that it is not for any specified period of time and can be terminated either by you or by the Company at any time, with or without advance notice, and for any or no particular reason or cause. It also means that your job duties, title, responsibilities, reporting level, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may be changed with or without notice at any time in the sole discretion of the Company. The “at-will” nature of your employment is one aspect of our employment relationship that will not change during your tenure as an employee, except by way of written agreement expressly altering the at-will employment relationship and signed by you and by the Company’s President.

This offer, and any employment pursuant to this offer, is conditioned on your ability to prove your ability to work in the United States of America, your signed Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, and your consent to reference and background checks. By signing and accepting this offer, you represent and warrant that you are not subject to any other legal obligation that prevents you to be employed with or to provide services to the Company.

This letter and the Arastra Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations and agreements, whether written and oral. This letter may not be modified or amended, except by a written agreement, signed by both you and the Company’s president. This agreement is governed by California law. If any provision of this agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and enforceable.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Les Poltrack
Les Poltrack
President, Arastra, Inc.

 

Accepted:   /s/ Kenneth Duda     Date:   11/1/2004
 

 

     

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

     

[home address]

Tel: 650-331-1620

Fax: 650-331-1621

www.arastra.com

LOGO

     

Anshul Sadana

[home address]

June 8, 2007

Dear Anshul,

On behalf of Arastra, Inc. (“the Company”), I am pleased to offer you a full-time position, effective July 9, 2007. You have until June 15, 2007 to accept this offer, at which time it expires. The terms of this offer are as follows:

1. Salary: The Company will pay you a salary of $12,500 per month in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies.

2. Benefits: During the term of your employment, you will be eligible to participate in all of the Company’s standard health, vacation, and other benefits covering employees.

3. Stock: Subject to a separate Stock Option Agreement and approval by the Company’s board of directors, you will be granted a stock option to purchase 100,000 Shares of the Company’s Common Stock under the Company’s stock option plans. This stock option shall vest over four years with 25% of the shares vesting upon the first anniversary of your employment, and with 2.08% of the shares vesting each month thereafter.

Your employment with the Company is “at-will”. This means that it is not for any specified period of time and can be terminated either by you or by the Company at any time, with or without advance notice, and for any or no particular reason or cause. It also means that your job duties, title, responsibilities, reporting level, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may be changed with or without notice at any time in the sole discretion of the Company. The “at-will” nature of your employment is one aspect of our employment relationship that will not change during your tenure as an employee, except by way of written agreement expressly altering the at-will employment relationship and signed by you and by the Company’s President.

This offer, and any employment pursuant to this offer, is conditioned on your ability to prove your ability to work in the United States of America, your signed Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, and your consent to reference and background checks. By signing and accepting this offer, you represent and warrant that you are not subject to any other legal obligation that prevents you to be employed with or to provide services to the Company.

This letter and the Arastra Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations and agreements, whether written and oral. This letter may not be modified or amended, except by a written agreement, signed by both you and the Company’s president. This agreement is governed by California law. If any provision of this agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and enforceable.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Kenneth Duda
Kenneth Duda
Acting President, Arastra, Inc.

 

Accepted:   /s/ Anshul Sadana     Date:   6/11/07
 

 

     

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO  

275 Middlefield Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Jayshree Ullal

August 1, 2008

Dear Jayshree,

On behalf of Arastra, Inc. (“Arastra” or the “Company”), it is a pleasure to offer you the position of President and CEO, and becoming a member of the Company’s Board of Directors. The terms of this offer are as follows:

1. You will receive a sign-on bonus of $100,000 upon joining the Company.

2. Your salary for the first two years of employment will be $1 per year, after which it will increase to $300,000 per year.

3. You will receive all of the Company’s benefits

4. You will have the right to purchase 1,250,000 common shares of the Company at a price of $0.01/share in exchange for your commitment to serve as the Company’s CEO and President for the next four years. In addition, you will be granted a stock option for 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock under the Company’s stock option plan at a price of $0.01/share, vesting at the rate of 12/48 after one year and 1/48 per month thereafter over a total of four years. You agree to exercise this option as soon as possible after the grant is approved, subject to a repurchase agreement with the Company for the unvested shares.

This offer, and any employment pursuant to this offer, is conditioned on a signed Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement. By signing and accepting this offer, you represent and warrant that you are not subject to any other legal obligation that prevents you to be employed with or to provide services to the Company.

Your employment with the Company is “at-will” and is governed by California Law. This letter and the attached Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations and agreements, whether written and oral. This letter may not be modified or amended, except by a written agreement, signed by both you and the Company’s board.

I am looking forward working with you

Andreas Bechtolsheim

 /s/ Andreas Bechtolsheim

 

Accepted:      

 /s/ Jayshree Ullal

    Date:   September 12, 2008

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

Arista Networks, Inc

5470 Great America Pkwy

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Charles Giancarlo

[home address]

March 27, 2013

Dear Charlie:

Arista Networks, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you a position as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) effective upon formal approval by the Board. What follows is information on some of the benefits available to you as a director of the Company (a “Director”).

As compensation for your services to the Company, you will be granted a stock option to purchase 30,000 shares of Arista Networks Inc common stock, which will vest over 5 years at the rate of 1/60 each month, subject to your continued service as a Director of the Company on the applicable vesting date. If the Company were to get acquired, 50% of your unvested shares will fully vest. The stock option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and grant agreements, which are incorporated herein by reference.

The Company will also reimburse you for all reasonable expenses incurred by you in connection with your services to the Company. All reimbursements are in accordance with established Company policies.

Board meetings are generally held on site at the Company quarterly and we would hope that your schedule would permit you to attend all of the meetings. In addition, there may be telephonic calls to address special projects that arise from time to time. The Board has also delegated certain duties to committees on which you may be asked to serve.

Nothing in this offer or the stock option agreement should be construed to interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company and the Company’s stockholders to remove any individual from the Board at any time in accordance with the provisions of applicable law.

This letter sets forth the terms of your service as a Director with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by an officer of the Company and by you.

We hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating both copies and and returning the original letter to me.

Charlie: I am looking forward to you joining the Company’s Board of Directors. I believe you will make a significant contribution to the Company and its future direction.

Sincerely,

 /s/ Andreas Bechtolsheim

Andreas Bechtolsheim, Chairman

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO, this 30th day of March 2013

 

 /s/ Charles Giancarlo

Charles Giancarlo

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO  

Arista Networks, Inc

5470 Great America Pkwy

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Ann Mather

June 3, 2013

Dear Ann:

Arista Networks, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you a position as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) effective upon formal approval by the Board. What follows is information on some of the benefits available to you as a director of the Company (a “Director”).

As compensation for your services to the Company, you will be granted a stock option to purchase 30,000 shares of Arista Networks Inc common stock, which will vest over 5 years at the rate of 1/60 each month, subject to your continued service as a Director of the Company on the applicable vesting date. If the Company were to get acquired, your unvested shares will fully vest. The stock option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and grant agreements, which are incorporated herein by reference.

The Company will also reimburse you for all reasonable expenses incurred by you in connection with your services to the Company. All reimbursements are in accordance with established Company policies.

Board meetings are generally held on site at the Company quarterly and we would hope that your schedule would permit you to attend all of the meetings. In addition, there may be telephonic calls to address special projects that arise from time to time. The Board has also delegated certain duties to committees on which you may be asked to serve.

Nothing in this offer or the stock option agreement should be construed to interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company and the Company’s stockholders to remove any individual from the Board at any time in accordance with the provisions of applicable law.

This letter sets forth the terms of your service as a Director with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by an officer of the Company and by you.

We hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating both copies and returning the original letter to me.

Ann: I am looking forward to you joining the Company’s Board of Directors. I believe you will make a significant contribution to the Company and its future direction.

Sincerely,

 /s/ Andreas Bechtolsheim

Andreas Bechtolsheim, Chairman

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO, this 6/3/2013

 

 /s/ Ann Mather

Ann Mather

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO      5470 Great America Parkway   
     Santa Clara, CA 95054   
     www.aristanetworks.com   

Kelyn Brannon

[home address]

June 21, 2013

Dear Kelyn,

On behalf of Arista Networks, Inc. (“the Company”), I am pleased to offer you a full time exempt position as Chief Financial Officer, effective July 8, 2013 (the “Start Date”). You have until June 24, 2013 to accept this offer, at which time it expires. The terms of this offer are as follows:

1. Salary: The Company will pay you a salary of $250,000.00 per year in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies.

2. Benefits: During the term of your employment, you will be eligible to participate in all of the Company’s standard health, vacation, and other benefits covering employees. The Company reserves the right to change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

3. Stock: At the first regularly scheduled meeting of the Company’s board of directors following the Start Date, it will be recommended that you be granted nonstatutory options to purchase 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Stock Options”) pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and individual stock option purchase agreement thereunder. The Stock Options will be governed by the form of Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A . Subject to the accelerated vesting provisions set forth in such stock option agreement and in the Severance Agreement (as defined below), the Stock Options will vest as to 1/5 th of the shares subject thereto on the one-year anniversary of the Start Date and thereafter as to 1/60 th of the shares subject thereto on the monthly anniversary of the Start Date, subject to your continuing to be a Service Provider (as defined in the Plan) through each vesting date. If your status as a Service Provider terminates for any reason, the unvested portion of your Stock Options, after giving effect to the applicable acceleration provisions, terminate as shall be set forth in the Plan and the applicable stock option agreement. The Stock Options will have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

Your employment with the Company is “at-will”. This means that it is not for any specified period of time and can be terminated either by you or by the Company at any time, with or without advance notice, and for any or no particular reason or cause. It also means that your job duties, title, responsibilities, reporting level, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may be changed with or without notice at any time in the sole discretion of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may be entitled to accelerated vesting and other severance benefits in the event of a termination or change in the nature of your job, all as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements and the Severance Agreement.

This offer is conditioned on you signing the Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement (the “Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement”) and submitting the legally required proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States. By signing and accepting this offer, you represent and warrant that you are not subject to any other legal obligation that prevents you to be employed with or to provide services to the Company.


LOGO   

5470 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, CA 95054

  
   www.aristanetworks.com
  
  

 

The Company intends that all payments made under this letter agreement be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to so be exempt or comply. You and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this letter agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to you under Section 409A. In no event will the Company reimburse you for any taxes that may be imposed on you as a result of Section 409A.

On the Start Date, you and the Company will enter into a Severance Agreement dated as of the Start Date in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Severance Agreement”). This letter agreement, the Severance Agreement (when entered into), the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement, and the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements (when entered into upon grant of the respective stock purchase rights) set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations and agreements, whether written and oral. This letter agreement may not be modified or amended, except by a written agreement, signed by both you and the Company. This letter agreement is governed by California law. If any provision of this agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and enforceable

Kelyn, I look very much forward to working with you.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Jayshree Ullal
Jayshree Ullal
President & CEO

 

Accepted:  

/s/ Kelyn Brannon

    Date:  

6/24/2013

 

 

     

 

Exhibit 10.12

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Severance Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between Kelyn Brannon (“ Executive ”) and Arista Networks, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“ Company ”), effective as of July 8, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”).

RECITALS

1. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders (i) to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat, or occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined below) and (ii) to provide Executive with an incentive to continue Executive’s employment and to motivate Executive to maximize the value of the Company for the benefit of its stockholders.

2. The Board believes that it is imperative to provide Executive with certain severance benefits upon Executive’s termination of employment under certain circumstances. These benefits will provide Executive with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company.

3. Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 6 below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement . This Agreement will terminate upon the date that all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.

2. At-Will Employment . The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and will continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason and Executive elects to sign and not revoke the Release (as defined in Section 4(a)), Executive will not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided by this Agreement or any Equity Award agreement, the payment of accrued but unpaid wages or other compensation, as required by law, as may otherwise be available in accordance with the Company’s established employee plans, and any unreimbursed reimbursable expenses, and this Agreement supersedes all prior agreements or arrangements relating to the same.

3. Severance Benefits .

(a) Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason not in Connection with a Change in Control . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the


Company without Cause (excluding Executive’s death or Disability) or if Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 4, Executive will receive the following:

(i) Accrued Compensation . The Company will pay Executive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

(ii) Severance Payment . Executive will be paid continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to Executive’s base salary rate, as then in effect, for twelve (12) months from the date of such termination of employment, to be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies.

(iii) Equity Acceleration for Time-Based Equity Awards . The vesting of Executive’s outstanding Equity Awards subject to time-based vesting will accelerate and vest as to the portion that would have vested had Executive remained employed with the Company for twelve (12) months following the termination of employment date. For the avoidance of doubt, no portion of any Equity Award subject to performance-based vesting will vest under this Section 3(a)(iii).

(b) Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason in Connection with a Change in Control . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause or if Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, and such termination occurs within the period commencing with, and ending twelve (12) months following, a Change in Control, then, subject to Section 4, Executive will receive the following (in addition to the consideration set forth in Sections 3(a)(i) and (ii) above):

(i) Vesting Acceleration of Equity Awards . Fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s then outstanding and unvested Equity Awards as of the termination of employment date will become vested and otherwise will remain subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Equity Award agreement. If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then the Equity Award will vest as to fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s). For the avoidance of doubt, if the accelerated vesting benefit for an applicable Equity Award is greater under Section 3(a)(iii) than under this Section 3(b)(i), then Executive shall be entitled to the superior benefit set forth in Section 3(a)(iii).

(c) Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by Executive (other than for Good Reason) or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(d) Disability; Death . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment as a result of Executive’s Disability, or Executive’s employment terminates due to his or her death, then Executive will not be entitled to receive any other severance or other benefits, except for those (if

 

-2-


any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(e) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment as set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement and assuming that Executive elects to sign and not revoke the Release, the provisions of Section 3 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company otherwise may be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement (other than the payment of accrued but unpaid wages, as required by law, any unreimbursed reimbursable expenses, and any rights under any Equity Award agreement). In such case, Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon a termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement and in any Equity Award agreement.

4. Conditions to Receipt of Severance .

(a) Release of Claims Agreement . The receipt of any severance payments or benefits (other than the accrued benefits set forth in Section 3(a)(i)) pursuant to this Agreement is subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Release Deadline ”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable.

(b) Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreements . Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 3 (other than the accrued benefits set forth in Section 3(a)(i)) will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the Employment, Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement dated July 8, 2013 (the “ Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement ”), between the Company and Executive, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

(c) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance payments or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Termination of employment is intended to constitute a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

-3-


(ii) It is intended that none of the severance payments under this Agreement will constitute “ Deferred Payments ” but rather will be exempt from Section 409A as a payment that would fall within the “short-term deferral period” as described in Section 4(c)(iv) below or resulting from an involuntary separation from service as described in Section 4(c)(v) below. However, any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 4(c)(iii). Except as required by Section 4(c)(iii), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments, if any, that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but before the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment under Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iv) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(vi) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition before actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

-4-


5. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this Section 5, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s benefits under Section 3 will be either:

 

  (a) delivered in full, or

 

  (b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments; (ii) cancellation of awards granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G), (iii) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; (iv) reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 5 will be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants immediately prior to a Change in Control or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “ Firm ”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 5.

6. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) Cause . “ Cause ” will mean:

(i) an act of dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities as an employee;

(ii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of moral turpitude;

(iii) Executive’s gross misconduct;

 

-5-


(iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company;

(v) Executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company; or

(vi) Executive’s continued failure to perform his employment duties after Executive has received a written demand of performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company’s belief that Executive has not substantially performed his duties and has failed to cure such non-performance to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction within 10 business days after receiving such notice.

(b) Change in Control . “ Change in Control ” will have the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

(c) Disability . “ Disability ” means that Executive has been unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months. Alternatively, Executive will be deemed disabled if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. Termination resulting from Disability may only be effected after at least thirty (30) days’ written notice by the Company of its intention to terminate Executive’s employment. In the event that Executive resumes the performance of substantially all of Executive’s duties hereunder before the termination of Executive’s employment becomes effective, the notice of intent to terminate based on Disability will automatically be deemed to have been revoked.

(d) Equity Awards . “ Equity Awards ” will mean an Executive’s outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other Company equity compensation awards.

(e) Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” will mean Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s consent:

(i) a material diminution of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; provided, however, that a reduction in authority, duties or responsibilities in connection with the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity (as, for example, when the Chief Financial Officer of the Company remains as such following an acquisition of the Company but is not made the Chief Financial Officer of the acquiring corporation) will constitute “Good Reason”;

(ii) a material reduction in Executive’s base salary (except where there is a reduction applicable to the management team generally); provided, however, that a reduction in Executive’s base salary of fifteen percent (15%) or less in any one (1) year will not be deemed a material reduction; or

 

-6-


(iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location; provided that a relocation of less than fifty (50) miles from Executive’s then present location will not be considered a material change in geographic location.

Executive will not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a cure period of thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.

(f) Section 409A Limit . “ Section 409A Limit ” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

7. Successors .

(a) The Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets will assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 7(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

(b) Executive’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

8. Notice .

(a) General . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when sent electronically or personally delivered when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or when delivered by a private courier service such as UPS, DHL or Federal Express that has tracking capability. In the case of Executive, notices will be sent to the e-mail address or addressed to Executive at the home address, in either case which Executive most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, electronic notices will be sent to the e-mail address of the Chief Executive Officer and the General Counsel and mailed notices will be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices will be directed to the attention of its Chief Executive Officer and General Counsel.

 

-7-


(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason will be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 8(a) of this Agreement. Such notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than ninety (90) days after the giving of such notice).

9. Resignation . Upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will be deemed to have resigned from all officer and/or director positions held at the Company and its affiliates voluntarily, without any further required action by Executive, as of the end of Executive’s employment and Executive, at the Board’s request, will execute any documents reasonably necessary to reflect Executive’s resignation.

10. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

(b) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement, Executive’s offer letter agreement, and the Equity Award agreements (when entered into) with the Company constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto and which specifically mention this Agreement.

(e) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions). Any claims or legal actions by one party against the other arising out of the relationship between the parties contemplated herein (whether or not arising under this Agreement) will be commenced or maintained in any state or federal court located in the jurisdiction where Executive resides, and Executive and the Company hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court.

 

-8-


(f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

(g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income, employment and other taxes.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

-9-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

COMPANY     ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.
    By:  
     

 

    Title:  
     

 

    Date:  
     

 

EXECUTIVE     By:   /s/ Kelyn Brannon
     

 

    Title:  
     

 

    Date:   6/24/2013
     

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

LOGO  

Arista Networks, Inc

5470 Great America Pkwy

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Marc Stoll

October 3, 2013

Dear Marc:

Arista Networks, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you a position as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) effective upon formal approval by the Board. What follows is information on some of the benefits available to you as a director of the Company (a “Director”).

As compensation for your services to the Company, you will be granted a stock option to purchase 30,000 shares of Arista Networks Inc common stock, which will vest over 5 years at the rate of 1/60 each month, subject to your continued service as a Director of the Company on the applicable vesting date. If the Company were to get acquired, your unvested shares will fully vest. The stock option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and grant agreements, which are incorporated herein by reference.

The Company will also reimburse you for all reasonable expenses incurred by you in connection with your services to the Company. All reimbursements are in accordance with established Company policies.

Board meetings are generally held on site at the Company quarterly and we would hope that your schedule would permit you to attend all of the meetings. In addition, there may be telephonic calls to address special projects that arise from time to time. The Board has also delegated certain duties to committees on which you may be asked to serve.

Nothing in this offer or the stock option agreement should be construed to interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company and the Company’s stockholders to remove any individual from the Board at any time in accordance with the provisions of applicable law.

This letter sets forth the terms of your service as a Director with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by an officer of the Company and by you.

We hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating both copies and and returning the original letter to me.

Marc, I am looking forward to you joining the Company’s Board of Directors. I believe you will make a significant contribution to the Company and its future direction.

Sincerely,

/s/ Andreas Bechtolsheim

Andreas Bechtolsheim, Chairman

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO, this 10/3/13

 

/s/ Marc Stoll
Marc Stoll

Exhibit 10.14

SUMMARY OF Q3/Q4 EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

    OBJECTIVE:

 

    The objective of the Q3/Q4 Employee Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide eligible employees with the opportunity to receive a cash payment for their contributions to the success of Arista Networks, Inc. (the “Company”) during the third and fourth quarters of 2013.

 

    EFFECTIVE DATE:

 

    The Plan is effective for the period July 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013.

 

    PAYMENT:

 

    The Plan pays out quarterly for each of the third and fourth quarter of 2013.

 

    ELIGIBILITY:

 

    Must be a full time employee of the Company as of a bonus payment date to be eligible, provided, that certain classes of employees are excluded (i.e., temporary employees, intern, sales employees on a commission plan or other quarterly bonus plan).

 

    Bonus will be pro-rated for partial service.

 

    PERFORMANCE CRITERIA:

 

    Company will consider all relevant factors it deems appropriate to determine Company and individual performance.

 

    The Company has sole and absolute discretion to make determinations regarding achievement of Company and individual performance goals and the payment of any amounts under the Plan.

 

    QUARTERLY GUIDELINES:

 

    The Company anticipates that executives at the Senior Vice President level may be eligible for payments of $10,000 and up for each quarter (subject to modification in the sole and absolute discretion of the Company).

Exhibit 10.15

LEASE

(SINGLE TENANT)

BETWEEN

THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC

AND

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.


LEASE

THIS LEASE is made as of the 10 th day of AUGUST, 2012, by and between THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, hereinafter called “ Landlord ,” and ARISTA NETWORKS, INC ., a Nevada corporation, hereafter called “ Tenant .”

ARTICLE 1. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

Each reference in this Lease to the “ Basic Lease Provisions ” shall mean and refer to the following collective terms, the application of which shall be governed by the provisions in the remaining Articles of this Lease.

 

1. Tenant’s Trade Name : N/A

 

2. Premises : The Premises are more particularly described in Section 2.1.

Address of Building : 5453 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA

Project Description : Santa Clara Gateway (as shown on Exhibit Y to this Lease)

 

3. Use of Premises : General office, research and development, cafeteria, and other related uses to the extent all of the foregoing are: (i) consistent with the character of a first-class office building, and (ii) permitted by the applicable zoning laws of the City of Santa Clara (the “ City ”).

 

4. Estimated Commencement Date : May 15, 2013

 

5. Lease Term : 120 months, plus such additional days to cause the Term to expire on the final day of the calendar month.

 

6. Basic Rent :

 

Months of Term

   Monthly Rate Per
Rentable Square Foot
     Monthly Basic Rent (rounded to the
nearest dollar)
 

1-12

   $ 3.00       $ 448,824.00   

13-24

   $ 3.09       $ 462,289.00   

25-36

   $ 3.18       $ 475,753.00   

37-48

   $ 3.28       $ 490,714.00   

49-60

   $ 3.38       $ 505,675.00   

61-72

   $ 3.48       $ 520,636.00   

73-84

   $ 3.58       $ 535,597.00   

85-96

   $ 3.69       $ 552,054.00   

97-108

   $ 3.80       $ 568,510.00   

109-Expiration Date

   $ 3.91       $ 584,967.00   

Notwithstanding the above schedule of Basic Rent to the contrary, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of 6 full calendar months of Basic Rent in the aggregate amount of $2,692,944.00 (i.e. $448,824.00 per month) (the “ Abated Basic Rent ”) for the initial 6 months of the Term (the “ Abatement Period ”). Only Basic Rent shall be abated during the Abatement Period and all other additional rent and other costs and charges specified in this Lease shall remain as due and payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

 

7. Expense Recovery Period : Every twelve month period during the Term (or portion thereof during the first and last Lease years) ending June 30.

 

8. Floor Area of Premises : approximately 149,608 rentable square feet

Floor Area of Building : approximately 149,608 rentable square feet

 

9. Letter of Credit : $4,039,416.00

 

1


10. Broker(s) : Irvine Realty Company and CB Richard Ellis (collectively, “ Landlord’s Broker ”)

 

11. Vehicle Parking Passes : 530 in accordance with the provisions set forth in Exhibit F to this Lease.

 

12. Address for Payments and Notices :

 

LANDLORD
Payment Address:
THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC
P.O. Box 8460101
Los Angeles, CA 90084-6061
Attn:    Senior Vice President, Property Operations
   Irvine Office Properties
Notice Address:
THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC
550 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, CA 92660
Attn:    Senior Vice President, Property Operations
   Irvine Office Properties
with a copy of notices to:
THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC
550 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, CA 92660
Attn:    Vice President Operations
   Irvine Office Properties, Technology Portfolio
TENANT
Prior to Commencement Date :
Arista Networks, Inc.
5470 Great America Parkway
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Attn: Legal
After Commencement Date :
Arista Networks, Inc.
5453 Great America Parkway
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Attn: Legal
 

 

13. Additional Provisions . The provisions of EXHIBIT G attached hereto are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease.

LIST OF LEASE EXHIBITS:

 

Exhibit A    Description of Premises
Exhibit B    Operating Expenses
Exhibit C    Utilities and Services
Exhibit D    Tenant’s Insurance
Exhibit E    Rules and Regulations
Exhibit F    Parking
Exhibit F-1    Parking Location Map
Exhibit G    Additional Provisions
Exhibit G-1    First Right Space
Exhibit H    Landlord’s Disclosures
Exhibit I    Nondisturbance Agreement
Exhibit J    Hazardous Materials Survey Form
Exhibit K    Letter of Credit Template
Exhibit L    Description of Building Patio Area
Exhibit M    Approved Signage
Exhibit X    Work Letter
Exhibit Y    Project Description

 

2


ARTICLE 2. PREMISES

2.1. LEASED PREMISES . Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises shown in Exhibit A (the “ Premises ”), containing approximately the floor area set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “ Floor Area ”). The Premises consist of all of the Floor Area of the building identified in Item 2 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “ Building ”), which is a portion of the project described in Item 2 (the “ Project ”). Tenant acknowledges that as of the date of this Lease, no commitment has been undertaken by Landlord to proceed with “Phase 2” of the Project. Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that the Floor Area of Premises set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant for all purposes under this Lease. The Premises are a portion of certain real property which is leased by Landlord pursuant to that certain Ground Lease dated as of February 14, 2001 (as amended, the “ Ground Lease ”) by and between Landlord, as the “Lessee”, and the City of Santa Clara as successor-in-interest to The Redevelopment Agency of the City of Santa Clara (the “ Ground Lessor ”), a Memorandum of which Ground Lease was recorded February 16, 2001 as Document No. 15563490 in the Official Records of the County of Santa Clara, State of California.

2.2. ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES . Except as set forth in this Lease, Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any representative of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Project or the suitability or fitness of either for any purpose. Tenant acknowledges that the flooring materials which may be installed within portions of the Premises located on the ground floor of the Building may be limited by the moisture content of the Building slab and underlying soils. Landlord represents that to the its actual knowledge, the moisture content of the underlying soils is such that there will be no limitation with respect to the flooring materials which may be installed within portions of the Premises located on the ground floor of the Building and that the Building slab will be constructed in a manner to prevent any moisture content.

ARTICLE 3. TERM

3.1. GENERAL . The Term of this Lease (“ Term ”) shall commence (“ Commencement Date ”) on the later of (i) the Estimated Commencement Date set forth in Item 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions or (ii) the date upon which the Premises are tendered to Tenant with the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter) constructed by Landlord pursuant to the Work Letter and the Premises “ready for occupancy”. The Term shall continue for the period set forth in Item 5 of the Basic Lease Provisions expiring on the final day of such period (the “ Expiration Date ”). Promptly following request by Landlord, the parties shall memorialize on a form provided by Landlord (the “ Commencement Memorandum ”) the actual Commencement Date and Expiration Date of this Lease; should Tenant fail to execute and return the Commencement Memorandum to Landlord within 5 business days (or provide specific written objections thereto within that period), then Landlord’s determination of the Commencement Date and Expiration Date as set forth in the Commencement Memorandum shall be conclusive. The Premises shall be deemed “ ready for occupancy ” if and when Landlord, to the extent applicable, (i) has substantially completed all the “Base, Shell and Core” work and the “Tenant Improvement Work” required to be completed by Landlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Work Letter attached to this Lease as Exhibit X but for minor punch list matters that do not materially interfere with the use of the Premises for Tenant’s regular business operations therein, and Landlord has obtained the requisite governmental approvals for Tenant’s legal occupancy of the Premises, and (ii) has delivered the Premises to Tenant and provided reasonable access to the Premises for Tenant so that the Premises may be used without unreasonable interference.

3.2. ESTIMATED COMMENCEMENT DATE . If Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the “Estimated Commencement Date” set forth in Item 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions, this Lease shall not be void or voidable nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any resulting loss or damage. However, Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until the Commencement Date occurs as provided in Section 3.1 above, except that if Landlord’s failure to substantially complete all work required of Landlord and deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant pursuant to Section 3.1(i) above is attributable to any “Tenant Delay” described in the Work Letter attached to this Lease, then the Premises shall be deemed ready for occupancy, and Landlord shall be entitled to full performance by Tenant (including the payment of rent), as of the date Landlord would have been able to substantially complete such work and deliver the Premises to Tenant but for Tenant’s Delay(s) (but in no event sooner than the Estimated Commencement Date).

3.3. COMMENCEMENT DATE DELAY .

(a) Outside Date . If the Commencement Date has not occurred on or before July 15, 2013 (the “ Outside Completion Date ”), as the same may be extended pursuant to Section 3.3(d), then Tenant shall receive a credit against Basic Rent first coming due under this Lease in an amount equal to one (1) day of Basic Rent for every one (1) day that the Commencement actually occurs following the Outside Completion Date.

 

3


(b) Outside Date for Termination . If the Commencement Date has not occurred by October 15, 2013 (the “ Outside Date for Termination ”), as the same may be extended pursuant to Section 3.3(d), then the sole remedy of Tenant for such failure shall be the right to deliver a notice to Landlord (a “ Termination Notice ”) electing to terminate this Lease effective upon the date occurring five (5) business days following receipt by Landlord of the Termination Notice (the “ Effective Date ”). The Termination Notice must be delivered by Tenant to Landlord, if at all, not earlier than the Outside Date for Termination (as the same may be extended pursuant to the terms of Section 3.3(c), below) nor later than ten (10) business days after the Outside Date for Termination. The effectiveness of any such Termination Notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord shall be governed by the terms of this Section 3.3.

(c) Extension of Outside Date for Termination After Delivery of the Termination Notice . If Tenant delivers a Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Effective Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the Effective Date by delivering written notice to Tenant, prior to the Effective Date, that, in Landlord’s reasonable, good faith judgment, the Commencement Date will occur within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date (the “ Termination Extension Notice ”). If the Commencement Date occurs within such thirty (30) day suspension period, then the Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the Commencement Date does not occur within such thirty (30) day suspension period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of such thirty (30) day suspension period.

(d) Other Terms . The Outside Completion Date and the Outside Date for Termination shall be extended to the extent of any delay or delays caused by “Force Majeure,” as that term is defined below; provided, however, that (i) neither the Outside Completion Date nor the Outside Date for Termination shall be extended pursuant to this Section 3.3(d) by more than sixty (60) days for delay or delays caused by “Limited Force Majeure” (as that term is defined below) and (ii) neither the Outside Completion Date nor the Outside Date for Termination shall be extended beyond May 15, 2014 for delay or delays caused by Force Majeure in all events. Upon any termination as set forth in this Section 3.3. Landlord and Tenant shall be relieved from any and all liability to each other resulting hereunder except that Landlord shall return to Tenant any prepaid rent. Provided that Landlord pursues the construction of the Base, Core and Shell and the Tenant Improvement Work at all times in good faith, Tenant’s rights, as set forth in this Section 3.3, shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for the failure of the Delivery Date to occur as set forth above. As used herein, “ Force Majeure ” shall mean any prevention, delay or stoppage due to any of the following: (i) strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions (not including a delay(s) in obtaining any building or construction permits required in order to construct the Base Building) and other similar causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (“ Limited Force Majeure ”), and (ii) acts of God, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other similar causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, but excluding financial inability by Landlord to perform.

(e) In the event the Outside Completion Date shall be extended for delays caused by Force Majeure, Landlord shall work in good faith with Tenant to find interim space for Tenant to occupy, at commercially reasonable rates, until the Commencement Date of this Lease does occur.

ARTICLE 4. RENT AND OPERATING EXPENSES

4.1. BASIC RENT . From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord without abatement, deduction or offset a Basic Rent for the Premises in the total amount shown (including subsequent adjustments, if any) in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “ Basic Rent ”). If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, any rental adjustment shown in Item 6 shall be deemed to occur on the first day of the next calendar month following the specified monthly anniversary of the Commencement Date. The Basic Rent shall be due and payable in advance commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on the first day of each successive calendar month of the Term, as prorated for any partial month. No demand, notice or invoice shall be required. An installment in the amount of 1 full month’s Basic Rent at the initial rate specified in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions shall be delivered to Landlord within 30 days following the full execution and delivery of this Lease and shall be applied against the Basic Rent first due hereunder; the next installment of Basic Rent shall be due on the first day of the second calendar month of the Term, which installment shall, if applicable, be appropriately prorated to reflect the amount prepaid for that calendar month.

4.2. OPERATING EXPENSES . Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in accordance with Exhibit B of this Lease.

 

4


4.3. LETTER OF CREDIT . As security hereunder, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, an irrevocable standby Letter of Credit in the amount set forth in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “ Letter of Credit ”). The Letter of Credit shall be in form and with the substance of Exhibit K attached hereto (or otherwise acceptable to Landlord), and shall be issued by a financial institution acceptable to Landlord. Landlord hereby approves Silicon Valley Bank as an acceptable issuer of the Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit shall be maintained in full force and effect through that date which is thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date of the Term of this Lease (including any extensions of the Term as provided in this Lease). In the event the Letter of Credit is not renewed by the issuing financial institution (or in the event that Tenant shall not deliver a replacement Letter of Credit from another financial institution acceptable to Landlord) on or before thirty (30) days prior to the then-scheduled expiration date of the Letter of Credit, then Landlord shall have the right to draw the full amount of such Letter of Credit and to hold such amount as part of the Security Deposit pursuant to Section 4.3 of this Lease. Upon any “Default” by Tenant (as hereinafter defined), Landlord shall be entitled to draw upon said Letter of Credit by the issuance of Landlord’s sole written demand to the issuing financial institution, which draw shall be in an amount necessary to pay any sum which Tenant is obligated to pay under this Lease notwithstanding any contrary provision of Civil Code Section 1950.7 including, without limitation, amounts determined by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, (i) as the amounts due for prospective rent and for damages pursuant to Section 14.2(a)(i) of this Lease and/or Civil Code Section 1951.2, (ii) sums that Landlord may expend or be required to expend by reason of the Default by Tenant or any loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of the Default, or (iii) costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the repair or restoration of the Premises pursuant to Section 15.3 of this Lease upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, Landlord shall only draw upon the Letter of Credit following a Default and only to the extent required to cure the Default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, while the amount of any such draw shall be determined in Landlord’s reasonable discretion as provided in the foregoing, if the amount of any such draw(s) shall ultimately exceed the amount of damages actually incurred by Landlord as the result of Tenant’s default (as determined pursuant to the applicable provisions of Article 14 of this Lease), then Landlord shall promptly refund any such excess to Tenant. Any such draw shall be without waiver or any rights Landlord may have under this Lease or at law or in equity as a result of the default, as a setoff for full or partial compensation for the default. If any portion of the Letter of Credit is drawn after a Default by Tenant, Tenant shall within five (5) days after written demand by Landlord restore the Letter of Credit. Failure to so restore said Letter of Credit within said five (5) days shall be a default by Tenant under this Lease. Partial drawings upon said Letter of Credit shall be permitted. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if Landlord draws upon the Letter of Credit solely due to Tenant’s failure to renew the Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) days before its expiration (i) such failure to renew shall not constitute a Default hereunder, and (ii) Tenant shall at any time thereafter be entitled to provide Landlord with a replacement Letter of Credit that satisfies the requirements hereunder, at which time Landlord shall return the cash proceeds of the original Letter of Credit drawn by Landlord.

ARTICLE 5. USES

5.1. USE . Tenant shall use the Premises only for the purposes stated in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions and for no other use whatsoever; provided, however, that the Premises shall in no event be used for any of the following purposes: (i) offices of any agency or bureau of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; or (iii) schools, temporary employment agencies or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way interfere with the rights or quiet enjoyment of other occupants of the Building or the Project, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose, nor shall Tenant permit any nuisance or commit any waste in the Premises or the Project. Tenant shall not perform any work or conduct any business whatsoever in the Project other than inside the Premises. Tenant shall comply at its expense with all present and future laws, ordinances and requirements of all governmental authorities that pertain to Tenant or its use of the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5.1, in the event Tenant’s obligation for compliance with all future and present laws, ordinances, restrictions, regulations, orders, rules and requirements of all governmental authorities, and with all present and future covenants, conditions, easements or restrictions now or hereafter affecting or encumbering the Building and/or the Project, results in a “capital” expenditure on Tenant’s part (or Tenant’s being obligated to reimburse Landlord for a “capital” expenditure), Tenant shall only be responsible for the amortized cost of such “capital” expenditure (amortized at a market cost of funds as reasonably determined by Landlord) over the useful life of said improvement during the Term, except in the event each obligation for capital expenditure is required due to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises (in which case Tenant shall be fully responsible for the entire cost of such “capital” expenditure).

 

5


5.2. SIGNS . Provided Tenant continues to lease the entire Premises, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to two (2) exterior “building top” signs (one facing the front of the Building and one facing the rear of the Building) and one (1) “eye brow” sign on the facade of the Building, and the non-exclusive right to its pro-rata share of any monument signage which may be constructed for the Building, for Tenant’s name and graphics in location to be designated by Landlord, and subject to Landlord’s right of prior approval that such exterior signage is in compliance with the Signage Criteria (defined below). Subject to the approval of the City, Landlord hereby approves Tenant’s “building top” signage as shown on Exhibit M attached hereto. Except as provided in the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to maintain signs in any location in, on or about the Project and shall not place or erect any signs that are visible from the exterior of the Building. The size, design, graphics, material, style, color and other physical aspects of any permitted sign shall be subject to Landlord’s written determination, as determined solely by Landlord, prior to installation, that signage is in compliance with any requirements of the City, and any covenants, conditions or restrictions encumbering the Premises and Landlord’s signage program for the Project, as in effect from time to time (“ Signage Criteria ”). Prior to placing or erecting any such signs, Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord a copy of any applicable municipal or other governmental permits and approvals. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of any permitted sign, including, without limitation, the fabrication, installation, maintenance and removal thereof and the cost of any permits therefor. If Tenant fails to maintain its sign in good condition, or if Tenant fails to remove same upon termination of this Lease and repair and restore any damage caused by the sign or its removal, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense. Landlord shall have the right to temporarily remove any signs in connection with any repairs or maintenance in or upon the Building. The term “ sign ” as used in this Section shall include all signs, designs, monuments, displays, advertising materials, logos, banners, projected images, pennants, decals, pictures, notices, lettering, numerals or graphics. Subject to the provisions for an “Objectionable Name” as hereinafter provided, the parties agree that Tenant’s signage rights shall be assignable to any permitted assignee under this Lease. Tenant’s signage shall not have a name which relates to an entity which is of a character or reputation, or is associated with a political faction or orientation, which is inconsistent with the quality of the Project, or which would otherwise reasonably offend a landlord of comparable institutionally owned office building located near the Building (an “ Objectionable Name ”). The parties hereby agree that the name “Arista Networks, Inc.” or any reasonable derivation thereof, shall not be deemed an Objectionable Name.

5.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

(a) For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Hazardous Materials ” means (i) any “hazardous material” as defined in Section 25501 (o) of the California Health and Safety Code, (ii) hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls or asbestos, (iii) any toxic or hazardous materials, substances, wastes or materials as defined pursuant to any other applicable state, federal or local law or regulation, and (iv) any other substance or matter which may result in liability to any person or entity as a result of such person’s possession, use, storage, release or distribution of such substance or matter under any statutory or common law theory.

(b) Tenant shall not cause or knowingly permit its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees to bring upon, store, use, generate, release or dispose of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises (including without limitation the soil and groundwater thereunder) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, without obtaining prior written consent of Landlord, to utilize within the Premises collectively, the “ Permitted HazMats ”): (i) a reasonable quantity of standard office products that may contain Hazardous Materials (such as photocopy toner, “White Out”, and the like), provided however , that Tenant shall maintain such products in their original retail packaging, shall follow all instructions on such packaging with respect to the storage, use and disposal of such products; and (ii) those Hazardous Materials in such quantities and in such manner as described in the Survey Form delivered to Landlord prior to the execution of this Lease. Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws with respect to the Permitted Hazmats, and all of the other terms and provisions of this Section 5.3 shall apply with respect to Tenant’s storage, use and disposal of all Permitted Hazmats. Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, place such conditions as Landlord deems appropriate with respect to Tenant’s use, storage and/or disposal of any other Hazardous Materials requiring Landlord’s consent, including without limitation, conditions for proper containment and ventilation of such Hazardous Materials. Tenant understands that Landlord may utilize an environmental consultant to assist in determining conditions of approval in connection with the storage, use, release, and/or disposal of Hazardous Materials by Tenant on or about the Premises, and/or to conduct periodic inspections of the storage, generation, use, release and/or disposal of such Hazardous Materials by Tenant on and from the Premises, and in the event any violations of this Section 5.3 are found, then Tenant agrees that any costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent hereunder upon demand.

 

6


(c) Prior to the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall complete, execute and deliver to Landlord a Hazardous Material Survey Form (the “ Survey Form ”) in the form of Exhibit J attached hereto. The completed Survey Form shall be deemed incorporated into this Lease for all purposes, and Landlord shall be entitled to rely fully on the information contained therein. On each anniversary of the Commencement Date until the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall disclose to Landlord in writing the names and amounts of all Hazardous Materials which were stored, generated, used, released and/or disposed of on, under or about the Premises by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants or invitees for the twelve-month period prior thereto, and which Tenant desires to store, generate, use, release and/or dispose of on, under or about the Premises for the succeeding twelve-month period. In addition, to the extent Tenant is permitted to utilize Hazardous Materials upon the Premises, Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with complete and legible copies of all the following environmental documents relating thereto: reports filed pursuant to any self-reporting requirements; permit applications, permits, monitoring reports, emergency response or action plans, workplace exposure and community exposure warnings or notices and all other reports, disclosures, plans or documents (even those which may be characterized as confidential) relating to water discharges, air pollution, waste generation or disposal, and underground storage tanks for Hazardous Materials; orders, reports, notices, listings and correspondence (even those which may be considered confidential) of or concerning the release, investigation, compliance, cleanup, remedial and corrective actions, and abatement of Hazardous Materials; and all complaints, pleadings and other legal documents filed by or against Tenant related to Tenant’s storage, generation, use, release and/or disposal of Hazardous Materials.

(d) Landlord and its agents shall have the right, but not the obligation, to inspect, sample and/or monitor the Premises and/or the soil or groundwater thereunder at any time to determine whether Tenant is complying with the terms of this Section 5.3, and in connection therewith Tenant shall provide Landlord with full access to all facilities, records and personnel related thereto. If Tenant is not in compliance with any of the provisions of this Section 5.3, or in the event of a release of any Hazardous Material on, under, from or about the Premises caused or knowingly permitted by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants or invitees, Landlord and its agents shall have the right, but not the obligation, without limitation upon any of Landlord’s other rights and remedies under this Lease, to immediately enter upon the Premises without notice and to discharge Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3 at Tenant’s expense, including without limitation the taking of emergency or long-term remedial action. Landlord and its agents shall endeavor to minimize interference with Tenant’s business in connection therewith, but shall not be liable for any such interference. In addition, Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to join and participate in any legal proceedings or actions initiated in connection with any claims arising out of the storage, generation, use, release and/or disposal by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants or invitees of Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises.

(e) If the storage, use, generation, release or disposal presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises or the Project caused or knowingly permitted by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants, or invitees results in (i) injury to any person, (ii) injury to or any contamination of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) injury to or contamination of any real or personal property wherever situated, Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly take all actions necessary to return the Premises and the Project and any other affected real or personal property owned or leased by Landlord to the condition existing prior to the introduction of such Hazardous Materials and to remedy or repair any such injury or contamination, including without limitation, any cleanup, remediation, removal, disposal, neutralization or other treatment of any such Hazardous Materials as required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, take any remedial action in response to the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises or the Project or any other affected real or personal property owned or leased by Landlord or enter into any similar agreement, consent, decree or other compromise with any governmental agency with respect to any Hazardous Materials claims; provided however, Landlord’s prior written consent shall not be necessary in the event that the presence of Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises or the Project or any other affected real or personal property owned by Landlord (i) imposes an immediate threat to the health, safety or welfare of any individual and (ii) is of such a nature that an immediate remedial response is necessary and it is not possible to obtain Landlord’s consent before taking such action. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless, protect and defend (with attorneys reasonably acceptable to Landlord) Landlord and any successors to all or any portion of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, and Ground Lessor and any successors to Ground Lessor’s interest under the Ground Lease, from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, diminution in value, judgments, fines, demands, claims, recoveries, deficiencies, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and other professional expenses), whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, arising directly or indirectly out of the use, generation, storage, treatment, release, on- or off-site disposal or transportation of

 

7


Hazardous Materials on, into, from, under or about the Premises, the Building or the Project Landlord caused or knowingly permitted by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants or invitees. Such indemnity obligation shall specifically include, without limitation, the cost of any required or necessary repair, restoration, cleanup or detoxification of the Premises, the Building and the Project, the preparation of any closure or other required plans, whether such action is required or necessary during the Term or after the expiration of this Lease and any loss of rental due to the inability to lease the Premises or any portion of the Building or Project as a result of such Hazardous Materials, the remediation thereof or any repair, restoration or cleanup related thereto. If it is at any time discovered that Tenant may have knowingly permitted its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants or invitees to release any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises, the Building or the Project, or caused such release, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, immediately prepare and submit to Landlord a comprehensive plan, subject to Landlord’s approval, specifying the actions to be taken by Tenant to return the Premises, the Building or the Project to the condition existing prior to the introduction of such Hazardous Materials. Upon Landlord’s approval of such plan, Tenant shall, at its expense, and without limitation of any rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease or at law or in equity, immediately implement such plan and proceed to cleanup, remediate and/or remove all such Hazardous Materials in accordance with all applicable laws and as required by such plan and this Lease. The provisions of this Section 5.3(e) shall expressly survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

(f) Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, certain facts relating to Hazardous Materials at the Project known by Landlord to exist as of the date of this Lease, as more particularly described in Exhibit H attached hereto. Tenant shall have no liability or responsibility with respect to the Hazardous Materials facts described in Exhibit H , nor with respect to any Hazardous Materials which were not caused or knowingly permitted by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants or invitees. Notwithstanding the preceding two sentences, Tenant agrees to notify its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants, and invitees of any exposure or potential exposure to Hazardous Materials at the Premises that Landlord brings to Tenant’s attention. Landlord acknowledges and agrees with Tenant that the Hazardous Materials described on Exhibit H shall not be deemed to be “knowingly permitted” by Tenant for any purposes under this Lease.

(g) Landlord shall take responsibility, at its sole cost and expense, for any clean-up, remediation, removal, disposal, neutralization, monitoring, investigation or other treatment of, or response to, those Hazardous Materials conditions described in Section 5.3(f) above for which Tenant has no liability or responsibility, to the extent that such cleanup, remediation, removal, disposal, neutralization, monitoring, investigation or other treatment or response is required by applicable law, or to the extent that a failure to so cleanup, remediate, remove, dispose, neutralize, monitor, investigate or otherwise treat or respond to such Hazardous Materials conditions would be a violation of applicable law. The foregoing obligation on the part of Landlord shall include the reasonable costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees) of defending Tenant from and against any legal action or proceeding instituted by any governmental agency or other third party (excluding Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants or invitees) in connection with such clean-up, remediation, removal, disposal, neutralization, monitoring, investigation or other treatment of or response to such conditions, provided that Tenant promptly tenders such defense to Landlord.

(h) Except as disclosed in Section 5.3(f) above (and/or as may otherwise be disclosed to Tenant in writing), Landlord warrants that, to “Landlord’s knowledge” (as hereinafter defined), there are no Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises which are in violation of any applicable federal, state or local law, ordinance or regulation. As used herein, “ Landlord’s knowledge ” shall mean the actual knowledge, without duty of inquiry or investigation, of the current employees or authorized agents of Landlord responsible for Hazardous Materials compliance matters.

ARTICLE 6. LANDLORD SERVICES

6.1. UTILITIES AND SERVICES . Landlord and Tenant shall be responsible to furnish those utilities and services to the Premises to the extent provided in Exhibit C , subject to the conditions and payment obligations and standards set forth in this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to furnish any services or utilities when the failure is the result of any accident or other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, nor shall Landlord be liable for damages resulting from power surges or any breakdown in telecommunications facilities or services. Landlord’s temporary inability to furnish any services or utilities shall not entitle Tenant to any damages, relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay rent or constitute a constructive or other eviction of Tenant, except that Landlord shall diligently attempt to restore the service or utility promptly. Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations which Landlord may reasonably establish for the provision of services and utilities, and shall cooperate with all reasonable conservation

 

8


practices established by Landlord. Landlord shall at all reasonable times have free access to all electrical and mechanical installations of Landlord. Landlord shall not charge Tenant for Tenant’s use of any existing conduit space in the Building nor for any conduit space installed by Tenant in the Building in order to connect Tenant’s voice/data and other utility cabling in the Building. Landlord shall provide Tenant, and Tenant’s contractor, with access to all existing telecommunications copper and fiber facilities in the Building.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if as a result of the direct actions of Landlord, its employees, contractors or authorized agents, for more than three (3) consecutive business days following written notice to Landlord there is no HVAC or electricity services to all or a portion of the Premises or such an interruption of other essential utilities and building services, such as fire protection or water, so that all or a portion of the Premises cannot be used by Tenant, then Tenant’s Basic Rent (or an equitable portion of such Basic Rent to the extent that less than all of the Premises are affected) shall thereafter be abated until the Premises are again usable by Tenant; provided, however, that if Landlord is diligently pursuing the repair of such utilities or services and Landlord provides substitute services reasonably suitable for Tenant’s purposes, as for example, bringing in portable air-conditioning equipment, then there shall not be an abatement of Basic Rent. The foregoing provisions shall be Tenant’s sole recourse and remedy in the event of such an interruption of services, and shall not apply in case of the actions of parties other than Landlord, its employees, contractors or authorized agents, or in the case of damage to, or destruction of, the Premises (which shall be governed by the provisions of Article 11 of the Lease). Any disputes concerning the foregoing provisions shall be submitted to and resolved by shall be decided by the JAMS/ENDISPUTE (“ JAMS ”), or its successor, with such arbitration to be held in Santa Clara County, California, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. Within ten (10) business days following submission to JAMS, JAMS shall designate three arbitrators and each party may, within five (5) business days thereafter, veto one of the three persons so designated. If two different designated arbitrators have been vetoed, the third arbitrator shall hear and decide the matter. If less than two (2) arbitrators are timely vetoed, JAMS shall select a single arbitrator from the non-vetoed arbitrators originally designated by JAMS, who shall hear and decide the matter. Any arbitration pursuant to this section shall be decided within thirty (30) days of submission to JAMS. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties. All costs associated with the arbitration shall be awarded to the prevailing party as determined by the arbitrator.

6.2. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF COMMON AREAS . During the Term, Landlord shall operate all Common Areas within the Project in good condition and repair in substantially the same condition as originally constructed. The term “ Common Areas ” shall mean all areas within the Building and exterior areas in the Project which are not held for exclusive use by persons entitled to occupy space, including without limitation parking areas and structures, driveways, sidewalks, landscaped and planted areas, hallways and interior stairwells not located within the premises of any tenant in the Building, common electrical rooms, entrances and lobbies, elevators, and restrooms in the Building not located within the Premises, electrical rooms within the Building, and all other exterior appurtenant areas and improvements within the Project provided by Landlord for the common use of Landlord and tenants in the Project and their respective employees and invitees.

6.3. USE OF COMMON AREAS . The occupancy by Tenant of the Premises shall include the use of the Common Areas in common with Landlord and with all others for whose convenience and use the Common Areas may be provided by Landlord, subject, however, to compliance with Rules and Regulations described in Article 17 below. Landlord shall at all times during the Term have exclusive control of the Common Areas, and may restrain or permit any use or occupancy, except as otherwise provided in this Lease or in Landlord’s rules and regulations. Tenant shall keep the Common Areas clear of any obstruction or unauthorized use related to Tenant’s operations. Landlord may temporarily close any portion of the Common Areas for repairs, remodeling and/or alterations, to prevent a public dedication or the accrual of prescriptive rights, or for any other reasonable purpose. Landlord’s temporary closure of any portion of the Common Areas for such purposes shall not deprive Tenant of reasonable access to the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, so long as Tenant or any Permitted Transferee continues to lease the entire Building, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to use the patio area adjacent to the Building and identified on Exhibit L (the “ Building Patio Area ”) for purposes of outdoor seating and to serve as seating for Tenant’s cafeteria.

6.4. CHANGES AND ADDITIONS BY LANDLORD . Landlord reserves the right to make alterations or additions to the Building or the Project or to the attendant fixtures, equipment and Common Areas, and such change shall not entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or other claim against Landlord. No such change shall deprive Tenant of reasonable access to or use of the Premises or reduce the number of parking spaces granted under this Lease.

 

9


ARTICLE 7. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

7.1. TENANT’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR . Except as set forth in Section 7.2 below and subject to Landlord’s obligations expressly contained in Section 3 of Exhibit G attached to this Lease and further subject to Articles 11 and 12, Tenant at its sole expense shall make all repairs necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements and fixtures therein in the condition as existed on the Commencement Date, excepting ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation. Notwithstanding Section 7.2 below, Tenant’s maintenance obligation shall include without limitation all appliances, interior glass, doors, door closures, hardware, fixtures, fire extinguisher equipment and other equipment installed in the Premises and all Alterations constructed by Tenant pursuant to Section 7.3 below, together with any “supplemental” HVAC equipment installed by Tenant or as part of the Tenant Improvement Work. All repairs and other work performed by Tenant or its contractors shall be subject to the terms of Sections 7.3 and 7.4 below. Alternatively, should Landlord or its management agent agree to make a repair on behalf of Tenant and at Tenant’s request, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord as additional rent for all reasonable costs incurred (including Landlord’s “standard supervision fee” as hereinafter defined) upon submission of an invoice. Not by way of limitation of the foregoing, Tenant may request that Landlord contract directly for interior janitorial services for the Premises, the cost of which shall be reimbursed by Tenant as provided in the foregoing. As used herein, “ standard supervision fee ” shall mean (i) 15% for the cost of repairs of less of $5,000.00, (ii) 10% for costs of repairs of $5,000.00 to $10,000.00, and (iii) 5% for the cost of repairs of greater than $10,000.00. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.1, Landlord shall perform and construct, and Tenant shall have no responsibility to perform or construct, any repair, maintenance or improvements of which Tenant notifies Landlord in writing and which require a “capital” expenditure; provided, however, that Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of such “capital expenditures” to the extent such costs are properly included in Operating Expenses.

7.2. LANDLORD’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR . Subject to Articles 11 and 12, Landlord shall provide service, replacement, maintenance and repair with respect to the heating, ventilating and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) equipment of the Building (exclusive of any “supplemental” HVAC equipment) and shall maintain in good repair the Common Areas, roof (including the roof membrane), foundations, footings, the exterior surfaces of the exterior walls of the Building (including exterior glass), and the structural, electrical, life safety, mechanical and plumbing systems of the Building (including elevators, if any, serving the Building), except to the extent provided in Section 7.1 above. Landlord shall have the right to employ or designate any reputable person or firm, including any employee or agent of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates or divisions, to perform any service, repair or maintenance function. Landlord need not make any other improvements or repairs except as specifically required under this Lease, and nothing contained in this Section 7.2 shall limit Landlord’s right to reimbursement from Tenant for maintenance, repair costs and replacement costs as provided elsewhere in this Lease. Notwithstanding any provision of the California Civil Code or any similar or successor laws to the contrary, Tenant understands that it shall not make repairs at Landlord’s expense or by rental offset. Except as provided in Section 11.1 and Article 12 below, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements to any portion of the Building, including repairs to the Premises, nor shall any related activity by Landlord constitute an actual or constructive eviction; provided, however, that in making repairs, alterations or improvements, Landlord shall interfere as little as reasonably practicable with the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932, and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor laws now or hereafter in effect.

7.3. ALTERATIONS . Tenant shall make no alterations, additions, fixtures, or improvements (collectively referred to as “ Alterations ”) to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may make Alterations to the Premises costing less than One Dollar ($1.00) per square foot of the improved portion of the Premises during each calendar year of the Term without Landlord’s consent, provided, however, that any Alterations which change the “Base, Core and Shell” (as hereinafter defined), or the electrical or mechanical systems of the Premises, or which require a governmental permit as a prerequisite to the construction thereof, shall require Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in either of the foregoing sentences, however, no Alterations shall: (i) affect the exterior of the Building or outside areas (or be visible from adjoining sites), or (ii) adversely affect or penetrate any of the structural portions of the Building, including but not limited to the roof, or (iii) fail to comply with any applicable governmental requirements, or (iv) interfere in any manner with the proper functioning of, or Landlord’s access to, any mechanical, electrical, plumbing or HVAC systems, facilities or equipment located in or serving the Building, or (v) diminish the value of the Premises including, without limitation, using lesser quality materials than those existing in the Premises, or (vi) alter or replace Standard Improvements. Further, in the event that any Alteration would result in a change from Landlord’s

 

10


building standard materials and specifications for the Project (“ Standard Improvements ”), then subject to Landlord’s election contained in the last paragraph of this Section 7.3, Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of replacing such non-standard improvement (“ Non-Standard Improvement ”) with the applicable Standard Improvement (“ Replacements ”) which Replacements shall be completed prior to the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease. Landlord may impose, as a condition to its consent, any requirements that Landlord in its discretion may deem reasonable or desirable, including but not limited to a requirement that all work in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) be covered by a lien and completion bond satisfactory to Landlord and requirements as to the manner, time, and contractor for performance of the work. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall use Landlord’s designated structural, mechanical and electrical contractors for all Alterations work affecting the structural, mechanical or electrical systems of the Building, so long as such designated contractors are reasonably available and provided such contractors’ fees are commercially reasonable. Should Tenant perform any Alterations work that triggers a requirement by any governmental entity to perform any ancillary Building modification, then Tenant shall promptly perform such work at its sole cost and expense, or, at Landlord’s option, fund the reasonable cost thereof to Landlord, in which event Landlord shall perform such work. Tenant shall obtain all required permits for the Alterations and shall perform the work in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ordinances with contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Landlord shall be entitled to a supervision fee in the amount of 4% of the cost of such Alterations either requiring a permit from the City of Santa Clara or affecting any mechanical, electrical, plumbing, or HVAC systems, facilities, or equipment located in or serving the Building. Any request for Landlord’s consent shall be made in writing and shall contain architectural plans describing the work in detail reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Landlord may elect to cause its architect to review Tenant’s architectural plans, and the reasonable cost of that review shall be reimbursed by Tenant. Should the Alterations proposed by Tenant and consented to by Landlord change the floor plan of the Premises, then Tenant shall, at its expense, furnish Landlord with as-built drawings and CAD disks compatible with Landlord’s systems. Alterations shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner using materials of a quality reasonably approved by Landlord. Unless Landlord otherwise agrees in writing, all Alterations affixed to the Premises, but excluding moveable trade fixtures, equipment, personal property, and furniture, shall become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered with the Premises at the end of the Term, except that Landlord may, as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 7.3, require Tenant to remove by the Expiration Date, or sooner termination date of this Lease, all or any Alterations (including without limitation all telephone and data cabling) installed either by Tenant or by Landlord at Tenant’s request (collectively, the “ Required Removables ”), and subject to Landlord’s election contained in the last paragraph of this Section 7.3, to replace any non-Standard Improvements with Standard Improvements. In connection with its removal of Required Removables, Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises arising from that removal and shall restore the affected area to its pre-existing condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

If Landlord conditions its consent on the same, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to remove any Alterations, and to replace the same in accordance with the applicable standards set forth above, as of the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease; provided, however, that all telephone and data cabling installed by Tenant shall in all events be removed by Tenant as of the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease. Any Alterations for which Landlord’s consent is not given, however, shall be subject to Landlord’s right, exercisable at any time, to require same to be removed (and replaced in accordance with the standards set forth above) at the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease.

7.4. MECHANIC’S LIENS . Tenant shall keep the Premises free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or for Tenant. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly cause any such lien to be released by posting a bond in accordance with California Civil Code Section 3143 or any successor statute. In the event that Tenant shall not, within 30 days following Tenant’s actual notice of the imposition of any lien, cause the lien to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other available remedies, the right to cause the lien to be released by any means it deems proper, including payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to the lien. All reasonable expenses so incurred by Landlord, including Landlord’s attorneys’ fees, shall be reimbursed by Tenant promptly following Landlord’s demand, together with interest from the date of payment by Landlord at the maximum rate permitted by law until paid. Tenant shall give Landlord no less than 10 days’ prior notice in writing before commencing construction of any kind on the Premises.

7.5. ENTRY AND INSPECTION . Landlord shall at all reasonable times, upon not less than one (1) business day’s prior verbal or written notice (except in the case of emergencies), have the right to enter the Premises to inspect them, to supply services in accordance with this Lease, to make repairs and renovations as reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord, and to submit the Premises to prospective or actual purchasers or encumbrance holders (or, during the final twelve

 

11


months of the Term or when an uncured Default exists, to prospective tenants), all without being deemed to have caused an eviction of Tenant and without abatement of rent except as provided elsewhere in this Lease. If reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close all or a portion of the Premises to perform repairs, alterations and additions. Except in emergencies, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable prior verbal notice of entry. In exercising any of Landlord’s rights of entry, inspection, repair, maintenance and construction under this Lease, including, without limitation, under Sections 5.3(d), 6.1, 6.4 and this Section 7.5, Landlord shall comply with Tenant’s reasonable security measures and operating procedures and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any disruption to Tenant. Further, Landlord shall not exercise any such rights in any manner as would unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of, access to, or parking at the Premises.

ARTICLE 8. [INTENTIONALLY DELETED]

ARTICLE 9. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

9.1. RIGHTS OF PARTIES .

(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Article 9, Tenant may not, either voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, sublet, encumber, or otherwise transfer all or any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, or permit the Premises to be occupied by anyone other than Tenant (each, a “ Transfer ”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.1(b). For purposes of this Lease, references to any subletting, sublease or variation thereof shall be deemed to apply not only to a sublease effected directly by Tenant, but also to a sub-subletting or an assignment of subtenancy by a subtenant at any level. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Article 9, no Transfer (whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) shall be valid or effective without Landlord’s prior written consent and, at Landlord’s election, such a Transfer shall constitute a material default of this Lease. Landlord shall not be deemed to have given its consent to any Transfer by any other course of action, including its acceptance of any name for listing in the Building directory.

(b) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Article 9, if Tenant or any subtenant hereunder desires to transfer an interest in this Lease, Tenant shall first notify Landlord in writing and shall request Landlord’s consent thereto. Tenant shall also submit to Landlord in writing: (i) the name and address of the proposed transferee; (ii) the nature of any proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) the terms and provisions of any proposed sublease or assignment (including without limitation the rent and other economic provisions, term, improvement obligations and commencement date); (iv) evidence that the proposed assignee or subtenant will comply with the requirements of Exhibit D to this Lease; and (v) any other information requested by Landlord and reasonably related to the Transfer. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent, provided: (1) the use of the Premises will be consistent with the provisions of this Lease and with Landlord’s commitment to other tenants of the Building and Project; (2) any proposed subtenant or assignee submits to Landlord all reasonable information as Landlord may request concerning the proposed subtenant or assignee, including, but not limited to, current financial statements; (3) the proposed assignee or subtenant is neither an existing tenant or occupant of the Project nor a prospective tenant with whom Landlord or Landlord’s affiliate has been “ actively negotiating ” (as herein defined) to become a tenant at the Project (provided Landlord has available space in the Project for such existing tenant or prospect); and (4) the proposed transferee is not an SDN (as defined below) and will not impose additional burdens or security risks on Landlord. As used herein, “actively negotiating” shall mean that the prospect shall have countered a written proposal from Landlord in writing within four (4) months prior to Tenant’s proposed transfer for the lease of space in the Building or the Project. If Landlord consents to the proposed Transfer, then the Transfer may be effected within 90 days after the date of the consent upon the terms described in the information furnished to Landlord; provided that any material change in the terms shall be subject to Landlord’s consent as set forth in this Section 9.1(b). Landlord shall approve or disapprove any requested Transfer within 15 business days following receipt of Tenant’s written notice and the information set forth above. Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer (as defined below), if Landlord approves the Transfer Tenant shall pay a transfer fee of $1,000.00 to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s execution of a Transfer consent prepared by Landlord.

(c) Except in connection with a “ Permitted Transfer ” (as defined below), in the event of an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Floor Area of the Premises (in the aggregate) for all or substantially all of the remainder of the Term, in lieu of consenting to a proposed assignment or subletting, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease in its entirety in the event of an assignment, or terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises proposed to be subleased with a proportionate abatement in the rent payable under this Lease, such termination to be effective on the date that the proposed sublease or assignment

 

12


would have commenced. Landlord may thereafter, at its option, assign or re-let any space so recaptured to any third party, including without limitation the proposed transferee identified by Tenant.

(d) Should any Transfer occur, Tenant shall, except in connection with a Permitted Transfer, promptly pay or cause to be paid to Landlord, as additional rent, 50% of any amounts paid by the assignee or subtenant, however described and whether funded during or after the Lease Term, to the extent such amounts are in excess of the sum of (i) the scheduled Basic Rent and Operating Expenses payable by Tenant hereunder (or, in the event of a subletting of only a portion of the Premises, the Basic Rent and Operating Expenses allocable to such portion as reasonably determined by Landlord) and (ii) the direct out-of-pocket costs, as evidenced by third party invoices provided to Landlord, incurred by Tenant to effect the Transfer (including, without limitation, brokerage commissions, legal fees and tenant improvements costs paid by Tenant in connection with such subletting or assignment).

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Article 9 to the contrary, Tenant shall be permitted from time to time, with at least 30 days prior written notice to Landlord, to permit its clients or contractors (“ Approved Users ”) to temporarily occupy space within the Premises, provided that (a) Tenant does not separately demise such space and the Approved Users utilize, in common with Tenant, one common entryway to the Premises as well as certain shared central services, such as reception, photocopying and the like; (b) the Approved Users shall not occupy, in the aggregate, more than 25% of the Floor Area of the Premises; and (c) all Approved Users shall be clients or contractors of Tenant, and shall occupy space in the Premises only so long as such Approved Users are conducting at least 75% of their business at the Premises under contract with Tenant (or with any Affiliate of Tenant). If any Approved Users occupy any portion of the Premises as described herein, it is agreed that (i) in no event shall any use or occupancy of any portion of the Premises by any Approved User release or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease; (ii) the Approved User and its employees, contractors and invitees visiting or occupying space in the Premises shall be deemed contractors of Tenant for purposes of Tenant’s indemnification obligations in Section 10.3; and (iii) in no event shall the occupancy of any portion of the Premises by Approved Users be deemed to create a landlord/tenant relationship between Landlord and such Approved Users, and, in all instances, Tenant shall be considered the sole tenant under the Lease notwithstanding the occupancy of any portion of the Premises by the Approved Users.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 9, Landlord’s consent shall not be required and Tenant may, without Landlord’s prior written consent and without constituting an assignment or sublease hereunder, sublet the Premises or assign the Lease to (A) an entity controlling, under common control with or controlled by Tenant (“ Affiliate ”), (B) a successor entity related to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation, nonbankruptcy reorganization, or government action, or (C) a purchaser of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located in the Premises ((A), (B) and (C) are collectively referred to herein as “ Permitted Transferees ” and individually as a “ Permitted Transferee ”, and transfers to such Permitted Transferees shall be collectively referred to herein as “ Permitted Transfers ”), so long as (i) the net worth of the Permitted Transferee is at least equal to the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to the date of such Permitted Transfer, or, in Landlord’s reasonable determination, such Permitted Transferee has sufficient net worth to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, evidence of which, satisfactory to Landlord, shall be presented to Landlord prior to such Permitted Transfer; provided, however that the provisions of this clause (i) shall not apply to transfers to an Affiliate, (ii) Tenant shall provide to Landlord, prior to such Permitted Transfer, written notice of such Permitted Transfer and such assignment documentation and other information as Landlord may reasonably require in connection therewith, and (iii all of the other terms and requirements Section 9.2 and 9.3 (but not of Section 9.1) shall apply with respect to such Permitted Transfer. A sale or transfer of Tenant’s capital stock shall not be deemed an assignment, subletting or any other transfer of this Lease or the Premises.

9.2. EFFECT OF TRANSFER . No subletting or assignment, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant, or any successor-in-interest to Tenant hereunder, of its obligation to pay rent and to perform all its other obligations under this Lease. Each assignee, other than Landlord, shall be deemed to assume all obligations of Tenant under this Lease and shall be liable jointly and severally with Tenant for the payment of all rent, and for the due performance of all of Tenant’s obligations, under this Lease. Such joint and several liability shall not be discharged or impaired by any subsequent modification or extension of this Lease. No transfer requiring Landlord’s consent shall be binding on Landlord unless any document memorializing the transfer is delivered to Landlord, both the assignee/subtenant and Tenant deliver to Landlord an executed consent to transfer instrument prepared by Landlord and consistent with the requirements of this Article, and the assignee/subtenant independently complies with all of the insurance requirements of Tenant as set forth in Exhibit D and evidence thereof is delivered to Landlord. The acceptance by Landlord of any payment due under this Lease from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any transfer. Consent by Landlord to one or more transfers shall not operate as a waiver or estoppel to the future enforcement by Landlord of its rights under this Lease.

 

13


9.3. SUBLEASE REQUIREMENTS . Any sublease, license, concession or other occupancy agreement entered into by Tenant shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease is terminated during the term of any such agreement, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such agreement as cancelled and repossess the subject space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord (or licensor, as applicable) under such agreement. Landlord shall not, by reason of such attornment or the collection of sublease rentals, be deemed liable to the subtenant for the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations under the sublease. If Tenant is in Default (hereinafter defined), Landlord is irrevocably authorized to direct any transferee under any such agreement to make all payments under such agreement directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such Default is cured. Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any transferee, upon receipt of a written notice from Landlord stating that an uncured Default exists in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Landlord all sums then and thereafter due under the sublease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of Article 9 of this Lease, an approval of any transferee, or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whenever accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person.

ARTICLE 10. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

10.1. TENANT’S INSURANCE . Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall provide and maintain in effect the insurance described in Exhibit D . Evidence of that insurance must be delivered to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date.

10.2. LANDLORD’S INSURANCE . Landlord shall provide the following types of insurance, with or without deductible and in amounts and coverages as may be determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion: property insurance, including fire, vandalism, malicious mischief and such other additional perils as may be included in a standard “special form” policy, subject to standard exclusions (such as, but not limited to, earthquake and flood exclusions), covering the full replacement value of the Building and the Project (the “ Property Policy ”). In addition, Landlord may, at its election, obtain insurance coverages for such other risks as Landlord or its Mortgagees may from time to time deem appropriate, including earthquake and commercial general liability coverage. Landlord shall not be required to carry insurance of any kind on any Alterations in the Premises installed by Tenant or its contractors or otherwise removable by Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant Installations ”), or on the “Tenant Improvements” constructed pursuant to the Work Letter, or on any trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, interior plate glass, signs or items of personal property in the Premises, and Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or replace any of the foregoing items should damage occur. All proceeds of insurance maintained by Landlord upon the Building and Project shall be the property of Landlord, whether or not Landlord is obligated to or elects to make any repairs.

10.3. JOINT INDEMNITY .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, but subject to Section 10.5 below, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Ground Lessor, and their respective agents, employees, lenders and affiliates, from and against any and all claims, liabilities, costs or expenses arising either before or after the Commencement Date from Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas, or from the conduct of its business, or from any activity, work, or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or its agents, employees, subtenants, vendors, contractors, invitees or licensees in or about the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas, or from any Default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease, or from any act or negligence of Tenant or its agents, employees, subtenants, vendors, contractors, invitees or licensees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to indemnify Landlord against any liability or expense to the extent it is ultimately determined that the same was caused by the sole negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees. In cases of alleged negligence asserted by third parties against Landlord which arise out of, are occasioned by, or in any way attributable to Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees use and occupancy of the Building or the Common Areas, or from the conduct of its business or from any activity, work or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or its agents, employees, invitees or licensees on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease, or from any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees, licensees or invitees, Tenant shall accept any tender of defense for Landlord and shall, notwithstanding any allegation of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Landlord, defend Landlord with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and protect and hold Landlord harmless and pay all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred in

 

14


connection with such litigation, provided that Tenant shall not be liable for any such injury or damage, and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs for the attorney representing both parties, all to the extent and in the proportion that such injury or damage is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction (or in connection with any negotiated settlement agreed to by Landlord) to be attributable to the active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, retain a separate attorney reasonably selected by Landlord to represent Landlord in any such suit if Landlord reasonably determines that the representation of both Tenant and Landlord by the same attorney would cause a conflict of interest; provided, however, that to the extent and in the proportion that the injury or damage which is the subject of the suit is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction (or in connection with any negotiated settlement agreed to by Landlord) to be attributable to the active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable legal fees and costs of the separate attorney retained by Tenant.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, but subject to the express limitations on liability contained in this Lease (including, without limitation, the provisions of Sections 10.5 and 14.8 of this Lease), Tenant shall not indemnify Landlord for, and Landlord shall defend, indemnify, protect, save and hold harmless Tenant, its agents and any and all affiliates of Tenant, including without limitation, any corporations, or other entities controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant, from and against, any and all claims, liabilities, costs or expenses arising either before or after the Commencement Date from the active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees or authorized agents in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Common Areas of the Building or Project. The provisions of this Subsection 10.3(b) shall expressly survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

10.4. LANDLORD’S NONLIABILITY . Subject only to the express indemnity obligations contained in Section 10.3(b) of this Lease but notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, its employees, agents and invitees, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord, its employees and agents for loss of or damage to any property, or any injury to any person, resulting from any condition including, but not limited to, acts or omissions (criminal or otherwise) of third parties and/or other tenants of the Project, or their agents, employees or invitees, fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning, electrical works or other fixtures in the Building, whether the damage or injury results from conditions arising in the Premises or in other portions of the Building, except to the extent of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees or authorized agents in connection with the foregoing (but subject to Section 10.5 below). It is understood that any such condition may require the temporary evacuation or closure of all or a portion of the Building. Should Tenant elect to receive any service from a concessionaire, licensee or third party tenant of Landlord, Tenant shall not seek recourse against Landlord for any breach or liability of that service provider. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in no event shall Landlord be liable for Tenant’s loss or interruption of business or income (including without limitation, Tenant’s consequential damages, lost profits or opportunity costs), or for interference with light or other similar intangible interests.

10.5. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives all rights of recovery against the other on account of loss and damage occasioned to the property of such waiving party to the extent that the waiving party is entitled to proceeds for such loss and damage under any property insurance policies carried or otherwise required to be carried by this Lease (including, without limitation, the Property Policy required of Landlord in the first sentence of Section 10.2 of this Lease); provided however, that the foregoing waiver shall not apply to the extent of Tenant’s obligation to pay deductibles under any such policies and this Lease. By this waiver it is the intent of the parties that neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable to any insurance company (by way of subrogation or otherwise) insuring the other party for any loss or damage insured against under any property insurance policies, even though such loss or damage might be occasioned by the negligence of such party, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. The foregoing waiver by Tenant shall also inure to the benefit of Landlord’s management agent for the Building. All of Landlord’s and Tenant’s repair and indemnity obligations under this Lease shall be subject to the waiver contained in this Section 10.5.

ARTICLE 11. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

11.1. RESTORATION .

(a) If the Building of which the Premises are a part is damaged as the result of an event of casualty, then subject to the provisions below, Landlord shall repair that damage as soon as reasonably possible unless Landlord reasonably determines that: (i) the Premises have been

 

15


materially damaged and there is less than 1 year of the Term remaining on the date of the casualty or (ii) proceeds necessary to pay the full cost of the repair are not available from Landlord’s Property Policy and/or from its other property insurance policies (if any), insurance, including without limitation earthquake insurance plus any additional amounts Tenant elects, at its option, to contribute, excluding, however, the deductible (for which Tenant shall be responsible to reimburse Landlord as a “Project Cost”, subject to the terms and limitations of Section (g) of Exhibit B attached to this Lease). Should Landlord elect not to repair the damage for one of the preceding reasons, Landlord shall so notify Tenant in the “Casualty Notice” (as defined below), and this Lease shall terminate as of the date of delivery of that notice.

(b) As soon as reasonably practicable following the casualty event but not later than 60 days thereafter, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (“ Casualty Notice ”) of Landlord’s election, if applicable, to terminate this Lease. If this Lease is not so terminated, the Casualty Notice shall set forth the anticipated period for repairing the casualty damage. If the anticipated repair period exceeds 270 days, then either party may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to the other within 10 business days following delivery of the Casualty Notice. In addition, Tenant may terminate this Lease within 10 business days following receipt of such Casualty Notice if the casualty has occurred within the final twelve (12) months of the Term and such material damage has a materially adverse impact on Tenant’s continued use of the Premises.

(c) In the event that neither Landlord nor Tenant terminates this Lease pursuant to Section 11.1(b), Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, repair all material damage to the Premises or the Building as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in effect for the remainder of the Term. Upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall assign or endorse over to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all property insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance with respect to any Tenant Installations; and Landlord shall restore any such Tenant Installations. In the absence of any such notice from Landlord, restoration of the Tenant Installations shall be Tenant’s responsibility at its sole cost and expense.

(d) From and after the casualty event, the rental to be paid under this Lease shall be abated in the same proportion that the Floor Area of the Premises that is rendered unusable by the damage from time to time bears to the total Floor Area of the Premises.

(e) Notwithstanding, anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11.1, if for any reasons other than delays caused by Tenant, or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (not to exceed thirty (30) days in the aggregate), the Premises has not been substantially repaired within the time period specified in the Casualty Notice, then Tenant may, by written notice to Landlord given at any time thereafter but prior to the actual date of the substantial completion of the repair of the Premises or the Building, elect to terminate this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time during the construction period, Landlord reasonably determines that the substantial completion of said repairs will be delayed beyond the time period specified in the Casualty Notice (for reasons other than Tenant-caused delays and/or force majeure delays not exceeding 30 days in the aggregate), then Landlord may notify Tenant in writing of such determination and of a new outside date for completion of such repairs, and Tenant must elect within ten (10) days of receipt of such notice to either terminate this Lease or waive its right to terminate this Lease provided such repairs are substantially completed prior to the new outside date established by Landlord in such notice to Tenant. Tenant’s failure to elect to terminate this Lease within such ten (10) day period shall be deemed Tenant’s waiver of its right to terminate this Lease as provided in this paragraph as to the previous outside date, but not as to the new outside date established by said notice.

11.2. LEASE GOVERNS . Tenant agrees that the provisions of this Lease, including without limitation Section 11.1, shall govern any damage or destruction and shall accordingly supersede any contrary statute or rule of law.

ARTICLE 12. EMINENT DOMAIN

Either party may terminate this Lease if any material part of the Premises is taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under Law, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ”). Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building or Project which would have a material adverse effect on Landlord’s ability to profitably operate the remainder of the Building. The terminating party shall provide written notice of termination to the other party within 45 days after it first receives notice of the Taking. The termination shall be effective as of the effective date of any order granting possession to, or vesting legal title in, the condemning authority. If this Lease is not terminated, Basic Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses shall be appropriately adjusted to account for any reduction in the square footage of the Building or Premises. All compensation awarded for a Taking shall be the property of Landlord and the right to receive compensation or proceeds in connection with a Taking are expressly waived by Tenant; provided, however, Tenant may file a

 

16


claim for Tenant’s personal property and fixtures and Tenant’s relocation expenses, and business interruption expenses recoverable from the taking authority. If only a part of the Premises is subject to a Taking and this Lease is not terminated, Landlord, with reasonable diligence, will restore the remaining portion of the Premises as nearly as practicable to the condition immediately prior to the Taking. Tenant agrees that the provisions of this Lease shall govern any Taking and shall accordingly supersede any contrary statute or rule of law.

ARTICLE 13. SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

13.1. SUBORDINATION . Tenant accepts this lease subject and subordinate: (i) to the Ground Lease, and (ii) to any mortgage(s), deed(s) of trust, other ground lease(s) or other lien(s) subsequently arising upon the Building or the Project, and to renewals, modifications, refinancings and extensions thereof (collectively referred to as a “ Mortgage ”); provided, that so long as no uncured Default exists under this Lease, Tenant’s possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises shall not be disturbed and this Lease shall not terminate in the event of termination of any such Mortgage, or the foreclosure of any such Mortgage, to which this Lease has been subordinated pursuant to this Section. The party having the benefit of a Mortgage being referred to as a “ Mortgagee ”). Tenant shall execute a nondisturbance subordination and attornment agreement in commercially reasonable form and content (the “ SNDA ”), upon not less than twenty (20) days prior written notice from Landlord, in favor of any prospective Mortgagee, provided that such SNDA shall provide a nondisturbance covenant benefitting Tenant. Alternatively, a Mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease. Tenant agrees that any purchaser at a foreclosure sale or lender taking title under a deed in lieu of foreclosure in connection with any Mortgagee shall not be responsible for any act or omission of a prior landlord, shall not be subject to any offsets or defenses Tenant may have against a prior landlord, and shall not be liable for the return of the Security Deposit not actually recovered by such purchaser nor bound by any rent paid in advance of the calendar month in which the transfer of title occurred; provided that the foregoing shall not release the applicable prior landlord from any liability for those obligations. Tenant acknowledges that Mortgagees and their successors-in-interest are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 13.1.

Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that there are no Mortgages encumbering the Building or the Project as of the execution of this Lease, except for the Ground Lease. Landlord shall obtain, as a condition precedent to the Commencement Date, the Nondisturbance Agreement in form and content of Exhibit I attached to this Lease from the Ground Lessor for the benefit of Tenant.

13.2. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE . Tenant shall, within 20 days following the request of Landlord, execute and deliver a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate in favor of those parties as are reasonably requested by Landlord (including a Mortgagee or a prospective purchaser of the Building or the Project).

ARTICLE 14. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

14.1. TENANT’S DEFAULTS . In addition to any other event of default set forth in this Lease, the occurrence of any one or more of the following events (following the expiration of any cure period set forth below, if any is provided) shall constitute a “ Default ” by Tenant:

(a) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Rent required to be made by Tenant, as and when due, where the failure continues for a period of 5 days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant. The term “Rent” as used in this Lease shall be deemed to mean the Basic Rent and all other sums required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

(b) Except as provided in Article 9 of this Lease, the assignment, sublease, encumbrance or other Transfer of the Lease by Tenant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, whether by judgment, execution, transfer by intestacy or testacy, or other means, where such assignment, sublease, encumbrance or other transfer remains in effect for a period of fifteen (15) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant.

(c) The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement provided by Tenant, or by any affiliate, successor or guarantor of Tenant, was materially false.

(d) The failure by Tenant to deliver an SNDA or an estoppel certificate in form and content required by the applicable provisions of Section 13.1 of this Lease, where the failure continues for a period of 10 days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant.

(e) Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease (in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a Default), the failure or inability by Tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants or

 

17


provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in any other subsection of this Section 14.1(e), where the failure continues for a period of 30 days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant. However, if the nature of the failure is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if Tenant commences the cure within 30 days, and thereafter diligently pursues the cure to completion.

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law, and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161, or any successor statute, in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding (but the foregoing shall not limit or modify the cure periods specifically set forth in this Section 14).

14.2. LANDLORD’S REMEDIES .

(a) Upon the occurrence of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord, Landlord may exercise the following remedies:

(i) Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. Such termination shall not affect any accrued obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Upon termination, Landlord shall have the right to reenter the Premises and remove all persons and property. Landlord shall also be entitled to recover from Tenant:

(1) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination;

(2) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;

(3) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided;

(4) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result from Tenant’s default, including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, commissions and other expenses of reletting, including necessary repair, renovation, improvement and alteration of the Premises for a new tenant, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and any other reasonable costs; and

(5) At Landlord’s election, all other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted by law. Any sum, other than Basic Rent, shall be computed on the basis of the average monthly amount accruing during the 24 month period immediately prior to Default, except that if it becomes necessary to compute such rental before the 24 month period has occurred, then the computation shall be on the basis of the average monthly amount during the shorter period. As used in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate of 10% per annum. As used in subparagraph (3) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

(ii) Landlord may elect not to terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, in which event Landlord may continue to enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to collect all rent as it becomes due. Efforts by the Landlord to maintain, preserve or relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Landlord’s interests under this Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises. In the event that Landlord elects to avail itself of the remedy provided by this subsection (ii), Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to an assignment or subletting of the Premises subject to the reasonable standards for Landlord’s consent as are contained in this Lease.

(b) The various rights and remedies reserved to Landlord in this Lease or otherwise shall be cumulative and, except as otherwise provided by California law, Landlord may pursue any or all of its rights and remedies at the same time. No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or remedy shall be construed as a waiver of the right or remedy or of any breach or Default by Tenant. The acceptance by Landlord of rent shall not be a (i) waiver of any preceding breach or Default by Tenant of any provision of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of the preceding

 

18


breach or Default at the time of acceptance of rent, or (ii) a waiver of Landlord’s right to exercise any remedy available to Landlord by virtue of the breach or Default. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the rent required by this Lease shall be deemed to be other than a partial payment on account of the earliest due stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter be deemed an accord and satisfaction and Landlord shall accept the check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of the rent or pursue any other remedy available to it. Tenant hereby waives any right of redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1174 or 1179, or under any successor statute, in the event this Lease is terminated by reason of any Default by Tenant. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. No employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys to the Premises prior to the termination of this Lease, and the delivery of the keys to any employee shall not operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises.

14.3. LATE PAYMENTS .

(a) Any Rent due under this Lease that is not paid to Landlord within 5 days of the date when due shall bear interest at the maximum rate permitted by law from the date due until fully paid. The payment of interest shall not cure any Default by Tenant under this Lease. In addition, Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant to Landlord of rent will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Those costs may include, but are not limited to, administrative, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any ground lease, mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any rent due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within 5 days after the date due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition to the interest provided above, a late charge for each delinquent payment equal to the greater of (i) 5% of that delinquent payment or (ii) $100.00. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the late fee for the initial late payment of Basic Rent and/or Operating Expenses during each calendar year of the Term shall be waived. Acceptance of a late charge by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s Default with respect to the overdue amount, nor shall it prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies.

14.4. RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM . If Tenant is in Default of any of its obligations under the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to perform such obligations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such performance upon demand together with an administrative charge equal to 10% of the cost of the work performed by Landlord.

14.5. DEFAULT BY LANDLORD . Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the performance of any obligation under this Lease unless and until it has failed to perform the obligation within 30 days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord specifying in reasonable detail the nature and extent of the failure; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it commences performance within the 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursues the cure to completion. Tenant hereby waives any right to terminate or rescind this Lease as a result of any default by Landlord hereunder or any breach by Landlord of any promise or inducement relating hereto, and Tenant agrees that its remedies shall be limited to a suit for actual damages and/or injunction and shall in no event include any consequential damages, lost profits or opportunity costs.

14.6. EXPENSES AND LEGAL FEES . Should either Landlord or Tenant bring any action in connection with this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover as a part of the action its reasonable attorneys’ fees, and all other reasonable costs. The prevailing party for the purpose of this paragraph shall be determined by the trier of the facts.

14.7. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL/JUDICIAL REFERENCE .

(a) LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE OF AND HAS HAD THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE WITH RESPECT TO ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY, AND EACH PARTY DOES HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVE AND RELEASE ALL SUCH RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER (AND/OR AGAINST ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, OR SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATED ENTITIES) ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE.

(b) In the event that the jury waiver provisions of Section 14.7 (a) are not enforceable under California law, then, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, the provisions of this Section 14.7 (b) shall apply. Landlord and Tenant agree that any disputes arising in connection with this Lease (including but not limited to a determination of any and all of the issues in such dispute, whether of fact or of law) shall be resolved (and a decision shall be rendered) by way of a general reference as provided for in Part 2, Title 8, Chapter 6 (§§ 638 et. seq.) of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or any successor California statute governing resolution of disputes by a court appointed referee. Nothing within this Section 14.7 shall apply to an unlawful detainer action.

 

19


14.8 SATISFACTION OF JUDGMENT . The obligations of Landlord do not constitute the personal obligations of the individual partners, trustees, directors, officers, members or shareholders of Landlord or its constituent partners or members. Should Tenant recover a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment shall be satisfied only from the interest of Landlord in the Project and out of the rent or other income from such property receivable by Landlord or out of consideration received by Landlord from the sale or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title or interest in the Project, and no action for any deficiency may be sought or obtained by Tenant.

ARTICLE 15. END OF TERM

15.1. HOLDING OVER . If Tenant holds over for any period after the Expiration Date (or earlier termination of the Term) without the prior written consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall constitute a tenancy at sufferance only and a Default by Tenant; such holding over with the prior written consent of Landlord shall constitute a month-to-month tenancy commencing on the 1st day following the termination of this Lease and terminating 30 days following delivery of written notice of termination by either Landlord or Tenant to the other. In either of such events, possession shall be subject to all of the terms of this Lease, except that the monthly rental shall be 150% of the total monthly rental for the month immediately preceding the date of termination, subject to Landlord’s right to modify same upon 30 days notice to Tenant. The acceptance by Landlord of monthly hold-over rental in a lesser amount shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration of this Lease despite demand to do so by Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or liability, including without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant relating to such failure to surrender. The foregoing provisions of this Section 15.1 are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other rights of Landlord under this Lease or at law.

15.2. SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY . Upon the Expiration Date or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order, condition and repair as on the Commencement Date or as hereafter may be improved by Landlord or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear, casualty, condemnation and repairs which are Landlord’s obligation excepted, and shall remove all wallpapering, voice and/or data transmission cabling installed by or for Tenant and Required Removables, together with all personal property and debris, and shall perform all work required under Section 7.3 of this Lease except for any items that Landlord may by written authorization allow to remain. If Tenant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Section 15.2, Landlord may effect the removal and/or make any repairs, and the cost to Landlord shall be additional rent payable by Tenant upon demand.

ARTICLE 16. PAYMENTS AND NOTICES

All sums payable by Tenant to Landlord shall be paid, without deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States to Landlord at its address set forth in Item 12 of the Basic Lease Provisions, or at any other place as Landlord may designate in writing. Unless this Lease expressly provides otherwise, as for example in the payment of rent pursuant to Section 4.1, all payments shall be due and payable within 5 days after demand. All payments requiring proration shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days in the pertinent calendar month or year, as applicable. Any notice, election, demand, consent, approval or other communication to be given or other document to be delivered by either party to the other may be delivered to the other party, at the address set forth in Item 12 of the Basic Lease Provisions, by personal service, or by any courier or “overnight” express mailing service. Either party may, by written notice to the other, served in the manner provided in this Article, designate a different address. The refusal to accept delivery of a notice, or the inability to deliver the notice (whether due to a change of address for which notice was not duly given or other good reason), shall be deemed delivery and receipt of the notice as of the date of attempted delivery. If more than one person or entity is named as Tenant under this Lease, service of any notice upon any one of them shall be deemed as service upon all of them.

 

20


ARTICLE 17. RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant agrees to comply with the Rules and Regulations attached as Exhibit E , and any reasonable and nondiscriminatory amendments, modifications and/or additions as may be adopted and published by written notice to tenants by Landlord for the safety, care, security, good order, or cleanliness of the Premises, Building, Project and/or Common Areas. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any violation of the Rules and Regulations or the breach of any covenant or condition in any lease or any other act or conduct by any other tenant, and the same shall not constitute a constructive eviction hereunder. One or more waivers by Landlord of any breach of the Rules and Regulations by Tenant or by any other tenant(s) shall not be a waiver of any subsequent breach of that rule or any other. Tenant’s failure to keep and observe the Rules and Regulations shall constitute a default under this Lease. In the case of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and this Lease, this Lease shall be controlling.

ARTICLE 18. BROKER’S COMMISSION

The parties recognize the brokerage firms which negotiated this Lease on behalf of Landlord (the “ Landlord’s Broker ”) as stated in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions, and that no broker has represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions to Landlord’s Broker. Each party warrants that it has had no dealings with any other real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and agrees to indemnify and hold the other party harmless from any cost, expense or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any compensation, commissions or charges claimed by any other real estate broker or agent employed or claiming to represent or to have been employed by the indemnifying party in connection with the negotiation of this Lease. The foregoing agreement shall survive the termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 19. TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST

In the event of any transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Premises (other than to a Mortgagee), provided the transferee assumes in writing the transferor’s obligations under this Lease accruing from and after the effective date of said transfer, the transferor shall be automatically relieved of all obligations on the part of Landlord accruing under this Lease from and after the date of the transfer, provided that Tenant is duly notified of the transfer. Any funds held by the transferor in which Tenant has an interest, including without limitation, the Security Deposit, shall be turned over, subject to that interest, to the transferee. No Mortgagee to which this Lease is or may be subordinate shall be responsible in connection with the Security Deposit unless the Mortgagee actually receives the Security Deposit. It is intended that the covenants and obligations contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord shall, subject to the foregoing, be binding on Landlord, its successors and assigns, only during and in respect to their respective successive periods of ownership.

ARTICLE 20. INTERPRETATION

20.1. NUMBER . Whenever the context of this Lease requires, the words “Landlord” and “Tenant” shall include the plural as well as the singular.

20.2. HEADINGS . The captions and headings of the articles and sections of this Lease are for convenience only, are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon its construction or interpretation.

20.3. JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY . If more than one person or entity is named as Tenant, the obligations imposed upon each shall be joint and several and the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them shall be binding on all of them with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, termination or modification of this Lease.

20.4. SUCCESSORS . Subject to Sections 13.1 and 22.3 and to Articles 9 and 19 of this Lease, all rights and liabilities given to or imposed upon Landlord and Tenant shall extend to and bind their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Nothing contained in this Section 20.4 is intended, or shall be construed, to grant to any person other than Landlord and Tenant and their successors and assigns any rights or remedies under this Lease.

20.5. TIME OF ESSENCE . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

20.6. CONTROLLING LAW/VENUE . This Lease shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Should any litigation be commenced between the parties in connection with this Lease, such action shall be prosecuted in the applicable State Court of California in the county in which the Building is located.

 

21


20.7. SEVERABILITY . If any term or provision of this Lease, the deletion of which would not adversely affect the receipt of any material benefit by either party or the deletion of which is consented to by the party adversely affected, shall be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

20.8. WAIVER . One or more waivers by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease shall not be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition. Consent to any act by one of the parties shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of that party’s consent to any subsequent act. No breach of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived unless the waiver is in a writing signed by the waiving party.

20.9. INABILITY TO PERFORM . In the event that either party shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any work or in performing any act required under this Lease by reason of any cause beyond the reasonable control of that party, then the performance of the work or the doing of the act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the time for performance shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of the delay. The provisions of this Section 20.9 shall not operate to excuse Tenant from the prompt payment of Rent.

20.10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Lease and its exhibits and other attachments cover in full each and every agreement of every kind between the parties concerning the Premises, the Building, and the Project, and all preliminary negotiations, oral agreements, understandings and/or practices, except those contained in this Lease, are superseded and of no further effect. Tenant waives its rights to rely on any representations or promises made by Landlord or others which are not contained in this Lease. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to modify the provisions of this Lease, any statute, law, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding.

20.11. QUIET ENJOYMENT . Upon the observance and performance of all the covenants, terms and conditions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, and subject to the other provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of quiet enjoyment and use of the Premises for the Term without hindrance or interruption by Landlord or any other person claiming by or through Landlord.

20.12. SURVIVAL . All covenants of Landlord or Tenant which reasonably would be intended to survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, including without limitation any warranty or indemnity hereunder, shall so survive and continue to be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective parties and their successors and assigns.

ARTICLE 21. EXECUTION AND RECORDING

21.1. COUNTERPARTS . This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall be one and the same agreement.

21.2. CORPORATE AND PARTNERSHIP AUTHORITY . If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, Tenant represents and warrants that each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease and that this Lease is binding upon the corporation, limited liability company or partnership in accordance with its terms.

21.3. EXECUTION OF LEASE; NO OPTION OR OFFER . The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall be for examination purposes only, and shall not constitute an offer to or option for Tenant to lease the Premises. Execution of this Lease by Tenant and its return to Landlord shall not be binding upon Landlord, notwithstanding any time interval, until Landlord has in fact executed and delivered this Lease to Tenant, it being intended that this Lease shall only become effective upon execution by Landlord and delivery of a fully executed counterpart to Tenant.

21.4. RECORDING . Tenant shall not record this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant, upon the request of Landlord, shall execute and acknowledge a “short form” memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes.

21.5. AMENDMENTS . No amendment or mutual termination of this Lease shall be effective unless in writing signed by authorized signatories of Tenant and Landlord, or by their respective successors in interest. No actions, policies, oral or informal arrangements, business dealings or other course of conduct by or between the parties shall be deemed to modify this Lease in any respect.

21.6. ATTACHMENTS . All exhibits, riders and addenda attached to this Lease are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease.

 

22


ARTICLE 22. MISCELLANEOUS

22.1. NONDISCLOSURE OF LEASE TERMS . Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Except to the extent disclosure is required by law, Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal and space-planning consultants, and except that: (i) Tenant is required to disclose the Confidential Information in response to a subpoena or other regulatory, administrative or court order, (ii) Tenant is required to disclose the Confidential Information to, or file a copy of this Lease with, any governmental agency or any stock exchange; provided, however, that if disclosure of the Confidential Information is required by subpoena or other regulatory, administrative or court order, Tenant shall provide Landlord with as much advance notice of the possibility of such disclosure as practical so that Landlord may attempt to stop such disclosure or obtain an order concerning such disclosure. In addition, Tenant may disclose the terms of this Lease to (i) prospective assignees of this Lease and prospective subtenants under this Lease with whom Tenant is actively negotiating such an assignment or sublease, (ii) to Tenant’s attorneys, accountants and financial advisors, and (iii) in connection with any acquisition of Tenant by merger, consolidation, nonbankruptcy reorganization, or government action, a sale of substantially all of Tenant’s assets, any sale or transfer of Tenant’s capital stock or any financing by Tenant.

22.2. TENANT’S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . The application, financial statements and tax returns, if any, submitted and certified to by Tenant as an accurate representation of its financial condition have been prepared, certified and submitted to Landlord as an inducement and consideration to Landlord to enter into this Lease. Tenant shall during the Term furnish Landlord with current annual financial statements accurately reflecting Tenant’s financial condition upon written request from Landlord within 20 days following Landlord’s request (but not more frequently than once during any calendar year); provided, however, that so long as Tenant is a publicly traded corporation on a nationally recognized stock exchange, the foregoing obligation to deliver the statements shall be waived. If delivered to Landlord marked or otherwise designate as “confidential”, Landlord agrees that it will keep the statements confidential, except that Landlord shall have the right to deliver the same to any proposed purchaser of the Building or Project, and to any encumbrancer or proposed encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Building or Project.

22.3. MORTGAGEE PROTECTION . No act or failure to act on the part of Landlord which would otherwise entitle Tenant to be relieved of its obligations hereunder or to terminate this Lease shall result in such a release or termination unless (a) Tenant has given notice by registered or certified mail to any Mortgagee of a Mortgage covering the Building whose address has been furnished to Tenant and (b) such Mortgagee is afforded a reasonable opportunity to cure the default by Landlord (which shall in no event be less than 60 days), including, if necessary to effect the cure, time to obtain possession of the Building by power of sale or judicial foreclosure provided that such foreclosure remedy is diligently pursued. Tenant shall comply with any written directions by any Mortgagee to pay Rent due hereunder directly to such Mortgagee without determining whether a default exists under such Mortgagee’s Mortgage.

22.4. SDN LIST . Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant nor any officer, director, employee, partner, member or other principal of Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) is listed as a Specially Designated National and Blocked Person (“ SDN ”) on the list of such persons and entities issued by the U.S. Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC). In the event Tenant or any Tenant Party is or becomes listed as an SDN, Tenant shall be deemed in breach of this Lease and Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease immediately upon written notice to Tenant.

 

23


LANDLORD:     TENANT:

THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.,

a Nevada corporation

By:  

/s/ Ray Wirta

    By  

/s/ JAYSHREE ULLAL

 

Ray Wirta, President

Investment Properties Group

   

 

Printed Name

 

 

JAYSHREE ULLAL

      Title  

ARISTA NETWORKS CEO

By:  

/s/ Douglas G. Holte

    By  

/s/ ANDREAS BECHTOLSHEIM

 

Douglas G. Holte, President

Office Properties

   

 

Printed Name

 

 

ANDREAS BECHTOLSHEIM

      Title  

CHAIRMAN

 

LOGO

 

24


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

Operating Expenses

(Net)

(a) From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, Tenant’s Share of all Operating Expenses, as defined in Section (f) below, incurred by Landlord in the operation of the Building and the Project. The term “ Tenant’s Share ” means 100% of the Operating Expenses determined by Landlord to benefit or relate substantially to the Building, plus that portion of any Operating Expenses reasonably determined by multiplying the cost of such item by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Floor Area and the denominator of which is the total rentable square footage, as reasonably determined from time to time by Landlord, of all or some of the buildings in the Project, for expenses reasonably determined by Landlord to benefit or relate substantially to all or some of the buildings in the Project rather than any specific building. In the event that Landlord reasonably determines that the Premises or the Building incur a non-proportional benefit from any expense, or is the non-proportional cause of any such expense, Landlord may allocate a greater percentage of such Operating Expense to the Premises or the Building. In the event that any management and/or overhead fee payable or imposed by Landlord for the management of Tenant’s Premises is calculated as a percentage of the rent payable by Tenant and other tenants of Landlord, then the full amount of such management and/or overhead fee which is attributable to the rent paid by Tenant shall be additional rent payable by Tenant, in full, provided, however, that Landlord may elect to include such full amount as part of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses.

(b) Commencing prior to the start of the first full “ Expense Recovery Period ” of the Lease (as defined in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions), and prior to the start of each full or partial Expense Recovery Period thereafter, Landlord shall give Tenant a written estimate of the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the applicable Expense Recovery Period. Tenant shall pay the estimated amounts to Landlord in equal monthly installments, in advance, concurrently with payments of Basic Rent. If Landlord has not furnished its written estimate for any Expense Recovery Period by the time set forth above, Tenant shall continue to pay monthly the estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in effect during the prior Expense Recovery Period; provided that when the new estimate is delivered to Tenant, Tenant shall, at the next monthly payment date, pay any accrued estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses based upon the new estimate. Landlord may from time to time change the Expense Recovery Period to reflect a calendar year or a new fiscal year of Landlord, as applicable, in which event Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses shall be equitably prorated for any partial year.

(c) Within 180 days after the end of each Expense Recovery Period, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (a “ Reconciliation Statement ”) showing in reasonable detail the actual or prorated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord during such Expense Recovery Period, and the parties shall within 30 days thereafter make any payment or allowance necessary to adjust Tenant’s estimated payments of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, if any, to the actual Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses as shown by the Reconciliation Statement. Any delay or failure by Landlord in delivering any Reconciliation Statement shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to require Tenant to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses pursuant hereto. Any amount due Tenant shall be credited against installments of Basic Rent and Operating Expenses next coming due, and any deficiency shall be paid by Tenant together with the next installment of Basic Rent. Should Tenant fail to object in writing to Landlord’s determination of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses or fail to give written notice of its intent to audit Landlord’s Operating Expenses pursuant to the provisions of the next succeeding paragraph, within 180 days following delivery of Landlord’s Reconciliation Statement, Landlord’s determination of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the applicable Expense Recovery Period shall be conclusive and binding on Tenant for all purposes and any future claims by Tenant to the contrary shall be barred.

Provided no Default has occurred and is continuing, Tenant shall have the right to cause a certified public accountant, engaged on a non-contingency fee basis, to audit Operating Expenses by inspecting Landlord’s general ledger of expenses not more than once during any Expense Recovery Period. However, to the extent that insurance premiums or any other component of Operating Expenses is determined by Landlord on the basis of an internal allocation of costs utilizing information Landlord in good faith deems proprietary, such expense component shall not be subject to audit so long as it does not exceed the amount per square foot typically imposed by landlords of other first class business parks in Santa Clara County, California. Tenant shall give notice to Landlord of Tenant’s intent to audit within one hundred eighty (180) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s expense statement which sets forth Tenant’s Share of Landlord’s actual Operating Expenses. Such audit shall be conducted at a

 

1


mutually agreeable time during normal business hours at the office of Landlord or its management agent where such accounts are maintained. If Tenant’s audit determines that actual Operating Expenses have been overstated by more than five percent (5%), then subject to Landlord’s right to review and/or contest the audit results, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of such audit. Tenant’s rent shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any overstatement in Operating Expenses. In the event of a dispute between Landlord and Tenant regarding such audit, such dispute shall be submitted and resolved by binding arbitration pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Lease. All of the information obtained by Tenant and/or its auditor in connection with such audit, as well as any compromise, settlement, or adjustment reached between Landlord and Tenant as a result thereof, shall be held in strict confidence and, except as may be required pursuant to litigation, shall not be disclosed to any third party, directly or indirectly, by Tenant or its auditor or any of their officers, agents or employees. Landlord may require Tenant’s auditor to execute a separate confidentiality agreement affirming the foregoing as a condition precedent to any audit. In the event of a violation of this confidentiality covenant in connection with any audit, then in addition to any other legal or equitable remedy available to Landlord, Tenant shall forfeit its right to any reconciliation or cost reimbursement payment from Landlord due to said audit (and any such payment theretofore made by Landlord shall be promptly returned by Tenant), and Tenant shall have no further audit rights under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right of audit with respect to any Expense Recovery Period unless the total Operating Expenses per square foot for such Expense Recovery Period, as set forth in Landlord’s annual expense reconciliation, exceed the total Operating Expenses per square foot during the initial Expense Recovery Period during the Term, as increased by the percentage change in the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, Consumer Price Index for ail Urban Consumers, San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose, CA Area Average, all items (1982-84 = 100) (the “Index”), which change in the Index shall be measured by comparing the Index published for January of the initial Expense Recovery Period during the Term with the Index published for January of the applicable Expense Recovery Period.

(d) Even though this Lease has terminated and the Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the Expense Recovery Period in which this Lease terminates, Tenant shall within 30 days of written notice pay the entire increase over the estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses already paid. Conversely, any overpayment by Tenant shall be rebated by Landlord to Tenant not later than 30 days after such final determination. However, in lieu thereof, Landlord may deliver a reasonable estimate of the anticipated reconciliation amount to Tenant prior to the Expiration Date of the Term, in which event the appropriate party shall fund the amount by the Expiration Date.

(e) If, at any time during any Expense Recovery Period, any one or more of the Operating Expenses are increased to a rate(s) or amount(s) in excess of the rate(s) or amount(s) used in calculating the estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the year, then the estimate of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses may be increased by written notice from Landlord for the month in which such rate(s) or amount(s) becomes effective and for all succeeding months by an amount equal to the estimated amount of Tenant’s Share of the increase. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of the amount or estimated amount of the increase, the month in which the increase will become effective, Tenant’s Share thereof and the months for which the payments are due. Tenant shall pay the increase to Landlord as part of the Tenant’s monthly payments of estimated expenses as provided in paragraph (b) above, commencing with the month in which effective.

(f) The term “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean and include all Project Costs, as defined in Section (g) below, and Property Taxes, as defined in Section (h) below.

(g) The term “ Project Costs ” shall mean all expenses of operation, management, repair, replacement and maintenance of the Building and the Project, including without limitation all appurtenant Common Areas (as defined in Section 6.2 of the Lease), and shall include the following charges by way of illustration but not limitation: water and sewer charges; insurance premiums, deductibles, or reasonable premium equivalents or deductible equivalents should Landlord elect to self insure any risk that Landlord is authorized to insure hereunder (provided, however, that Tenant’s obligation to reimburse any such deductible or deductible equivalent shall not exceed the amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) per occurrence for any casualty); license, permit, and inspection fees (but excluding business management and/or broker licenses); light; power; window washing; trash pickup; heating, ventilating and air conditioning; supplies; materials; equipment; tools; reasonable fees for consulting services; access control/security costs, inclusive of the reasonable cost of improvements made to enhance access control systems and procedures; costs incurred in connection with compliance with any laws or changes in laws becoming effective after the Commencement Date applicable to the Building or the Project (provided that, except for laws or changes in laws that pertain

 

2


particularly to Tenant or to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises (which shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant at its cost), to the extent such laws or change in laws require expenditures of a “capital” nature, then such “capital” expenditure shall be amortized (using a market cost of funds as reasonably determined by Landlord) over the useful life of such asset and only the amortized cost thereof shall be includable in Project Costs during the remaining Term of the Lease); the cost of any capital expenditures or replacements (other than tenant improvements for specific tenants) to the extent of the amortized amount thereof over the useful life of such capital expenditures or replacements (or, if such capital expenditures or replacements are anticipated to achieve a cost savings as to the Operating Expenses, any shorter estimated period of time over which the cost of the capital expenditures or replacements would be recovered from the estimated cost savings) calculated at a market cost of funds, all as reasonably determined by Landlord, for each year of useful life or shorter recovery period of such capital expenditure whether such capital expenditure occurs during or prior to the commencement of the Term; costs associated with the maintenance of an air conditioning, heating and ventilation service agreement, and maintenance of any communications or networked data transmission equipment, conduit, cabling, wiring and related telecommunications facilitating automation and control systems, remote telecommunication or data transmission infrastructure within the Building and/or the Project, and any other maintenance, repair and replacement costs associated with such infrastructure; labor; reasonably allocated wages and salaries, fringe benefits, and payroll taxes for administrative and other personnel directly applicable to the Building and/or Project, including both Landlord’s personnel and outside personnel; any expense incurred pursuant to Sections 6.1, 6.2, 7.2, 10.2, and Exhibits C and F of the Lease; and reasonable and market-competitive overhead and/or management fees for the professional operation of the Project. It is understood and agreed that Project Costs may include competitive charges for direct services (including, without limitation, management and/or operations services) provided by any subsidiary, division or affiliate of Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, “Project Costs” shall not include and Tenant shall in no event have any obligation to perform or to pay directly, or to reimburse Landlord for, all or any portion of the following repairs, maintenance, improvements, replacements, premiums, claims, losses, fees, charges, costs and expenses (collectively, “ Costs ”): (i) Costs occasioned by the breach by Landlord of any of its obligations under this Lease; (ii) Costs of any renovation, improvements, painting or redecorating of any leasable space within Project not made available for Tenant’s use; (iii) Costs incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with any other occupant of the Project; (iv) Costs incurred in connection with the presence of any Hazardous Material, except to the extent Tenant is responsible therefor pursuant to Section 5.3 of this Lease and except for Costs of any remediation of mold conditions which do not pre-date the Commencement Date; (v) costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the installation, operation, maintenance, repair, and monitoring of any systems, barriers or equipment whose primary function is the remediation, neutralization or other treatment of the Hazardous Materials described on Exhibit H attached hereto and any other cost arising from or related to the clean-up, remediation, removal, disposal, neutralization, monitoring, investigation or other treatment of or response to the Hazardous Materials described on Exhibit H attached hereto; (vi) interest, charges and fees incurred on debt incurred by Landlord; (vii) Costs occasioned by casualties or by the exercise of the power of eminent domain (as described in Sections 11.1 and 12.1 of this Lease, respectively); (viii) Costs for which Landlord is responsible as expressly provided in Section 3 of Exhibit G attached to this Lease (or elsewhere in this Lease, where such condition is set forth as Landlord’s “sole cost and expense”); (ix) Costs which could properly be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, except to the extent amortized over the useful life of the item in question as set forth above; and (x) Costs occasioned by the violation of any law by Landlord, its authorized agents, employees or contractors.

(h) The term “ Property Taxes ” as used herein shall include any form of federal, state, county or local government or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind (whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary) related to the ownership, leasing or operation of the Premises, Building or Project, including without limitation, the following: (i) all real estate taxes or personal property taxes levied against the Premises, the Building or Project, as such property taxes may be reassessed from time to time; and (ii) other taxes, charges and assessments which are levied with respect to this Lease or to the Building and/or the Project, and any improvements, fixtures and equipment and other property of Landlord located in the Building and/or the Project, (iii) all assessments and fees for public improvements, services, and facilities and impacts thereon, including without limitation arising out of any Community Facilities Districts, “Mello Roos” districts, similar assessment districts, and any traffic impact mitigation assessments or fees; (iv) any tax, surcharge or assessment which shall be levied in addition to or in lieu of real estate or personal property taxes, and (v) taxes based on the receipt of rent (including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent), and (vi) costs and expenses incurred in contesting the amount or validity of any Property Tax by appropriate proceedings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, general net income or franchise taxes imposed against Landlord shall be excluded, and “Property Taxes” shall not include and Tenant shall not be required to pay any portion of any tax or assessment expense or any increase therein (a) in

 

3


excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax or assessment expense were paid in installments over the longest permitted term; (b) imposed on land and improvements other than the Building or the Project; or (c) attributable to Landlord’s inheritance, gift or estate taxes.

 

4


EXHIBIT C

UTILITIES AND SERVICE

Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay promptly, directly to the appropriate supplier, all charges for electricity metered to the Premises, telephone, telecommunications service, janitorial service, interior landscape maintenance and all other utilities, materials and services furnished directly to Tenant or the Premises or used by Tenant in, on or about the Premises during the Term, together with any taxes thereon. Landlord shall make a reasonable determination of Tenant’s proportionate share of the cost of water, gas, sewer, refuse pickup and any other utilities and services that are not separately metered to the Premises and services, and Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord, as an item of additional rent, within 10 days after delivery of Landlord’s statement or invoice therefor. Alternatively, Landlord may elect to include such cost in the definition of Project Costs in which event Tenant shall pay Tenant’s proportionate share of such costs in the manner set forth in Section 4.2.

 

1


EXHIBIT D

TENANT’S INSURANCE

The following requirements for Tenant’s insurance shall be in effect during the Term, and Tenant shall also cause any subtenant to comply with the requirements. Landlord reserves the right to adopt reasonable nondiscriminatory modifications and additions to these requirements (which Landlord shall use its good faith efforts to adopt for all tenants of the Project).

1. Tenant shall maintain, at its sole cost and expense, during the entire Term: (i) commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Premises and the operations of Tenant in, on or about the Premises, including but not limited to coverage for personal injury, broad form property damage, fire legal liability, products liability (if a product is sold from the Premises), which policy(ies) shall be written on an “occurrence” basis and for not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate for bodily injury, death, and property damage liability; (ii) workers’ compensation insurance coverage as required by law, together with employers’ liability insurance coverage of at least $1,000,000; (iii) with respect to Tenant Improvements and Alterations constructed by Tenant under this Lease, builder’s risk insurance, in an amount equal to the replacement cost of the work; and (iv) insurance against fire, vandalism, malicious mischief and such other additional perils as may be included in a standard “special form” policy, insuring all Tenant Installations, the Tenant Improvements and trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and items of personal property in the Premises, in an amount equal to not less than 90% of their actual replacement cost (with replacement cost endorsement), which policy shall also include business interruption coverage in an amount sufficient to cover 1 year of loss. In no event shall the limits of any policy be considered as limiting the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

2. All policies of insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Exhibit D shall be written by insurance companies authorized to do business in the State of California and with a general policyholder rating of not less than “A-” and financial rating of not less than “VIII” in the most current Best’s Insurance Report. The deductible or other retained limit under any policy carried by Tenant shall be commercially reasonable, and Tenant shall be responsible for payment of such deductible or retained limit with waiver of subrogation as to property insurance in favor of Landlord. Any insurance required of Tenant may be furnished by Tenant under any blanket policy carried by it or under a separate policy. A certificate of insurance, certifying that the policy has been issued, shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the date Tenant is given the right of possession of the Premises. Proper evidence of the renewal of any insurance coverage shall also be delivered to Landlord not less than three (3) days after the expiration of the coverage. In the event of a loss covered by any policy under which Landlord is an additional insured, Landlord shall be entitled to review a copy of such policy.

3. Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance shall contain a provision that the policy shall be primary to and noncontributory with any policies carried by Landlord, together with a provision including Landlord and any other parties in interest designated by Landlord as additional insureds. Tenant’s policies described in Subsections 1 (ii), (iii) and (iv) above shall each contain a waiver by the insurer of any right to subrogation against Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors and representatives. Tenant also waives its right of recovery for any deductible or retained limit under the property insurance policies enumerated above. All of Tenant’s policies shall contain a provision that the insurer will not cancel or reduce the coverage provided by the policy without first giving Landlord 30 days prior written notice. Tenant shall also name Landlord as an additional insured on any excess or umbrella liability insurance policy carried by Tenant to the extent required under this Lease.

NOTICE TO TENANT: IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE, TENANT MUST PROVIDE EVIDENCE OF THE REQUIRED INSURANCE TO LANDLORD’S MANAGEMENT AGENT PRIOR TO BEING AFFORDED ACCESS TO THE PREMISES.

 

1


EXHIBIT E

RULES AND REGULATIONS

This Exhibit sets forth the rules and regulations governing Tenant’s use of the Premises leased to Tenant pursuant to the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease to which this Exhibit is attached and therein made part thereof. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Exhibit and the Lease, the Lease shall control.

1. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall, which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.

2. The walls, walkways, sidewalks, entrance passages, elevators, stairwells, courts and vestibules shall not be obstructed or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress of pedestrian travel to and from the Premises, and shall not be used for smoking, loitering or gathering, or to display, store or place any merchandise, equipment or devices, or for any other purpose. The walkways, sidewalks, entrance passageways, courts, vestibules and roof are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of the Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. Smoking is permitted outside the building and within the Project only in areas designated by Landlord. Neither Tenant nor its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or licensees shall bring any firearm, whether loaded or unloaded, into the Project at any time. No tenant or employee or invitee or agent of any tenant shall be permitted upon the roof of the Building without prior written approval from Landlord.

3. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building. No security bars or gates, curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the express written consent of Landlord.

4. Tenant shall not in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Building except to affix standard pictures or other wall hangings on the interior walls of the premises so long as they are not visible from the exterior of the building. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord in writing. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor covering shall be borne by Tenant.

5. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other plumbing apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. Any pipes or tubing used by Tenant to transmit water to an appliance or device in the Premises must be made of copper or stainless steel, and in no event shall plastic tubing be used for that purpose. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, caused it.

6. Landlord shall direct electricians as to the manner and location of any future telephone wiring. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior consent of Landlord. The locations of the telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord.

7. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the permitted use of the Premises. No exterior storage shall be allowed at any time without the prior written approval of Landlord. The Premises shall not be used for washing clothes without the prior written consent of Landlord, or for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purposes.

8. Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises or disturb or interfere with occupants of neighboring buildings or those having business with them, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, noise, or otherwise. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used, or kept, any foul or obnoxious gas or substance in the Premises or permit or suffer the Premises to be used or occupied in any manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of this or neighboring buildings or premises by reason of any odors, fumes or gases.

 

1


9. No animals, except for seeing eye dogs, shall be permitted at any time within the Premises.

10. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building or the Project in connection with or in promoting or advertising the business of Tenant, except as Tenant’s address, without the written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any Tenant which, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Project or its desirability for its intended uses, and upon written notice from Landlord any Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

11. Canvassing, soliciting, peddling, parading, picketing, demonstrating or otherwise engaging in any conduct that unreasonably impairs the value or use of the Premises or the Project are prohibited and each Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same. Landlord shall have full and absolute authority to regulate or prohibit the entrance to the Premises of any vendor, supplier, purveyor, petitioner, proselytizer or other similar person if, in the good faith judgment of Landlord, such person will be involved in general solicitation activities, or the proselytizing, petitioning, or disturbance of other tenants or their customers or invitees, or engaged or likely to engage in conduct which may in Landlord’s opinion distract from the use of the Premises for its intended purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord reserves the absolute right and discretion to limit or prevent access to the Buildings by any food or beverage vendor, whether or not invited by Tenant, and Landlord may condition such access upon the vendor’s execution of an entry permit agreement which may contain provisions for insurance coverage and/or the payment of a fee to Landlord.

12. No equipment of any type shall be placed on the Premises which in Landlord’s opinion exceeds the load limits of the floor or otherwise threatens the soundness of the structure or improvements of the Building.

13. [Intentionally Omitted]

14. The entire Premises, including vestibules, entrances, parking areas, doors, fixtures, windows and plate glass, shall at all times be maintained in a safe, neat and clean condition by Tenant. All trash, refuse and waste materials shall be regularly removed from the Premises by Tenant and placed in the containers at the locations designated by Landlord for refuse collection. All cardboard boxes must be “broken down” prior to being placed in the trash container. All styrofoam chips must be bagged or otherwise contained prior to placement in the trash container, so as not to constitute a nuisance. Pallets must be immediately disposed of by tenant and may not be disposed of in the Landlord provided trash container or enclosures. Pallets may be neatly stacked in an exterior location on a temporary basis (no longer than 5 days) so long as Landlord has provided prior written approval. The burning of trash, refuse or waste materials is prohibited.

15. Tenant shall use at Tenant’s cost such pest extermination contractor as Landlord may direct and at such intervals as Landlord may require.

16. All card access keys for the Premises shall be provided to Tenant by Landlord and Tenant shall return to Landlord any of such keys so provided upon the termination of the Lease. Tenant shall not change locks or install other locks or access systems on the exterior doors of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event of loss of any card access keys furnished by Landlord for Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the costs thereof. Upon the termination of its tenancy, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all the card access keys to lobby(s), suite(s) and telephone & electrical room(s) which have been furnished to Tenant or which Tenant shall have had made.

17. No person shall enter or remain within the Project while intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs. Landlord shall have the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the absolute discretion of Landlord, is under the influence of liquor or drugs.

18. [Intentionally Omitted]

19. [Intentionally Omitted]

20. Landlord may from time to time grant other tenants of the Project individual and temporary variances from these Rules, provided that any variance does not have a material adverse effect on the use and enjoyment of the Premises by Tenant.

21. Landlord reserves the right to amend or supplement the foregoing Rules and Regulations and to adopt and promulgate additional rules and regulations applicable to the Premises. Notice of such rules and regulations and amendments and supplements thereto, if any, shall be given to the Tenant.

 

2


EXHIBIT F

PARKING

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Exhibit F , Tenant shall be entitled to the number of vehicle parking passes set forth in Item 11 of the Basic Lease Provisions, which passes shall be unreserved and unassigned, for parking of vehicles on those portions of the Common Areas designated by Landlord for parking. Tenant shall not use more parking passes than such number. All parking in the Common Areas shall be used only for parking of vehicles no larger than full size passenger automobiles, sport utility vehicles or pickup trucks. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities. If Tenant permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described above, then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that Landlord may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the costs to Tenant. Parking within the Common Areas shall be limited to striped parking stalls, and no parking shall be permitted in any driveways, access ways or in any area which would prohibit or impede the free flow of traffic within the Common Areas. There shall be no parking of any vehicles for longer than a forty-eight (48) hour period unless otherwise authorized by Landlord, and vehicles which have been abandoned or parked in violation of the terms hereof may be towed away at the owner’s expense. Landlord shall have the right to establish, and from time to time amend, and to enforce against all users all reasonable rules and regulations (including the designation of areas for employee parking) that Landlord may deem necessary and advisable for the proper and efficient operation and maintenance of parking within the Common Areas. Landlord shall have the right to construct, maintain and operate lighting facilities within the parking areas; to change the area, level, location and arrangement of the parking areas and improvements therein; to restrict parking by tenants, their officers, agents and employees to employee parking areas; and to do and perform such other acts in and to the parking areas and improvements therein as, in the use of good business judgment, Landlord shall determine to be advisable. Any person using the parking area shall observe all directional signs and arrows and any posted speed limits. In no event shall Tenant interfere with the use and enjoyment of the parking area by other tenants of the Project or their employees or invitees. Parking areas shall be used only for parking vehicles. Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of vehicles, or the storage of vehicles for longer than 48- hours, is prohibited unless otherwise authorized by Landlord. Tenant shall be liable for any damage to the parking areas caused by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees, including without limitation damage from excess oil leakage. Tenant shall have no right to install any fixtures, equipment or personal property in the parking areas. There shall be no charge for parking during the initial 120-month Term of this Lease or any extension thereof. All of Tenant’s parking spaces shall be available in the parking areas as shown on Exhibit F-1 attached hereto. In addition, Landlord shall designate ten (10) parking spaces in front of the Building as “Visitor” parking for Tenant’s visitors, in the location “highlighted” on the attached Exhibit F-1 .

 

1


LOGO

 

1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

I. PARTIES AND DATE.

This First Amendment to Lease (the “ Amendment ”) dated February 28, 2013, is by and between THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and ARISTA NETWORKS, INC., a Nevada corporation (“ Tenant ”).

II. RECITALS.

On August 10, 2012, Landlord and Tenant entered into a lease (“ Lease ”) for space in a building located at 5453 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, California (“ Premises ”).

Landlord and Tenant each desire to modify the Lease to make such modifications as are set forth in “III. MODIFICATIONS” next below.

III. MODIFICATIONS.

A. Basic Lease Provisions . The Basic Lease Provisions are hereby amended as follows:

1. Item 4 is hereby deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:

Estimated Commencement Date : August 16, 2013”

2. Item 6 is hereby amended by amending and restating the paragraph below the Basic Rent Table as follows:

“Notwithstanding the above schedule of Basic Rent to the contrary, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of 4-1/2 calendar months of Basic Rent in the aggregate amount of $2,019,708.00 (i.e. $448,824.00 per month for 4 full calendar months and $224,412.00 for one-half calendar month) (the “ Abated Basic Rent ”) for the initial 4-1/2 calendar months of the Term (the “ Abatement Period ”). Only Basic Rent shall be abated during the Abatement Period and all other additional rent and other costs and charges specified in the Lease shall remain as due and payable pursuant to the provisions of the Lease.”

B. Commencement Date . The first sentence of Section 3.1 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety, and substituted therefor shall be the following:

“The Term of this Lease (“ Term ”) shall commence (“ Commencement Date ”) on the date upon which the Premises are tendered to Tenant with the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter) constructed by Landlord pursuant to the Work Letter and the Premises “ready for occupancy” (as hereinafter defined).”

C. Outside Completion Date . In Section 3.3(a) of the Lease is hereby extended to “October 16, 2013”.

D. Outside Date for Termination . The “Outside Date for Termination” as defined in Section 3.3(b) of the Lease is hereby extended to “January 16, 2014”.

E. Tenant Improvements . The Work Letter attached as Exhibit X to the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety, and substituted therefor shall be the “Amended and Restated Work Letter” attached as Exhibit X to this Amendment.

IV. GENERAL.

A. Effect of Amendments . The Lease shall remain in full force and effect except to the extent that it is modified by this Amendment.

B. Entire Agreement . This Amendment embodies the entire understanding between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the modifications set forth in “III. MODIFICATIONS” above

 

1


and can be changed only by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

C. Counterparts . If this Amendment is executed in counterparts, each is hereby declared to be an original; all, however, shall constitute but one and the same amendment. In any action or proceeding, any photographic, photostatic, or other copy of this Amendment may be introduced into evidence without foundation.

D. Defined Terms . All words commencing with initial capital letters in this Amendment and defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning in this Amendment as in the Lease, unless they are otherwise defined in this Amendment.

E. Corporate and Partnership Authority . If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, or is comprised of either or both of them, each individual executing this Amendment for the corporation or partnership represents that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of the corporation or partnership and that this Amendment is binding upon the corporation or partnership in accordance with its terms.

V. EXECUTION.

Landlord and Tenant executed this Amendment on the date as set forth in “I. PARTIES AND DATE.” above.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

   

ARISTA NETWORKS, INC.

a Nevada corporation

By   /s/ Steven M. Case     By   /s/ Michael Lehman
  Steven M. Case, Executive Vice President     Name   Michael Lehman
  Office Properties     Title   CFO
By  

/s/ Michael T. Bennett

    By  

 

  Michael T. Bennett, Senior Vice President     Name  

 

  Operations, Office Properties     Title  

 

 

LOGO

 

 

   2   


EXHIBIT X

AMENDED AND RESTATED

WORK LETTER

This Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the “Base Building” as defined in Section 1.1 and “Tenant Improvements” as defined in Section 2.1 below, in the Premises. All references in this Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portion of Articles 1 through 22 of the Lease to which this Work Letter is attached as Exhibit X and of which this Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Work Letter to Sections of “this Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portion of Sections 1 through 4 of this Work Letter. All initially capitalized words not separately defined herein shall have the meaning given to such words in the Lease.

SECTION 1

LANDLORD’S CONSTRUCTION OF THE BASE BUILDING

1.1 Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to construct on a continuous basis in accordance with industry custom and practice, at its sole cost and expense, and without deduction from the “Landlord Contribution” (as hereinafter defined), the base shell, and core of the Building, which base, shell and core shall be constructed in compliance with all applicable laws (collectively, the “ Base, Shell and Core ” and/or “ Base Building ”), and substantially in accordance with (i) the plans and specifications prepared by LPA, Inc. and referenced in Schedule 1 attached hereto (the “ Base Building Plans ”), and (ii) the “Outline Specifications- Shell Building Improvements” set forth in Schedule 4 attached hereto (provided that to the extent of any inconsistency, the Base Building Plans shall control). Landlord hereby reserves the right to modify the Base Building Plans without the approval of Tenant, provided that such modifications (A) are required to comply with applicable laws, and (B) will not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s permitted use of the Premises. Any other modifications of the Base Building Plans shall require the prior approval of Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld within 2 business days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s request for approval of such modifications.

1.2 Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Landlord designed the Base Building to be compliant with LEED Silver requirements. Landlord shall submit all required documents to the U.S. Green Building Council and shall use all commercially reasonable efforts in an attempt to achieve such LEED Silver certification.

SECTION 2

ARCHITECTURAL AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES

2.1 Tenant and Landlord shall approve, within the time period set forth below, working drawings and specifications (the “ Working Drawings and Specifications ”) for the construction of certain Tenant Improvements in the Premises (the “ Tenant Improvements ”), prepared by Landlord’s architect and engineers. To the extent applicable, the Working Drawing and Specification shall include Landlord’s building standard tenant improvements, materials and specifications for the Project as set forth in the “Outline Specifications- Tenant Improvements” set forth in the attached Schedule 4 (“ Building Standard Improvements ”), except for changes and additions specifically requested by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord in writing (any such addition or variation from the Standard Improvements shall be referred to herein as a (“ Non-Standard Improvement ”). All Tenant requests for Non-Standard Improvements must be in writing and shall provide sufficient specifications and details for Landlord to reasonably evaluate impacts upon the Working Drawings and Specifications and Final Cost Estimate. Tenant shall approve or provide suggested revisions to the Working Drawings and Specifications by signing copies of each or specifying in reasonable detail any suggested revisions thereto as hereinabove provided, and delivering each to Landlord within 5 business days of receipt thereof by Tenant. Landlord shall in good faith modify the Working Drawings and Specifications to incorporate Tenant’s suggested revisions in a mutually satisfactory manner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall approve in all respects, the Working Drawings and Specifications (as same may have been modified as herein provided to incorporate Tenant’s suggested revisions) not later than March 1, 2013 (the “ Plan Approval Date ”), it being understood that Tenant’s failure to do so, except to the extent such failure is caused by Landlord’s failure to timely perform as provided in the foregoing and subject to the provisions of Section 2.5 below, shall constitute a “Tenant Delay” (as defined below).

        2.2 In the event that Tenant subsequently requests in writing a revision to the Working Drawings and Specifications approved by the parties pursuant to Section 2.1 above (“ Change ”), and Landlord so approves such Change as provided in the Section next below, Landlord shall advise Tenant by written order (a “ Change Order ”) as soon as is practical of any net cost increase in the Completion Cost above the Final Cost Estimate (taking into account any cost savings attributable to such Change Order together with previous Change Orders) and the amount of any Tenant Delay such Change would cause. Tenant shall approve or disapprove such Change Order, if any, in writing within 2 business days following Tenant’s receipt of such Change Order. If Tenant disapproves any such Change Order, Tenant shall nonetheless be responsible for the reasonable architectural and/or planning fees incurred in preparing such Change Order. Landlord shall have no obligation to interrupt or modify the Tenant Improvement Work pending Tenant’s approval of a Change Order, but if Tenant fails to timely approve a change order, Landlord may (but shall not be required to)

 

   3   


suspend the applicable Tenant Improvement Work, in which event, subject to the provisions of Section 2.5 below, any related critical path delays because of such suspension shall constitute Tenant Delays hereunder. Except for revisions required by code or other applicable laws which do not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s permitted use of the Premises or materially increase Tenant’s Contribution, in no event shall Landlord have the right to make any revisions to the Working Drawings and Specifications without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

2.3 Landlord agrees that it shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to Tenant’s requested Changes, provided that such consent may be withheld in any event if the requested Change: (i) materially adversely affects the structure of the Building, (ii) materially adversely affects the electrical, mechanical, plumbing, life safety, sprinkler, HVAC or other systems of the Building, (iii) affects the exterior appearance of the Building or the exterior areas of the Project, (iv) does not comply with all applicable laws, (v) adversely affects the configuration of tenant spaces or the core spaces throughout the Building in the following respects: non-continuous ceiling grid, inconsistency of lighting fixtures, walls penetrating the ceiling grid, significantly non-rectangular or odd-sized offices (provided that minor variations in shape or size shall not be considered a Design Problem), or (vi) results in inconsistency of the quality, materials or finishes within the Building as to equivalently improved portions of the Premises (collectively, a “ Design Problem ”).

2.4 McLarney Construction, or another general contractor selected by Landlord, shall construct the Tenant Improvements under contract to Landlord. Promptly following the approval of the Working Drawings and Specifications by the parties pursuant to Section 2.1 above, Landlord shall cause its general contractor to submit the major subtrade work, including the HVAC, electrical and plumbing subtrade work (the “ MEP Work ”), to a competitive bidding process involving at least 3 licensed and reputable subcontractors. Not later than March 7, 2013, Landlord shall submit the final pricing for the MEP Work (including copies of the applicable competitive bid responses, if requested by Tenant) to Tenant for its reasonable approval. Landlord shall in good faith modify the MEP Work to incorporate Tenant’s suggested revisions in a mutually satisfactory manner, but Tenant shall finally approve in all respects the final pricing for the MEP Work not later than the later to occur of (i) March 12, 2013, or (ii) 5 business days from the receipt of the final pricing for the MEP Work from Landlord (the “ MEP Approval Date ”) . Not later than March 21, 2013, Landlord shall submit the final pricing for the remainder of the Tenant Improvement Work (the “ Remainder Work ”) (including copies of the applicable competitive bid responses, if requested by Tenant) to Tenant for its reasonable approval. Landlord shall in good faith modify the Remainder Work to incorporate Tenant’s suggested revisions in a mutually satisfactory manner, but Tenant’s shall finally approved in all respects the final pricing for the Remainder Work not later than the later to occur (a) March 26, 2013, or (b) 5 business days of receipt of the final pricing for the Remainder Work from Landlord (the “ Remainder Work Approval Date ”). The pricing of the MEP Work and the Remainder Work so approved by Tenant is herein collectively referred to as the “ Final Cost Estimate ”.

2.5 Notwithstanding any provision in the Lease to the contrary, and not by way of limitation of any other rights or remedies of Landlord, if Tenant fails to comply with any of the time periods specified in this Work Letter, fails otherwise to approve or reasonably disapprove any submittal within the time period specified herein for such response (or if no time period is so specified, within 5 business days following Tenant’s receipt thereof), fails to approve in writing the Working Drawings and Specifications by the Plan Approval Date, fails to timely deliver payment of any net increased costs specified in a Change Order in accordance with Section 2.2 above, requests any Changes and thereafter accepts a Change Order containing Landlord’s good faith estimate of resulting Tenant Delay, fails to approve the final pricing of the MEP Work by the MEP Work Approval Date, fails to approve the final pricing of the Remainder Work by the Remainder Work Approval Date, or otherwise actually delays in any manner for more than one (1) business day following written or oral notification thereof the completion of the Tenant Improvements (including without limitation by specifying materials that are not readily available) or the issuance of an occupancy certificate beyond the Estimated Commencement Date, and such delay would not have occurred but for Tenant’s actions or failure to act (any of the foregoing being referred to in this Lease as a “ Tenant Delay ”), then, subject to and as provided in Section 3.2 of the Lease, the date Tenant otherwise would commence the payment of rent under the Lease shall be advanced by the number of days that Landlord reasonably determines that it was actually delayed in delivering the Premises to Tenant following the Estimated Commencement Date due to such Tenant Delay. Any Change Order delivered by Landlord shall include a good faith estimate of the amount of any Tenant Delay and a binding estimate of the net cost increase above the Final Cost Estimate (taking into account any cost savings attributable to such Change Order together with previous Change Orders). Promptly upon Landlord’s realization that the actual amount of Tenant Delay due to Change Order will exceed the amount of delay in Landlord’s good faith estimate, landlord shall advise Tenant orally or in writing of the additional amount of delay Landlord estimates in its good faith will result therefrom. Should Landlord determine that the Commencement Date should be advanced in accordance with the foregoing, it shall so notify Tenant in writing. Landlord’s determination shall be conclusive unless Tenant notifies Landlord in writing, within five (5) business days thereafter, of Tenant’s election to contest same by arbitration pursuant to Section 4 below.

        2.6 All of the Tenant Improvements shall become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered with the Premises at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right, by notice to Tenant given prior to Tenant’s approval of the Working Drawings and Specifications and at the time of Landlord’s approval of any Change, to require Tenant to remove all or any of the Tenant Improvements approved in the Working Drawings and Specifications or by way of such Change, to repair any damage to the Premises arising from such removal, and to replace any Non-Standard Improvements so approved with the applicable Building Standard Improvement, provided that such right may only be exercised by Landlord with respect to Tenant Improvements (i) that constitute a Design Problem, or (ii) that constitute the substitution of Non-Standard Improvements for Building Standard Improvements. Any such removals, repairs and replacements by Tenant shall be completed by the Expiration

 

   4   


Date or sooner termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) a reasonably customary cafeteria area shall not be subject to removal as provided in the foregoing, provided that the location and size of such cafeteria are approved by Landlord as part of the Working Drawings and Specifications, and (B) Tenant’s obligations with respect to the restoration of its data center shall be limited to removing its equipment, including the APC Infrastructure in-row cooling and in-row power distribution units (which equipment and units shall be Tenant’s property) such that the data center will be returned in vacant condition. Landlord expressly agrees that Tenant shall not be required to remove or restore the tile flooring in the data room, the chilled water coolers on the roof installed to serve the data center and associated piping required to serve the data center or the main power feed to the data center, all of which shall be the property of Landlord.

2.7 Landlord shall permit Tenant and its agents to enter the Premises 30 days prior to the Commencement Date of the Lease in order that Tenant may install its cabling and related communication equipment and other personal property through Tenant’s own contractors prior to the Commencement Date. Any such work shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, and shall be performed in a manner and upon terms and conditions and at times satisfactory to Landlord’s representative. The foregoing license to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date is, however, conditioned upon Tenant’s contractors and their subcontractors and employees working in harmony and not interfering with the work being performed by Landlord. If at any time Landlord determines that such entry shall cause disharmony or interfere with the work being performed by Landlord, this license may be withdrawn by Landlord upon 24-hours written notice to Tenant. That license is further conditioned upon the compliance by Tenant’s contractors with all requirements imposed by Landlord on third party contractors, including without limitation the maintenance by Tenant and its contractors and subcontractors of workers’ compensation and public liability and property damage insurance in amounts and with companies and on forms satisfactory to Landlord, with certificates of such insurance being furnished to Landlord prior to proceeding with any such entry. The entry shall be deemed to be under all of the provisions of the Lease except as to the covenants to pay rent. Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any such work being performed by Tenant, the same being solely at Tenant’s risk. In no event shall the failure of Tenant’s contractors to complete any work in the Premises extend the Commencement Date of this Lease.

2.8 Tenant hereby designates Andreas Bechtolsheim (“ Tenant’s Construction Representative ”), Telephone No. (408) 547-5600, as its representative, agent and attorney-in-fact for all matters related to the Tenant Improvement Work, including but not by way of limitation, for purposes of receiving notices, approving submittals and issuing requests for Changes, and Landlord shall be entitled to rely upon authorizations and directives of such person(s) as if given directly by Tenant. The foregoing authorization is intended to provide assurance to Landlord that it may rely upon the directives and decision making of the Tenant’s Construction Representative with respect to the Tenant Improvement Work and is not intended to limit or reduce Landlord’s right to reasonably rely upon any decisions or directives given by other officers or representatives of Tenant. Tenant may amend the designation of its Tenant’s Construction Representative(s) at any time upon delivery of written notice to Landlord.

2.9 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or this Work Letter, Tenant’s acceptance of the Premises shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s right to require Landlord to cause its contractor to correct any defects in the Base Building or the Tenant Improvements identified by Tenant, in writing, within twelve (12) months after the Commencement Date. Landlord shall promptly repair or cause contractor to repair all such defects, at no cost to Tenant.

SECTION 3

COST OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

3.1 Landlord shall complete, or cause to be completed, the Tenant Improvements, at the construction cost shown in the Final Cost Estimate (subject to increases for Landlord approved Changes to be paid by Tenant as set forth in this Work Letter), in accordance with final Working Drawings and Specifications approved by both Landlord and Tenant. The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed by Landlord in accordance with all rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, statutes, and laws of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority in effect as of the date of the issuance of the applicable building permit(s) therefor, and in a good and workman-like manner using material and equipment of new and otherwise of good quality. Landlord shall obtain standard warranties on the “supplemental” HVAC units installed as part of the Tenant Improvements and for other elements of the Tenant Improvements that Tenant is responsible for maintaining under the Lease and shall assign to Tenant, or otherwise cooperate to make available to Tenant the benefit of, all such warranties.

        3.2 Landlord shall pay up to $7,480,400.00, based on $50.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises (“ Landlord’s Maximum Contribution ”), of the final “Completion Cost” (as defined below). Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord’s Maximum Contribution is intended only as the maximum amount Landlord will pay toward any of the Tenant Improvements described in the approved Working Drawings and Specifications (as same may be modified pursuant to a Change Order or as otherwise provided in Section 2.4 above), including but not limited to, any specialized pipe installations, but excluding alterations not included in the Working Drawings or Specifications (as same may be modified pursuant to a Change Order or as otherwise provided in Section 2.4 above). In the event the sum of the cost of the Completion Cost of the Tenant Improvement Work is less than the Landlord’s Maximum Contribution, Landlord’s actual contribution toward the Completion Cost (“ Landlord’s Contribution ”) shall equal such lesser amount, and Tenant shall have no right to receive any credit, refund or allowance of any kind for any unused portion of the Landlord’s Maximum Contribution nor shall Tenant be allowed to make revisions to an approved Preliminary Plan,

 

   5   


Working Drawings and Specifications or request a Change in an effort to apply any unused portion of Landlord’s Maximum Contribution.

3.3 Tenant shall pay the difference between Final Cost Estimate and Landlord’s Maximum Contribution, if any, plus any costs due to Tenant Delays as specified in this Work Letter and any net increases above the Final Cost Estimate as set forth in approved Change Orders, to the extent such Tenant Delay costs or Change Order costs exceed the Landlord’s Maximum Contribution. The amounts to be paid by Tenant for the Tenant Improvements pursuant to this Section 3.3 are sometimes cumulatively referred to herein as the “ Tenant’s Contribution ”. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall Tenant’s Contribution exceed the sum of (i) the Final Cost Estimate and (ii) any net increases above the Final Cost Estimate as set forth in approved Change Orders or due to Tenant Delays, subject to Section 2.7 above. Tenant shall pay the Tenant’s Contribution, if any, within thirty (30) days of (i) the determination of the Final Cost Estimate, and (ii) the determination of any increases caused by a Tenant Delay or Change Order, pursuant to the provisions of this Work Letter.

3.4 The Completion Cost ” shall mean all costs of Landlord in completing the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the approved Working Drawings and Specifications and with any approved Changes thereto, including but not limited to the following costs: (i) payments made to architects, engineers, contractors, subcontractors and other third party consultants in the performance of the work, (ii) salaries and fringe benefits of persons, if any, in the direct employ of Landlord performing any part of the construction work, (iii) permit fees and other sums paid to governmental agencies, and (iv) permit fees and other sums paid to governmental agencies, (v) costs of all materials incorporated into the work or used in connection with the work, and (vi) costs of design and structural upgrades to the Building required for the Tenant’s data center, including the costs of the supporting HVAC units, power facilities and water coolers. The Completion Cost shall also include an administrative/supervision fee to be paid to Landlord or to Landlord’s management agent in the amount of two (2) percent (2%) of the Landlord’s Contribution funded by Landlord. Unless expressly authorized in writing by Landlord, the Completion Cost shall not include (and no portion of the Landlord’s Contribution shall be paid for) (i) any costs incurred by Tenant, including without limitation, any costs for space planners, managers, advisors or consultants retained by Tenant in connection with the Tenant Improvements (which shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant), or (ii) the following costs (which shall be the sole responsibility of Landlord): (a) costs for improvements which are not shown on or described in the Working Drawings and Specifications (as same may be modified pursuant to a Change Order or as otherwise provided in Section 2.4 above), unless otherwise approved by Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; (b) costs incurred due to the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Project or the surrounding area; (c) attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with negotiation of construction contracts, and attorneys’ fees, experts’ fees and other costs in connection with disputes with third parties; (d) interest and other costs of financing construction costs; (e) costs to bring the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas into compliance with applicable laws and restrictions in the event of Landlord’s failure to construct either the Base Building or the Tenant Improvements in accordance with same; or (f) construction management, profit and overhead charges payable to Landlord, except for the administrative/supervision fee provided in Section 3.4 above.

3.5 Prior to start of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall pay to Landlord in full the amount of the Tenant’s Contribution set forth in the approved Final Cost Estimate. The balance of any sums not otherwise paid by Tenant shall be due and payable on or before the Commencement Date of this Lease. If Tenant defaults beyond applicable notice and cure periods in the payment of any sums due under this Work Letter, Landlord shall (in addition to all other remedies) have the same rights as in the case of Tenant’s failure to pay rent under the Lease, including, without limitation, the right to terminate this Lease and recover damages from Tenant and/or to charge a late payment fee and to collect interest on delinquent payments, and Landlord may (but shall not be required to) suspend the Tenant Improvement Work following such default, in which event any delays because of such suspension shall constitute Tenant Delays hereunder.

SECTION 4

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

4.1 All claims or disputes between Landlord and Tenant arising out of, or relating to, this Work Letter shall be decided by the JAMS/ENDISPUTE (“ JAMS ”), or its successor, with such arbitration to be held in Santa Clara County, California, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. Within 10 business days following submission to JAMS, JAMS shall designate three arbitrators and each party may, within 5 business days thereafter, veto one of the three persons so designated. If two different designated arbitrators have been vetoed, the third arbitrator shall hear and decide the matter. If less than 2 arbitrators are timely vetoed, JAMS shall select a single arbitrator from the non-vetoed arbitrators originally designated by JAMS, who shall hear and decide the matter. Any arbitration pursuant to this section shall be decided within 30 days of submission to JAMS. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties. In no event shall the arbitrator be empowered or authorized to award consequential or punitive damages (including any award for lost profit or opportunity costs or loss or interruption of business or income). All costs associated with the arbitration shall be awarded to the prevailing party as determined by the arbitrator.

4.2 Notice of the demand for arbitration by either party to the Work Letter shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Work Letter and with JAMS and shall be made within a reasonable time after the dispute has arisen. The award rendered by the arbitrator shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Except by written consent of the

 

   6   


person or entity sought to be joined, no arbitration arising out of or relating to this Work Letter shall include, by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner, any person or entity not a party to the Work Letter unless (1) such person or entity is substantially involved in a common question of fact or law, (2) the presence of such person or entity is required if complete relief is to be accorded in the arbitration, or (3) the interest or responsibility of such person or entity in the matter is not insubstantial.

4.3 The agreement herein among the parties to arbitrate shall be specifically enforceable under prevailing law. The agreement to arbitrate hereunder shall apply only to disputes arising out of, or relating to, this Work Letter, and shall not apply to other matters of dispute under the Lease except as may be expressly provided in the Lease.

 

   7   


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.16

OPTUMSOFT INC.

License Agreement

This License Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of November 30, 2004_ (the “Effective Date”) by and between Optumsoft, Inc., a California corporation with its principal offices at 131 Cowper Street, Palo Alto, CA 94301 (“Optumsoft”), and Arastra, Inc., a California corporation with its principal offices at 3475 Deer Creek Rd, CA 94304 (“Licensee”). The parties agree as follows:

1. License Grant . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Optumsoft grants Licensee a non-exclusive license to install, download, modify and/or use the software product described on Exhibit A hereto (together with any accompanying documentation, the “Software”), only in the manner and for the purpose described in Exhibit A (the “Licensed Use”). The license is also non-revocable and, in the event that Arastra is acquired, may be assigned to the acquiring entity. No rights or licenses in the Software are granted to Licensee other than those rights expressly granted in this Agreement.

2. Licensed Uses . Licensee may install and use the Software for the Licensed Use only on Arastra machines, provided that (a) Licensee shall take reasonable steps to ensure that only employees and consultants of Licensee who have signed NDA’s as defined below) have access to the object code or user interfaces of the Software, and (b) Licensee shall ensure that only the employees shall have access to the source code of the Software, and that all of such employees have signed NDA’s. Licensee may use the Software only for its internal business purposes, and shall not sublicense or distribute the Software or use the Software to provide services to any third party, provided that Licensee may use, distribute and sublicense the Incorporated Software (as defined in Exhibit A) pursuant to the provisions of Exhibit A. Licensee make or have made as many copies of the Incorporated Software as Licensee reasonably desires in connection with its use and distribution of Licensee products incorporating the Incorporated Software. For purposes of this agreement “NDA” means an enforceable written agreement pursuant to which a consultant or employee who has access to the Software as a result of their relationship with Licensee is required to keep Confidential Information of Optumsoft (as defined below) strictly confidential, and pursuant to which such employee or consultant’s inventions relating to Software will be owned by or assigned to Optumsoft. The Arastra employee agreement is acceptable as an NDA under this definition.

3. Ownership . Optumsoft and its licensors retain all title to and, except as expressly and unambiguously licensed herein, all rights and interest in (i) the Software, all copies, modifications, and derivative works thereof (by whomever produced), and (ii) all copyright rights, patent rights, trade secret rights and all other intellectual property and proprietary rights anywhere in the world in the Software. The Software is licensed to Licensee and is not sold. Licensee specifically acknowledges that Optumsoft is granting the license herein in consideration of its right to own any improvements, corrections, or modifications to the Software, and any derivative works thereof, made by or for Licensee. Accordingly, any modifications to or derivative works of the Software made by Licensee and its employees or consultants shall be works made for hire, shall be the sole property of Optumsoft, and shall be “Software” for all purposes hereunder. If Licensee or its consultant is nevertheless deemed to be the owner of any such works, it agrees to sign (and to cause its employees and consultants to sign) such assignments as are to vest ownership of such works in Optumsoft. Licensee agrees to deliver copies of all improvements, corrections, modification, and derivative works whenever requested by Optumsoft.

4. Restrictions and Cooperation . Licensee agrees to cooperate with Optumsoft and its licensors in connection with their efforts to protect their copyright and other legal rights in the Software. Optumsoft may, from time to time, request the implementation of additional security measures for the Software, and Licensee shall cooperate with such measures. In addition, Licensee agrees to execute (or cause its employees or consultants to execute) any applications, assignments, or other documents or perform any other acts reasonably requested by Optumsoft in order to assist Optumsoft in securing and protecting its ownership of works created by or for Licensee that are property of Optumsoft pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

5. Consideration . The Licenses herein are granted free of any license fees and royalties, subject to Licensee’s compliance with all of the covenants herein set forth, including without limitation the provisions of Section 3 and 4.

6. Support and Maintenance . Optumsoft shall have no support or maintenance obligations to Licensee with respect to the Software, but shall deliver such modifications, improvements, additions, updates and upgrades as it determines in Optumsoft’s sole discretion to make available to Licensee, all of which shall be “Software” for all purposes hereunder.

7. Indemnities . Licensee shall defend, indemnify and hold Optumsoft harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) (“Losses”) arising out of Licensee’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement, Optumsoft’s enforcement of its rights hereunder, and any third-party claims resulting from Licensee’s distribution to third parties of Incorporated Software. In addition, each party (the “Indemnifying Party”) agrees to indemnify there other party (the “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all Losses resulting from a third-party claim that the Software violates any patent, copyright or trade secret rights of such third party, if and only to the extent such claim results from a grossly negligent or intentional violation of such third party’s rights by the Indemnifying Party or any employee or consultant given access to the Software by such Indemnifying Party.

8. Term and Termination . This Agreement will become effective on the Effective Date and will remain in force until terminated by Arastra by it giving written notice of termination to the Optumsoft. Licensee agrees to destroy all copies of the Software and any confidential information of Optumsoft in its possession immediately upon any termination of this Agreement and, if requested by Optumsoft, to provide a certificate of such destruction signed by an officer of Licensee.

9. Confidentiality . Licensee acknowledges that the Software contains valuable trade secrets of Optumsoft and other information proprietary to Optumsoft and its licensors. Licensee shall: (i) keep confidential such trade secrets and proprietary information, including without limitation all information concerning ideas and algorithms related to the Software (ii) disclose such information only to its employees and agents to the extent required to use the Software under the terms of this Agreement and (iii) bind its employees, consultants, agents and other third parties in writing to maintain the confidentiality of such trade secrets and proprietary information and not use or disclose such information except as permitted in this Agreement.


10. Disclaimer of Warranties . THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND INCLUDING. WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. OPTUMSOFT DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE SOFTWARE IS ERROR-FREE OR THAT IT WILL OPERATE WITHOUT INTERRUPTION. OPTUMSOFT DOES NOT WARRANT GUARANTEE OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION REGARDING THE USE, OR THE RESULTS OF THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE CORRECTNESS, ACCURACY OR RELIABILITY OF SUCH USE OR RESULTS. LICENSEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT OPTUMSOFT IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR AND WILL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR HARDWARE, SOFTWARE OR OTHER ITEMS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED BY ANY PERSONS OTHER THAN OPTUMSOFT.

11. Limitation of Liability . TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, OPTUMSOFT WILL NOT BE LIABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT UNDER ANY CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY FOR (i) ANY AMOUNTS IN EXCESS IN THE AGGREGATE OF THE AMOUNTS PAID BY LICENSEE FOR THE SOFTWARE, (ii) ANY LOST DATA OR OTHER SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION. LOSS OF DATA, OR ANY AND ALL LOST PROFITS, EVEN IF OPTUMSOFT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR (iii) THE COST OF PROCURING SUBSTITUTE GOODS, SERVICES OR TECHNOLOGY. THE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 11 SHALL NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

12. Compliance with Laws . Licensee shall be solely responsible for complying with all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and ordinances of the country or territory (“Territory”) in which Licensee uses the Software and shall indemnify Optumsoft for any claims, damages or costs arising from any claim related to or arising from violation of such laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances by Licensee in relation to the Software or this Agreement. If Licensee receives any notice or becomes aware of any violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation or ordinance of the Territory by the Software or the use thereof, Licensee shall promptly notify Optumsoft of such notice or violation.

13. Export . Licensee represents, warrants and agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly, export, re-export or transmit the Software or any part thereof to any country in which such export, re-export or transmission is restricted by any applicable U.S. regulation or statute, or to Cuba, North Korea, Iran, or Sudan or to any Group D:1 or E:2 country (or any national of such country) specified in the current NOI to Part 740 of the U.S. Export Administration Regulations (or any successor regulations or supplement) without the prior written consent of both Optumsoft and, if required, of the Bureau of Export Administration of the U.S. Department of Commerce, or such other governmental entity as may have jurisdiction over such export or transmission. Licensee shall otherwise comply with all applicable export control laws of the United States and the Territory.

14. Miscellaneous . A party’s failure to exercise or its delay in exercising any rights hereunder will not be deemed to be a waiver of such right. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid, that provision shall be limited or eliminated to the minimum extent necessary so that this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable. This Agreement shall be construed pursuant to the laws of the State of California and the United States without regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof and without regard to the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods. Licensee irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Santa Clara County, California, United States of America, and consents to venue in such forum with respect to any action or proceeding that relates to this Agreement. No amendment to or modification of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of Optumsoft. The provisions of Sections 3-5 end 7-11 and this Section 14 shall survive termination of this Agreement. This Agreement is in the English language only, which language shall be controlling and any revision of this Agreement in any other language shall not be binding. Both parties agree that this Agreement is the complete and exclusive statement of the mutual understanding of the parties and supersedes and cancels all previous written and oral agreements and communications relating to the subject matter of this Agreement; provided, however, that if Licensee has manually executed (or in the future manually executes) another agreement with Optumsoft governing Licensee’s use of the Software, then to the extent that such other agreement contains terms and conditions additional to or in conflict with the term and conditions hereof, such other agreement will prevail.

In witness whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

Optumsoft, Inc.   Arastra, Inc.
By  

/s/ David Cheriton

  By  

/s/ Andreas Bechtolsheim

Name  

David Cheriton

  Name  

Andreas Bechtolsheim

Title  

 

  Title  

Director


EXHIBIT A

Description of Software :

The computer software system called TACC, computer object schema compiler and supporting run-time framework software (in source and object code format) and associated documentation (the “Software”). The term “Software” does not include data-compiler output resulting from Licensee-specified inputs, which shall be the property of Licensee. To the extent run-time software is incorporated in object code format in one or more software products of Licensee, it shall be “Incorporated Software” hereunder.

Licensed Use : The Software may be used for internal business purposes and modified. Licensee may sublicense Incorporated Software directly or through distributors to end users pursuant to distribution agreements and end-user licenses containing reasonable and customary restrictions on use. Licensee shall ensure that the source code of the Software is not disclosed to or used by anyone except the Employees or Consultants covered by an NDA, and shall not copy, use, disclose, distribute, sell or sublicense any portion of the Software except as expressly permitted in the License Agreement, including this Exhibit A.

Exhibit 10.17

CONFIDENTIAL

CONFIDENTIALTREATMENT REQUESTED

CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN REDACTED AND HAVE BEEN

SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Manufacturing Services Letter Agreement

 

CUSTOMER NAME:   Arastra
ADDRESS:   275 Middlefield Rd
  Menlo Park, CA 94025

Re: Jabil Circuit, Inc. Manufacturing Services

Dear [ Mr. Kenneth Duda ]:

This letter (“Letter Agreement”), dated as of             2/05/07            (“Effective Date”), sets forth the terms under which Jabil Circuit, Inc. (“Jabil”) will provide to             Arastra            (“Company”) those manufacturing services specifically identified in Schedule 1 hereto (“Manufacturing Services”). Company and Jabil are referred to herein as “Party” or “Parties”. Jabil and Company have agreed that the terms and conditions set forth in this Letter Agreement shall control and govern our Manufacturing Services relationship prior to the execution of a more detailed and definitive Manufacturing Services Agreement, and that any prior agreements executed, discussions had or negotiations engaged in, between the Parties before the Effective Date shall have no force or effect with regard to the Manufacturing Services except that Company shall remain [            ] to pay Jabil the price of all work performed by Jabil thereunder. Pre-printed language on each Party’s forms, including purchase orders, shall not constitute part of this Letter Agreement and shall be deemed unenforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms and conditions of any Design Services Letter Agreement or Design Services Agreement executed by the Parties shall control and govern the design services relationship of the Parties unless the Parties specifically intend to supersede the same and so indicate in writing.

 

1. Manufacturing Services . Jabil will use commercially reasonable efforts to perform the Manufacturing Services substantially in conformity with the Statement of Work (“SOW”) set forth in Schedule 1 hereto, as amended or modified in writing from time to time by mutual agreement between the Parties.

 

2. Payment and Acceptance . Company shall pay Jabil all amounts when due, including all Non-Recurring Engineering Costs (“NRE Costs”), that Jabil may incur in the performance of the Manufacturing Services. Company shall pay Jabil all invoiced amounts within [***] from the date of Jabil’s invoice therefor. Payment to Jabil shall be in U.S. dollars and in immediately available funds. In the event any amounts are invoiced or paid in a different currency, the process in Schedule 3 “Currency Policy” will apply. In the event of cancellation, expiration or termination of this Letter Agreement for any reason, Company shall remain liable for all fees, costs of material and expenses incurred by Jabil as set forth herein up to and including the date of such cancellation, expiration or termination.

Company will be deemed to have accepted any Product (as defined in Section 4 below) prepared as part of the Manufacturing Services unless, within ten (10) days following Jabil’s delivery of such Product, Company provides a detailed written notice, as referenced in Section 15 herein, setting forth the manner in which such Product materially fails to comply with the SOW.

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 1


CONFIDENTIAL

 

3. Build Schedule Forecasts . Within ten (10) business days following the execution of this Letter Agreement, Company shall provide Jabil with a monthly forecast, in writing, of quantity requirements of each Product (as defined in Section 4 below) that Company anticipates requiring during the next twelve (12) month period (“Build Schedule Forecast”). The Build Schedule Forecast shall be updated by Company, in writing, on at least a monthly basis. Any rescheduling or cancellation of the orders set forth in a Build Schedule Forecast shall be subject to the terms set forth in Schedule 2 hereto, Rescheduled Delivery, Cancellation of Orders and Letter Agreement Expiration and Termination Charges.

 

4. Product Manufacture . Jabil will manufacture the Products as more particularly described in Schedule 1 hereto including any updates, renewals, modifications or amendments thereto (the “Product”) in accordance with the specifications set forth in Schedule 1 and otherwise supplied and/or approved by Company (“Specifications”) and any build schedule approved by Jabil (“Build Schedule”). Jabil will reply to each proposed Build Schedule that is submitted in accordance with the terms of this Letter Agreement by notifying Company of its acceptance or rejection within _ five (_5 _ ) business days of receipt of any proposed Build Schedule. In the event of Jabil’s rejection of a proposed Build Schedule, Jabil’s notice of rejection will specify the basis for such rejection. Jabil will test all Product according to the testing specifications, standards, procedures and parameters set forth in Schedule 1 and otherwise supplied and/or approved by Company (“Test Procedures”) and will package and ship the Product in accordance with packaging and shipping specifications set forth in Schedule 1 and otherwise supplied and/or approved by Company (“Packaging and Shipping Specifications”). Company shall be solely responsible for the sufficiency and adequacy of the Specifications, Packaging and Shipping Specifications and Test Procedures and shall hold Jabil harmless for any claim arising therefrom.

 

5. Materials Procurement . Jabil will use commercially reasonable efforts to procure components, per Company’s approved vendor list, necessary to fulfill mutually agreed upon Build Schedules. Company shall be responsible for the performance of suppliers and quality of the components, including but not limited to, compliance with Directive 2002/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 January 2003 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment, as amended from time to time (“RoHS”), Directive 2002/96/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 January 2003 on waste electrical and electronic equipment, as amended from time to time (“WEEE”), European Union Member State implementations thereof, as amended from time to time, and/or other similar environmental and/or materials declaration laws, directives, regulations and requirements as amended from time to time, including international laws and treaties regarding such subject matter (collectively, “Materials Declaration Requirements”). Where Company notifies Jabil in writing that the Product is subject to Materials Declaration Requirements, Jabil will use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Company in procuring parts, components and/or materials that are compliant with Materials Declaration Requirements, by collecting compliance certifications, using Jabil’s standard compliance certification form, which Company hereby approves, or such other form as Company provides Jabil, from vendors. Any information regarding Materials Declaration Requirements compliance of parts, components or materials used in the Products shall come solely from the relevant supplier and is not tested, confirmed or warranted by Jabil. Where it is alleged, conformed or a vendor indicates, that parts, components or materials are not compliant with Materials Declaration Requirements, Jabil shall assist Company in replacing such vendor on Company approved vendor list. Company ultimately and solely responsible for compliance with applicable Materials Declaration Requirements with respect to all Products, including any parts, components or materials used in the Products. This paragraph sets forth Jabil’s sole obligation and Company’s sole remedy with respect to Materials Declaration Requirements.

 

6. Jabil Warranty, Exclusive Remedy and Limitation of Damages . Jabil warrants (a) that it will manufacture the Product in accordance with Jabil Workmanship Standards, and (b) that at the time of manufacture, the Product will conform, in all material respects to the Specifications. The above warranty shall remain in effect for a period of [***] from the date any Product is initially delivered to Company or to Company’s designated carrier (“Warranty Period”). This warranty is extended to, and may only be enforced by, Company.

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 2


CONFIDENTIAL

 

In accordance with Jabil’s standard return material authorization process and procedure (“RMA”), Jabil will either repair or replace, in its sole discretion, any Product that contains a defect caused by a breach of the warranty set forth in this Section 6 provided that the Product is received within [***] following the end of any applicable Warranty Period (“RMA Product”). If Company desires to return a Product based on a claim of breach of the warranty set forth in this Section 6, Company shall request an RMA number from Jabil. Company shall then consign the alleged defective Product, to Jabil’s designated repair facility at Company’s risk and expense, and specify the Jabil assigned RMA number. Jabil will analyze any such RMA Product and, if a breach of warranty is found (“Defect”), then Jabil will repair or replace the RMA Product within [***] of receipt by Jabil of the RMA Product and all required associated documentation. [***].

THE FOREGOING SHALL CONSTITUTE COMPANY’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR A BREACH OF THE WARRANTY MADE BY JABIL HEREIN OR ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OF JABIL HEREUNDER. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 6 IS IN LIEU OF, AND JABIL EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS, AND COMPANY EXPRESSLY WAIVES, ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, ARISING BY COURSE OF DEALING OR PERFORMANCE, CUSTOM, USAGE IN THE TRADE OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, COMPLIANCE WITH MATERIALS DECLARATION REQUIREMENTS, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR INFRINGEMENT OR MISAPPROPRIATION OF ANY RIGHT, TITLE OR INTEREST OF COMPANY OR ANY THIRD PARTY. COMPANY UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT IT SHALL HAVE FULL AND EXCLUSIVE LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO ANY PRODUCT, WHETHER FOR PRODUCT DESIGN LIABILITY, PRODUCT LIABILITY, DAMAGE TO PERSON OR PROPERTY AND/OR INFRINGEMENT OR MISAPPROPRIATION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENT OR REPRESENTATION BY JABIL, ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES SHALL CONSTITUTE OR CREATE A WARRANTY OR EXPAND THE SCOPE OF ANY WARRANTY HEREUNDER.

JABIL’S WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY PRODUCT JABIL DETERMINES TO HAVE BEEN SUBJECTED TO TESTING FOR OTHER THAN SPECIFIED ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OR TO OPERATING AND/OR ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS IN EXCESS OF THE MAXIMUM VALUES ESTABLISHED IN APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS, OR TO HAVE BEEN THE SUBJECT OF MISHANDLING, ACCIDENT, MISUSE, NEGLECT, IMPROPER TESTING, IMPROPER OR UNAUTHORIZED REPAIR, ALTERATION, DAMAGE, ASSEMBLY, PROCESSING OR ANY OTHER INAPPROPRIATE OR UNAUTHORIZED ACTION OR INACTION THAT ALTERS PHYSICAL OR ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES. THIS WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY DEFECT IN THE PRODUCT ARISING FROM ANY DRAWING, DESIGN, SPECIFICATION, PROCESS, TESTING OR OTHER PROCEDURE, ADJUSTMENT OR MODIFICATION SUPPLIED AND/OR APPROVED BY COMPANY.

EXCEPT WITH REGARD TO ANY INDEMNITIES SET FORTH HEREIN, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY UNDER ANY CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE CLAIM OR THEORY FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, LOSS OF GOODWILL OR BUSINESS PROFITS, LOST REVENUE, WORK STOPPAGE, DATA LOSS, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR FOR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES, LOSS, OR EXEMPLARY OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHETHER SUCH PARTY WAS INFORMED OR WAS AWARE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE. THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT EXCLUDE OR LIMIT EITHER PARTY’S LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY RESULTING FROM ITS NEGLIGENCE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH LIABILITY CANNOT BY LAW BE LIMITED OR EXCLUDED.

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 3


CONFIDENTIAL

 

7. Jabil Existing Intellectual Property . Jabil shall retain all right, title and ownership to any “Jabil Existing Intellectual Property” that is incorporated into any Product that is prepared as part of the Manufacturing Services or as part of any other work provided pursuant to this Letter Agreement or any other related agreement executed by the Parties. As used herein, the term “Jabil Existing Intellectual Property” means any discoveries, inventions, technical information, procedures, manufacturing or other processes, software, firmware, technology, know-how or other intellectual property rights owned, developed or obtained by Jabil outside of this Letter Agreement or known by Jabil prior to the execution of this Letter Agreement that are used by Jabil in creating, or are embodied within, any Product, the Manufacturing Services or other work performed under this Letter Agreement.

Upon full payment of all monies due and owing under this Letter Agreement and all other monies due and owing to Jabil pursuant to any other related agreement executed by the Parties, Jabil will grant to Company a worldwide, non-exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty free right and license to the Jabil Existing Intellectual Property only insofar as is required for Company to use, sell or distribute the Product provided as part of the Manufacturing Services performed by Jabil pursuant to this Letter Agreement; provided however, that no license to manufacturing processes and/or manufacturing process improvements shall be granted hereunder.

 

8. Jabil Created Intellectual Property . Jabil shall retain all right, title and ownership to any “Jabil Created Intellectual Property” that is incorporated into any Product that is prepared as part of the Manufacturing Services or into any other work provided pursuant to this Letter Agreement or any other related agreement executed by the Parties. As used herein, the term “Jabil Created Intellectual Property” means any discoveries, inventions, technical information, procedures, manufacturing or other processes, software, firmware, technology, know-how or other intellectual property rights created, developed or reduced to practice by or for Jabil in (a) preparing any Product provided pursuant to this Letter Agreement, or (b) which is otherwise embodied within the Manufacturing Services or any other work provided pursuant to this Letter Agreement.

Upon full payment of all monies due and owing under this Letter Agreement and all other monies due and owing to Jabil pursuant to any other related agreement executed by the Parties, Jabil will assign to Company all right, title and interest in and to the Jabil Created Intellectual Property. Company hereby grants to Jabil a worldwide, non-exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free right and license in and to the Product and the Jabil Created Intellectual Property.

Jabil Created Intellectual Property and Jabil Existing Intellectual property shall hereinafter be referred to collectively as “Jabil Intellectual Property”.

 

9. Manufacturing Rights . In consideration of the transfer by Jabil of the rights to the Jabil Intellectual Property, Company grants Jabil exclusive manufacturing rights for one hundred percent (100%) of Company’s products that contain any Jabil Intellectual Property and/or any Company product containing a “derivative” of the Jabil Intellectual Property. For the purposes of this Letter Agreement, a derivative is defined as “a design that is based in full or in part on the Jabil Intellectual Property”. These manufacturing rights shall remain exclusive for the life of any Company product unless the Parties mutually agree that the term of manufacturing exclusivity shall be for a shorter period as specifically set forth in any other related agreement executed by the Parties. In the event that manufacturing is subsequently transferred to a third party, Company and Jabil shall mutually agree upon the terms and conditions of, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate, such transfer. In such event, Company shall, at a minimum, be liable for all monies due Jabil as set forth herein and any other monies due Jabil as set forth in any other related agreement executed by the Parties.

 

10.

Company Warranty and Indemnification . Company represents and warrants that it has conducted, and will conduct, all patent, trademark and copyright searches necessary to identify and evaluate any potential infringement claims with respect to the Product. Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Jabil and its employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors and assigns harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, arising from any recall, replacement or impoundment of any Product and any third party claims asserted against Jabil and its employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors and assigns that are based in part or in whole on any of the following: (a) Specifications, Company proprietary information and technology, any

 

Page 4


CONFIDENTIAL

 

Product, or any intellectual property, information, technology and processes supplied and/or approved by Company or otherwise required by Company of Jabil; (b) actual or alleged noncompliance with any Materials Declaration Requirements; (c) that any item in subsection (a) infringes or violates any patent, copyright or other intellectual property right of a third party, and (d) design or product liability alleging that any item in subsection (a) has caused or will in the future cause damages of any kind. Jabil may employ counsel, at its own expense to assist Jabil with respect to any such claims, provided that if such counsel is necessary because of a conflict of interest with Company or its counsel or because Company does not assume control of the defense of a claim for which Company is obligated to indemnify Jabil hereunder, Company shall bear such expense. Company shall not enter into any settlement that affects Jabil’s rights or interests without Jabil’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Jabil will provide such assistance and cooperation as is reasonably requested by Company or its counsel in connection with such indemnified claims.

 

11. Confidentiality Obligations . In order to protect both Parties’ proprietary information, intellectual property and technology (“Confidential Information”) the Parties agree that each Party shall use the same degree of care, but no less than a reasonable degree of care, as such Party uses with respect to its own similar information to protect the Confidential Information of the other Party and to prevent any use of Confidential Information other than for the purposes of this Letter Agreement. This Section 11 imposes no obligation upon a Party with respect to Confidential Information which (a) was known to such Party before receipt from the disclosing Party; (b) is or becomes publicly available through no fault of the receiving Party; (c) is rightfully received by the receiving Party from a third party without a duty of confidentiality; (d) is disclosed by the disclosing Party to a third party without imposing a duty of confidentiality on the third party; (e) is independently developed by the receiving Party without a breach of this Letter Agreement; or (f) is disclosed by the receiving Party with the disclosing Party’s prior written approval. If a Party is required by a government body or court of law to disclose Confidential Information, this Letter Agreement or any portion hereof, then such Party agrees to give the other Party reasonable advance notice so that the other Party may seek a protective order or otherwise contest the disclosure.

 

12. Term . The term of this Letter Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and shall end upon final payment to Jabil of all monies due to Jabil under this Letter Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 16, and 17 herein shall survive the expiration or termination of this Letter Agreement.

 

13. Force Majeure . Neither Party will be liable for any delay in performing or for failing to perform its obligations under this Letter Agreement (other than the payment of money) resulting from any cause beyond its reasonable control including, without limitation, acts of God; blackouts; power failures; inclement weather; fire; explosions; floods; hurricanes; typhoons; tornadoes; earthquakes; epidemics; strikes; work stoppages; labor, component or material shortages; slow-downs; industrial disputes; sabotage; accidents; destruction of production facilities; riots or civil disturbances; acts of government or governmental agencies, including changes in law or regulations that materially and adversely impact the Party, and U.S. Government priority orders or contracts; provided that the Party affected by such event promptly notifies (and in no event more than ten (10) business days of discovery of the event) the other Party of the event. If the delays caused by the force majeure conditions are not cured within sixty (60) days of the force majeure event, then either Party may immediately terminate this Letter Agreement. Termination of this Letter Agreement pursuant to this Section 13 shall not affect Company’s obligation to pay Jabil, as set forth herein.

 

14. Partial Invalidity . Whenever possible, each provision of this Letter Agreement shall be interpreted in such a way as to be effective and valid under applicable law. If a provision is prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, it shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Letter Agreement.

 

15. Notices . All notices, demands and other communications made hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given either by personal delivery, by nationally recognized overnight courier (with charges prepaid), by facsimile or EDI (with telephone confirmation) addressed to the respective Parties at the following addresses:

 

Page 5


CONFIDENTIAL

 

Notice to Jabil :   Jabil Circuit, Inc.
  10560 Dr. ML King Jr. Street North
  St. Petersburg, FL 33716
  Facsimile:(    )                                          
  Attn:                                                          
With a copy to :   Jabil Circuit, Inc.
  10560 Dr. ML King Jr. Street North
  St. Petersburg, FL 33716
  Attn: General Counsel
Notice to Company :  

Arastra

 

P.O. Box 10905

 

Palo Alto, CA 94303

 

 

  Attn:                                                          
With a copy to :  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Attn:                                                          

 

16. Dispute Resolution . Any disputes arising under this Letter Agreement shall be resolved by binding arbitration conducted in Tampa, Florida, according to the procedures set forth in the American Arbitration Code.

 

17. Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Letter Agreement and the interpretation of its terms shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida, without application of conflicts of law principles. The provisions of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Letter Agreement. The Parties hereby agree that the State and Federal Courts with jurisdiction over disputes arising in Pinellas County, Florida shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any litigation arising hereunder.

Please indicate your acceptance of the terms and conditions set forth herein by executing both copies of this Letter Agreement enclosed and returning to me a fully executed original.

 

Very truly yours,

(Insert Name and Title)

Jabil Circuit, Inc.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

 

Company
By:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Page 6


CONFIDENTIAL

 

SCHEDULE 1

TO MANUFACTURING SERVICES LETTER AGREEMENT

BETWEEN JABIL AND COMPANY

STATEMENT OF WORK

 

  Product Description:

A family of modular and fixed configuration networking hardware

 

  Specifications

IPC610D

 

  NRE Costs:

Tooling and test development, expedite fees will be quoted separately and will be approved in writing prior to incurring such cost. Such cost shall not exceed the initial estimate agreed upon by Parties unless otherwise mutually agreed, or unless such increase results from changes requested by Company.

 

  Components and Materials Requirements:

Order PCBA’s components to Jabil order lead time based on Arastra forecast with long lead time approval, MOQ upon receipt of Arastra PO. All components will be stored as Arastra consigned inventory.

Final assembly and test consigned materials will be consigned directly from Company.

 

  Test Procedures:

100% x-ray and Flying Probe PO through P1 builds (as per Arastra specifications)

 

  Packaging and Shipping Specifications:

Jabil will design based on the Industry standard

 

  Suppliers Designated by Company:

Supplier will procure components only from Company or Company’s authorized vendors. Company will provide Supplier with an approved vendor list for each phase of Product manufacture. Supplier will not procure Components from alternate vendors or deviate from approved vendor list without Company’s prior written approval.

 

  Shipments and Deliveries:

Company will take ownership at the FOB point, which shall be Supplier’s manufacturing site at the point of back flush. Company will instruct Supplier to ship directly from Supplier’s manufacturing site to Company or its customers, risk of loss or damage to Products shall vest in Company when the Product leaves the Supplier’s manufacturing site.

 

Page 7


CONFIDENTIAL

 

  Cancellation of Order:

Company shall be liable for cost incurred by Supplier; Supplier shall use its best effort to minimize Company’s Cancellation liability. Work in progress, completed PCBAs and finished goods will be provided by Supplier within five (5) business days of notification of Order cancellations. Company will instruct Supplier to ship or scrap finished goods, WIP and component inventory and reimburse Supplier for all costs actually and reasonably incurred by Supplier.

 

  RMA:

Supplier will charge a fee for processing an unopened return which equates to 100% of the current value add price for the product returned and a fee for an undispatched unit which equates to 100% of the value add rate.

 

  PCBA Requiring Multiple BGA Replacements:

Supplier will process PCBA through no more than three (3) replacement cycles. If component replacement is due to non-manufacturing issue, Company will be liable for the cost of the PCBA.

 

  Payment Terms:

Company will pay Supplier invoices for Products and NRE charges net thirty (30) days from date of Invoice.

 

  Prototype Services:

Supplier will perform Prototype Services and deliver any Prototype deliverables to Company in accordance with the agreed Upon Prototype schedule and any accepted Order(s) applicable to such Prototype deliverables. Supplier will deliver each such build within five (5) business days of commencing production of the prototype, unless otherwise agreed, assuming that no delaying ECO’s are issued or test gates encountered and that the Prototype build is of reasonable volume and complexity, deliver a DFM report to Company within five (5) business days after delivering a Prototype build to COMPANY, unless otherwise agreed and respond to ECO’s issued by Company within 72 hours.

 

  Pricing:

The parties will agree in writing upon pricing for Prototype builds and services (Attachment 1-not finalized). Included in this pricing will be a costed bill of materials with a [***]% material margin, which includes material handling, scrap and freight. Other additional pricing details are provided in attachments

 

  Final Assembly and Test:

Supplier will provide Final Assembly and Test for a flat fee. Supplier will perform process with materials that will be consignee from the Company. Supplier will perform and maintain the highest level of inventory accuracy for these materials, reporting to Company all material usage, scrap etc. as part of the process. Reconciliation of materials used will be conducted at the complete of project.

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 8


CONFIDENTIAL

 

SCHEDULE 2

TO MANUFACTURING SERVICES LETTER AGREEMENT

BETWEEN JABIL AND COMPANY

Rescheduled Delivery, Cancellation of Orders and Letter Agreement Termination/Expiration Charges

Company may request Jabil to reschedule the delivery date for Product(s) and cancel pending orders in accordance with this schedule. The charges to Company for deferring or accelerating delivery of an order (rescheduled), cancellation of an order or termination or expiration of this Letter Agreement for any reason are outlined below:

 

Days Prior to Delivery Date

  

Reschedule Terms

  

Cancellation/Termination/Expiration Liability

0-30 Days    Company may not reschedule an order within 30 days of the delivery date without payment in full for the order.    Company may not cancel an order to be delivered within 30 days of the applicable delivery date without payment to Jabil in full for the order.

Company shall be responsible for all costs of all inventory resulting from a reschedule, cancellation, termination or expiration. Where applicable, carry costs will be billed on a monthly basis and based on the prime rate as announced in The Wall Street Journal as of the date of reschedule (the prime rate shall be adjusted on the first business day of each calendar month thereafter for as long as the rescheduled order is maintained in inventory) plus [***] percent ([***]%) per annum and shall be applied to the inventory applicable to the rescheduled or cancelled order. Reschedules in excess of the maximum deferred quantity or period (set forth above) will be considered cancellations and subject to applicable cancellation charges. Reschedules and cancellations may result in revised product pricing. In addition to the costs set forth above, Company shall also be liable for the applicable depreciation (determined in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) for the period of time any piece of equipment is idle as a result of the reschedule, cancellation, termination or expiration for up to six months from the date of cancellation, termination or expiration.

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 9


CONFIDENTIAL

 

SCHEDULE 3

TO MANUFACTURING SERVICES LETTER AGREEMENT

BETWEEN JABIL AND COMPANY

CURRENCY POLICY

1) Jabil will invoice in US dollars as agreed with Company in Section 7.1 of the Agreement, and remain fixed in that currency unless otherwise mutually agreed by both parties in writing.

2) For materials that are purchased outside of the currencies identified in Section 7.1 of the Agreement, pricing will be reset quarterly based on calendar quarters.

3) Currency process:

a. On or before the third Monday of each calendar month, Company will inform Jabil of purchase volumes per site for month +1, +2, +3, and +4 from the Build Schedule Forecast as specified in Section 3 of the Agreement.

b. For the purpose of establishing invoice prices, the exchange rates will be derived from the sources specified in paragraph 5 below on the second to last Thursday of the last month of each calendar quarter (i.e. March, June, September and December).

c. In case Company has not delivered the information as per 3(a), Jabil shall take the information as communicated during previous month unless this information is in the meantime changed and communicated to Jabil in writing.

d. Jabil will inform the Company outsourcing or relationship manager on a monthly basis if the Company organization is not complying with 3(a).

4) Every three (3) months, Jabil and Company will meet to establish the invoice prices for the next three (3) month period. The invoice prices are established based on the following principles:

a. Bill of Material components and Value Add, which are priced in various currencies are recalculated into the invoicing currency at the exchange rates as established under paragraph 5 below.

b. In general, the parties agree that under the Agreement, there will be a reconciliation process for realized foreign currency gains and losses which will be based on such gains and losses exceeding XX.0% for the Calendar Quarter.

5) Calculation method:

a. All references to “month” in this section shall be read as “calendar month.”

b. The following details how certain currencies will be established:

Euro Based Currencies

The Euro outright forward contract rates are calculated as follows (i) spot rate against Euro as defined by the European Central Bank (www.ECB.int) as at the second to last Thursday of the month plus (ii) the average forward points for two (2) months as calculated by the difference between forward minus spot rate from the table “Euro Spot Forward Against

 

Page 10


CONFIDENTIAL

 

the Euro” published by the Financial Times (“FT”) on the second to last Thursday of the month for the closing values of the second to last Wednesday of the month of WM/Reuters. The average rate is determined from the one (1) month and three (3) month forward rates divided by two based on the FT.

United States Dollar Based Currencies

Rates against United States Dollar are calculated as follows (i) spot rate against United States Dollar calculated through cross rate based on the rate as defined by the European Central Bank (www.ECB.int) as at the second to last Thursday of the month plus (ii) the average forward points for two (2) months as calculated by the difference between forward minus spot rate from the table “Dollar Spot Forward Against the Dollar” published by the FT on the second to last Thursday of the month for the closing values of the second to last Wednesday of the month of WM/Reuters. The average rate is determined from the one (1) month and three (3) month forward rates divided by two based on the FT.

Indian Rupee

Rates for Indian Rupees are calculated as follows (i) spot rate against United States Dollar or Euro as defined by the Reserve Bank of India (www.rbi.org.in) as at the second to last Thursday of the month plus (ii) average forward points for two (2) months as calculated by the difference between forward minus spot rate from the table “Dollar Spot Forward Against the Dollar” or “Euro Spot Forward Against the Euro”, respectively (as applicable), published by the FT on the second to last Thursday of the month for the closing values of the second to last Wednesday of the month of WM/Reuters. The average rate is determined from the one (1) month and three (3) month forward rates divided by two based on the FT.

Brazilian Real

The Brazilian Real is an exception. The forward rates will be as published on the second to last Thursday of the month by Bolsa de Mercadorias e Futuros (“BMF”) (www.bmf.com.br) for the referential rates of exchange of Brazilian Real against United States Dollar as at the second to last Wednesday of the month. The average rate is determined from the one (1) month, two (2) month and three (3) month forward rates divided by three based on the BMF rates

The spot for Brazilian Real, if necessary, will be calculated as the average between bid and offer rates as published by the Central Bank of Brazil (www.bcb.gov.br) for the closing rate for the exchange of Brazilian Real against United States Dollar as at the second to last Wednesday of the month.

Mexican Peso

The spot rate for Mexican Peso, if necessary, will be established as the Auction Exchange Rate as published by the Bank of Mexico (www.banxico.org.mx) for the Average closing rate for the exchange of Mexican Peso against the United States Dollar as at the second to last Wednesday of the month plus (ii) average forward points for two (2) months as calculated by the difference between forward minus spot rate from the table “Dollar Spot Forward Against the Dollar” or “Euro Spot Forward Against the Euro”, respectively (as applicable), published by the FT on the second to last Thursday of the month for the closing values of the second to last Wednesday of the month of WM/Reuters. The average rate is determined from the one (1) month and three (3) month forward rates divided by two based on the FT.

Malaysian Ringgit

Rates for Malaysian Ringgits are calculated as follows (i) spot rate against United States Dollar or Euro as the Latest Published Rate at 1600 HR published by the Bank of Negara Malaysia (www.bnm.gov.my) as at the second to last Thursday of the month plus (ii) average forward points for two (2) months as calculated by the difference between forward minus spot rate from the table “Dollar Spot Forward Against the Dollar” published by the FT on the second to

 

Page 11


CONFIDENTIAL

 

last Thursday of the month for the closing values of the second to last Wednesday of the month of WM/Reuters. The average rate is determined from the one (1) month and three (3) month forward rates divided by two based on the FT. The Euro forward points will be calculated from the cross rates of United States Dollar and Euro forward rates.

Chinese Renminbi

Rates for the Chinese Renminbi will be determined via a mutually agreeable process until publicly available websites are able to provide both the spot and forward rates as applicable.

Other Currencies

For other currencies not defined above, a mutually agreed process of establishing such rates will be defined.

Arastra Cost template

 

LOGO

 

Page 12


CONFIDENTIAL

 

Arastra

NPI Product Assembly and Test

 

1. Board level assembly will include SMT, Pin Thru-Hole and Mechanical.

 

2. Board level test will include Flying Probe and 5DX

 

3. Minimum lot charge of [***]K (for placement charges). See attached spreadsheet under Arastra Cost template

 

4. Standard delivery is 5 days from “Clean to Start” (All material and documentations issues resolved).

 

5. Faster delivery (3 Day or 1 Day) are available.

NPI Product Assembly and NRE Charges

 

1. NRE Charge for NPI staffing support at $[***] per month (See attached detail).

 

2. See attached CPP rate under Arastra cost template

 

3. Tooling NRE charges may be required and billed separately for the following:

See attached under Arastra Cost template

NPI Material Management

 

1. Material will be invoiced to Arastra on Monday based on the prior week’s receipts at Jabil South and will incur a material handling charge equal to 5.0% of material value.

 

2. All Arastra purchased material will be held as consigned inventory at Jabil South.

 

3. Arastra can expect a material attrition rate of between 1% and 2% during SMT manufacturing.

NPI IL STAFFING

 

Arastra    2/1/2007                     
See Jabil Rate Basis below    Monthly Rate      Mar-07     Apr-07     May-07  

Project Management

     28,908         10     10     10

Project Engineer

     13,927         20     20     20

Quality Engineer

     11,360          

Industrial Engineer

     11,017          

Test Engineer

     11,125          

Test Technician

     8,505          

Master Scheduler

     7,745         0     0     0

Buyer

     9,241         70     70     70

Documentation Control Analyst

     7,745         20     20     20

Manufacturing Supervisor

     12,976          

Inventory Analyst

     5,415          

MONTHLY SUPPORT

      $ 13.694      $ 13,694      $ 13,694   

JABIL Rate Basis—

The charge per individual IL position is computed by summing the salaries of the employees in the department, including support positions for that department, and dividing that number by the total number of IL that directly support programs (allocable heads). The costs also include a G&A allocation which covers Plant Finance & Accounting, Administration, MIS.

Note: These rates do not include services provided by Jabil Design Services or Jabil Test Development Services.

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 13

Exhibit 10.18

CONFIDENTIALTREATMENT REQUESTED

CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN REDACTED AND HAVE BEEN

SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Microsoft Master Product Purchase Agreement

This Microsoft Master Product Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is between Microsoft Corporation, a Washington corporation, with its principal place of business at One Microsoft Way, Redmond, WA 98052-6399 (“ Microsoft ”) and Arista Networks, Inc., a Nevada corporation, with its principal place of business at 5470 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA 95054 (the “ Vendor ”). This Agreement will be effective on February 8 th , 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”).

This Agreement consists of:

 

    The following terms and conditions;

 

    Any policies or procedures referenced in this Agreement;

 

    Any applicable addenda;

 

    Any applicable Product POs and SOWS; and

 

    Any other exhibits. Addresses and contact details

Addresses and contact details

 

Microsoft

 

Vendor

Address: One Microsoft Way, Redmond, WA 98052-6399   Address: 5470 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA 95054
Attention: Moz Aslam   Attention: Roy Magruder, Corporate Controller
Phone number: (425) 706-7245   Phone number: 408-547-5557
Fax number:   Fax number:
E-mail address: mozaslam@microsoft.com   E-mail address: rmagruder@aristanetworks.com
Any additional designated address:   Any additional designated address:

Agreed and accepted

 

Microsoft

 

Vendor

Signature   LOGO   Signature   LOGO
Name:   Dayne Sampson   Name:   Jayshree Ullal
Title:   CVP, GFS   Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date:   February 23, 2012 | 20:55 PT   Date:   February 23, 2012 | 18:15 PT

 

Signature   LOGO
Name:   Qi Lu
Title:   President
Date:   February 23, 2012 | 18:22 PT


SECTION 1 Definitions

 

  (a) Affiliate ” means any legal entity that owns, is owned by, or is commonly owned with a party. “ Own ” means having more than 50% ownership or the right to direct the management of the entity;

 

  (b) Claim(s) ” means all third-party claims, actions, demands, proceedings, damages, costs and liabilities of any kind;

 

  (c) End User ” is the final purchaser or licensee that acquired Product and/or Services for its own internal Use and not for Resale, remarketing or further distribution.

 

  (d) Error ” means a failure, defect or deficiency of a Product to:

 

  (1) Operate and conform according to the Specifications;

 

  (2) Be compatible and function with the operating systems, application programs, computer equipment, and networks intended to connect, operate and interface with the Products;

 

  (3) Perform together in an integrated fashion; and

 

  (4) Be free from defects in workmanship and material;

 

  (e) Intellectual Property ” or “ IP ” means all intellectual property rights throughout the world, whether existing under statute or at common law or equity, now or hereafter in force or recognized, including:

 

  (1) Copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks and servicemarks, patents, inventions, designs, logos and trade dress, “moral rights,” mask works, publicity rights, and privacy rights; and

 

  (2) Any application or right to apply for the rights referred to in Section 1(d)(1), and all renewals, extensions and restorations;

 

  (f) Product(s) ” means all products that Vendor owns or licenses and provides to Microsoft under a Product PO. The term includes hardware, equipment, software and related materials and documentation;

 

  (g) Product Purchase Order ” or “ Product PO ” means Microsoft’s purchase orders for Products under this Agreement. Product Purchase Orders are a subset of Saws;

 

  (h) Services ” means the services that Vendor performs under this Agreement or an applicable Product PO. Services may include maintenance, support, and professional services. The Services will be set forth in a SOW according to Section 13 (Maintenance, support and other Services) below;

 

  (i) SOW(s) ” means any of the following which describe Products and/or Services ordered under this Agreement:

 

  (1) Microsoft purchase order(s);

 

  (2) Electronic statements) of work transmitted by Microsoft; or

 

  (3) Written agreement(s) signed by authorized representatives of both parties expressly referencing this Agreement;

 

  (j) Specifications ” means:

 

  (1) The requirements for the Products and Services and any applicable Product PO or SOW;

 

-2-


  (2) Vendor’s documentation for the Product and Services. The documentation may be in printed or electronic form. It may describe the Services, or the operation, functionality, or performance of the Products. The documentation may include correspondence, user manuals, operator instructions, training materials, interface capabilities and requirements, and customization capabilities and requirements; and

 

  (3) Any proposals, bids, quotes, and written responses to requests for proposal or quotes regarding Vendor’s Products or Services;

 

  (k) Subcontractor(s) ” means either a third party to whom Vendor delegates one or more of its obligations under this Agreement or a Vendor Affiliate that is not contracting directly with Microsoft; and

 

  (l) Trademarks ” means the specific trademarks, servicemarks and logos identified and provided by Microsoft under a SOW.

SECTION 2 Product Purchase Order

 

  (a) Placement of Product Purchase Orders . Vendor will sell and Microsoft will purchase the Products described in the Product PO. Microsoft may issue Product POs by facsimile or electronically. Vendor will use electronic data interchange technology consistent with Microsoft’s requirements for processing Product POs. Microsoft may cancel or change a Product PO up to two days before shipment.

 

  (b) Acceptance of Product Purchase Orders . All Product POs will be deemed accepted by Vendor unless Vendor notifies Microsoft in writing within five business days after receipt of a Product PO that it will not accept the same.

 

  (c) Rejection of different purchase terms and conditions . Any inconsistent, additional and/or different terms and or conditions in any prior or subsequent Product PO, invoice, confirmation or other document will not be part of the Product, unless the same specifically indicates that it supersedes this Agreement and is signed by authorized representatives from both parties.

SECTION 3 Fulfillment, delivery, shipping and loss or damage

 

  (a) Fulfillment and delivery .

 

  (1) Vendor will follow Microsoft’s product fulfillment requirements as communicated to Vendor. If agreed to by the parties in writing, the requirements may include asset-tagging prior to shipment and asset reporting in a form acceptable to Microsoft. Microsoft may adjust its fulfillment requirements on notice to Vendor.

 

  (2) Vendor will ship Product FOB the Microsoft site designated in the Product PO unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing. Vendor will prepay all shipping costs and add such shipping charges on the invoice, or ship Product through a Microsoft designated carrier.

 

  (3) Vendor will ship Product in the manner set forth in the Product PO. Vendor will use reasonable methods of shipment if the Product PO does not specify a method.

 

  (4) Vendor will notify Microsoft via e-mail, as directed by Microsoft, when orders are shipped.

 

  (5) Product will be delivered within the delivery timeframe agreed between Microsoft and Vendor. The parties may agree to a different date in the Product PO. Microsoft may cancel and terminate the applicable Product PO without penalty if Vendor fails to deliver Products by the delivery date. Microsoft will receive a refund for any amounts prepaid for a Product PO canceled under this subsection.

 

-3-


  (6) Vendor will be responsible for any loss or damage resulting from its failure to properly preserve, package, handle, or otherwise secure the Products for shipping.

 

  (7) Vendor may send partial Product shipments if Microsoft approves them in advance and in writing.

 

  (8) All shipments must include a packing slip. The packing slip will list the shipped Product, Microsoft’s Product PO number; the Product model name or number, part number, and serial number, and any other information Microsoft reasonably requests.

 

  (9) Vendor shall be solely responsible for managing its supply chain and resources. Upon request by Microsoft, Vendor shall provide up-to-date reports of allocations of, and any existing or foreseeable constraints on, Vendor’s manufacturing capacity and supplies of parts and raw materials. Without limiting Vendor’s other obligations or Microsoft’s rights under this Agreement, if Vendor is unable to meet its obligations because of insufficient manufacturing capacity or supplies of parts or raw materials, Vendor shall make commercially reasonable efforts to give Microsoft priority over allocation of Products within the delivery timeline of Microsoft.

 

  (b) Shipping .

 

  (1) Vendor will pay any cost increase for Products shipped other than as specified in the Product PO. Microsoft will pay charges for overnight or express delivery only if it requests expedited shipping or such shipping is designated in the Product PO.

 

  (2) Vendor will bear all other costs for delivery, including packing, handling, pre-delivery warehouse storage, and insurance.

 

  (3) Vendor will pay the shipping costs for returns of any Product not accepted according to this Agreement.

 

  (c) Loss or damage .

 

  (1) Vendor will bear all risk of loss, damage or destruction of any Product, in whole or in part, that occurs prior to delivery. Such loss, damage or destruction will not release Vendor from its other obligations.

 

  (2) Risk of loss will pass to Microsoft as follows:

 

  (i) If Vendor delivers the Products to Microsoft and does not provide installation, implementation or other Services for the Products, then risk of loss will pass to Microsoft on delivery.

 

  (ii) If Vendor provides implementation, installation or other Services for the Products, then risk of loss will pass to Microsoft on the successful completion of such Services.

 

  (3) Vendor will replace any Products lost or damaged in transit as soon as possible. The Products will be replaced at the same price and terms as reflected by the original Product PO.

SECTION 4 Product acceptance

 

  (a) Acceptance . Upon physical receipt of Product, Microsoft may review and test the Products. The parties may change the test period in the Product PO. Microsoft may reject the Products if they have any Errors during the test period. Microsoft will provide Vendor notice detailing the Errors. Vendor will have 30 days from the notice to cure the Errors and resubmit the Products to Microsoft. Vendor’s efforts to cure the Errors will be at its expense. Microsoft will then have a subsequent acceptance test period of 30 days.

 

-4-


  (b) Remedies . If Vendor fails to either resubmit the Products after receiving notice of an Error, or to correct the Error in the resubmitted Products, Microsoft may:

 

  (1) Extend the cure period for a duration of its choice;

 

  (2) Cancel the applicable Product POs, and terminate any applicable SOWs with no cost or liability to Microsoft. Vendor will promptly refund all Fees prepaid under the applicable Product POs and SOWs;

 

  (3) Retain just those Products under the applicable Product POs that contain no Errors, and pay Vendor the invoice value of such Product that contain no Errors; or

 

  (4) Retain all of the Products under the applicable Product POs and pay Vendor a discounted amount due to such Errors. The parties must agree on the price discount and Vendor must provide the same warranties for the Products as if they had been accepted.

 

  (c) Deemed acceptance . The Products are deemed accepted if Microsoft fails to either accept or reject the Products in writing upon receipt of Product. Products will not be deemed accepted if they are part of an incorrect or incomplete order (e.g., quantities in excess of Product PO, substituted Product, etc.).

SECTION 5 Licenses and title

 

  (a) License to software and Intellectual Property in the Products.

 

  (1) License . Microsoft is the End User for Products purchased from the Vendor. Vendor grants to Microsoft a worldwide, irrevocable, nonexclusive, non-transferable, perpetual, paid-up and royalty free license for any Products that include software or other Intellectual Property not subject to a separate license (including installed applications). Microsoft agrees that use of the Vendor’s software by Microsoft and its Affiliates is governed by the terms of Vendor’s “End User License Agreement” (“EULA”), which is incorporated herein by reference, to the extent the EULA is consistent with the terms of this Agreement. In the event of a conflict, this Agreement will apply. The license allows Microsoft to use such software and Intellectual Property as included in the Products in connection with the Products. Microsoft shall have no right, and agrees not to (i) transfer, assign, or sublicense its license rights to any other person without Vendor’s prior written consent, (ii) make error corrections or otherwise modify the software operating system of the Product, or permit third parties to do the same, or (iii) decompile, decrypt, reverse engineer, disassemble or otherwise reduce the Product operating software to human readable form to gain access to trade secrets or information in the Product operating software. Microsoft further agrees that for purposes of this Agreement, Product operating software shall include (and the terms of this Agreement shall apply to) any upgrades, updates, bug fixes or modified version (collectively, “Upgrades”) provided to Microsoft or its authorized agents for which Microsoft has paid the applicable fees for Services. Microsoft shall have no license or right to use such Upgrades unless it (a) already holds a valid license to the original Product software and (b) has paid the applicable Service fees for the Upgrade(s). Notwithstanding anything stated to the contrary, Microsoft may transfer the Products to a financial intermediary such as a leasing company. Notwithstanding anything stated to the contrary herein, Microsoft may permit any of its third party service providers to use the Software in connection with any outsourcing or facilities management provided to Microsoft by any such third party and the Products may be licensed for use by other third parties in connection with any such outsourcing or facilities management provided to Microsoft.

 

-5-


  (2) Pass through warranties and indemnities. Vendor hereby assigns and passes through to Microsoft all of the third-party manufacturers’ and licensors’ warranties and indemnities for the Products.

 

  (b) Title . Title to the Products (other than software) will pass from Vendor to Microsoft upon delivery as outlined in Section 5.

SECTION 6 Vendor compensation

 

  (a) Microsoft’s payment of Fees .

 

  (1) Microsoft will pay Vendor fees set forth in each Product PO and SOW (“ Fees ”). Vendor will be responsible for all expenses it incurs unless otherwise agreed in a Product PO or SOW. Vendor will not mark up any expenses Microsoft agrees to pay unless otherwise agreed in a Product PO or SOW. Vendor has no right of offset against amounts Microsoft owes.

 

  (2) Unless otherwise agreed in a Product PO or SOW, after Microsoft receives the Product or Services and receives a proper and undisputed invoice, it will pay the Fees and approved expenses:

 

  (i) Net 10 days less a 2% discount on the invoiced amount; or

 

  (ii) Net 60 days with no discount.

 

  (3) Microsoft will make all payments to Vendor according to Microsoft’s then-current payment policies. These include payment via ACH electronic payment to Vendor’s financial institution per instructions in Microsoft’s ACH electronic payment form.

 

  (b) “MS Invoice” requirements . Vendor will invoice Microsoft for all Fees and approved expenses via the “MS Invoice” online tool according to the requirements at http://invoice.microsoft.com and the VG. Vendor will not charge Microsoft for researching, reporting on or correcting any errors relating to its invoices. Vendor will not date its invoices earlier than the date Vendor is entitled to be paid under the applicable Product PO or SOW. If a date is not specified in a Product PO or SOW, Vendor may issue its invoices monthly in arrears.

 

  (c) Disputed Amounts . Microsoft may dispute the amount of any invoice (each a “ Disputed Amount ”) by providing written notice. Partial payment is notice from Microsoft of a Disputed Amount. Microsoft will make commercially reasonable efforts to notify Vendor in writing of any Disputed Amount within 60 days of receiving the applicable invoice. Neither the failure to provide notice nor payment of an invoice is a waiver of any claim or right. Microsoft will have 60 days from the date a dispute is resolved to pay Vendor.

 

  (d) Late invoices . Microsoft has no obligation to pay any invoice received 120 days or more after the date Vendor was required to invoice Microsoft under this Agreement or any applicable SOW. This does not apply to:

 

  (1) Disputed Amounts;

 

  (2) Rejected invoices which are subject to correction;

 

  (3) Invoices, which are delayed due to the actions or inactions of Microsoft; or

 

  (4) Delays to which the parties have agreed in writing.

 

  (e) Competitive pricing . Vendor must give Microsoft the most favorable terms it offers or agrees to give to any other [***] for [***] of Products and Services.

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-6-


  (f) Discounts . The purchase price of Products and Services shall be Vendor’s then current list price less the discount specified in Exhibit A.

 

  (g) Taxes .

 

  (1) The amounts to be paid by Microsoft to Vendor do not include any taxes. Microsoft is not liable for any taxes that Vendor is legally obligated to pay, including, but not limited to net income or gross receipts taxes, franchise taxes, and property taxes. Microsoft will pay Vendor any sales, use or value added taxes it owes due to this Agreement and which the law requires Vendor to collect from Microsoft. If Microsoft provides Vendor a valid exemption certificate, Vendor will not collect the taxes covered by such certificate. Vendor will indemnify and hold Microsoft harmless from any claims, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liabilities that relate to Vendor’s taxes.

 

  (2) If the law requires Microsoft to withhold taxes from payments to Vendor, Microsoft may withhold those taxes and pay them to the appropriate taxing authority. Microsoft will deliver to Vendor an official receipt for such taxes. Microsoft will use reasonable efforts to minimize any taxes withheld to the extent allowed by law.

 

  (3) Despite any other provision in this Agreement, this section will govern the treatment of all taxes relating to this Agreement.

SECTION 7 Term and termination

 

  (a) Term . This Agreement commences on the Effective Date and will continue for a period of 5 years (the “ Term ”) unless it is:

 

  (1) Terminated earlier according to its terms; or

 

  (2) Extended by a written and signed amendment.

 

  (b) Process . Without prejudice to any other remedies:

 

  (1) Termination for convenience. Microsoft may terminate this Agreement, or any SOW, at any time without cause by giving 30 days’ written notice. If Microsoft terminates for convenience, its only obligation is to pay for:

 

  (i) Products or Services it accepts before the effective date of termination; or

 

  (ii) Services performed, where Microsoft retains the benefit after the effective date of termination.

 

  (2) Termination for cause .

 

  (i) Mutual right. Either party may terminate this Agreement or any SOW on the other party’s material breach of this Agreement or a SOW. The nonbreaching party must give 30 calendar days’ written notice and the opportunity to cure its breach. Either party may immediately terminate this Agreement on written notice of a breach of Section 8 (Confidentiality, privacy and data protection) of this Agreement.

 

  (ii) Microsoft’s right. Microsoft may terminate this Agreement or any SOW effective immediately upon written notice if Vendor breaches Sections 5(b) (Title), 8 (Confidentiality, privacy and data protection), 12 (Insurance)or 14 (Vendor to comply with Microsoft policies and procedures), or if Vendor sells a substantial part of Vendor’s assets to a third party.

 

  (3)

Effect of termination . Each party will return the confidential information and property of the other within 10 calendar days of the effective date of termination of this Agreement or any SOW unless otherwise instructed. Vendor will deliver to Microsoft

 

-7-


  any affected Products in progress and all data and materials related to them. Vendor will assist Microsoft with a post-termination transition at Microsoft’s request. Vendor’s assistance will not exceed 60 calendar days. Microsoft will pay Vendor for its assistance at a rate no greater than that set forth in any SOW for comparable services.

 

  (4) Survival . The provisions of this Agreement which, by their terms, require performance after the termination or expiration of this Agreement, or have application to events that may occur after the termination or expiration of this Agreement, will survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. All indemnity obligations and any applicable indemnification procedures will be deemed to survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

SECTION 8 Confidentiality, privacy and data protection

 

  (a) Confidentiality .

 

  (1) Existing NDA. The information shared under this Agreement is confidential information subject to the nondisclosure agreement (“ NDA ”) between the parties dated 12/03/2008.

 

  (2) Security procedures. Vendor will employ security procedures to prevent disclosure of Microsoft confidential information (including Personal Information) to unauthorized third parties. Vendor’s security procedures must include risk assessment and controls for:

 

  (i) System access,

 

  (ii) System and application development and maintenance,

 

  (iii) Change management,

 

  (iv) Asset classification and control,

 

  (v) Incident response, physical and environmental security;

 

  (vi) Disaster recovery/business continuity; and

 

  (vii) Employee training.

 

  (b) Privacy and data protection.

 

  (1) Personal Information ” means any information provided by Microsoft or collected by Vendor in connection with this Agreement

 

  (i) That identifies or can be used to identify, contact, or locate the person to whom such information pertains; or

 

  (ii) From which identification or contact information of an individual person can be derived. Personal Information includes, but is not limited to: name, address, phone number, fax number, e-mail address, social security number or other government-issued identifier, and credit card information. Additionally, if any other information (e.g., a personal profile, unique identifier, biometric information, and/or IP address) is associated or combined with Personal Information, then such information is also Personal Information.

 

  (2) If Vendor collects or accesses any Personal Information as part of performing the Services, Vendor agrees to comply with all applicable requirements contained at http://www.microsoft.com/About/CompanyInformation/procurement/toolkit/default. mspx or as otherwise provided by Microsoft.

 

  (c) Publicity . Either party will not issue any press releases that relate to the other’s relationship or this Agreement.

 

-8-


SECTION 9 Representations and warranties

Vendor represents and warrants:

 

  (a) Product .

 

  (1) The Product will at all times be of merchantable quality, of good material and workmanship, and free from defects in design, material, and workmanship;

 

  (2) Vendor warrants that for a period of one year from receipt, the Product shall be free of defects in workmanship and material under normal authorized use consistent with the product instructions. Vendor does not warrant that the Product software operating system is error free or that Microsoft will be able to operate the Product software operating system without problems or interruptions. No warranty shall apply if the Product (a) has been altered, except by Vendor, (b) has not been installed, operating or maintained in accordance with instructions supplied by Vendor in its documentation, or (c) has been subjected to unreasonable physical, thermal or electrical stress, misuse, negligence, or accident. Microsoft is solely responsible for assessing the suitability of the product for use in its particular applications and backing up its programs and data to protect against loss or corruption

 

  (3) The Product and the Services provided to Microsoft under this Agreement will not:

 

  (i) To the best of Vendor’s knowledge, infringe any patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret or other proprietary right of any third party; or

 

  (ii) Contain any viruses or other malicious code that will degrade or infect any Product, Service, or any other software or Microsoft’s network or systems;

 

  (4) Vendor has full authority and sufficient right, title, and interest in and to the Products to grant, convey or license the rights granted, conveyed or licensed to Microsoft under the Agreement;

 

  (5) All Products will be new and Microsoft will obtain title to all Products free and clear of all liens, security interests, and other encumbrances;

 

  (6) The Products will not experience epidemic failures. An epidemic failure is the same Error in more than [***]% of each type of Product. Vendor will reimburse Microsoft for direct, out-of-pocket costs incurred by Microsoft in recalling, replacing, or repairing Products affected by an epidemic failure; and

 

  (7) The use of Vendor certified or approved third party products or parts will not void any Product warranty.

 

  (b) General .

 

  (1) Vendor has full rights and authority to enter into and perform according to this Agreement. Vendor’s performance will not violate any agreement or obligation between Vendor and any third party; and

 

  (2) The Services will be performed professionally and be of high grade, nature and quality.

 

  (c) Nonexclusive remedies . Products that do not comply with Sections 9(a)(1), 9(a)(2), 9(a)(5), or 9(b)(2) will be promptly replaced or repaired by Vendor at its sole cost and expense. This provision provides a nonexclusive warranty remedy and is in addition to Microsoft’s other remedies. All repaired and replaced Product, in whole or in part, will be re-delivered to Microsoft at Vendor’s sole cost and expense. The repaired and replaced Product will be subject to the same warranties set forth in this Section 9 (Representations and warranties). The warranty period will start over with respect to such Product, whether in whole or in part.

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-9-


EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 9 (REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES), THE SERVICES AND THE PRODUCTS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS.” TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, VENDOR DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WHETHER ARISING BY A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICE OR COURSE OF PERFORMANCE.

SECTION 10 Indemnification and other remedies

 

  (a) Indemnification by Vendor . Vendor will defend, indemnify, and hold Microsoft, its Affiliates, and their respective successors, directors, officers, employees, and agents (each a “ Microsoft Indemnified Party ”) harmless from and against Claims to the extent that such Claims arise out of or relate to:

 

  (1) Any breach of any representation or warranty contained in Section 9(a)(1), 9(a)(3), or 9(b)(1) by Vendor or its Subcontractors;

 

  (2) The negligent or willful acts or omissions of Vendor or its Subcontractors resulting in bodily injury or death to any person or loss, disappearance or damage to tangible or intangible property;

 

  (3) Vendor’s (or its Subcontractor’s) infringement, misuse or misappropriation of any third-party IP rights;

 

  (4) Breach of any obligations under Section 8 (Confidentiality, privacy and data protection); or

 

  (5) Vendor’s (or its Subcontractor’s) failure to comply with applicable laws, rules or regulations.

However, Vendor will have no liability under this Section 10(a) (Indemnification by Vendor) to the comparative extent that Claims result:

 

  (6) From the negligent or willful acts of a Microsoft Indemnified Party; or

 

  (7) Vendor’s compliance with the express instructions of Microsoft.

 

  (b) Indemnification procedures . The Microsoft Indemnified Party will:

 

  (1) Provide the Vendor with reasonably prompt notice of Claims;

 

  (2) Permit the Vendor through mutually acceptable counsel to answer and defend Claims;

 

  (3) Provide the Vendor with reasonable information and assistance to help the indemnifying party defend Claims at the indemnifying party’s expense.

Any Microsoft Indemnified Party will have the right to employ separate counsel and participate in the defense of any Claim at its own expense.

 

  (c) Acknowledgment of fault and settling Claims . Vendor will not stipulate, admit or acknowledge any fault or liability on the part of any Microsoft Indemnified Party without prior written consent. Vendor will not settle any Claim or publicize any settlement, without Microsoft’s prior written consent.

 

  (d) Industrial insurance immunity . Except to the extent prohibited by law and solely with respect to bodily injury or death Claims, Vendor expressly waives immunity under industrial insurance laws such as Title 51 of the Revised Code of the State of Washington.

 

  (e) Other remedies . In addition to all other remedies available to Microsoft at law or equity or under this Agreement, Microsoft will have the following remedies:

 

-10-


  (1) Injunctions against use of Products. if use of the Products as contemplated by this Agreement is enjoined or threatened to be enjoined, Vendor, at its expense, will notify Microsoft and immediately:

 

  (i) Procure for Microsoft the right to continued use of the Products according to this Agreement; or

 

  (ii) Replace or modify the Products so that they are noninfringing and meet the requirements of this Agreement to Microsoft’s satisfaction.

If Vendor does not comply with Sections 10(e)(1)(i) or 10(e)(1)(ii), then in addition to any damages or expenses reimbursed under this Section 10 (Indemnification and other remedies), Microsoft will have the right to terminate this Agreement, in whole or in part, and any SOW. Upon termination, Vendor will refund all amounts paid by Microsoft for infringing Products and related Services and will pay all reasonable costs to transition the Products and Services to a new vendor.

SECTION 11 Limitation of liability

 

  (a) SUBJECT TO SECTION 11(b) BELOW, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF DATA, REVENUE, AND/OR PROFITS), WHETHER FORESEEABLE OR UNFORESEEABLE, ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE LIABILITY IS BASED ON BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTIES OR OTHERWISE, AND EVEN IF THE PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF THOSE DAMAGES. ADDITIONALLY, NEITHER PARTY’S TOTAL AGGREGATE LIABILITY TO THE OTHER PARTY WILL EXCEED THE GREATER OF:

 

  (1) [***]; OR

 

  (2) THE ACTUAL FEES PAID BY MICROSOFT IN THE 12-MONTH PERIOD PRIOR TO THE DATE THE CLAIM AROSE.

 

  (b) THE LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY SET FORTH IN SECTION 11(a) DO NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY ARISING FROM:

 

  (1) VENDOR’S DUTY TO INDEMNIFY THE MICROSOFT INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FOR THIRD PARTY CLAIMS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT;

 

  (2) A BREACH OF A PARTY’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 8 (CONFIDENTIALITY, PRIVACY AND DATA PROTECTION);

 

  (3) ANY INFRINGEMENT, MISUSE OR MISAPPROPRIATION OF ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS; AND

 

  (4) FRAUD.

SECTION 12 Insurance

 

  (a) General . Vendor will maintain sufficient insurance coverage to meet its obligations created by this Agreement and by law. Any insurance must include the following lines of coverage to the extent the Agreement creates risks generally covered by these insurance policies:

 

  (1) Commercial general liability (occurrence form) including product liability;

 

  (2) Automobile liability;

 

  (3) Workers’ compensation (statutory limits); and

 

  (4) Employer’s liability.

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-11-


The limits of the foregoing policies will be no less than two million dollars ($2,000,000 USD) per occurrence.

Vendor will name Microsoft, its subsidiaries, and their respective directors, officers and employees as additional insured’s in the Commercial General Liability policy, to the extent of contractual liability assumed by Vendor in Section 10 (Indemnification and other remedies) of this Agreement. Microsoft must approve any deductible or retention in excess of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000 USD) per occurrence or accident.

 

  (b) Professional liability/errors & omissions liability . If the Services described in any SOW or the Product described in any Product PO create risks generally covered by a professional liability/errors and omissions liability policy, Vendor will obtain and maintain such a policy with policy limits of not less than two million dollars ($2,000,000 USD) each claim. The policy must include coverage for infringement of third party proprietary rights (including, for example, copyright, and trademark) to the extent reasonably commercially available. The retroactive coverage date will be no later than the effective date of the applicable SOW. Vendor will either maintain active policy coverage or an extended reporting period providing coverage for claims first made and reported to the insurance company within 12 months thereafter after termination or expiration of this Agreement or fulfillment of a SOW.

 

  (c) Proof of coverage . Vendor will deliver to Microsoft proof of insurance coverage required by this section on request. If Microsoft determines that Vendor’s coverage is less than that required to meet its obligations under this Agreement, Vendor will promptly buy the coverage and notify Microsoft in writing.

SECTION 13 Maintenance, support and other Services

 

  (a) Maintenance and support . Vendor will provide maintenance and support for the Products under this Agreement, the applicable maintenance and support SOW, the applicable Product PO or as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing with respect to each Product.

 

  (b) Other Services . All Services provided in connection with the Product, including without limitation professional services, and whether or not a separate fee is charged for such Services, shall be provided in accordance with this Agreement, including any applicable addenda, exhibits and SOWs.

SECTION 14 Vendor to comply with Microsoft policies and procedures

 

  (a) Vendor guidelines . Vendor will comply with the most current Vendor guidelines (“VG”). The most current version of the VG is available at http://www.microsoft.com/mscorpiprocurement/processicontracting.asp .

 

  (b) Using Microsoft Trademarks . Vendor may only use the Trademarks, if any, for the Services and Products. Vendor will comply with the guidelines at http://www.microsoft.com/trademarks/ .

 

  (c) Security policies . Vendor will comply with all physical and information security policies made available to Vendor by Microsoft.

 

  (d) Other policies and procedures . Vendor will comply with all other policies or procedures provided by Microsoft during the Term.

 

  (e)

Changes to Microsoft policies and procedures . Microsoft may change the policies and procedures. All changes will be effective 30 days after Microsoft makes such changes available to Vendor, unless otherwise agreed in writing. If Vendor determines that changes to a policy or procedure will cause a material change in the delivery schedule, Fees or other

 

-12-


  costs for the Services, Vendor will promptly notify Microsoft. Upon Microsoft’s receipt of Vendor’s notice, the parties will discuss how to mitigate the impact of the change to enable Vendor to comply.

 

  (f) Vendor to comply with applicable laws . Vendor will, at its own expense:

 

  (1) Obtain and maintain any approvals, licenses, filings or registrations necessary to perform the Services; and

 

  (2) Comply with all applicable laws (including export laws and regulations).

SECTION 15 Reports, records, audits and inspections

 

  (a) Reports . Any reports Vendor provides to Microsoft must be accurate, complete and timely. Vendor will correct any error or omission in any report within five days after becoming aware of the error or omission.

 

  (b) Records . During the Term and for 4 years thereafter, Vendor will keep all usual and proper records and books of account relating to the Products and Services and all quality and performance reports related to the Products or Services (the “Vendor Records”). Vendor will maintain any documentation required by Microsoft in connection with the United States Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Vendor will not do or omit to do anything that could prejudice Microsoft’s compliance with that Act.

 

  (c) Audits, inspections and refunds .

 

  (1) During the period described in Section 15(b)(Records), Microsoft may audit Vendor Records and/or inspect Vendor facilities to verify Vendor’s statements and compliance with this Agreement. Audits and inspections will be conducted by Microsoft or an independent certified public accountant or consultant selected by Microsoft. Vendor will provide Microsoft’s designated auditors with reasonable access to the relevant Vendor Records, Microsoft contracts and facilities. The auditors will have the ability to photocopy Vendor Records for audit evidence.

 

  (2) If an audit shows that Vendor overcharged Microsoft by 5% or more during any audited time period, Vendor will:

 

  (i) Pay Microsoft for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred in conducting the audit; and

 

  (ii) Re-compute the amount due and immediately refund to Microsoft all overpayments based on the actual amounts due and owing, plus interest at one half of one percent (.5%) per month on the overpayment. Microsoft will be responsible for the costs it incurs for all other audits and inspections conducted under this Section 15(c) (Audit, inspections and refunds).

 

  (d) Financial Reporting . On a quarterly basis, Vendor agrees to disclose to Microsoft reasonably sufficient information for Microsoft to verify Vendor’s solvency and ability to continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement. In addition, within ten (10) calendar days after Vendor learns that it has become or will become insolvent, Vendor will submit publicly available financial information which is reasonably sufficient to allow Microsoft to determine whether Vendor will be capable of continuing to perform its obligation under this Agreement. If Microsoft determines Vendor will not be capable of continued performance, Microsoft may terminate the Agreement immediately without further obligation to Vendor.

SECTION 16 Miscellaneous

 

  (a)

Relationship . The parties are independent contractors. This Agreement does not create an exclusive relationship between the parties. Vendor’s employees and Subcontractors are not Microsoft employees. Vendor will pay all salaries, taxes, insurance, and benefits with respect

 

-13-


  to its personnel. Vendor will provide Microsoft with satisfactory proof of independent contractor status upon request.

 

  (b) Notices . Except as specifically set out in this Agreement, all notices will be:

 

  (1) In writing and sent to the contact(s) and location(s) specified on page 1 of this Agreement; and

 

  (2) Deemed given on the day received by the addressee.

Each party will notify the other in writing of any changes to their respective contact information.

 

  (c) Governing law; jurisdiction . The laws of the State of Washington govern this Agreement. If federal jurisdiction exists, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue in the federal courts in King County, Washington. If not, the parties consent to exclusive jurisdiction and venue in the Superior Court of King County, Washington. If either Microsoft or Vendor employs attorneys to enforce any rights arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and other expenses, including the costs and fees incurred on appeal or in a bankruptcy or similar action.

 

  (d) Force majeure . Neither party will be liable for failure to perform any obligation under this Agreement to the extent such failure is caused by a force majeure event. This includes acts of God, natural disasters, war, civil disturbance, action by governmental entity, strike, and other causes beyond the party’s reasonable control. The party affected by the force majeure event will provide notice to the other party within a commercially reasonable time and will use its best efforts to resume performance. Obligations not performed due to a force majeure event will be performed as soon as reasonably possible when the force majeure event concludes.

 

  (e) Assignment . Vendor will not sell, assign, transfer, pledge or encumber this Agreement or any right, or delegate any duty or obligation under this Agreement, by assignment or operation of law, without Microsoft’s prior written consent. Microsoft will not unreasonably withhold such consent. Vendor will be deemed to have assigned this Agreement if Vendor engages in a change of control transaction. Microsoft may assign this Agreement to any of its Affiliates. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and bind all permitted successors, assigns, receivers and trustees of each party.

 

  (f) No waiver . A party’s delay or failure to exercise any right or remedy will not result in a waiver of that or any other right or remedy.

 

  (g) Severability . If any court of competent jurisdiction determines that any provision of this Agreement is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions will remain in full force and effect.

 

  (h) Nonexclusivity and no minimums . This Agreement does not grant Vendor an exclusive right or privilege to sell or otherwise provide to Microsoft any Products or Services. Microsoft may contract with any other party for comparable Products and Services. This Agreement does not require the purchase of any minimum value or minimum volume of the Products or Services.

 

  (i) Entire agreement, precedence and amendment . This Agreement supersedes all prior and contemporaneous communications, whether written or oral, regarding the subject matter covered in this Agreement. In the event of a conflict between any parts of this Agreement not resolved expressly by its terms, the following order of precedence will apply:

 

  (1) This Agreement (including any Microsoft policies and procedures referenced herein);

 

-14-


  (2) A signed SOW, except to the extent that this Agreement or the SOW expressly provides that a particular section of the SOW takes precedence over a particular section of this Agreement; and

 

  (3) Microsoft purchase order terms and conditions.

This Agreement may be modified only by a written agreement signed by a duly authorized representative of both parties. However, Microsoft may unilaterally modify the policies and procedures identified in Section 14 (Vendor to comply with Microsoft policies and procedure). This Agreement does not replace any separate written license agreement between Microsoft and Vendor.

 

  (j) Counterparts . The parties may execute this Agreement in any number of counterparts. Each counterpart will be deemed an original and all counterparts will constitute one agreement binding on both parties. Facsimile or electronically authenticated signatures will be considered binding for all purposes.

 

-15-


Exhibit A

Microsoft Pricing Structure

 

SKU

  

Product Service

   Discount  

DCS-7508-BND-P

   Arista 7508 chassis promo bundle. Includes 7508 chassis, 4x2900PS, 6xFabric modules, 6x Fan modules, 1xSupervisor      [***]

DCS-7548S-LC

   48 port 10GbE SFP+ wire-speed linecard for 7500 series      [***]

LIC-7508E

   Enhanced Software License for Arista 7508 Switch (OSPF, BGP, PIM)      [***]

LIC-7508-E-SLOT-E

   Enhanced Software License Per Line Card Slot for Arista 7508 and 7504 Switch (OSPF, BGP, PIM)      [***]

SFP-10G-SR

   10GBASE-SR SFP+ (Short Reach)      [***]

SVC-7508-3Y-NB

   3-Year A-Care Software & 8x5xNBD Hardware Replacement/Same Day Ship for 7508      [***]

DCS-7504-BND-P

   Arista 7504 chassis promo bundle. Includes 7504 chassis, 4x2900PS, 6xFabric/fan modules, 1xSupervisor      [***]

LIC-7504-E

   Enhanced Software License for Arista 7504 Switch (OSPF, BGP, PIM)      [***]

SVC-7504-3Y-NB

   3-Year A-Care Software & 8x5xNBD Hardware Replacement/Same Day Ship for 7504      [***]

DCS-70505-64-F

   Arista 7050, 48x10GbE (SFP+) & 4xQSFP+ switch, front-to-rear air, 2xAC, 2xC13-C14 cords      [***]

LIC-7050-E

   Enhanced License for Arista 7050 Switches (OSPF, BGP, PIM)      [***]

LIC-7050-Z

   Network monitoring and provisioning feature set license for Arista 7050 (ZTP)      [***]

QSFP-SR4

   40GBASE-SR4 QSFP+ transceiver, up to 100m over parallel 0M3 or 150m over 0M4 MMF      [***]

SVC-70505-64-3Y-NB

   3 Year A-Care Software & NBD Hardware Replacement/Same Day Ship for 70505-64      [***]

DCS-7050S-52-F

   Arista 7050, 52x10GbE (SFP+) switch, front-to-rear air, 2xAC, 2xC13-C14 cords      [***]

CAB-SFP-SFP-1M

   10GBASE-CR twinax copper cable with SFP+ connectors on both ends (2m)      [***]

CAB-SFP-SFP-2M

   10GBASE-CR twinax copper cable with SFP+ connectors on both ends (2m)      [***]

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-16-


SKU

  

Product Service

   Discount  

CAB-SFP-SFP-3M

   10GBASE-CR twinax copper cable with SFP+ connectors on both ends (2m)      [***]

SVC-7050S-52-3Y-NB

   3 Year A-Care Software & NBD Hardware Replacement/Same Day Ship for 70505-52      [***]

CAB-SFP-SFP-1M

   10GBASE-CR twinax copper cable with SFP+ connectors on both ends (2m)      [***]

 

*** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-17-

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

The following is a list of subsidiaries of Arista Networks, Inc. as of December 31, 2013:

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Arista Networks Australia Pty Ltd    Australia
Arista Networks ULC    Canada
Arista Technology Limited    Cayman Islands
Arista Networks (Shanghai) Co., Ltd    China
Arista Networks EURL    France
Arista Networks GmbH    Germany
Arista Networks Hong Kong Limited    Hong Kong
Arista Networks India Private Limited    India
Arista Networks Limited    Ireland
Arista Networks Japan Ltd.    Japan
Arista Networks Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.    Malaysia
Datacenter Cooperatief UA    The Netherlands
Arista Networks B.V.    The Netherlands
Arista Networks SRL    Romania
Arista Networks Singapore Private Ltd.    Singapore
Arista Networks Korea, LLC    South Korea
Arista Networks Sweden AB    Sweden
Arista Network UK Limited    United Kingdom

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 28, 2014, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Arista Networks, Inc. for the registration of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

March 28, 2014